Chapter 1 - House Rules.

"And you're not allowed to bring ANY personal items of any kind into the house. The Master will provide for all your needs - or not, depending on what pleases him," the smarmy leather clad 'slave boy' continued to ramble through the rules of the house.

Of course, Brian Kinney had already heard all the rules and signed off on about a million different waiver forms earlier in the week. This little show was just for the cameras. Brian tried not to look up at the camera that was mounted on a metal support situated in the corner near the ceiling. He already hated the way the little blinking red light that indicated the camera was 'on' made his skin crawl. He knew that for the next three months that camera, along with others, would be watching his every move. He'd simply have to learn to live with it somehow. After all, he’d already agreed to participate in this crazy-assed ‘Summer of Sin’ game. He wasn’t going to back out now - not when there was the possibility he might come out of this thing a cool million dollars richer.

“You and the rest of the House Boys have complete run of the entire residence, of course. You may use whatever you find in the house but you may not leave the property for any reason. Occasionally, if your behavior pleases The Master, he will provide you with additional personal items for your pleasure - it is up to you to use them wisely,” Brian started to roll his eyes at how cheesy this whole scene was, but then remembered the camera again and controlled himself. The slave boy announcing the rules took no notice of Brian’s actions and merely continued his recitation. “You will have no contact with the outside world except as allowed by The Master. Any transgression will result in your being dismissed from the Residence. Do you understand these rules, boy?”

“Yes, Sir,” Brian answered as he’d been instructed before coming into the small anteroom where the first camera was set up.

“The only other rule in the Residence is that you may not wear any form of clothing for the duration of your stay. This includes covering yourself with towels or bedding, except as needed for cleaning yourself or warmth while sleeping. The rest of the time you and the other House Boys must remain unclothed in order to provide The Master with the pleasure of seeing your bodies. Before leaving this room, the clothing you are wearing now will be sealed in this storage box,” the slave boy indicated the clear plexiglass box sitting on the table in front of Brian. “If the seal on the box is broken, an alarm will be set off. The clothing boxes of all the House Boys will be stored on the shelving in the Greatroom. If you break any rules or if you otherwise displease The Master, you will be given your clothing back and must leave the Residence immediately.  If, for any other reason, you wish to leave the Residence at any time, giving up any rights you might have to any later reward, you may open your clothing box and resume your attire.”

“Do you understand and agree to each of these rules, House Boy?” the slave boy asked, looking at Brian with a grave expression.

Brian wanted to laugh at the ridiculousness of the entire proceeding. The pathetic tool! Acting - and not all that well, if Brian was any judge - as if this wasn’t all just some hokey internet porn game show. And Brian was hardly a 'boy' at the ripe old age of thirty, but whatever. Brian was certain that it was going to be far harder for him to keep his cool and not laugh outright at the ludicrous premise of this game, than it would be for him to live clothing free in a house full of hot, horny gay men for the summer. But he knew what he was getting into when he told Ted he’d participate in this stupid farce, so he would have to do his damnedest to play along.

“Yes, Sir. I understand, Sir,” Brian said, mustering all the submission he could fake to control his expression and tone of voice.

“Very well, then, Boy.” The slave boy turned to the wall, addressing his next statement to the spot where there hung an ornately framed picture of the Marquis de Sade. “Master, this House Boy offers himself to you freely. Do you find him acceptable?”

“YES. YOU MAY PROCEED,” said a reverberating voice seemingly coming out of the picture.

The dramatic proclamation reminded Brian of the Wizard of Oz when the little man behind the curtain was pretending to be the all powerful and great OZ.

“The Master has spoken. You are deemed acceptable, House Boy. If you still desire to proceed, you may remove your clothing and place it here. But choose wisely, this is your last chance to change your mind. Do you choose to remain?”

Really, it took all Brian’s mental strength NOT to burst out laughing at this point. Fuck! this truly was the cheesiest thing he’d ever heard of. What the hell drugs had Ted Schmidt been doing when he thought up this idea? Brian hoped it had been good, whatever he’d been high on, because he couldn’t see how this stupid idea was going to actually make Ted any money. So far, this little game was hokier than the worst porn movie Brian had ever seen - and that was really saying a lot because there was some truly BAD porn out there. But, whatever! It wasn’t up to Brian to judge Ted’s business acumen - well, at least not officially. All Brian really cared about was whether or not he could win this silly little competition. And if he did, he would have more than enough money to say goodbye to Ryder’s and open up his own advertising agency. That was the only thing that mattered. And, if Brian had to play along with the bad dialog and stupid porny premise of this half-assed internet game show in order to win the prize money, then that’s exactly what he would do.

“I do so choose, Sir,” Brian answered as he’d been schooled, although he couldn’t stop himself from giving the camera one little sneering smirk as he said it.

“Very well. You must now remove your clothing, place it in this box and then you may enter the Residence,” the slave boy ordered, barely controlling his own little smile at the thought of watching Brian Kinney strip for him.

Without any further compunction, Brian started to unbutton his shirt. He figured he’d give it a little flair, even if that wasn’t really a requirement. He WAS Brian Fucking Kinney, though, and he never did anything half-assed if he could help it. So, he put a little attitude into things as he slowly undid one button at a time, all the while leering suggestively at the little slave boy. When the shirt was completely unbuttoned, he simply shrugged his shoulders and the silky shirt slithered off of him, landing in a puddle at his feet. Then, with excruciating slowness, Brian popped each of the buttons on his 501s, leaving them clinging to his hips with the fly gaping wide enough to give everyone watching a glimpse of his thatch of short and curlies.

The slave boy’s eyes were fixed on Brian’s crotch and there was a drop or two of drool already escaping from the one corner of his mouth.

Then, donning his most sexy smile - the corners of his mouth just barely curling up as if he was as amused by this scenario as, he was sure, those watching were - Brian inserted his thumbs into the waistband of both his jeans and his thong underwear and with only a small shimmy, he shoved the whole shebang down over his narrow hips. With a quick motion, Brian then toed off his Prada loafers and kicked the remains of his pants off his ankles, leaving himself standing there as naked as the day he was born. Only much better looking, of course.

“Is this what you’re looking for?” Brian turned to the Marquis’ picture, holding his arms out to the sides in order to give The Master an eyeful, and leered at the painting with one eyebrow raised insubordinately.

There was no response from the painting. Brian hadn’t really expected one - he figured Ted, who was no doubt the voice behind ‘The Master’, was probably too busy jacking off to the fantasy of Brian Kinney stripping for him to actually speak. So Brian just shrugged, dropped his arms and, abandoning the clothing he wouldn’t need for the next three months, turned to walk through the doorway which undoubtedly led into the Residence proper.

With any luck, that doorway also led to Brian’s chance at his own agency, and the wiley Stud would do anything in his power to make that particular outcome happen.

Chapter 2 - Meet The Boys.

“Oh, LAWD! Teddy, this has got to be the BEST idea you’ve ever had!” Emmett gushed for the thousandth time as he watched the computer screen in Ted’s office.

*Teeheehee* Ted was giggling like a schoolgirl from where he was standing and looking over Em’s shoulder at the same images. “It IS pretty great, isn’t it?” Ted bragged. “I got the idea from a fucking computer game, if you can believe it! Only I changed it so that all the contestants are naked all the time. I figured that any time you put together eight hot, horny, gay men in one house, for the whole summer, and you don’t ever let them have clothes, there should be plenty of steamy summertime action! Add into the mix all the little challenges I have planned for them and, well . . . let’s just say that this should be a summer to remember!”

“Oh my word! Look at the schlong on that one!” Em was pointing at one particular window on the computer screen showing the image of a big hunky Swede who appeared to be lounging beside the pool, with his ten-plus inch half-hard dick resting enticingly along the length of his thigh. “Maybe I SHOULD have agreed to play your nasty little game after all, Teddy. If I’d known I could have unlimited access to that monster, I would have jumped on the chance - and then jumped on HIM!”

“Oh, yeah! Dane is a remarkable specimen . . .” Ted took a moment to admire the view himself before sighing and continuing with his inspection of the rest of the denizens already settled into the Residence. “I myself reviewed all the candidates and I can promise you - as well as all my paying viewers - that there isn’t a dick less than eight inches in the lot of them. It’s a very nice selection, I think. Something to appeal to almost anyone’s tastes.”

“Fuck! Look at the abs on that one! My goodness! I’d love to lick every single one of those ridges and see if I couldn’t ruffle him just a tad!” Emmett was practically drooling over the mouse as he rapidly clicked on each of the contestants, trying to zoom in on his favorite features.

“That’s Daniel. He’s a Tae Kwon Do instructor,” Ted explained. “I think he put on his application that he can break cement blocks with his bare hands.”

“Well, from the looks of that,” Emmett was pointing with a leer at the hard on the martial artist was sporting as he rinsed off in the outdoor shower next to the pool, “he could probably drive nails into the cement blocks with his bare dick first!”

“I love a hard body,” Ted was salivating right alongside his friend as the beautiful Asian man soaped up his body, leering all the while at the lounging Dane a few feet away from him. “Oh yeah! This looks like it’s gonna work out just the way I was hoping . . .” Ted rubbed his hands together avariciously as they both watched Daniel shake the excess water out of his hair and then saunter over to Dane’s lounge chair with his lustful intentions clearly showing on his face. “Yeah . . . exactly what I was going for . . . Shit! I LOVE owning my own porn site!” Ted congratulated himself again noting that the counter on the web site continued to click steadily upwards as more and more viewers logged on - all at the rate of $29.99 for the first hour and $10.00 an hour after that.

“Wow! I would have pegged Dane as a top,” Em asserted, tilting his head slightly to one side so he could get an even better view of the way Daniel was manhandling the bigger man over onto his stomach and grabbing one of the ever-present condoms from the bowl sitting on the small table next to the pool lounger. “Hmmmm! Well, we now know that Dane is definitely what you’d call a Power Bottom. I’ll keep that in mind for when I meet him at the after-show wrap up party!”

“I wouldn’t worry, Em,” Ted added as he watched his friend start to gather together his belongings before heading out for the day. “Except for two notable exceptions, all the contestants identified themselves as versatile. It wouldn’t pay to have too many tops or too many bottoms in the mix, you know. And I even have my suspicions about one of the two Tops - but, only time will tell about that.”

“Let me guess - one of your two tops is Brian Kinney?” Em offered as he slipped on his pink plastic-rimmed sunglasses.

“You know it! And our little Daniel here is the other! He may not be all that tall, but that boy is definitely the uber-top type, and with all those muscles I doubt he’s had anyone challenge his top status in quite a while.” Ted explained. “Although I do have my doubts . . .”

“Well, I can’t wait to see how it all turns out, Teddy! But, right now, I’m late for my mani/pedi so your nasty smutty naked games will just have to wait. Ta-ta!”

Ted was too busy clicking back and forth in order to see the rest of the Residence from all the different cameras to respond to Em’s goodbye. Ted wasn’t just seeing the beautiful naked men on his screen though. He was also seeing the dollar signs flashing in front of his eyes as he registered that the game’s site had already accumulated over 200 viewers today and it wasn’t even noon yet!

And he figured once they logged on, they’d be too captivated to log off again for hours. Because who would ever tune out a 24/7 round the clock three month long orgy? Really? This was the BEST idea Ted had ever had in his entire life.

Brian stepped through the doors from the small anteroom and found himself in what he’d call the living room. It was a large sparsely decorated open area. On his right, there was a large sectional couch flanked by a couple of comfortable looking chairs. On the coffee table in the middle there was a stack of what looked like porn mags along with a large glass fish bowl full of condoms and an industrial-sized pump-top bottle of lube. The Master obviously didn’t want there to be any confusion about what they were all there for, Brian guessed.

Slouched inelegantly on the couch was a scruffy looking bleached blond surfer dude type whose gaze was focused on the television mounted on the wall in front of the couch. He was flicking lackadaisically through the channels on the TV, pausing every so often to peruse the offerings and then moving on as if nothing he saw pleased him. Of course, this impression was counteracted by the fact that he had a rather impressive boner going, which he was languidly stroking with the hand not holding the television remote.

Brian took a moment to fully appreciate the nice long pecker the surfer boy was petting. It had to be at least nine inches long, cut, with a lovely gentle curve to it and a nice plump-looking peachy colored head. Brian approved, although he did notice that the patch of pubes from whence the splendid stiffy sprouted was a thoroughly unkempt dark brown jungle. This guy was definitely NOT a natural blond. But Brian had to concede that the scraggly pubes went along rather well with the scruffy beard and the big brown eyes so, to the extent the guy was going for a certain ‘look’, Brian figured he was doing it well.

“Anything good on the tube?” Brian asked, not really sure what would constitute a good opener under the circumstances and opting NOT to start off his new acquaintance with a negative comment on the personal grooming or the masturbatory technique of his new housemate.

“We’ve got, like, five hundred channels, man, and so far every single fucking one of them is porn! It’s, like, all porm, all the time! It’s wicked, dude!” the surfer commented and turned to check out Brian without a break in his stroking. “If you want, you can pull up a cushion, grab yourself a fistful of lube and join me. I’m Adrien, by the way, dude!”

“Nice to meet you, Adrien. I’m Brian. And I’d shake your hand, but I think it’s already occupied,” Brian snarked with a grin that only took a little bit of the bite off his comment.

“No problem, dude! I figure we’ll get to know each other a LOT better later. But right now, I think I’ll just finish up here on my own, you know? Catch you on the flip side, Bro!”

“Whatever, dude,” Brian mumbled with an amused shake of his head as he left the kid to his previously scheduled programming. “Nice cock, but I can do without the surfer dude commentary . . . I’ll have to find something around here I can gag him with before I fuck him.”

Storing that plan in the back of his brain for later use, Brian instead walked around the perimeter of the large room. There was a second seating area on the other side of the entryway door surrounded by book shelves. He shuffled closer, noticing that all the book titles indicated they were soft-porn smut. Not exactly his cup of literary tea, he thought with a sigh. ‘Fuck! What the hell was he going to do for the next three months? Well, besides fucking that is?’ He WAS Brian Fucking Kinney, but even he couldn’t fuck continuously for three months straight without risking serious harm to his favorite appendage. What the hell did they expect him to do the rest of the time he was here? Other than watching porn, reading porn and probably dreaming porn, there didn’t appear to be too many options.

Brian wondered, concerned for the first time that he might actually get bored with the prospect of non-stop, wall-to-wall ass, before this game was over.

That thought scared him so much he almost lost the pleasant little half-stiffy he’d been walking around with.

And that’s when an even scarier thought came to him - how the fuck was he supposed to maintain an erection for three fucking months?

He looked up to the corner of the room and saw, just above the top of the main bookcase, the inevitable camera with it’s beady, blinking red eye. He knew that there were probably hundreds of horny guys who would be watching him at all times of the day and night for the next three months. That WAS part of the agreement. Normally that would be a huge turn on for the stud who got off on public sex and nudity. But Brian didn’t really relish the idea of that many men looking at him when he was soft. I mean, come on, it was one thing to be ogled when you knew you had an impressive boner that would wow the onlooking masses, but nobody really wanted gaggles of people watching them when they were soft, did they? Shit! And Brian had a reputation to maintain - he could not be seen as soft, either in his everyday life, his business life or his fucking life.

Well, damn it! He’d just have to fucking figure out a way to stay hard for a solid three months, then, he decided. He had no idea how the fuck he’d accomplish that, but if anyone could do it, he would. And, really, how hard would it be with a house full of hotties? Really?

For a million dollars, Brian figured he could do anything.

Chapter 3 - Meet the Boys Part II

“What the fuck did you do to Brian?” Ted’s busy but mostly quiet office was suddenly invaded by noise and flurry all wrapped up in the person of a dark-haired, slim, angry, Italian man.

Ted ignored the angry demands long enough to hold the door open for the man he’d been talking to before the flurry blew in. “You did just FINE, Todd. Thanks for all your HARD work! See you tomorrow!” The slim, mousey, almost-nondescript, blond man smiled, waved goodbye and left the warehouse office without saying anything more.

Ted then turned his focus onto the whiney attention seeker who’d interrupted his discussion with his employee. “Michael. Good afternoon to you, too! Lovely of you to stop by and say hello,” Ted said pacifically, trying his best to diffuse the situation even though he strongly suspected the attempt was futile.

“Don’t fucking ‘Good Afternoon’ me, Ted!” the compact brunet hurricane blustered on. “I just got the craziest fucking message from Brian and I want to know what the fuck is going on! He said he’s appearing on some show on YOUR porn site and won’t be around for the next three fucking months? What the fuck, Ted? Why the hell is Brian doing porn? What did you do to him?”

“Calm down, Michael,” Ted insisted, zipping around his desk to take his old friend by the shoulders and guide him to a sitting area further away from the row of sound stages where his regular web-whackers performed. “And for fuck’s sake keep your voice down, unless you want your whining to be heard as the soundtrack for Stefan’s ‘Dildo Daze’ performance.”

When Ted finally got Michael seated and mostly quiet, he sat down next to the clearly distraught man and tried to reason with him. “Now, as to Brian, I didn’t DO anything to him, Michael. I simply agreed to give him a spot in this reality show I’m producing called ‘Summer of Sin’. Brian’s the one who practically demanded that I let him be in the competition. When he heard that I had sponsors who were going to put up a prize totalling a million dollars, Brian insisted that I let him in on it.”

“A million dollars? Where the fuck are you getting that much money?” Michael seemed fixated on the prize amount.

“Well, I pitched the idea I had to a couple of other porn sites - I met several other owners at the Crystal Dick Awards last month - and several of them wanted in on the production too. A couple even hooked me up with some big name sex supply producers. So I sold them all advertising space on the show’s site, got a few hefty product placement bonuses and threw in a bit of my own capital to top it off and, voila, we managed to put together a prize pot of a million dollars. The show is going to be a huge hit, too - the site’s only been open for about half a day and we’re already over 500 viewers and the numbers keep rising. At this rate, if we average 500 viewers a day, coughing up roughly $60-70 each to stay online for four to five hours a day, I figure I should make over $3,000,000 in profits over and above my production costs by the end of the summer! Can you believe it?”

“But . . . but, Brian agreed to be part of this? To do porn? BRIAN KINNEY?” Michael still sounded dubious. “Brian always makes fun of losers who do porn. He makes fun of you, Ted. Why the fuck would he agree to do porn himself?”

“For the fucking money, of course, Michael!” Ted explained, wondering why the concept was so difficult for his old friend to grasp. “Apparently Brian is getting sick of Marty Ryder constantly dicking him over and failing to come through with the partnership he’s been promising Brian for years. Brian said he’s even been hearing rumors that Ryder was going to sell the agency. So Brian’s decided to go out on his own and open his own agency. But, to do that, he needs money. Which brings us back to my little porny game show idea. See, whatever guys survive till the end of the summer get to split the prize pot.”

“So, Brian thinks he can win this million dollars and open up his own agency?” Michael finally got it.

“Exactly. But, just between you and me, it’s not going to as easy as he thinks.” Ted cackled evilly as he thought about all his plans.

“What exactly are you planning, Ted,” Michael sounded worried.

“Sorry, Michael, but if you want to find that out, you’re going to have to tune in and watch just like everybody else. I’m not telling ANYONE what all I’ve got planned.” Ted couldn’t help himself from laughing again. “Let’s just say that even Brian Fucking Kinney will find some of the things I’ve arranged to be a challenge.”

Brian discovered two more of his new housemates fucking on the kitchen table. The one bent over, chest down on the table, had the most delicious looking cocoa brown skin. Of course that was really all that Brian could see of the guy - well, that and his well shaped ass which was raised invitingly so that his partner had the best possible angle of entry. The guy doing all the ramming had his hand twined in the man’s short dreads and was keeping his face plastered against the formica table top so it was a little difficult to see anything more.

The other one though was certainly not a hardship for Brian’s eyes. This guy looked like he was of Southeast Asian descent - maybe Indian or Persian or some other exotic background - with honey-brown skin, a long, lean but well-muscled body and thick longish black hair. His eyes were also dark, intense, and, even half-lidded by lust, they looked almost hypnotizing. He looked down his hawk-like nose at Brian and nodded appreciatively at what he saw. Brian, likewise, took a quick look down at the man’s long, thin, dark mauve dick as it slid in and out of the tasty looking black guy’s ass and nodded back his own approval.

“Welcome,” the rammer greeted Brian without it affecting his rhythm in the slightest. “I am Paal. My friend here is Kerek. And you would be . . .”

“Brian.”

“Well met, Brian,” the man responded, his voice as honeyed as his skin tone with just the merest hint of an Indian accent - just enough to make the man seem even more exotic. “You have a lovely cock, I see. And Kerek has the most accommodating lips I’ve ever encountered. Would you care to join us, Brian?” Paal pulled up slightly on the rammee’s hair, thus raising the man’s head enough so that Brian could see he’d been right about those lips of Kerek’s.

Brian didn’t think he’d ever been invited to a threesome in such a polite manner. And who was he to refuse such a kind offer? Especially when he could see Kerek licking his lips at the mere thought of getting Brian in his mouth. Brian found it very civilized and immediately moved around to the other side of the kitchen table in order to accept the kind invitation. As his dick was engulfed in that wet and welcoming orifice, Brian sighed with contentment.

‘Maybe this wasn’t going to be so difficult after all’, he thought to himself.

While Brian was otherwise engaged with his two new friends, he vaguely noted when a large blond guy and a slighter, muscle-bound, Asian guy ambled through the kitchen - although, since they didn’t stop to introduce themselves or join in the fun, they were soon forgotten. Kerek and his truly talented tongue were usurping pretty much all of Brian’s attention at that precise moment, anyways. There would be time for proper introductions later.

It really didn’t take very long at all for Brian to get to that stage of the proceedings where he could either edge himself back if he chose to hold on a little longer or let himself go if he wanted to cum right away. The decision was made for him though when Paal did something evidently miraculous with his cock that caused Kerek to convulse and shoot his load across the already sweat-slickened table without any warning. Paal appeared to like the way Kerek’s ass clamped down on his dick and he came as well with a guttural cry in a language Brian didn’t recognize. So Brian figured, what the hell, he might as well join in the fun, and he let his load shoot too, pulling out in the middle of his orgasm so that he could paint those luscious pouty lips with sticky strings of thick white.

At the conclusion of this pleasant interlude, Brian was already moving away from the tableau on the table - he wasn’t really one to stick around for the clean up and was slightly off-put by the way Paal was petting Kerek’s back and muttering pleasantries - when his escape was interrupted by the appearance of yet another new face.

This one was a dark, black-skinned man with a solid, almost stocky build, a close-shaved head of hair and lips even fuller than Kerek’s. He seemed a bit wary of the scene he’d walked into but was friendly nonetheless. From his hesitant manner, Brian figured the guy was pretty young - he doubted the kid was more than twenty-one and he was definitely nervous, although he was trying hard to hide it. His long, dark, wine red dick was hanging a bit limply down the inside of his thigh as he approached, but its sheer, beautiful, uncut length prevented anyone from thinking any negative thoughts about this guy’s manhood. Brian briefly contemplated exactly what he’d like to do with that particular member in the very near future.

In a deep, dark-chocolate voice he addressed the men still standing around the now very messy kitchen table. “Hey guys! I’m Malik. So, um . . . what’s happening?”

Brian took the opening to escape the kitchen clean up and at the same time become better acquainted with this newbie. “Not much yet. We were just introducing ourselves and then I was planning on doing some exploring. I’m Brian, by the way. So, how about you and I go do some exploring around the house, then I could introduce you to my dick and do a little more exploring around inside your body. Does that sound at all appealing to you, Malik?

Malik laughed quietly - it was almost a giggle, actually - which caused Brian’s dick to twitch with happy anticipation. “Sure, Brian. I’m game for just about anything.”

“Just what I like to hear in a roommate, Malik. I think we’ll get along famously,” Brian assured the younger man, slinging an arm around the kid’s shoulders and leading him back out of the kitchen towards the far corner of the Greatroom where he’d seen a staircase when he first came in. “I think I’d like to find a bed first and then we can play a little game I like to call ‘Hide the Salami’. Are you ‘game’ for that?”

“Are your jokes always this corny, Brian?”

“No. I’m never corny. Horny, maybe, but never corny,” Brian teased, distracted from how big a fool he was being as sweet little Malik preceded him up the stairs and he got a good glimpse of the swelling round butt cheeks on the kid’s backside. “Fuck! Make that definitely horny! Now, move it before I take your ass right here on the stairs, roomie!”

Brian followed the giggling young man all the way up the stairs and into the first bedroom they came across, feeling the way that each peal of laughter went straight to his dick and no longer worrying about how he was going to stay hard for the entire summer.

Chapter 4 - Let The Sunshine In.

“Fuck, Brian! Fuck! FUCK! YES!”

Brian plowed into the sweet, tight, dark ass one more time, thrusting as hard as he could, until he felt his balls slam against his partner’s thighs. He’d apparently aimed well on that last stroke and it caused the sweat drenched body under him to writhe and buck until the cock in his hand erupted with stream after stream of hot, sticky ribbons of jizz. Brian looked down right at that moment and was very pleased by the contrast his relatively pale, plum colored dick made where it disappeared between the chocolaty brown convulsing halves of the kid’s ass. In fact, he was so pleased he couldn’t stop his own orgasm from bursting out of him with a loud, nonverbal grunt of approval.

Thirty seconds later, Brian, who was never one to linger long after tricking no matter how good the fuck had been, was recovered enough to pull out. He slapped the firm black rounds of the kid’s ass once affectionately. “Not bad. Not bad at all,” Brian said - giving the younger man what passed for Kinney’s highest level of praise when it came to a trick. “You better clean up in here before you come down,” was Brian’s only other comment as he turned and walked away without another thought for sweet little Malik.

Indulging his curiosity, Brian decided to take a quick look around the upstairs before he returned to the fun he was sure he’d find back in the Greatroom. It looked like there were a total of four bedrooms - two on each side of the short hallway - with two large baths - one situated between each pair of bedrooms. The room he and Malik had made use of was the first door on the right at the top of the stairs. It had been equipped with an adequate but smallish full-sized bed. The other room on the right though was tiny and only had two small single beds in it. The furthest room on the left, which would have been the master bedroom if this were a real residence, was large and nicely furnished with a big King Sized platform bed and had what looked like a very high end mattress on it.

Brian immediately determined he would call ‘dibs’ on that room for himself - even if he did have to stay penned up here for the rest of the summer, he intended to do it in luxury. And no way was he going to be subjugated to one of those tiny single beds. At 6’2’ he wouldn’t even fit in one of those!

The final bedroom was even worse than the small room with the singles. The room itself looked like it had been meant to be a closet - it was that small. But even worse, according to Brian’s luxurious sensibilities, was the fact that it was furnished with a rickety-looking triple bunk bed contraption made out of cheap-assed, unfinished pine. This was definitely NOT Brian Kinney’s idea of a three way! There was no way in hell he was going to be bunking in here.

Brian resolved then and there that he would do whatever it took to make sure he did not get stuck in this room!

Brian had just come down the stairs into the Greatroom, still contemplating exactly how he was going to finagle his first choice in sleeping accommodations, when the entrance door opened and the last of the contestants hesitantly sidled into the Residence. From his vantage point on the last run of the stairs, Brian had a good view of the most recent arrival, even while he, himself, was mostly hidden from view. Brian eagerly seized on this opportunity to spy on his competition.

Brian’s first observation was that, if he thought Malik seemed young and inexperienced, this twink was practically still a baby. The young man who’d just come into the room was small of stature and slim to the point of almost being called skinny. He didn’t have much obvious musculature although he was trim and looked to be in decent shape over all. Except for the ample expanse of the the kid’s ass, which was decidedly perky, he didn’t have much of a body. What he did have was the softest-looking pale skin Brian had ever seen. That beautiful skin, without blemish and barely furred with downy blond hair, just begged to be stroked and licked and tasted. And even though Brian had already come twice in the last hour, his dick showed definite signs of life at the very idea.

Brian only realized after the fact that he must have the been the source of the appreciative little ‘Mmmmm’ sound that caught the boy’s attention, causing him to turn around. Brian wasn’t any less satisfied with the front half of the little Twink than he had been of the backside. The headful of sunkissed blond hair, sporting a preppy cut that made the boy look even younger than he probably was, made the perfect frame for the youth’s regular features, high cheekbones, turned-up nose and full coral-pink lips. As the kid looked up at him in surprise, Brian also caught a glimpse of sparkling azure blue eyes partially obscured by long, thick, dark blond lashes.

If he was a lesbian, Brian would have let himself acknowledge the word ‘Adorable’ when it popped into his mind in connection with this newbie. But, since he wasn’t, Brian immediately replaced the unacceptable term with the word ‘Hot’. That substitution made him feel much better and he decided to go with it.

The boy was startled by Brian’s unexpected appearance and subconsciously moved to reach one hand down to shield his bare crotch. This really only served to draw Brian’s attention to the area. Brian noted with surprize and approbation that, while the kid might be diminutive in other respects, the package he was sporting was definitely respectable. The experienced and somewhat jaded stud might even go as far as to say it was impressive - especially when it was so unexpected.

Brian smirked at the kid’s timid, if somewhat endearing, actions and waggled his eyebrows at the younger man with evident amusement. The boy wrinkled up his little pug nose, pursed his lips with embarrassment and then intentionally moved his hand away, back to his side. With a self-deprecating shrug and a shy grin, the boy wordlessly communicated the fact that he was almost as amused by his own behavior as Brian had been. Let’s face it - if you were signed up to spend the entire summer naked, with your every move being broadcast on a live porn webcast, there wasn’t really any call for being self-conscious about your nudity. The kid honestly conceded to the futility of his actions and that, in and of itself, made Brian like the boy even more.

“Um . . . hi!” the boy said, accompanying the greeting with a silly and innocent little wave in Brian’s general direction and a great big ear-to-ear smile.

“Um, hi, back at you,” Brian teased.

The kid laughed nervously, his uncomfortable smile eventually sliding off his face altogether as he anxiously bit at his lower lip and watched Brian warily.

“Fuck, kid! I’m just giving you shit! Don’t take it so seriously,” Brian relented, feeling a tiny bit bad that he’d done something to cause that smile to disappear. “You’re gonna have to have a LOT thicker skin if you’re going to make it through the entire summer around this bunch,” he counselled, coming the rest of the way down the stairs and moving closer to the tempting little twink. “Granted, from what I’ve seen so far, I’m probably the biggest asshole of the entire group,” Brian’s smile negated the words even as he spoke. “But, still, if you want to last out the whole three months, you’ll have to either get yourself a sense of humor or just nut up!”

“Nut up, huh?” the kid snickered at Brian’s sexually charged slang but the relaxation of the youth’s shoulders told the older man that his words had elicited the desired effect and the ice was now officially broken.

“Well, from the looks of you, kid, that shouldn’t be a problem,” Brian’s exaggerated leer in the direction of the boy’s nether regions brought on a few more chuckles. “My name’s Brian, by the way.”

“Justin. Justin Taylor,” the Twink held out his hand politely. “Nice to meet you, Brian. And don’t call me ‘kid’!”

Brian shook the proffered hand, adding a suggestive little squeeze at the end just to stir the shit a little more. “Fine . . . GRAMPS . . . so, what do you say we go find the rest of the monkeys in this zoo and introduce ourselves. I’m sure there’s a couple who’ll be just creaming themselves to make your acquaintance, and there’s no time like the present, right?”

“Errrrmm . . . right. I guess,” Justin reluctantly agreed to Brian’s plan, letting himself be led off further into the depths of the house with the older man’s arm draped almost protectively around the youth’s shoulders.

Brian and Justin were only halfway across the Greatroom floor, however, before they were halted in their steps by the lights throughout the room flickering on and off repeatedly for several seconds. This was the prearranged signal that all the contestants were supposed to gather together in the main room for announcements, to receive challenges and accept awards or witness dismissals. Accordingly, Brian and Justin stopped in their tracks and waited where they were for the rest of the denizens to join them.

The first to arrive was the surfer dude - he just rolled off the nearby couch, apparently fresh from his porn-a-thon, with his dick still hard and slicked up with lube, although his meat looked a little red and ragged like he’d already abused it a bit more than was really called for this early in the proceedings. Brian nodded at him affably nevertheless because it wasn’t really his place to judge a guy for how often he whacked off, right? Brian did notice that young Justin’s eyes were instantly riveted to the still glistening appendage and the Twink’s lovely cock was already risen to half mast just at this first glimpse of what was to come.

Next to appear were the Asian guy and the big blond giant that Brian had caught sight of earlier but not officially met. They ambled in around the half-wall that separated the Greatroom from the Kitchen, the little Asian’s arm around the big guy’s waist in a possessive manner that Brian thought was rather premature considering it was only June 1st and they all still had a ways to go before August 31st rolled around. Although, when Brian caught sight of the huge meat truncheon that was hanging between the big blond’s legs, he thought that he might get a bit possessive of that too if he was the Asian guy. Brian smiled when he noticed that Justin’s mouth was hanging open and his eyes were glazing over with lust as he too stared at the wondrous sight. He was too amused by the Twink's predicament to realize he was still draped over Justin's shoulders almost as possessively.

The rest of the crew drifted in through the sliding glass door that led out to the patio and the pool area about thirty seconds later. Brian winked at Malik and got a wide grin back for his efforts but, for some unknown reason, he didn’t feel like releasing his new Twink in order to revisit the previous one. In fact, he found himself giving the petit blond’s shoulders an extra little squeeze. Brian chose not to look in Malik’s direction after that. He did, however, smirk and raise his chin in a sort of greeting to Kerek and Paal, who were the last to join the group.

“Welcome!” the get-together was called to order by the booming voice of The Master which seemed to be issuing from another copy of the Marquis de Sade’s portrait - this one hanging on the wall just beyond the porn-filled bookcase - where it was surrounded by shelves displaying eight plexiglass storage cubes that all appeared to contain clothing.

Brian led his new twink over, finally removing his arm from around Justin's shoulder reluctantly, until they were standing in a semicircle with the rest of the boys making up the Summer of Sin. This was it, apparently. Brian was sure that The Master was about to give them their first challenge. He fought down the momentary feeling of butterflies in his gut and pulled his shoulders back, readying himself for whatever would come. He was committed to this crazy game and he knew he could stick it out and win that fucking prize.

Of course, he figured the other seven guys standing next to him probably felt the same way or they wouldn’t be here.

But it didn’t matter. They didn’t know they were up against Brian Kinney. When Brian set his mind to something, it was as good as done. No room for exceptions or excuses.

And the rest of the losers here really had no idea what Brian was willing to do to get that prize money!

Let the games begin!

Chapter 5 - The Welcome Whackoff!

"Welcome to all my beautiful House Boys!" The disembodied voice of The Master boomed out from the speakers surrounding the portrait hanging on the wall of the Greatroom. "Your Master is very pleased to have each and every one of you here. You are an elite group - I personally hand picked every single one of you. Each of you have not only beautiful bodies but also other unique attributes that add to your many and varied charms. I look forward to seeing much, much more of every one of you over the coming months."

The tinny, digitally altered voice of The Master droned on while all eight of the naked participants stood at attention. "Over the next three months we will share many pleasures. As your Master it is my duty to provide for your needs, which I will do, provided you continue to please me. Should you fail in this regard, however, you will be forsaken and banned forever from your Master's presence. You must be strong, act wisely and remember to please your Master in all things if you wish to avoid this pitiable fate."

Brian Kinney bowed his head submissively - not because he wanted to be a good little House Boy, but because he needed to hide the eye roll he couldn’t help as he listened to the ridiculously cheesy speech. ‘Who the fuck writes their copy?’ Brian wondered to himself. ‘The Master this and The Master that . . . Shit! Do the viewers actually buy this crap? There’s no way I’m going to be able to get through ninety days of this hokum without losing it! What a bunch of bullshit!’

“It is also my duty as your Master to train you properly,” The Master’s voice continued to drone on and eventually recaptured Brian’s attention. “To this end, I will establish tasks for you to complete and challenges that you must meet if you wish to remain in my good graces. I will also teach you, through daily trials, how to meet and overcome adversity in your everyday lives. If you are able to meet each and every one of these challenges, you will attain rewards that up till now you have only dreamed of.” Brian barely stifled another sigh at this corniness. “And should you fail in any of your assigned tasks, you will be punished accordingly.”

“Now, to begin our stay together, your first challenge will be the Welcome Whackoff!” The Master announced to an accompanying flourish of music.

Off to the side, the entryway doors opened and two men wearing only leather jock straps and half masks came in, each carrying a silver tray upon which rested a large bottle of Glide lubricant. Each masked man moved around until he was standing at one end of the semicircle of waiting contestants, waiting for directions, apparently, from The Master. The contestants were all looking around at each other as if they expected one of their compatriots to already know what was going on.

“Servants, proceed!” The Master ordered and each of the men began to move along the line of men depositing a large dollop of lube into the hand of every participant.

When the ‘servants’ had completed this task they moved to place their trays of lube on the table positioned against the wall underneath the shelves of clothing storage boxes. Then, with their hands clasped obediently behind their backs and their gazes focused beyond the row of waiting men, the two servants waited for further directions. Brian stood there with one hand puddled full of lube, pretty sure he knew what was coming next, and annoyed by the ‘dramatic pause’ in the proceedings that he felt was unnecessary.

While he waited, he snuck in a little wink at the servant on the left - who he happened to recognize from the backroom the week before at Babylon - and whom, if he remembered correctly, had given him a fairly decent blow job, which is probably why Brian remembered those particular lips.

“On my mark, House Boys, each of you will commence masturbating yourselves. The first to cum will be the winner of this, our first challenge, and will be rewarded handily,” The Master directed, eliciting smiles and a few laughs from most all of the men. “Now, gentlemen, please grip your members . . . Get ready. Get set . . . And, GOOOOOO Get your nuts off!”

On command, the eight men all started stroking themselves furiously. For the most part, they were all starting off flaccid or at best semi-hard so, for those guys, the race would be longer.

The two notable exceptions were the two youngest contestants, Malik and the new blond kid who most of them hadn’t even met yet. Malik had gotten almost immediately hard as soon as he’d walked in and seen Brian - his memories of their earlier fuck were more than enough to cause him to pop wood. And his thick, dark, wine-red cock was still more than halfway erect at the start of the Welcome Whackoff despite the fact that Brian hadn’t been paying him much attention.

Justin, on the other hand, had been on high sexual alert from the moment Brian had first draped an arm around his shoulders. The older man’s sensual touch seemed to instantly relieve the boy’s incipient anxiety and latent embarrassment over his nudity. It also caused him to become as hard as a rock within mere seconds. Then, before the newcomer had a chance to flag, he was confronted with a whole panoply of new, beautiful, naked men, each of which seemed to be hotter than the one before in the tyro’s eyes. He’d never seen so many naked cocks all in one place before, not to mention such an array of lengths, girths, shapes and colors. Talk about fucking ‘Eye Candy’! Justin’s libido was on overload long before the last of the other House Boy’s had joined them in the Greatroom.

When The Master announced the evening’s challenge, Justin got even harder - if that was physically possible. This was like one of his favorite fantasies come to life! An entire room full of the sexiest gay men he’d ever seen and they were all going to be beating their meat together? As far as Justin was concerned, this scenario rivaled the best porn flick ever made! By the time the servant came past to give him his own handful of lube, Justin’s dick was leaking so copiously that he didn’t think any further lubricant was really necessary. In fact, he was afraid he was going to embarrass himself if they didn’t start very, very soon, since at this point he felt like he could cum without even touching himself.

When The Master gave the command to “Go!” Justin was probably the fastest with his fist. It seemed like he would fucking explode if he didn’t get some release soon. Of course, he hadn’t figured in the effect seeing seven other men stroking themselves would have on his own arousal level. Fuck! All those lovely, long dicks! Each one coated with lube, glistening so prettily under the bright florescent lighting, and all of them sliding in and out of furiously pumping fists. It was truly a magnificent sight . . .

Justin was a healthy, horny, eighteen-year-old gay boy. He was also the only one there who hadn’t already had an orgasm - or two, or three, even - in the past couple of hours. Was it really any surprise that it took him less than two minutes to shoot his load, the opaque streamers of white extruding from his thick, dark-pink dick and shooting up several feet into the air. The force of the release was so great that Justin actually staggered back a few steps before he sank to his knees with a satisfied groan.

“We have a winner, Master!” one of the servants announced enthusiastically and trotted over to the fallen warrior with a towel in hand to help clean up the stunned victor.

While the day’s Champion was being tended to, the other competitors, one by one, reached their own releases and were provided with their own towels by the unoccupied servant. Most of the men performed respectably, finishing up within a couple minutes of Justin’s record breaking performance, although none of them managed quite such spectacular results. The last to finally get off was Adrien, who’d already worn himself out with his afternoon porn-a-thon on the couch.

As soon as all the men were tidied up, the servants returned to their posts flanking The Master’s painting. “Will today’s winner please step forward!” the voice demanded.

Little Justin, who’s nervousness had returned now that he was being made the center of attention, shuffled forward a couple of hesitant steps. He had the beginnings of a weak smile on his lips but was wringing his hands at the same time. Brian found the kid’s innocent act beguiling. He decided then and there that this little morsel of blond goodness would be his very next project.

“Congratulation, House Boy! Your alacrity has pleased us greatly,” boomed out The Master’s approval. “As your reward for a hand job well done, you are hereby declared the ‘Bedroom Boss’. It will be your job to assign sleeping quarters for all your fellow housemates. Your word shall rule until such time as The Master deems it needful to make changes, so choose well, Boy!”

“Um . . . t-t-thank you, Sir,” Justin stammered out a reluctant response and then quickly retreated so he was no longer standing alone out in front of the rest of the men.

“You have all done very well, my children,” The Master continued. “I am pleased with this first challenge! You may have the rest of the night off. Tomorrow morning there will be a new Trial for you to begin. But for now, go and amuse yourselves, boys!”

The spotlight that had been highlighting The Master’s portrait all during the challenge flickered off at that point and the mood throughout the room instantly lightened. The two masked servants picked up their forgotten trays of lube and wordlessly headed off towards the front door. Which left the eight House Boys standing around with nothing much to do for the moment.

“Excellent performance, Gramps!” Brian insinuated himself between Justin and Daniel, who had been standing on Justin’s other side during the challenge and looked like he was about to move in on the tempting little blond. “I gotta say, that was truly inspiring. You definitely got the drop on the rest of us with your delightful dong flogging skills. Although, I think your technique could still use a little work. How about you and I pick up where we left off before the challenge and we’ll see if I can’t show you a thing or two, maybe?”

Poor naive little Justin was certainly no match for Brian Kinney’s legendary charm. He didn’t really even try to escape the older man’s manipulative clutches. While all the others looked on with longing, Brian led the delicious looking little twink with the prodigious pecker away towards the staircase. It looked like the rest of the pack was just going to have to wait a bit longer to make the beautiful blond boy’s acquaintance.

“Now, Gramps,” Brian started off as he deftly guided Justin up the stairs, his voice hushed so that no one else would hear him. “Before we move on to other, more enjoyable things, let me show you the bedroom that I already picked out for myself.”

Brian promptly marched the Whackoff Winner down the upstairs hallway and opened up the door to the well-appointed Master Bedroom. Brian ushered his Twink inside and shut the door just as a nosy Malik appeared at the top of the stairs behind them. He proceeded to flip the lock on the door and then sauntered towards the bed with his typical graceful, catlike, gait. Ten seconds later, Brian had stretched himself out across the bed in a saucy pose and begun to stroke himself back to full mast, while a mesmerized Justin Taylor simply stood there and watched the wanton display.

Brian could have laughed when he noticed that the boy had subconsciously started stroking himself in time with Brian’s own motions. The kid’s lovely long, thick, dark pink cock sprang to attention with gusto. When he saw Justin licking his lips, Brian knew he definitely had him.

“Why don’t you come over here and join me, Gramps,” Brian patted the mattress next to him. “You can help me break in my new bed.”

Justin trotted right over, his eyes glazed, transfixed by Brian’s long, straight, perfect cock and the way the plummy head peeked in and out of the man’s fist at a languid pace. Justin was more than eager to learn whatever this charismatic man was willing to teach him. Most especially if the lessons involved hands-on learning. The tyro twink eagerly complied with Brian’s directions and wasn’t at all upset that he knowingly fell prey to the experienced man’s sexual persuasions. Brian knew that by the time he was done with this little twink he would not only have his choice of bedrooms, but could probably get anything else he could think of to ask for.

Which is how Brian Kinney landed the biggest bed in the house all to himself without any fuss at all.

Chapter 6 - Getting to Know You. (Thursday, June 2nd)

“Well, if it isn’t Ted Schmidt, Pittsburgh’s very own Internet Porn King!” Debbie Novotny greeted the businessman vociferously as soon as he stepped through the door of the Liberty Diner.

“Goooood Morning, Deb! Don’t you look ravishing this morning!” Ted returned the exuberant greeting in kind.

“My, my! Aren’t we in a good mood today!” Debbie smiled indulgently as she handed a menu to the man who’d seated himself at the Diner’s counter. “To what do we owe this rare occurrence?”

“Why wouldn’t I be in a good mood, Deb? It’s summertime, the sun is out, birds are chirping outside . . . “

“And business is booming?” Deb suggested, smacking her chewing gum and smiling down at Ted with a knowing look on her face.

“Well, yes. Business is, in fact, booming. Rather boomingly, if I do say so!” Ted grinned back at the bustling beldame who fancied herself the surrogate mother of all the boys on Liberty Avenue.

“Yeah . . . I mighta heard something about that. Something about Brian Kinney agreeing to appear on your little Web Whackers site, maybe?” Deb dove in and got to the point finally. “And how the hell did you manage that? Not that Brian’s ever been adverse to a little public sex and nudity, but I NEVER in a million years thought he’d stoop to doing internet porn! You haven’t been slipping Brian any drugs, have you?”

“Of course not, Deb. I’d never . . .” Ted was truly offended by that accusation. “I’ll have you know that Brian came to me and practically begged me to let him participate. I wasn’t going to at first but he . . . well, let’s just say Brian can be very persuasive when he wants to be.”

“Yeah, I heard something about that too - a million bucks and Brian’s own ad agency? Still, I wouldn’t think Brian would be one to bet on a long shot like that. That’s not really Brian’s way. He’s more about planning and shit . . . although, from what I hear, he’s not above fucking a client if it means he’ll win the account, so I guess fucking around for a summer with the possibility of winning $1,000,000 isn’t all that much of a stretch.”

“Shit, Deb, you make me sound like a fucking pimp - forcing Brian and the others to have sex for money. It’s not like that,” Ted insisted. “It’s more like  . . . well, like a really fun summer vacation. The guys get to stay in a really nice house with all the amenities, including a pool, their room and board are completely taken care of, and they don’t have to pay for any of it.”

“And they get to spend their free time fucking their brains out with a group of extremely attractive and well hung, horny, gay men who just happen to all be staying at the same resort? Hah! When you put it that way it sounds like a dream vacation! Where do I sign up?” Deb relented, never one to judge others as long as she was sure no one was getting hurt.

“Sorry, Deb. I’m afraid you don’t quite fit the bill for this particular resort locale! But, if I come across a web site that’s doing a contest involving middle-aged straight women, I’ll be sure to recommend you!” Ted replied teasingly, assured that Deb wouldn’t take offense at the joke.

“Yeah, you do that. I could probably find something to do with a million bucks myself! Hah!” Deb snapped a chewing gum bubble to emphasize her sentence then moved on to what she really wanted to hear about. “So what, exactly, are you making Brian do for this money?”

“He’s gotta do what all the other contestants are doing, Deb. I can’t give him a break even if he is a friend. If he wants to win, he’ll have to do EVERYTHING The Master asks, just the same as the rest of them!”

“Uh huh . . . and that includes what, exactly?” Deb pressed.

“What DOESN’T it include!” Ted enthused, clearly excited by all he had planned for his summertime captives. “Every day there’ll be some task or trial they have to accomplish - today, for instance, they’re being handcuffed to a partner for the day so they have to do everything together,” Ted found himself chuckling maniacally at the thought of what that might entail. “Then every night, during the prime 7-10 pm peak viewing hours, we’ll be having special challenges for them to compete in. Those will probably be a bit of a stretch for some of the guys - Brian in particular won’t like a few of the events I’ve got planned - but if any of them refuse a challenge then they’re out, so . . . Well, we’ll see how much Brian can take, I guess! *hehehe* And then, of course, there will be special events on the weekends, because our viewers will have a lot more free time to watch then and we need to keep them all entertained. I’ve got some great ideas for the challenges too - in fact, I think I have more ideas than we’ll be able to get through in just one summer. This might have to be an annual event.”

Debbie was guffawing by halfway through this recitation. Not only was she amused by the look of eager anticipation on Ted’s face, but she was also busy imagining all the various scenarios that were likely to be inflicted on Brian. His reaction would likely be very amusing. Deb made a mental note to herself to keep tabs through the gossip grapevine about what challenges were coming up. She might just consider logging on to Ted’s site herself just so she could watch Brian’s reactions.

“Shit! I’m late,” Ted slurped up the dregs of his coffee. “Looks like I’ll have to take my order to go, Deb. I’m supposed to be meeting with The Master to go over the rest of this week’s plans and prepare today’s messages to the boys. Don’t want to miss that! See ya!” Deb was chuckling again at how happy Ted seemed to be heading off to work - but then again, in his business, who wouldn’t be.

And ten minutes later, when she seated a large group of guys viewing Ted’s site on their smartphones and gushing over the array of hunks Ted had assembled, Deb was still laughing to herself.

Brian woke up feeling rested and ready. So far this reality porn game show thing didn’t seem to be too bad. He’d had a pleasant interlude with the hot little blond twink the night before - helping the boy out by not only giving the lad the hand job of his life but also letting him in on a couple tricks of the trade that the kid could use in the future. The boy seemed pleased and was definitely a quick study. Brian’s courtesy return hand job was rather nice. Nice enough that he felt replete and, what with all the other happenings of the day, eager to get some shut eye. With a casual kiss and a familiar slap to the twink’s ass, he dismissed the boy, turned over and fell right to sleep.

He ventured into the large bathroom next door and discovered Kerek already under the water and soaped up. Brian wasn’t one to look a gift horse in the mouth - or a naked trick either - so he grabbed a condom on the way into the large, open, fully-tiled space, suited up, and made good use of the lather the boy had already worked up to lubricate his way into the slippery cocoa-colored ass. Kerek didn’t comment on the abrupt entry. He simply sighed happily, braced himself against the wall with his hands and began thrusting his ass back in synchrony with Brian’s own rhythm. Brian appreciated the guy’s quiet, calm demeanor, particularly since he hadn’t had his morning coffee yet, and as a reward he made sure to give the younger man one of his above par fucks.

Actually, Brian was starting to see the benefits to having a nice ass to plow first thing in the morning. He might even rethink his policy on not letting tricks stay the night if it meant he’d regularly have this type of wake up experience. Of course, he’d have to limit that particular boon to only those tricks who weren’t big talkers in the mornings. There was nothing that pissed him off faster than someone who babbled at him too early in the day. He made a mental note to examine this idea further and work up some guidelines for selection of possible overnight fucks. Then, putting all such mundane thoughts out of his mind, he let his head fall back, grabbed on tighter to Kerek’s slim hips and concentrated solely on the sparks of electricity he could feel building in his balls.

Kerek shot his respectable load about five minutes later with a lovely, quiet little ‘mmmm’ sound that Brian found endearing in an early day fuck. He followed suit about thirty seconds later. By the time he’d recovered, he was happy to note that Kerek had moved on to gently soaping his back for him, all without him having to say one single word yet.

Yeah, this was definitely a good way to wake up.

Since there was no need to dress, Brian simply towelled himself off and then followed Kerek downstairs. Thankfully there was a pot of coffee already made. Brian availed himself of the largest mug he could find in the cupboard and filled it to the brim with the steaming elixir of life. He was just about to look over the breakfast offerings laid out on the counter, when the lights started flickering.

When he made it out to the Greatroom with the others, he saw there was a big wire cage thing set up on the table under The Master’s portrait. And next to that, was a silver serving tray upon which were four pairs of padded metal handcuffs. The two masked servants waiting for the arrival of the group were smiling under their masks. The only one of the contestants though who seemed at all thrilled by the tableau was Daniel, who was heard to make the comment that this was “more like it”.

“Good Morning, House Boys!” the voice of The Master boomed out, rather loudly Brian thought, considering the hour. “I hope you all slept well, since I have much planned for you this day.”

Brian overheard several of his cohorts mumbling unhappily at the ‘hope you slept well’ comment. Apparently there was a bit of dissension in regard to the sleeping arrangements. Brian even noted a couple of angry glares directed at the poor little blond twink who’d been in charge of the arrangements. Brian didn’t much care for whiners. He would make sure to keep an eye out for the twink though, in case the disgruntled few decided to take their ire out on the poor kid.

“Today’s Trial will not be difficult, my children,” Brian tuned back in to the announcement. “I mean only for you to begin to get to know one another. To facilitate this goal, you will be randomly paired up with another boy for the day. Of course, we don’t want you to be tempted to stray, hence the handcuffs. I expect that after being together constantly for eight hours, there will be very little about each other you do not know.”

With that, the two servants filled the metal cage with eight little white ping-pong-sized balls. Instead of these having bingo numbers, though, each was imprinted with the name of one of the game participants. One of the servants began to turn the handle and the cage began to spin. Soon enough, two of the little balls had dropped down out of the cage and were caught in the chute at the bottom. The servant picked them up and called out the first pairing in a clear voice. “Dane and Justin!” The second servant then proceeded towards the chosen pair, pulled them both out of the line up of others and slapped the cuffs on them without comment.

This process was repeated another two times. The resulting pairings - Daniel and Adrien, and then Brian and Paal - were likewise cuffed together. Finally, the two remaining, Kerek and Malik were joined together and that was that.

“Go now, children. Have a good time and play nicely. We will meet again this evening for your next Challenge,” The Master dismissed them and the servants left.

Brian looked around him at the various couplings and chuckled. Some of the pairs seemed so mismatched that it was humorous. Kerek and Malik - both pretty serious bottoms if Brian was any judge, and he was - might be fine together so long as they could figure out the logistics. However Adrien, the surly surfer dude, didn’t look all that pleased being cuffed to the uber-top, Daniel. Brian couldn’t see them making nice no matter what.

And the pairing of tiny little Justin with Dane the Giant was simply hilarious - there was at least a foot difference in their heights and probably a hundred pounds. It reminded Brian of that old cartoon with the baby kitten and the gruff bulldog. Although, if he remembered correctly, the kitten ended up being the one in charge in that scenario. He wondered if that would be the case here too. He hoped so. That was precisely what Justin needed to establish himself in this crew if he didn’t want to be seen as a complete pushover. Brian decided to have a quick word with the kid as soon as possible and advise him accordingly.

When Brian finally turned to examine his own partner for the day, he found Paal smiling at him somewhat solicitously. The young man of obvious southeast Asian descent carried himself well. Brian could see he was self-confident but not at all brash. His smile was friendly and polite. He seemed to be simply waiting for Brian to make the first move.

“Well, for an Internet Porn Reality show, this is a pretty lame start,” Brian stated, holding up his cuffed wrist as evidence. “I mean, really, just cuffing us together for the day and that’s it? If it were me, I’d be starting things off with a bang - literally! Maybe even a group bang! I guess I need to give Ted some of my experience in the advertising world if this is his idea of a good way to market the show.”

Paal chuckled amicably. “I would have to agree with you, Brian. I have been doing some modelling lately and I have found that the advertising campaigns that seem to do the best are those that make the biggest visual impact. However, perhaps The Master is merely trying to ease us and his customers into the idea slowly. Building up to the Big Bang, as you would say.

“You’re a model, hm?” Brian stepped back to take an assessing look at Paal from head to toe. “I can see that. You definitely have a look that would work for some campaigns. You have that ambiguous, almost butch look that some clients demand - especially the tight-assed homophobic ones who don’t like their models to look ‘too gay’. And you have a great body, too. When we get out of here, you should look me up - like I said, I’m in advertising and I might be able to throw some work your way.”

“That would be very kind of you, Brian. I can always use the income,” Paal looked gratefully over at his cuff-mate. “That is one of the reasons I am doing this show. I am the only son in my family you see and I am currently supporting both my aging parents, my younger sister and trying to put my older sister through nursing school. It is not easy.”

“Yeah, well, what’s that quote*** . . . ‘We all need money, but there are degrees of desperation’?” Brian replied noncommittally.

“Indeed,” Paal responded, equally vaguely.

“Okaaaaaayyyy . . . So, you wanna fuck?” Brian offered in a valiant effort to plug the hole in the conversation.

“Why, yes. I do believe that is the point of this exercise, so let us proceed,” Paal was very accommodating, which Brian thoroughly approved of.

And, since the couch was close by and currently unoccupied, Brian led the way there with Paal in tow, prepared to take full advantage of that accommodating and polite bearing while he pounded the guy into the sofa cushions.

It was shaping up to be a really satisfying morning all around.

***Quote attributed to author Anthony Burgess.

Chapter 7 -  Getting To Know You REALLY Well. (Thursday, June 2nd - continued)

Brian and Paal had gotten along splendidly all day. They fucked twice - both nice, long, drawn out and thoroughly satisfying fucks, with Paal on his back and Brian pumping into him while fisting the man's long, not very thick, uncut dick. Paal was definitely a grower and Brian admired the fact that the guy managed almost ten inches in length when fully stimulated. Although, personally, Brian preferred a pud with a little more girth to it. And, while perfectly respectable, the fucking itself wasn't anything really special. Brian found himself enjoying his lunchtime conversation with Paal far more than he'd enjoyed the fucks. He suspected the two of them were far more likely to end up as friends than fuck buddies.

More gratifying, at least as far as Brian was concerned, was when he and Paal came across the combo of Kerek and Malik and the four of them decided on a big tandem fuck. With the two young black men braced up against the wall in the Kitchen, Brian and Paal positioned themselves behind. Both couples were still cuffed together so they didn’t have much leeway as to who fucked whom, but it worked out pretty well anyway since Paal, who was a couple inches shorter than Brian, ended up with the much smaller Malik, and Brian got the tall lean Kerek. Brian was happy getting back into Kerek’s ass again anyway. That boy was clearly a well-disciplined bottom - his ass seemed to just open up with only the slightest preparation and he was an expert in using his anal muscles to get his partner off with as much pleasure as possible.

Afterwards, Brian politely declined a second tandem go round. He had no idea what was coming with that night’s Challenge and he didn’t want to be all fucked out before the real challenge even began. He didn’t explain himself to his competitors, of course, and didn’t really mind if they mistakenly thought he was too tired or couldn’t get it up again. That misperception would only aid him down the line. He smiled cagily when Kerek and Malik decided to head off and find other action while he talked Paal into reclining on the couch and taking a break.

While Brian was apathetically perusing one the of soft porn novels they’d been given as their only source of reading material and Paal was flipping through the channels on the television, the two blond bombshells - Justin and Dane - came in through the patio door and joined them on the sectional couch. Both of the blonds were still damp from the pool, and even Justin’s ultra-pale skin was a tiny bit sun kissed. Brian thought it looked good on him.

“Hey,” Justin greeted Brian, virtually ignoring the giant handcuffed to him.

“Hey there, Gramps. Having fun?” Brian asked, amused by how bored the kid seemed despite all the amenities, not to mention the fact that he was currently chained to a gorgeous hunk of Scandinavian god who was looking at the youth with hungry longing.

“Yeah, I guess. Mostly, though, I’d just like to get on with tonight’s challenge and get it over with,” Justin opined, trying not to give away the fact that he was more than a little nervous about what was to come. “So, anybody got any idea what The Master has planned?”

“I hope it involves fucking!” Dane added in his two cents. “I mean, this is pretty tame,” he added, raising his cuffed wrist to indicate what he thought of Today’s Trial.

Brian noted the way little Justin’s eyes got really wide at Dane’s comment. Did he detect a hint of panic? That seemed odd. Maybe Brian had misinterpreted what he’d seen, though. Maybe it was just that the kid wasn’t into Dane. Maybe the boy was just panicked at the thought of having that ridiculously huge ankle spanker of Dane’s shoved up his delicate little asshole. Fuck knows Brian wouldn’t be game for that either. Although it WAS a thing of beauty - but it was more of a thing to be admired from afar, in his opinion at least.  

“We will know what the next Challenge is soon enough,” Paal answered pacifically, bringing Brian’s attention back to the conversation at hand. “There is no sense in guessing.”

“Whatever,” the gargantuan blond replied, his attention not straying from his cuff-mate’s sleek, slim body. “Come on, Justin. I’m bored. Let’s go upstairs and fuck.”

“Nah . . . not right now. Maybe later,” Justin replied uneasily.

Brian was again puzzled by the kid’s reaction. He looked at the boy sitting beside him, his head tilted to the side, and he gave the kid a quizzical look with one eyebrow raised. The kid looked even more anxious than before although he was trying to appear cool and unconcerned. Was the ‘shy boy’ act just that - an act? Or was the little one trying to hide something? Brian just couldn’t get a read on this guy.

“If you’re that bored, you could always blow the kid,” Brian offered in an attempt to restore peace by offering a reasonable alternative. “At least that way your mouth would be full and the rest of us wouldn’t have to listen to you whine.”

Apparently that idea was acceptable to all. Justin shrugged at his cuff-mate, and smiled thankfully at Brian for the suggestion. Dane jumped at the idea, almost vaulting off the couch and into a kneeling position between Justin’s legs. His huge hand grabbed Justin’s cock which, respectable in size as it might be even when the kid was soft, seemed dwarfed by the big guy’s meaty paw. However, meaty as it might be, that big fist managed with a few dextrous squeezes to get the young blond hard as a rock. Brian had noted when they’d been doing their little hand job tutorial the night before how the spongy head of the kid’s cock would swell nicely when he was fully erect. When Dane noticed this effect, he moaned appreciatively and dove down impatiently until the whole of the pretty pink pecker was engulfed in one swallow.

Both Brian and Paal were fully hard again as soon as this particular entertainment began. Dane was obviously enjoying himself, if the zealous way his head was bobbing and the throaty murmurs were any indication. Watching them together was erotic and, for some reason, seeing the big giant down on his knees worshiping the twink’s cock was getting Brian off more than it probably should. In spite of his resolve to ‘save himself’ for the evening Challenge, Brian couldn’t help stroking himself along in time with the rise and fall of Dane’s head. It seemed to be just the thing to relieve all of Justin’s residual stress too - the boy’s head fell back against the couch cushion, his eyes closed and his angelic little bowed mouth opened in ecstasy.

The breathy pants that were issuing from the youth added to Brian’s own arousal. The kid was so turned on he practically glowed with it. It was so fucking sexy. At one point Brian actually found himself wishing that he were the one down on his knees with his face nuzzling into that glorious pile of dark blond pubes. And after that, well, he couldn’t help himself from moving in to help his fellow contestants along a little.

Towing Paal off the couch with him, he moved around until he was standing behind the spot where Dane was kneeling. With his cuffed hand, Brian grabbed a fistfull of Dane’s short, wiry, blond hair and, using that as an anchor, he held the man’s head still. The unexpected pause caused Justin’s eyes to blink open, his gaze fixing almost automatically on Brian.

“Stand up!” Brian ordered, at the same time moving an unresisting Dane back a few inches so that Justin could slide forward on the couch and rise to his feet. “Now, fuck his face, Justin!” Brian commanded. Brian felt rather than heard Dane’s anticipatory groan at the mere idea. Justin promptly complied, shoving his pretty, large-headed dick as far down the compliant man’s throat as he could in one go. Brian held Dane’s head immobile so that Justin would have an easier go at it, rutting against the back of the big guy’s neck in the process. Justin reached out and grabbed Brian’s shoulder with his free hand to steady himself and the spark of electricity that passed between them at the slight touch only added to both their pleasure.

The situation was too intense and everyone’s arousal was too great for the proceedings to go on for long. Brian himself would have loved to prolong the experience, enjoying the eye fucking he was getting from the tiny twink almost as much as the feel of his dick rubbing through Dane’s coarse blond hair. It was Paal who brought matters to a head, so to speak, when he lost it completely, shooting his load all over Dane’s face from where he was standing still chained to Brian’s side. After that, the smell of sex and the erotic sight caused a bit of a chain reaction. Dane was the next to go, his cum spraying out from between the fingers of the fist he’d been using on his own prodigious member. Justin took that as his cue and thrust himself one more time as deep as physically possible down Dane’s throat, announcing his orgasm with a loud “GAHHHH!” The look of pure incandescent bliss on the younger blond’s face was what, in turn, pulled Brian over the edge, and he moved back slightly in order to shoot his own joy juice artistically all over the giant’s well-muscled back.

Everyone just stood there for a few moments afterwards, silent and blinking, trying to get their brains to reboot. Justin’s cute little giggle was the first noise any of them were capable of making and it rang out loudly in the relative silence. It must have been contagious, though, since Brian found himself joining in before he’d even had time to mentally chastise himself for thinking the word ‘cute’. He wasn’t even sure exactly what what so hilarious, but he couldn’t have stopped laughing if he'd tried. He didn’t feel too bad though since the rest of their little crew was all laughing along as well. Even Dane, who was still on his knees at Justin’s feet and was covered on every side in congealing spunk was laughing with big, boisterous ‘hahahas’.

“What a bunch of dweebs!” The joking comment interrupted the party’s glee, but only for a moment. Brian turned his head and noted that Kerek and Malik had ventured back into the Greatroom and were standing there shaking their heads with confused amusement at the strange, giggly little group. When they all realized how silly they looked, they spontaneously broke out into another uncontrollable spate of snickers. Malik walked closer and threw the towel he’d been carrying into Dane’s face with friendly affection and an ordered, “clean yourself up, you big doofus!”

“Shit! I’m literally fucking dripping in cum, you guys! What the hell?” Dane admonished the three he held responsible for the majority of the mess, conveniently forgetting that a significant portion of what was dribbling from his one hand and arm was his own. “Frankly, I blame you, you little tease,” Dane razzed Justin as he awkwardly got to his feet and began dabbing at himself with the towel. “If you had just let me fuck you, like I wanted, you’d be the one covered in spunk and not me.”

This comment engendered yet another round of laughter as both Paal and Brian joined in to ‘help’ towell the big man off. Of course, the towelling off became mostly a wrestling and tickling match before too much longer. When Dane fell cackling to the couch, Justin joined in on the brouhaha. And finally, with a ‘what the hell’ shrug, Malik tugged Kerek over and they joined in on the melee, everybody tickling and wrestling with everyone else. It was a great stress reliever and an even better way for them all to get to know each other than The Master’s handcuff idea, even if it was a bit out of character for a few of the usually more sedate contestants.

Unfortunately, the flirty, easygoing tone of the afternoon was suddenly blasted apart, when a resounding crash from the kitchen interrupted the fun. Brian and Paal, who were temporarily on top of the dog pile, got up first and headed in the direction of the noise to see if anyone needed help. What they found upon entering the kitchen was Daniel and Adrien, standing nose to nose, and both spitting mad. The shattered casserole dish from lunch lying in pieces on the floor at their feet seemed to have been the cause of the noise that had drawn Brian and Paal there. The small trickle of blood dripping from the torn corner of Adrien’s mouth gave evidence that the confrontation between the two had already gotten violent.

“Fuck you!” Adrien spat into Daniel’s face, jerking the chain of the handcuffs which were preventing him from getting the hell away from the other man.

“What’s your fucking problem?” Daniel demanded, yanking at the handcuff chain himself and almost dragging Adrien off his feet with the force of his pull.

“You’re my fucking problem, Dude,” Adrien hissed into the face of the shorter but much stockier asian man. “I told you that you’re NOT going to fuck me! So get your damned hands off, okay!”

“Well, if your fucking blow job hadn’t been so ridiculously crappy, I could have gotten off that way, now couldn’t I? But you had to go and scrape half the skin off my dick with your fucking teeth. Where the fuck did you learn how to blow anyway?” Daniel was yelling now, ignoring the fact that the entire rest of the Residence was standing around as witnesses by this point. “And there’s no fucking way you’re leaving me like this without finishing what you started!"

“Well, if you hadn’t knocked my face into the cabinet door, you fucking asshole, I wouldn’t have scraped you. When I offered to suck you off I didn’t think you’d be fucking my head into the damned wall!” Adrien screamed back, wiping at the few drops of blood that had made it to his chin.

“Yeah, well your sucking skills suck, DUDE!” Daniel hollered back, butting his muscle-bound chest into Adrien’s leaner frame hard enough to knock the smaller man into the wall of kitchen cupboards again. “And no way are you leaving me like this!” Daniel pointed down to his jutting erection. “You better fucking finish what you started you useless cock tease.”

Brian knew it was past time to intervene and stepped forward, followed two seconds later by Dane. “Whoa! Guys? I think it’s time for both of you to take a breather and cool down. Okay?” Brian insinuated his body between the two angry combatants, facing Daniel, and feeling momentarily vulnerable in his nudity when the shorter but incredibly strong man didn’t back down at all.

“Brian’s right,” Dane seconded, from where he stood right next to Brian’s shoulder.

The two of them, along with their more reluctant cuff-mates who had been pulled into the situation simply because they had no choice in the matter, completely blocked the line of sight between Daniel and Adrien. Even though they were still handcuffed together, Daniel couldn’t physically get to the man he was angry at without going through at least two others, one of whom was at least as big as him muscle-wise, and both of whom were taller. Brian watched, glad to see the enraged asian man eventually fighting to control his temper. When he was sure that Daniel wasn’t going to explode again, he turned his head enough to see over his shoulder and noted that the small cut Adrien had sustained hadn’t bled any more and the surfer boy seemed to have himself under control as well.

“Hey, guys,” the affable and timely little Malik stepped in with a flirtatious smile on his beautiful, pouty lips. “How about we all go out to the pool and cool off. And while we’re out there, I’d be happy to step in and take over sucking that nice big prick for you.”

Thankfully, that offer seemed to appease Daniel almost immediately. He happily followed Malik and Kerak out to the patio, completely ignoring Adrien even though they were still cuffed together. Brian and Dane watched them go, exchanging a worried look between them, and then silently agreeing to follow behind just to make sure things stayed civil.

As the entire group retreated outside to spend the remainder of the afternoon relaxing, swimming and calmly awaiting their next big Challenge, Brian suspected that this was not the last time Daniel would turn out to be a problem before the summer was over.

Chapter 8 - Kiss And Tell (Thursday, June 2nd - continued)

"Help me, Matt! I'm in SUCH desperate need of a drink," Emmett collapsed on the barstool and turned his begging countenance on Woody's primary bartender. "Give me a Cosmo - Stat! No, better make that two Cosmos . . . Oh, fuck it, just hook me up to a Cosmo IV. I'm gonna need it tonight, Honey!"

"Em, Sweetie, what the hell's wrong? You look distraught," Debbie laid a worried hand on the shoulder of the man on the next barstool.

"Oh my short & curlies! You would NOT believe what happened to me tonight, Deb!" Emmett wailed as he sipped down his first Cosmo of the night. "I don't even believe it and I was there!"

"This sounds good! Should I get out my phone and record your confession in case I might need this for later blackmail opportunities?" Uncle Vic asked, immediately glad he'd taken his sister up on the invitation to meet her for a drink after Deb's shift.

"No need, Sweetums! The whole incredible ordeal was caught live on camera. You can watch it all yourself on Teddy's web site, if you want, while I get started on this!" Emmett dug into his voluminous shoulder bag and pulled out his brand new tablet computer, which he passed off to Deb and Vic while he applied himself to Cosmo #2.

Both Deb and Vic, who knew absolutely nothing about computers, just stared at the device until Emmett took it back, tapped the screen a couple dozen times and then handed it back to them. They saw the main screen of Ted's site - Jerk@work.net - and on it a big section for the 'Summer of Sin' show. Em reached around, without even sloshing his drink, and tapped the tablet one more time which started a video feed.

The images shown there seemed so incredible that, after watching, neither Novotny nor Grassi seemed capable of speech.

"Do NOT say a word until I've had at least two more drinks!" Emmett commanded.

Deb simply tapped the screen and watched the unbelievable happen again.

"So Teddy ashed me to be there as a Sell-leb . . . A Sullebrery . . . A Celebury . . . you know - a famous judge," Emmett slurred out his story after his fifth Cosmo. "Sorta 'Fetch Dixon does the Summer of Sin'! You know, to get the show started off with a bang and all, right?"

Sooooo, I get there - by the way, the place Teddy rented for this thing is really nice an' it's got a pool an' every thin' - but I dinna know that yet. But I did see the silly 'Kissing Booth' they had set up for me right in the front room. So I get all shet up in there and all and The Master comes on the speaker and he's like, 'Fetch gets to judge the kissing competition' - by the way, you'll NEVER guess who The Master is! It's actually so funny . . ." But right as Emmett was about to reveal the big secret, he was interrupted by Matt handing him his sixth Cosmo, which derailed the man's whole train of thought.

Two sips later, the man remembered he was in the middle of a story and continued. "I'm 'sposed to judge this kissing contest, you see. They sit me on this high stool behind this hokey little booth and put a hot pink blindfold on me and I'm 'sposed to kiss all the guys in the game and give this expert critique and all, right? Well, most of them are okay kissers - nothing fabulous or anything, but ok. Then, like the sixth or seventh guy comes and fucking shoves his tongue halfway down my throat practically suffocating me! Icky! I mean, you read about that in romance novels and it SOUNDS great, and all, but when some guy actually does that to you . . . well, let’s just agree it simply isn’t nice at all!

“So, I’m shoving the guy off me, trying to get a breath of air into my lungs, and I hear this ruckus, but of course I can’t see what’s going on because of the fucking blindfold, and I’m starting to get worried that the creep who tried to suffocate me is coming after me now and so I’m about to get up and run, you know . . . But, after a couple minutes, whatever it is dies down and one of Teddy’s slave boys comes over and tells me it’s ok and I should proceed. So, I’m like, WHATever!”

“Well, so the next guy comes up to me and I’m still all, like, totally tense and all. There’s just no WAY I’m going to enjoy this kiss, right? Then the guy whispers to me in this voice that’s fucking sexy as sin, and says, ‘Relax!’. That’s all he says. Just, ‘Relax!’. And you know, he’s definitely NOT ‘sposed to talk to me or touch me or anything - that’s like part of the rules, you know - and, I don’t know why, but that VOICE! Fuck me, that voice goes fucking straight to my cock and I just relax on command and don’t say a word to the slave boys or anything”

“And then the next thing I know his lips are pressing against mine - Ohhhhhh, those lips! - and they’re like so soft and the kiss starts off just so light and soft and almost reassuring, you know? But then he moves his body closer and I can SMELL him - it’s like the pheromones invaded my brain, or something - and I’m, like, practically jumping off that stool trying to mash my lips against his. And the kiss gets all hot and his lips get hard and insistent and then his mouth opens just the tiniest little bit and I feel his tongue tickling - fucking TICKLING! Now you tell me how the hell you DO that with a tongue, huh? - against my bottom lip! And then he’s nibbling at my lips so tenderly and it’s, like, so gentle and yet so INSISTENT!”

“So, like the fucking slut I am, my mouth opens right up and I’m thrusting my tongue out at him, and I can hear myself actually whimpering for more even though my mouth’s so full of HIS tongue I can’t say a word. And he sucks my tongue into his mouth . . . and . . . and . . . he does this thing . . . I don’t know how the fuck he could do that with my tongue in HIS mouth, but he does this thing I’ve NEVER even heard of . . . And it’s like he’s making love to me with his mouth alone and . . . and . . . oh, fuck!”

At this point Emmett started to sob uncontrollably and both Deb and Vic rush to hug and console him. But even that’s not enough to stop the train wreck of Emmett’s confession, so he just goes on, chuffing out his words through his sobs. “Of course they’ve got me in all this ‘Fetch Dixon’ attire, because, like - DUH! It’s a porn show! - so I’m wearing this slinky lycra shirt and a mesh top underneath and only a very skimpy thong on the bottom and I’m sitting perched up on this high stool, so basically, you can see ALL of me through the window of the kissing booth.

At this point the sobbing grows so loud that the little group near the bar is attracting a LOT of attention. In fact, there’s a whole slew of men now gathered in a circle around Emmett, Deb and Vic. All of them are hanging on Emmett’s every word.

“And . . . and . . . *sniffle* . . . of course I’d been a little bit hard from the very beginning, because I’m getting kissed by ALL these gorgeous men, right? So I’m hard. Who wouldn’t be, right? And I don’t even lose the wood when that one guy practically rapes me with his tongue because . . . well, just because, you know. So, then there’s THIS KISS! This absolutely perfect fucking kiss . . . so perfect and so tender and so . . . *sob* . . . And I’m already so fucking horny after kissing all those other guys, you know, so it’s not really any wonder that I . . . well, I just couldn't help it . . . it was just the most PERFECT FUCKING KISS I’LL EVER HAVE IN MY ENTIRE FUCKING LIFE!!!!!!!!

And the sobs drown out whatever else the poor man was about to say. But, seeing as we now live in an age of scary technology, Emmett really didn’t HAVE to tell any more of his tale of woe, because, while he was giving his tearful confession, some tech-savvy nerd-type had synched his laptop computer with Woody’s television system and uploaded the file from Jerk@work.net so that everyone in the bar now had a glimpse of just what went down at the Residence earlier that night.

There on the huge television screen up above the bar - as well as on every other TV screen throughout Woody’s, since they were all cabled together - was a 64”, large-screen, image of Emmett.

Emmett was blindfolded with a padded neon pink blindfold and barely clothed in a mesh shirt. He was perched up on a high wooden stool and perfectly framed by the wooden slats of the makeshift ‘Kissing Booth’. You could clearly see his hips and thighs and even his dick where it was poking perkily out of the top of a very skimpy pair of thong underwear. And he was kissing Brian Fucking Kinney, the legendary Stud of Liberty Avenue! Their lips were going at it over and over again, Emmett seemingly ready to jump through the booth’s little window in order to get closer to those Kinney lips.

Which is when IT happened.

Whatever the fuck Kinney was doing with his lips, it worked!

It worked really, really, really, well.

So well, in fact, that Fetch Dixon, internet porn star of widespread renown, had a spontaneous orgasm right there, on screen, from only that simple Kinney kiss!

The entire population at Woody’s was standing around transfixed by the sight being broadcast - repeatedly - on the television screens. The way Fetch's head fell back with his eyes closed, his jizz spurting up all through the little holes on that mesh shirt, as the man kept cuming over and over again. The bar was eerily silent as they all watched the scene. The only movement was from the several patrons who were surreptitiously - or not so surreptitiously, depending on the individual - rubbing at their crotches. Which was why everyone around clearly heard Emmett’s final comments.

“It was BRIAN! BRIAN! And I’ll never have another . . . another . . . another kiss like that again, ever, in my life, and . . . and . . . and . . . *sob* . . . It was Briiiiiiaaaaan!” Em’s voice tapered off and his sobs took over and everyone there understood the pain and futility of his statement.

Poor Emmett - It must really be devastating to have experienced that sort of perfection and know, KNOW, you’d never get the chance to even come close to it again.

Poor Emmett!

Chapter 9 -  Queen Brian! (Friday, June 3rd)

Brian stood in front of the mirror and tried for the fifth time to get the stupid, piece of shit, gold plastic tiara to sit straight. It kept sliding down his forehead all the time and it was messing up his hair. Brian hated the fucking thing. He was really tempted to just snap it in pieces and chuck it in the trash. If he'd known winning the Kissing Challenge the night before was going to result in him having to wear a ridiculous toy crown all day, he might not have bothered.

Although, it HAD been a hoot making Honeycutt blow his wad like that. Brian was still chuckling over the look on his friend's face when Em declared they had a winner then took off the blindfold only to discover he'd chosen Brian! His face had fallen so fast and, for half a second before he'd managed to pull his game face back on, the big southern queen had looked positively horrified. He really looked forward to teasing the shit out of EmmyLou the next time he saw his old friend. In the end, Brian figured that the hassle of wearing the tiara was probably worth it just for the years of joke material he'd get out of the experience.

He'd also been enjoying the perks he got from being declared the ‘Queen For The Day’ here at the Residence. For the entire day, he got to order around all the other contestants and they had to do WHATEVER he told them. To start with, he'd had Adrien prepare and bring him breakfast in bed. Then he'd had Paal wash him in the shower - which, of course, included a blow job before they'd finished. As soon as he figured out how to keep the tacky crown on, he was headed out to the pool where he planned on swimming laps for a half hour and then demanding a full body massage from whomever happened to be closest.

This was definitely the life for him!

Two hours later, Brian was lying face down on the pool-side lounge chair, almost asleep as a result of his excellent massage.

It turned out that little Malik was a registered Physical Therapist and had taken quite a few classes in various massage techniques before he'd graduated. Brian thought his massage skills were superb. Who knew those relatively small hands would be so strong? If he was half as good at all the physical therapy exercises and manual manipulations required by his job, Brian suspected he'd do really well whenever he finally did open up his own PT clinic - which Malik had confessed was his reason for entering this competition.

"Now, let me just pull this umbrella over here a bit so you don't get too much more sun," Malik said as soon as he had finished the massage and wiped the oil off his hands with a small towel. "We don't want that pale, white boy ass of yours to get burned, now do we? Can't have our 'Queen' all sunburned and cranky for tonight's Challenge," the boy teased.

Brian felt too relaxed and comfortable to bother reprimanding the disrespectful youth.

"My, my! Don't you look pleased with yourself," Brian was roused from his cat nap by another teasing voice a few minutes later.

"It's good to be the Queen!" Brian replied lazily.

“So it would appear. Although, if it were me, I wouldn’t be wasting my day of royalty by lying around on my fat ass.” Justin continued with the teasing, not realizing for even a moment what he was getting himself into.

Brian probably wouldn't have bothered responding except that the annoying, teasing, newcomer had the audacity to emphasize his words by bending over close to Brian's chair and vigorously shaking his head, hair still dripping wet from the pool, so that a couple drops of freezing cold water hit Brian's sun warmed skin.

“Shit, Gramps! You are so adorably naive. Let me educate you,” Brian replied, sitting up and adjusting the back of the lounger so that his head was now slightly raised. “First of all, my ass is NOT fat - it’s perfect for my svelte, GQ body,” Brian paused to allow time for the chuckling he knew he’d hear from the boy at that remark. “And secondly, I’m not just lying around being lazy. I’m actually quite busy. I’m trying to decide if I should have you suck my balls or if I’d rather have you bend over so I can spank that luscious pink hind end of yours until it’s all covered with my bright red palm prints.”

Justin giggled even louder at Brian’s last proclamation. Until, that is, he noticed that Brian wasn’t laughing along. Brian was just staring at him with one sexy eyebrow raised and a knowing smirk decorating his gorgeous face. Justin’s giggles died away.

“I’m not kidding, Gramps,” Brian stated matter of factly. “It’s a really difficult choice, though. Balls or Butt?” Brian pretended to weigh the two options in his empty hands before letting his right hand drop precipitously as if it was holding something weighty. “Mmmhmmm. Definitely the Butt! Okay! So, climb on up here where I can get to that bounteous bubble butt, Gramps!” Brian ordered, patting the slats of the lounge chair demonstratively with his hand.

“Really? You’re . . . you’re serious?” the now timid twink stood there hesitating.

Brian really HAD just been ribbing the kid at first. Since their very first meeting, this kid had just seemed to inspire a playfulness in Brian that was a bit out of character for the usually taciturn older man. He had no idea where it came from, but Brian just couldn’t stop himself. He had truly enjoyed kidding and provoking the boy over and over. Brian was learning quickly, however, that Justin usually gave back almost as good as he got, which just made the whole experience even more delightful as far as Brian was concerned.

On top of his agreeable nature, though, the boy was also so fucking adorable. Brian couldn’t tell what turned him on more - that perky ass, the big grin that seemed like it could almost light up a darkened room, or his charming, easy-going manner. And there was also that delicious-looking package the little twink sported, seemingly oblivious to the way that perfectly formed, pale-pink prick that he promenaded around, affected the rest of the men now living with him. Brian wasn’t any more immune than the others to the twink’s many charms. In fact, he’d known early on that he would like nothing better than to devour the little guy whole.

So, while he WAS originally just teasing the kid, as soon as he’d actually voiced the idea of spanking that perky posterior, he found he really liked the idea. He liked that idea a lot! And from the way his dick started to twitch, it seemed like his cock liked the idea a lot too. Which was why, in less than a heartbeat, Brian’s flippant mood turned into something much more frisky.

“I’m very serious. AND, I’m the Queen, so get your ass over here, Gramps. On your knees with your head down by my feet,” Brian ordered, helping matters along by grabbing Justin’s thigh as soon as he’d shuffled close enough and manhandling the kid into the position Brian desired. “That’s good! Mmmmm. Just look at that pale, creamy skin. Damn, I bet my handprint will look so pretty there, don’t you?”

From the way the younger man had immediately tensed up, Brian suspected that spanking was something the tyro was not already acquainted with. The anticipation of introducing this innocent to a new pleasure just served to ramp up Brian’s arousal another few notches. But when Justin hesitantly climbed onto the lounge chair and positioned himself on his hands and knees with his jaunty ass perched right up in Brian’s face, the experienced man thought he himself might lose it and cum before he’d even touched the kid. He almost abandoned his spanking plans when he saw the shy, perfectly shaped, dark pink pucker that had heretofore been hiding between the globes of that distractingly tasty tush. But then a vision of ivory skin branded with his handprints arose again in his mind’s eye and he decided that he’d proceed as scheduled and come back for a taste of the other tantalizing treat later.

The first thing Brian did was rub the palms of both hands against the soft expanse of silky skin. Fuck! The kid’s skin was so unbelievably soft! Brian had never experienced anything like it. And just underneath that unblemished, silky skin, he could feel firm muscles that made him want to just sink his fingers into the flesh, grab ahold and scream out ‘Mine’! The more he massaged the glorious globes, the more he could feel the boy relax. Before long the kid was pressing himself backward, leaning into Brian’s touch, practically begging for the massaging fingers to dig in even deeper.

The more the kid leaned back, the closer his beautiful ass came to Brian’s face and the more his fresh, sun-warmed scent pervaded Brian’s senses. The slight whiff of chlorine from the kid’s recent swim did little to mask his natural earthy aroma. Brian leaned forward and drew in a deep breath. Holy Fuck! Brian had always enjoyed the slightly rangey smell of a man’s body - it was an unfailing source of arousal - but he didn’t think he’d ever come across anyone whose natural body odor was this enticing to him. Justin smelled like sunshine and fresh-turned earth with a whiff of that smoky aroma you smell on your clothing after a good barbeque.

Brian was inspired by that scent. It nearly drove him wild. The only thing that stopped him from throwing the boy down on the pavers by the edge of the pool and ravishing him was the need to first mark him as his own. It was something primeval that he would never rationally admit to. But it was strong, nonetheless. Brian wasn’t going to even try to fight it.

With his mind gone blissfully blank, Brian pulled back one hand and sharply smacked his palm across the fresh peach fuzz of Justin’s ass. Justin bucked at the unexpected sting but the little grunt he voiced sounded more of arousal than pain. And then, as the mark of Brian’s hand print bloomed bright red against the white of the boy’s skin, Brian himself moaned. it was EXACTLY what he’d envisioned. It was perfect. That blank canvas of Justin’s skin showed off the outline of Brian’s hand with such precision it was like he’d drawn it there.

Brian was convinced he’d never, in his entire long and promiscuous life, seen anything even half as erotic as the sight of his hand print glowing on the little Twink’s creamy cheek.

An almost feral need overwhelmed Brian. He couldn’t have held back even if it had cost him the entire million dollars he’d been doing this for. With another sharp *swack* he marked the boy’s other cheek. Then he did it again and again. Each smack driving him even more crazy with unbridled lust.

Brian was completely insensible to everything around him except the sweet ass of the beautiful twink who was now writhing in front of him with almost equal fervor.

“Sweet Mother of All Holy Fucks!” The exceedingly odd epithet being yelled out at almost full volume was what eventually brought Brian back to reality.

Brian tore his eyes away from the sight of the bright red hand marks on the soft ivory ass and discovered that his lounge chair was now surrounded by the entire contingent of the Residence. To a man, they all had raging boners and each appeared to be near orgasm. Except, of course, for Dane, who was the one who’d just shot his load all over the patio and who had been the one responsible for that interesting oath.

“Come here!” Queen Brian ordered as soon as Dane recovered enough to look up at Brian, a sheepish look on his otherwise masculine face. Brian pulled Justin up off his hands so the boy was kneeling tall and no longer blocking access to Brian’s junk. “I want you to suck the kid’s balls - but only his balls, got it? You don’t touch his dick or mine.”

Dane was so eager to do as he’d been ordered he almost tripped over his own big feet as he trotted over and kneeled beside the lounge chair.

Brian viewed the remaining five spectators. They all looked so fucking eager to be included. It almost made Brian want to laugh. But he was their Queen and it would have been undignified to give in to his selfish desires. He decided, instead, to give in to his puerile desires.

“Kerrek,” Brian called out. “You come stroke Justin off. Justin, you’re stroking me at the same time. And the rest of you, I want you all to cum on his face while I eat out his beautiful ass,” Brian directed, the smiles all round a clear indicator that this particular ruling of their Queen was well received. “Oh . . . except for you, Daniel. You have to suck on my toes,” Brian added, just to be ornery and because he could and because he didn’t much care for the idea of the hot-headed muscle-man anywhere near his Twink. He ignored the muttered cursing from the bulky asian and concentrated instead on making sure everyone else was in place before he continued. “Okay. This shouldn’t take long, should it, Gramps?”

What with the stimulation from the spanking, little Justin was already as hard as a diamond-tipped drill bit. Brian calculated that with the added stimulation of Dane sucking his balls AND Kerek’s hand stroking his cock, the youth might not even last a full minute. And Brian, himself, was so ready that he figured it wouldn’t take more than thirty seconds of eating that absolutely perfect ass to get him off either. The rest of the crew looked to be equally ready. If he timed things right, this might just end up being the most explosive cum session ever experience by mankind.

“Everybody, on my count. Three, two, one . . . FUCK!”  Brian yelled as he dove in with tongue out, and sank into the tempting tight ass.

“AAAAARRRRRGGGGGHHHHHH!”

Justin hadn’t even lasted the full minute. The kid’s dick, along with all other muscles in his twinkie body convulsed almost as soon as Brian’s tongue entered his ass. Such copious quantities of cum shot out into the air that pretty much everyone in a ten foot radius was coated with it - so, basically, that meant everyone. The convulsions of the boy’s amazingly tight ass set off Brian’s own orgasm and then it was a fucking free-for-all as all the others shot sky high, with cum spraying out in every direction and the moaning and groaning so loud nobody would have been able to hear a single word uttered if any of them still had functioning senses.

Except, of course, for Daniel, who was unhappily sucking on Brian’s big toe and glaring daggers at the rest of the now sated group of happy men.

Brian thought briefly that he should demand Ted pay him a percentage of the profits even if he didn’t win the competition, considering the ratings this particular little scene was sure to generate.

Chapter 10 - This Sucks! (Friday, June 3rd - continued)

That night’s Challenge was the first one that was actually going to be any kind of a challenge, at least as far as Brian was concerned.

As soon as they were gathered around The Master’s portrait in the Greatroom, the booming electronic voice advised them that tonight’s Challenge would suck! And suck a lot! In fact, it was pretty much all sucking because, you see, that was the nature of the Challenge.

“You will be put into pairs and the first team to get both partners off using only your mouths - no hands or rutting and no ‘69ing’, just good old fashioned mouth-to-dick sucking - will win this competition,” The Master directed. “Now, as Queen For The Day, Brian gets the right to choose his partner. All other contestants will be randomly paired off. Brian, my child, who do you choose?’

Brian took a moment to consider his choices. If it were just about picking the man who’d cum the fastest, that would be easy - he’d pick little Justin. So far the kid had proven he could cum pretty much anytime with only a minimal amount of stimulation. But Brian also had to consider who could bring HIM off the fastest, and that meant finding someone with a certain level of skill and experience.

Scanning his fellow contestants, he quickly narrowed it down to the two with what he figured were the most skilled mouths - Malik and Kerek. They both had lips that just screamed out that they loved to suck like a hoover. Brian had also sampled both and could happily say that they were probably equally talented. However, if he was looking for experience, then he should probably go with the older of the two. Kerek just seemed like someone who knew about sucking a man’s dick. Yep, Brian would choose Kerek.

Brian announced his choice, and a smug Kerek moved to join him near one of the four comfortable-looking chaise lounge chairs that had appeared in the Greatroom.

The Master’s two masked servants then quickly filled the bingo ball machine with the names of the remaining competitors and the remaining three pairs were quickly called out. The final teams were Brian and Kerek, Daniel and Malik, Paal and Justin, and finally Adrien and Dane. Each couple was directed to a chaise and allowed two minutes to talk amongst themselves in order to strategize.

“It is time, my dear House Boys!” the voice of The Master boomed out, calling them all to attention. “Time to show me exactly what all those beautiful mouths can do. Ready yourselves. On your mark. Get set. SUCK!”

Brian was sure of his own skills and therefore opted to go first. He knelt in front of his subject, sucked Kerek’s thick, rosy-brown, eight-and-a-half inch cock into his mouth, used his tongue to caress the shaft as it filled, and managed to get his partner hard in less than thirty seconds. Then it was just a matter of hollowing out his cheeks, moving his head along at the perfect rhythm and sucking for all he was worth. As soon as he heard Kerek moaning and felt the big vein under the cock head pulsing against his tongue, Brian pulled back just a little, flicked at the slit with his tongue, stabbing into it delicately two or three times and was swiftly rewarded with a mouthful of cum. It had all gone like clockwork - just as he’d expected it to.

Quickly moving to swap positions, Brian laid back on the chaise and let Kerek kneel between his own legs on the foot of the long chair. Kerek was getting the better deal by far, since Brian was already halfway hard just from the experience of sucking off his partner. Brian tried to let himself relax in order to more thoroughly enjoy the feel of those pleasingly plump lips sliding over the head of his cock and down the shaft. Yes, this boy certainly was a very talented cocksucker! Brian had NO complaints.

Or at least he didn’t until just before he felt he was about to cum, when his happy mood was shattered by the discordant shout of one of the servant boys yelling out, “We have a winner, Master!”

That news almost totally killed Brian’s mood and even caused his dick to flag. However, Kerek, being the indefatigable cocksucker that he was, didn’t let Brian languish for long. Just because they hadn’t won the competition didn’t mean he’d let his man go without finding his release. He was a true professional, after all. So Kerek just kept right on sucking and bobbing until, about a minute and a half later, Brian exploded in pleasure. Brian brought his hand up to the side of his partner’s face, petting the wiry, short, dreads with gratitude for the younger man’s valiant efforts.

It turned out that Brian should have probably gone with his first instinct after all. The winning team this night was Paal and little Justin. Apparently, Justin had shot his load less than four minutes into the event, which had inspired Paal’s own subsequently stellar performance. And from what everyone who’d been watching was saying, the tyro twink may not have had years of experience but he apparently had more than enough natural talent to bring Paal to orgasm in rapid order. The whole endeavor took less than ten minutes, start to finish, and was being lauded as a truly epic performance by one and all.

Brian decided that he’d be challenging the twink’s skills himself in the not too distant future.

As soon as the sucking challenge was over Brian trotted downstairs to the basement of the Residence, eager to finally get some downtime after the busy day he'd had. He passed by the door he knew headed out to the garage, not even curious since he knew it was locked and alarmed, not to mention off limits. The next door, painted a gaudy purple with gold leaf accents and the name 'The Passion Pit' on it, was equally uninteresting to him - he already knew he'd be spending far more time inside that room than he wanted to contemplate. No, the door he wanted was the plain unassuming brown door at the far end of the hallway. It was the room the guys were all calling the Break Room.

According to the show's rules, each contestant was allowed one meager hour a day of downtime when they were allowed to remain completely off camera. However, there wasn't anyplace outside the Break Room that wasn't covered by at least one camera. Brian thought it was overkill. Why would they have cameras on in the bedrooms in the middle of the night? Did Ted's viewers expect them all to be fucking 24/7? Or maybe there was just a large contingent of weirdos out there that got off on watching other people sleep? But for whatever reason, it was pretty much impossible to escape the little blinking red camera eyes anywhere else in the house, so the guys had to be 'on' pretty much all the time.

Here in the Break Room, though, where there were no cameras, you could actually relax. There were a few comfortable chairs, a couple non-porn books and magazines, and a small fridge stocked with drinks and snacks. There were even two computers where the contestants could send and receive email - Ted's only concession towards communication with the outside world. There were no windows in the room and you only got an hour down there each day, but altogether it felt like some kind of sacred sanctuary.

Which was why Brian felt so eager to get there. After being in the Residence for only three days, he was already feeling half crazy. He hated the itchy feeling of always being under constant scrutiny. Always being on camera. Always having to have his 'Stud' mask on. For a guy who'd lived alone all his adult life, who didn't do boyfriends or relationships and who rarely even let a trick stay the night, this constant surveillance was hell. Especially after his stint as Queen all day today - which had been fun but which also made him the center of attention without let up - Brian just really, desperately, needed some time when he knew he wasn't being watched.

So when he opened the door to the Break Room and discovered someone else was already there, Brian felt just a teensy bit annoyed. Shit! He'd really wanted to be alone for a few minutes. He didn't want to leave and try to come back another time, though. He needed a break so badly, he couldn't wait till later. And since there was nothing he could do about the unwanted company, Brian simply sighed and headed inside anyway. At least the other current occupant of the Break Room was someone he thought he could tolerate - little Justin.

The twink didn't say anything as Brian sat down next to him at the second computer. Brian signed into his email right away. He sent a quick 'hello' to his friend Lindsey, who replied quickly that she'd pass on a kiss to his son, Gus, for him. He told Michael to get a life when he read the whiny note from his oldest friend bemoaning the fact that he had no one to go with to the club. Brian reminded Michael that it was only for three months. He was sure Mikey could survive that long on his own. Then Brian answered a couple of questions for his assistant at work, irritated as usual by the incompetence of most of his coworkers and frustrated that they couldn't seem to handle things without him even during this short sabbatical. Shit, Brian wanted to get away from Ryder's so bad. It completely reinforced the fact that he needed to win this competition, take the money and open his own agency before he went stark raving mad.

"Shit!" The peaceful quiet of the Break Room was easily broken even by the hushed, almost sub-vocal, curse from the blond boy.

"Problems, Gramps?" Brian felt, in all politeness, that he had to ask even though he didn't really want to know.

"Huh? . . . Oh, um, not really, I guess," the twink didn't sound very convincing.

Brian rubbed at his tired eyes. Should he bite and ask the kid what was wrong or just leave it? Under any other circumstances, Brian wouldn't have given a rat's ass. He'd just let the kid deal with his own shit in his own way. However, while he was living HERE, Brian worried that whatever was eating at the kid might actually impact him in some way. So, totally against his usual inclinations, Brian decided to bite the bullet and do the courteous thing.

Turning in his chair so he was facing the boy, Brian asked again. "Come on, Gramps. Tell me what's wrong. Who knows, I might actually care enough to help you out."

The young man huffed out an exasperated, humorless laugh. "Did you know you can log onto the web site from here and see what they're showing about us?" Justin asked, pointing towards the screen of the computer he'd been using.

"So what? You don't think they got your best side during the last Challenge or something?" Brian teased, trying to lighten the boy's mood.

"Yeah, right! Have you seen me? I don't have a bad side," the kid kidded him right back.

"Then what is it," Brian was now curious in spite of himself.

"Well, see, they've got a calendar posted on here so the viewers can see what's coming up. It's got the names and descriptions of the next couple days' Challenges listed."

"Hmmm. That's pretty cool, actually," Brian leaned in and looked over Justin's shoulder for a better look. "Knowing what's coming up might even give us an advantage over the others, provided they haven't yet checked out the site themselves. Way to go, Gramps!"

"Um, yeah," the boy didn't sound as happy about that prospect as Brian was.

"So, what's coming up that has you so tweaked?" Brian looked at the list - the names Ted had come up with for his Challenges were ludicrous, but Brian didn't see anything of great concern to him.

Justin didn't answer. He just sat there nervously biting at his thumbnail and looking like he was ready to jump out of his skin. Brian refused to even let himself think the word 'cute' since he'd already used it with regard to the boy too many times that day.

"Gramps?"

"Did you read what it says for tomorrow?" The kid finally asked, his voice pitched even higher than usual.

"Saturday Sexcapades - Every hour, on the hour, random couples are selected to entertain the viewers from the Passion Pit." Brian read off the description. "Yeah, so?"

"So, um . . . they're going to expect us to fuck, right? 'Entertain the viewers'. That . . . that means fucking, not just hand jobs or blow jobs, right?"

"Probably," Brian answered, still confused why this would be coming as such a big surprise considering it's what they all signed up for.

"It's just that . . . Well, I don't know if I'm . . . If I'm ready . . ." Justin's words tapered off leaving the boy squirming worriedly on his chair, his face now flushed a bright red.

Chapter 11 - Twinkie Troubles.

"It's just that . . . Well, I don't know if I'm . . . If I'm ready . . ." Justin's words tapered off leaving the boy squirming worriedly on his chair, his face now flushed a bright red.

"Not ready?" Brian considered the words and the nervous behavior together and came to an amazing conclusion. But he was still unsure if the kid was really saying what he thought. It wasn't possible, was it? There's no way, Ted - no matter how much of a conniving and avaricious little dweeb he was - would have signed up a virgin for his little porn-fest. Nobody would do that, would they? Would they?

"Justin," Brian addressed the kid as calmly as he could, trying his best to keep his tone completely neutral. "Have you ever fucked anyone before?"

"Well, technically . . . no . . . But I've watched a LOT of porn, so . . . I mean, how hard can it be?" Seeing Brian's incredulous expression, the boy rushed on to explain, his words now coming out in a torrent. "I'd only ever given one hand job before the other day, but you seemed to think I did okay. And I'd never sucked anyone off before, either, and I still won the Challenge tonight. I'm a pretty quick study. I'm sure I can figure it out, but . . . Well, I just thought I'd have a little more time, you know . . . And that maybe I'd have a chance to, uh, try things out with someone I sorta trusted or something . . . But it says it's going to be randomly selected couples . . . What if I get set up with that creep Daniel or if I can't do it and, since we'll be the main attraction, everyone online is watching me . . . What if I look like a complete idiot? Would they kick me out for that? I really need to win this money . . ."

"You're a fucking virgin?" Brian felt it was important to point out this rather significant fact. A fact which the kid had simply glossed over. He still couldn't believe it even as he watched the kid reluctantly nodding his head. "You hadn't even given a blow job before tonight?" The boy shook his head 'no'. "And you never mentioned this fact to anyone?" Another shake, this time with a shrug added in for good measure. "Fuck!"

"Yeah, I already said that," Justin replied. "You won't say anything, will you? I mean, it's not against the rules or anything - I read the contract and all the rules through twice and there was NOTHING in there saying you couldn't be a virgin - so there's really no reason to say anything. It's just that I'd be kinda embarrassed and all . . ."

“You’re worried about being embarrassed . . .” Brian was still so shocked by the kid’s revelation that he barely knew what he was saying. “Justin, have you thought this through AT ALL? Are you really prepared to let some bruiser like Daniel or somebody like Dane - who’s a nice enough guy but who has a schlong like a fucking horse - pop your cherry, LIVE, on camera, while thousands of horny queers all over the world are watching? Is that REALLY how you want to lose your virginity?” Brian had risen from his seat at the computer halfway through his rant and was now pacing around the Break Room, his voice rising with each sentence. “You do know it’s going to fucking hurt, right? And if you don’t plan on telling anyone, nobody’s going to go easy on you your first time. You know that right? RIGHT?” Brian stopped in front of Justin and stared at the boy, who only cringed away from him and said nothing at all. “ARE YOU INSANE?”

“Do I have a choice?” was all the boy said, his voice quiet but filled with determination.

“Of course you have a choice. You can leave . . .” Brian was about to go on but was interrupted by the unflinching twink.

“I can’t leave here, Brian. Not without the money . . . I don’t have anywhere else to go!” Justin insisted, his eyes filling with angry tears that he only just managed to hold back. “The week before the contest started I told my parents I was gay and my father kicked me out. I can’t go back unless I swear to go straight, find myself a girlfriend, do my father’s bidding from now on without question and agree to be shipped off to business school. I’m not doing that, Brian. I won’t! So there’s no way I’m leaving here without that money!” Justin stood up and faced Brian. “And if that means I have to get fucked up the ass by a giant damned Anaconda, well then that’s what I’ll have to do. I’m NOT going back there!”

Brian sank into the reclining chair behind him. He didn't believe this kid. Did he have ANY idea what he was setting himself up for? It would be tantamount to rape, as far as Brian was concerned. He couldn’t let that happen. “Shit, Justin, you can’t . . .”

“I can . . . I have to,” Justin replied, resigned to his fate.

“No . . . No, you don’t,” Brian took a deep breath and rose again to his feet. “I won’t let you do that, Justin. We can . . . We can at least get you through your first time without all the hoopla. Okay?” Brian slipped his arm around the slight shoulders, feeling the unseen tremor just under his skin as the boy shook with both fear and passion. “And maybe I can even give you a few tricks you can use with the bruiser and the giant.”

“Are you . . . are you sure?”

“Yeah, I’m sure,” Brian answered as reassuringly as he could manage. “Come on, Gramps.”

Brian opened the door to the Break Room and led the twink up the stairs to his bedroom.

The closer they got to the bedroom, the more tense Justin became. Brian could feel the kid’s shoulder muscles clenching. He didn’t know how to reassure the boy - he’d probably be feeling the same under the circumstances. Brian’s own first time had been so long ago, he barely remembered it anymore. He’d been such a stupid kid back then - so cocksure and brash - convinced it wouldn’t be a big deal. He probably didn’t remember being afraid because he’d been too ignorant to know he SHOULD’VE been afraid. Justin, however, was old enough at eighteen to know that what he was about to do WAS a big deal.

Brian played the gentleman and held the door open for his guest. Justin stood in the doorway for several moments, seemingly ambivalent about whether this was really a good idea or not. Finally, with a deep breath, he pulled his shoulders back and strode inside with a resolute expression. Brian thought the kid would have probably looked the same heading off to an appointment with a firing squad. If he wasn’t feeling almost as agitated as the boy, Brian might have even laughed at the kid's stoic resolve.

“Where do you want me?” Justin asked as if this were some clinical proceeding that required exact placement of all requisite participants.

“Whoa! Slow down there, Gramps! What's your rush? Have you got a hot date you gotta get to or something?" Brian hoped that a bit of lighthearted teasing would calm the twink's nerves.

Justin's jittery half smile was a clear indicator it had NOT worked. Maybe amusing banter was the wrong approach? Brian himself would hate somebody babbling at him if he were in Justin's shoes. Empty words were rarely reassuring. Brian decided to go with actions instead.

"Come here, you silly Twat," he ordered, grabbing the kid's wrist and towing him the foot and a half until their bodies were finally touching: knees, thighs, cocks, bellies, chests. He bent his head so he could look into the unsure, bright blue eyes and then let his mouth find its natural path to the boy's cotton candy pink lips. "I want you" . . . *kiss* . . . "right". . . *kiss* . . . Brian's hands curled around the slim hips . . . "about" . . . *kiss* . . . He pulled hard so that their hips were grinding together . . . "here" . . . *kiss* . . . He wrapped his arms tightly around the slender back and just held on while he proceeded to devour the now open and willing mouth.

Several minutes later, Brian pulled far enough away to assess his boy's readiness to move on. Justin remained with his eyes closed, the bee stung lips now a darker pink and slightly open, revealing straight white teeth and the tip of a pointed pink tongue. He was breathing heavily, his thin frame heaving with each inhalation. Lower down, where their crotches were still mashed together, Brian could feel the further evidence of the youth's arousal.

Yes. This was precisely where - and how - Brian wanted the boy.

Since the kid's lust driven haze appeared so very overwhelming, Brian determined it would be expeditious for him to completely take charge from here on out. Accordingly, he swept one arm behind the boy's knees and gently scooped him into his arms long enough to make it the four steps over to the bed. Justin's eyes finally popped open when Brian deposited him in the center of the big king-sized bed.

Before moving on, Brian paused and took a moment to admire what was waiting for him. The boy's body was fresh, supple and lithe, with just a hint of muscle definition. The blond looked so incredibly young lying atop the oversized bed. If it weren't for the overtly masculine touches here and there - the soft downy hair under his arms, the hint of beard stubble, the lightly furred calves and the thickening line of darker blond leading from the slim waist down to a luscious thatch of curly pubes - he could easily be mistaken for someone much younger. Well, that, along with the perfectly developed, proudly erect, almost nine inch long cock which rose up from that soft-looking pile of dark gold curls and was currently pointing insistently at Brian.

Fuck! That magnificent manhood really was enticing. Looking at it, Brian was impressed all over again that such a beautiful specimen should grace the barely 5’9” tall lad. It was long and thick - probably wider than Brian’s own cock - with a shaft that was almost as pale as the rest of Justin’s silky soft skin and a dusky pink mushroom head that was comparatively very large. Just looking at that swollen cock head made Brian shiver. He couldn’t help thinking that it was the kind of dick any top would be envious of. He could almost imagine how exquisite it would feel as Justin slid his cock inside you, stretching your hole deliciously with that large headed dick as the boy entered, and then caressing one’s prostate with every single pass, milking every ounce of pleasure out of a simple fuck. It was the perfect equipment to drive any bottom boy wild with ecstasy. Of course, Brian didn’t bottom, so the size of Justin’s well formed dick wasn’t really relevant to him, but still . . . Brian shook his head, intentionally ridding himself of such unorthodox thoughts and reminding himself to get on with the business at hand.

Now, where was he?

Ah, yes! The deflowering of the virgin twink! That’s right!

Brian climbed onto the bed and crawled up to meet his perfect pale boy. With one sure motion, he flipped the kid over onto his stomach and was gratified to see that the back side was almost as appetizing as the front. The boy had to have the most perfect ass ever invented! It was firm and the cheeks were round, exactly the right size for Brian’s big hands to grab hold of and squeeze. And the skin was still so soft - Brian surreptitiously bent over to rub the side of his face across the fuzzy cheeks and was enthralled that it really WAS as soft as it looked. He wanted to rub his whole fucking body against that opulent ass . . .

Okay, now THAT was just getting silly. Brian really needed someone to slap him before he got ridiculous. Thank All Holy Fucks that nobody could hear the ludicrous thoughts going through his head right now.

“. . . rub my whole body all over your ass . . .” Brian heard his voice saying this aloud, completely without his consent.

What the fuck! Stupid, unruly mouth that couldn’t be trusted to not say embarrassing shit about too-tempting blond boy ass! Damn it! Brian consciously made an effort to clamp his mouth shut in order to prevent further illicit utterances. If he didn’t stop himself now, the next thing you knew he’d be calling out the Twink’s name and pledging everlasting love. Which would be utterly unacceptable and would not be allowed to happen. Especially not when he was being captured on camera for all of Liberty Avenue to see. And hear. Really, NOT acceptable.

Now, where was he again?

Oh, yes! The blond boy’s ass. Ahhhhhhh! It really was an outstanding ass. An outstanding VIRGIN ass, too. Well, there was just no getting around it. Brian was simply going to have to fuck that ass. It was the only thing to do, really. It was the right thing to do. And the boy wanted it, too. So there really wasn’t anything wrong with the fact that Brian wanted it more than anything in his life to date. Wanted it so badly it hurt. Yes, he HAD to fuck that ass and the fact that he was yearning for it so badly it hurt was completely inconsequential.

Now, where was he? Damn the boy for having such a distracting, perfect ass!

Pulling himself together, Brian bent to the task at hand. With both hands, he pulled up on Justin’s hips until the lad’s posterior was elevated to just the right degree. There was that elegant little star-shaped pucker that Brian had glimpsed earlier in the day but only got the briefest taste of. Well, he was going to remedy that  tragedy immediately.

Leaning in slightly he took a deep lungful of the ambrosial aroma that he remembered from the afternoon. Somehow it was even more heady than before. The smell of sun and earth and woodsmoke was now augmented with something more savory. Brian’s already hard dick quivered with the added incentive. He felt the first few drops of precum dripping off his dick and landing on his bare knee and knew that he’d better move things along or poor Justin might be left a sacrificial virgin stranded on the altar of the Saturday Sexcapades. Time to apply himself.

Brian’s fingers gently spread apart the halves of that glorious gluteus. His tongue snaked out and he immediately engaged it to lick at the perfectly symmetrical folds of the impossibly tiny pink pucker. He ran his tongue up from Justin’s balls to the knob of his spine and then back down again. He lapped at the edges of the star-shaped entrance, enjoying the musky aroma and earthy taste. Then - what the hell - he just dove right in and buried himself in the soft, moist depths that seemed to open up to him without hesitation.

“Oh! Fuck, yes! Yes! YES, PLEASE!” Justin’s vocalizations did not help Brian’s flagging self-control in the least.

Brian realized that HE was panting more heavily than the Twink and that his balls were tingling with the building electrical energy that presaged his imminent release. And he hadn't even touched his own dick yet! If he didn’t want to completely embarrass himself, he needed to get a grip, control himself and take back control of this fuck. Where the hell had the Kinney expertise disappeared to anyway?

Now, where WAS he? Oh, right. Moving on . . .

Deftly flipping the boy back over in order to remove the temptation of looking at that perfect ass, Brian was determined to get to the fucking point already and get on with the fucking.

Brian reached over and grabbed the necessary supplies from the bedside table. With one hand he applied himself to stroking the perfect pink pecker to full attention. With the other he started to hand the condom over to the boy, ready with his standard, seductive order - you know, the one he used with all his tricks, which never failed to get them all hot and bothered - ‘Put it on me! Go on, slip it on my dick!’.

“Oh! Can I do it?” Justin grabbed the condom away from Brian before he could say the word ‘Put’. “Here, let me. I could use the practice!”

And instead of a hot and bothered trick, Brian found himself with an over-eager, slightly nervous, puppy dog. Brian might even have reprimanded the boy for ruining the mood, except that he was so fucking adorable what with his industrious fumbling and his happy little grin. Then again, when the cool slender fingers began rolling the condom down Brian’s long hot shaft, he kinda forgot about the dressing down he’d meant to deliver and instead turned his attention back to the escalating pleasure the sensation gave him.

Once again Brian had to corral his wandering libido. How the fuck had this fuck gotten so out of fucking control? This was getting them nowhere. Brian needed to take back that control.

Pushing Justin onto his back, Brian used his free hand to hold the boy in place so he could finally concentrate on preparing him properly. Leaning in, Brian whispered into the shell-like ear, “relax, Justin. This will go much more smoothly if you just let me get on with it. Okay?” When he felt the boy’s nod against the side of his face, Brian sat back up and filled the palm of his hand with lube from the big pump-top bottle on the night stand.

And, finally, it was time to get this fuck started!

NOW Brian knew exactly where he was and what he was supposed to be doing!

Brian had long ago perfected the most efficient and detached way to prep a trick. He usually didn’t have to think about it at all. It was just simple mechanics after all, right? Insert Tab A into Slot B, wiggle it and remove, then fuck away! Not really all that complicated and it didn’t generally require any real thought or creativity.

Except that, as he looked down into the trusting yet scared blue eyes of the brave little twink lying spread out beneath him, he realized that approach would never work in this situation. He’d never be able to treat Justin in that same cavalier fashion. And to be perfectly honest, he didn’t want this night to be like that.

The kid had been so fucking ballsy about entering this contest despite the fact that he was completely inexperienced. He’d been ready to do WHATEVER it took to make it work. Brian respected Justin’s drive and was awed by his courage. And maybe it was because Brian felt so much respect for the younger man that he wanted his first time to be special. He wanted Justin to look back and realize that Brian hadn’t simply been taking advantage of the boy’s untenable predicament to squeeze in just another fuck.

Brian realized that for once in his life he wanted a fuck to be more than a fuck - he wanted to feel it was something special.

Fortunately for both Brian and Justin, the older man didn’t give himself time to mull over that very unorthodox thought, or he might have been too freaked out to act on it. He really wanted this and he consciously chose NOT to examine his motives more closely. He didn’t want to allow that little niggling doubt in the back of his brain to come to light. He didn’t even pause to think about the fact that his every action would be watched by those ubiquitous cameras and all the anonymous viewers on the net. Instead, Brian actually gave himself permission to act a little out of character for just this one night.

So, rather than just plunging in, Brian took his time. With gentle fingers he prepared the boy until he was certain there’d be the least amount of pain he could possibly insure. As the third well-lubed finger went in, Brian took the time to carefully brush against the boy’s prostate, caressing it lightly but insistently with the pads of his fingers. Justin’s body buckled but Brian held the boy firmly in place and continued. The delicious, small noises the youth was making reassured Brian that this was indeed the way he wanted to proceed with the sweet little blond.

When the noises changed in timber from hushed mewling and moaning to more insistent demands - “Oooooh, yes, Brian. Yes! Please . . . Please, Brian!” - the veteran fuckmaster knew it was time to move things to the next level.

With one more nibble on the sweet, now-swollen, lips, Brian pulled away enough to look into the youth's eyes, trying to assess his sincerity. "You're as ready as I'll ever be able to make you," Brian whispered. "Are you sure about this? You can still change your mind and leave."

"No, I won't change my mind. I want this, Brian. And I want it to be you," Justin's open and honest countenance, proof that he was telling the truth. "Even if it wasn't now, or here, I'd want it to be you."

"All right . . . Here I come, then," Brian smiled at the kid, attempting to be as soothing as he could at the same time he was grabbing ahold of Justin's legs and situating them so his ankles were resting on Brian's shoulders. He continued to talk softly, hoping that the cameras wouldn’t pick up most of the conversation and that his actions wouldn’t give away the boy’s secret. "I'll go slow, but it's still going to burn," Brian lined up his dick with the tip eagerly nudging at the pretty pink pucker. "All you can do is just bear down and hang on. I promise it gets better. Ready?"

The nervous blond neophyte bit at his lip adorably for a second before nodding.

Brian held his breath and pushed in as slowly as he possibly could. Fuck, the kid was unbelievably tight. It was a struggle for Brian to control himself. His dick was so eager. It wanted to get in there, get settled where it was nice and snug and cozy, and then stay a long, long while. Only the fact that Brian was determined to make this good for the boy held him back.

"Shit . . ." the epithet was spoken so quietly Brian almost missed it as well as the words that came next. "Does it always hurt?"

"A little. The pain is a part of it, but only a part. You'll see."

When he was finally all the way inside, his balls pressed firmly against the kid's backside, Brian paused and waited a few more moments. He watched the boy intently until he saw the slight easing of the muscles around his eyes and the corners of his mouth, indicating Justin was finally relaxing. Hoping Justin had found a way through the worst of the pain and was ready for the start of the most mind numbing pleasure he'd ever know, Brian pulled back out almost all the way.

"It's going to be all right, kid. You'll see," Brian slid in again, the going easier with each thrust as the boy opened to him more and more. "Open your eyes, look at me and just relax. Let yourself learn to enjoy it. I want you to always remember how this feels," Brian's pace began to increase as the younger man's expression started to show less pain and more wonder. "Remember how good you can feel. How good it feels when I'm inside you. That way, no matter what you do, no matter who you fuck, I'll always be there."

Brian had no idea where the words he was whispering came from. He just knew that they were the truth. It somehow meant a lot to him that this boy never forget him. Never forget this special night.

At first, Brian held back, trying to keep his motions slow and gentle. When he noticed Justin almost unconsciously pushing back against him, straining to get more of Brian with every thrust, Brian let himself go. He began fucking the kid as his natural inclinations dictated - deep, hard and fast, the way he liked it best, his cock massaged by the incredibly tight channel with every motion no matter how minuscule. It felt so overwhelming. Brian worried that, if he didn't concentrate, he might embarrass himself and come like some horny teenager long before the actual teenager was ready. It didn't help that Justin’s body reacted with perfect symmetry to Brian’s every motion, looking so beautiful and so fucking wanton as he writhed in ecstasy under him.

Far too soon, Brian’s whole body was covered in a light sheen of sweat. From what the older man could see, Justin was in a similar condition. He could feel his balls tightening. There were little tendrils of fire licking along each nerve fiber all down his spine. Justin's legs were wrapped convulsively around his shoulders, the kid's toes curled from the sheer pleasure of the experience.

Brian was amazed at how fast he'd reached the point where he needed to come, trying to restrain himself long enough so Justin could come first. He even tried to pause for a second, holding himself still, immobile inside the hot depths, working desperately to calm his galloping libido. But it didn't work. Just one tiny, almost imperceptible motion - Justin's anal muscles contracting involuntarily in time with his wildly beating heart - was simply too much. Brian completely lost it and his entire body tensed. He felt the fiery jolts of electrical energy zapping through his body as his orgasm hit, his body convulsed and jizz emptied into the condom deep inside the teen. Half a second later, Justin came as well, his seed spewing hotly across their bellies, his plaintive, whispered, "Brian", sounding almost like a prayer. And finally, when the nearly unbearable heat was followed immediately afterwards by a wash of cooling endorphins, Brian sagged against the boneless body lying under him, both men so overcome that it was a struggle just to breathe.

"Brian?" the youth roused the older man from his post-coital haze several minutes later. "Is it like that every time," the tyro twink asked. "Cause if it's like THAT every time, then I still don't think I'm ready. THAT would probably kill me - nobody's heart could handle anything even close to that on a regular basis."

"Come here, you silly little Twat," was all Brian said in response, although his smug grin gave him away, letting Justin know exactly how pleased the older man was at hearing the kid's comment.

And when Brian began kissing Justin's neck and collarbone and chest, eventually carrying them both along to round two, Justin was too distracted by the next surge of euphoria to worry any more about his heart exploding from pure pleasure.

Chapter 12 - Sexcapades and Strategies

Justin had proved to be a very gifted pupil. Brian had thoroughly enjoyed his teaching assignment too. He’d spent pretty much the entire night showing the tireless twink just about everything he could think of and Justin had taken to his lessons like the quick study he’d professed to be. Of course, purely for purposes of ensuring that the kid had mastered all his lessons, Brian offered to be on the receiving end of several of their sessions, because, really, how could he properly assess whether or not the boy had truly understood all the nuances of a good rim job, unless Brian let him practice? Really, that was the only reason Brian agreed to it. He also made sure that they reviewed the prior lesson on hand jobs, went over the basics of a good blow job and even ventured into the realm of fingering - all of which Justin seemed to excel at. However he HAD put a stop to the whole experiment before the Twink pushed the limits too far - he didn’t want the kid to get the idea he was ever going to get to Top the Teacher, in any sense of the phrase. But, all in all, Brian found he was pleased with his protege’s initial efforts.

They both finally fell into an exhausted sleep sometime around four am. Brian refused to admit that the kid had worn him out. He didn’t think it was anybody else’s business if he’d actually passed out cold sometime during Justin’s final exam on sucking. And it definitely wasn’t relevant that, when they did wake up, they were spooned together with Justin held tightly in Brian’s arms as if that was a usual occurrence for the reigning Stud of Liberty Avenue.

"So, you said you had some ideas on how I could handle Daniel and Dane?" Justin asked a few minutes after they’d roused themselves and made their way back to the comfort of the bed following a quick joint trip to the bathroom. Justin was careful to nuzzle into Brian's neck as he spoke, trying for the sake of the cameras to make it look like he was initiating foreplay rather than a serious strategy session.

"Yeah, I've got a couple ideas, actually," Brian answered, biting at the twink's earlobe as he whispered. "We'll get you through this. No problem."

"Well, it's almost eight already, which means I'm running out of time. Better start imparting your wisdom, oh sage one!" Justin requested with a giggle. “How do I deal with Dane’s giant anaconda if we get thrown into the Passion Pit together?"

"Dane's easy," Brian replied. "You just stand your ground and demand that he let YOU top!"

"What? Me? But I never . . ." Justin, in his shock, forgot for the moment he was supposed to be pretending to make out and actually spoke his words aloud.

"Don't freak out about it, Gramps," Brian kissed the boy's lips before whispering his reassurance. "You'll do just fine. You're a quick study, remember?"

"But, with Dane? Are you sure?"

"Positive!" Brian seemed certain so Justin started to relax and actually listen to him "He might look like a huge, macho stud, but deep down inside that boy's really a closet bottom. All you have to do is stand your ground and demand that he let you top. He'll cave. Trust me."

"How the fuck do you know that?" Justin still wasn't convinced.

"I just do, Gramps," Brian reassured. "I've seen the type before. Besides, the alternative - letting him skewer you with that huge pork javelin? - you're STILL not ready for that."

Justin shuddered at the very thought.

"Plus, you topping Dane will be great for your image around here. Everyone sees you as this innocent little twink. They've completely discounted you already. But, if you can pull off topping the biggest guy in the house right from the start, well, they'll all start taking you seriously."

"I like the sound of that," Justin agreed, knowing that it would be a huge advantage for him.

"Exactly. And the same goes for whoever else you might get paired up with - except for Daniel of course. No matter who you end up with, you just stand up to them and demand to top."

"You think I can get away with that?"

"Sure. It'll be a piece of cake," Brian smiled and bit the boy's earlobe while whispering in his ear in order to keep up pretenses for the always watching cameras. "Malik and Kerek are both longtime bottom boys, so no problem there. Paal's a versatile but he's so damned nice that he wouldn't ever push you if you said no to bottoming. Adrien - well, I haven't got a good read on him yet, but if he really is as much of a slacker as he seems, I don't see him putting up too much of a fight. You should be able to get away with topping pretty much all of them. No problem."

"And Daniel?" Justin's voice betrayed his anxiety at dealing with that individual.

"Daniel's a special case. He's probably the only other true top here besides me," Brian confirmed what Justin had already known. "Of course, he doesn't have my charming personality to help him get what he wants so he's become a bit of a bully. Normally, I'd tell you to handle him like any other bully - stand up to him and don't back down and you'll earn his respect. But, since we've already seen he has a problem with his temper, that's not really a good option anymore."

"Yeah, definitely not."

"You don't want to confront him head on, that's for sure," Brian paused in his commentary as he thought for a moment. "No, with Daniel, it's going to be all about being smarter than he is. So, you'll have to 'handle' him. You know, pretending to be all solicitous on the outside but still getting what you need."

"Here's what I recommend," Brian's eyes lit up mischievously. "If you end up with Daniel you need to work the clock. Keep him busy and happy as long as possible till you can get the hell away. If you're comfortable with it, offer him a rim job. Tops don't get rimmed nearly enough. He'll love it and you can waste a good half hour that way. Or you can offer to blow him and just take it nice and slow. Keep up a good steady rhythm but don't go fast enough for him to cum. Then, when he does get close, stick a finger up his ass and lightly tap his prostate - really lightly though, cause he's a top so he's probably super sensitive - but if you do it right he'll have an orgasm that fucking wipes him out. And, if what I suspect is true, he probably doesn't have that much staying power. If he still demands that you let him fuck you after that, he won't have the energy to push you too hard. Hopefully your hour will be up before that though."

“You, my dear Brian, are incredibly devious,” Justin grinned brightly at the man who was now kissing his way back up to the youth’s lips. “And thank you, Brian. You probably just saved my ass.”

“Nope. I don’t think you’ve been paying attention, Gramps. I didn’t SAVE your ass. What I did was FUCK your ass,” Brian’s eyes were sparkling and his grin was almost as big as Justin’s right before he leaned in and took a long slow taste of the boy’s bubblegum pink lips..

“Yeah, well, I do remember something about that, now that you mention it,” Justin chuckled when they finally broke apart. “Oh, and Brian . . . You can lose the ‘Gramps’ shit already.”

“What?! But you said I couldn’t call you ‘kid’ anymore, seeing as you’re so ancient. Now what am I gonna call you?” Brian asked with a sense of playfulness he wasn’t used to.

“Um, maybe, my name - ‘Justin’? It’s not hard to say, you know.”

“Boooooooring!” Brian shook his head, scrunched up his nose, and looked so damned cute in his own right that he’d probably have shot himself if he saw his reflection at that moment.

The sight made Justin break out into a heartfelt laugh that seemed to make his bright, sunshiny smile glow even more.

“Well, if you’re going to keep blinding me with that smile all the time, I guess I’ll have to call you ‘Sunshine’. Is that better than ‘Gramps’?”

“You know what? You think you’ve got everyone else around here figured out, but I’VE got YOU figured out, Brian.” When Brian scoffed at that pronouncement, Justin just smiled even wider. “It’s true. I’m onto you!”

Justin rolled off the bed, winking at Brian over his shoulder as he bounced away, heading towards breakfast. All his nerves over the day’s Challenge were gone. If anything, he was now looking forward to the Challenge and the possibility of topping for the very first time.

“This could be fun!” Justin giggled and bounded off with a brand new spring in his already springy step.

Sometime in the night a large screen computer had been set up on the little side table under the portrait of The Master. Justin noticed the new addition right as he came down the stairs from Brian’s room, but since it didn’t seem to be turned on, he ignored it and continued on in his search for breakfast. The boys had all risen early - probably all a tad wary of what might be demanded of them today seeing as they had previously been warned that the weekends would be when the bigger events were scheduled - and the kitchen was already full, but there was still more than enough bacon, scrambled eggs and hot-buttered toast left to satisfy the starving twink. After the night he’d just had, Justin figured he needed all the calories he could get.

Justin managed to stop eating after the third helping, knowing that he didn’t want to be overfull when the day’s events began. It still was only 9:30 though, so he had some time to kill. None of the other contestants seemed in the mood to fool around this morning and most were dawdling around looking bored. Except for Brian, who hadn’t yet even emerged from his bedroom - probably still trying to get his hair just right, thought Justin. While they were waiting, Justin joined Malik on the couch where they spent their time making fun of the selection of soft porn novels, all apparently penned by an author named, ‘Seymour Bhutz’. The prose might have been purple but the two youths found them far more humorous than arousing.

At ten minutes till ten o’clock the lights did their flickering thing, the front door opened up and one of the usual masked servants entered. He went straight over to the computer, turning the box on and mousing around until the Jerk@work web site was prominently displayed. In the center of the screen, right under the logo for the Summer of Sin show, there was now a live webcast window showing the inside of the Passion Pit room.

“Gather around House Boys!” The Master’s voice ordered and the group obediently moved into their usual semi-circle around the portrait, with Brian sauntering down the stairs and slipping into his customary spot at the last moment. “I hope all of you got a good night’s rest, my children, because today promises to be a very busy day for everyone.”  Many of the men mumbled something but nobody was willing to draw much attention to themselves so even the muttering died away quickly.

“Today, and all subsequent Saturdays, we will be celebrating The Saturday Sexcapades!” The Master announced with gusto. “This day promises to be one of the most amusing of the week. Beginning at ten am, my servant will be selecting random couples who will be taken to the Passion Pit and tasked with entertaining us for an hour. New couples will be chosen every hour on the hour. The next couple will be chosen and their names posted here on this computer fifteen minutes before their rendezvous is set to begin. Please check the computer screen often, children, and be ready when it is your turn.”

“Now, go and have fun, boys! Lots and lots of fun! And whichever couple pleases me the most will be amply rewarded at the end of the day!” The Master’s directives issued, the servant emptied the balls with all the contestant’s names into the big wire bingo machine and turned the handle until the first two names were selected.

“Justin and Kerek! You may proceed downstairs to the Passion Pit,” The servant announced with a bow before redepositing the two name balls back into the cage with the rest, ready for the second selection.

Kerek looked over at the small blond and got a big, sinful grin on his face. “Come on, Twink. Let’s do this!” he said, walking past Justin and brushing his shoulder against the shorter man.

Justin briefly looked across the room at Brian. Brian thought the kid looked tense but ready. “Go get ‘em, Sunshine,” Brian mouthed the words and winked at his protege. Justin waggled his eyebrows at the older man and then turned to follow Kerek down the stairs.

As soon as the chosen two had disappeared, the rest of the men moved in closer to the computer, all of them jockeying for the best spot from which to view the proceedings. Despite being one of the first to pull up a chair so he could continue to watch and still be comfortable, Daniel was the only one to scoff at the potential offerings. “Two bottoms fucking each other? This is going to be boring as hell,” the pretentious top gave his judgment.

Brian was standing back and chuckling to himself as he watched them all discussing the Justin/Kerek combo. Brian seemed to be the only one who didn’t agree with Daniel that this was doomed to be a pretty dull pairing. After his night with Justin, though, Brian knew better. In fact, he was pretty sure that they were about to be witness to some serious heat - maybe even some fireworks. And by the end of the day, Brian was certain that everyone would be seeing little Justin in a whole fucking different light.

It seemed to Debbie that there was always at least one laptop set up on the counter at the Diner these days, no matter what time of day she started her shift. Today, there were actually three computers in place, all simultaneously showing the same live feed. Even then, the patrons who wanted to see had to fight to get a spot close enough.

Deb thought, if that was any indication, then Teddy’s naked reality show was a definite hit.

“What the fuck? Who’s the baby?” Deb recognized her darling son’s voice echoing out from the very center of the throng grouped around the far righthand computer screen. “I mean, would you look at this little blond kid! Where did Ted find this guy. He must have been out trolling around the local preschools!” Michael sounded amused and just a little contemptuous.

“Now, now, Honey,” Emmett’s voice interrupted before Michael could inject any more hyperbole into the proceedings. “The kid might look young, but I can assure you he’s at least eighteen. Teddy told me he checked out every single contestant thoroughly - he’s still paranoid about unknowingly employing that underage kid as his assistant a few months ago. He said he not only checked everyone’s ID, but he ran a full credit and criminal history on every candidate and both Teddy and The Master personally interviewed them all. And, while I admit the boy does look young, I can assure you that he must have something special going for him or he wouldn’t have made the cut.”

“He looks just like any other chicken out there to me,” Michael was heard to argue. “He’s got no body to speak of and he acts like he’s about five years old. I mean, the black guy he’s with is hot - him I can see in this show - but that kid . . .  I don’t see anything special about him.”

Right at that point, there was a momentary uproar amongst the gathered viewers over something on the screen that Deb couldn’t see. What she could see were the various spectators all howling, fanning themselves and pretending to swoon, while others were whistling and giving out cat calls of approval. There was even one boisterous shout of “Fuck, yes!” from the group around the central computer setup.

“THAT looks pretty damn special to me, Michael,” Em was heard to exclaim along with all the others. “Oh, my! Would you just LOOK at the equipment on that little twink! Where in the name of all nelly bottoms everywhere has that boy been hiding himself. With a cock like that he should be out there servicing all us bottom boys on a regular basis. Would you just LOOK at that thing! And it just keeps getting bigger and bigger . . . Mmmm, mmmm, good!”

For a few moments the noise level in the Diner died down to almost nothing as the assembly all gaped at the various computers, apparently too much in awe of the little twink’s lovely cream filled twinkie to say much. Debbie actually started to move away, thinking about all the prep jobs she could get through while this bunch was too busy goggling at the little twink to bother with actually ordering food. She didn’t get far though before there was another commotion, this time causing even more of a clamour.

“No way! NO WAY! He’s not, is he? He is! HE IS! WHOOOOOO HOOOOOO! You GO, Baby!” Emmett’s enthusiastic hollering easily surpassing all the rest. “What do you think of THAT, Michael? The little Twink’s a Top! Just like I said! But, then again, with a cock like THAT, it’s really no surprise, right? But, you gotta admit, that’s certainly something special!”

“So, not that I’ve got ANYTHING against gratuitous man-on-man sex,” Debbie interrupted the hooting and hollering, her brassy voice easily heard over almost any crowd. “But, are ANY of you boys going to actually order food any time today? Or should I just toss my apron in the laundry and join you fellows at the computer?”

Brian had expected to be bored silly just sitting around watching other guys fuck most of the day. However, the morning turned out to be anything BUT boring. In fact, there was quite a bit of excitement and Brian ended up being highly amused.

When Justin's name was the first one picked, Brian knew things would be heating up faster than anyone suspected. The guys watching the proceedings from the computer in the Greatroom were all pretty much stunned when the Twink insisted that he was going to top Kerek. The sexy black hottie was incredulous at first. I mean, even though Kerek wasn't privileged to the kid's secret like Brian was, it was obvious that the little blond had virtually no experience. To say that he was reluctant to offer up his ass to a raw neophyte, was an understatement. Kerek tried repeatedly to dissuade the tenacious blond pitbull, but Justin followed Brian’s advice and stood his ground. Then, right when it looked like the discussion might get a bit heated, Justin reached down in front of him and started stroking himself nice and slow, his pretty pink prick swelling and swelling and that big flared head growing bigger and bigger . . . The guys watching from upstairs seemed almost as mesmerized as Kerek by the wondrous sight.

When the first pearly drops of precum began to bead up at the tip of the unbelievably wide, dusky pink, mushroom head, Kerek blinked and shrugged his shoulders. “What the fuck!” the much more experienced man conceded with a smile, his sense of humor and good grace returning. “But you damn well better know what the hell you’re doing with that thing, Child. You could put someone’s eye out if you’re not careful.”

Justin almost lost it at that point, breaking into giggles that threatened to overtake his erection. However, when Kerek kneeled atop the audacious, round, purple velvet upholstered bed that took up the entire center of the room and then poked his ass up invitingly into the air, Justin got serious again and remembered what he was there to do. With a silent prayer to The Dildo God - primary deity of all gay men and single women - Justin grabbed a neon purple condom out of the bowl by the door, suited up and then climbed aboard both the bed and Kerek.

“No fucking way!” Daniel was practically screaming at the computer screen. “There’s no fucking way that little fairy is a top! Not with an ass like that! If he’s a top, I’m the Queen Mother.”

“Well then, Your Highness, allow me to be the first one to bow before you,” Malik replied with a huge, shit eating grin, pointing gleefully at the computer screen as the intrepid twink took aim and speared Kerek’s ass with his oversized Jolly Javelin. “Way to go, Justin! Shit! Look at that boy fuck! He’s on fire!”

Brian was outright giggling at this point, not even caring about how undignified it made him seem. The reaction he’d imagined at Justin’s unveiling wasn’t even half as good as this reality. The shocked outrage on Daniel’s face was only marginally less entertaining than the pure lust most of the other’s were evidencing. Yep, this was perfect! And, from what he saw on the computer, the young man was certainly acquitting himself well as a top. The loud moaning and the look of pure ecstasy on Kerek’s face proved that Justin more than corroborated Brian’s belief in the top-worthiness of Justin’s cock. His little protege should have a much easier time of things from here on out.

Brian left them all screaming excitedly when Justin decided he had plenty of time to go for a second round. Kerek seemed more than amenable to the suggestion. The peanut gallery around the computer were now busy taking bets to see if Justin would go for a third round or not.

Brian figured that his job here was done, so he headed off to see if there was any coffee left in the kitchen.

Chapter 13 - The Topping Twink That Could (Saturday, June 4th)

Unluckily for Brian, his quiet coffee break was interrupted only a few minutes later when the next couple was chosen by the servant and the unhappy pair came barrelling into the kitchen already screaming obscenities at each other.

By the luck of the draw, the next couple due in the Passion Pit was one of the worst possible picks Brian could imagine - Adrien and Daniel. He had heard them yelling from clear out in the Greatroom a couple of minutes before they made it to the kitchen. Daniel was yelling at Adrien’s back as the bleached blond kept walking away. When Daniel finally cornered the surfer in the kitchen it looked like it was about to get really ugly again. Somebody needed to step in and diffuse the situation. Sadly, Brian was the only person at hand at the moment so it looked like the bomb diffusion duties were left to him.

“Hey, guys,” Brian tried to get their attention but his voice didn’t come close to penetrating the screaming match. “Hey, GUYS! . . . FUCKHEADS!” Finally, Brian gave up, put his thumb and finger in his mouth and let loose a shrill whistle that was practically loud enough to cause temporary hearing loss. That got their attention. “How about you two retreat to neutral corners for a minute or two, okay?” Brian ordered, happy to see that the rest of the crew had arrived and were taking Daniel aside in accordance with his suggestion. “Adrien, let’s talk!”

“Fuck off, dude. I’m NOT letting that asswipe fuck me! End of discussion! He’s a complete douchebag! I don’t give up my ass for just anybody, you know, and I’ll NEVER do it for the likes of him,” Adrien seemed adamant, but Brian didn’t see any other way - he just couldn’t see Daniel ever bottoming, at least not for Adrien.

“Fine. Then I guess you better go open your box, get your clothes and head on home,” Brian adroitly pointed out the only other option he saw.

“Fuck that! I’m not leaving! I’m not letting that fucktard Hodad win! But I’m not bending over for him and if he doesn’t like it, HE can be the one to hit the highway, man,” Adrien crossed his arms, and glared at Brian as if he was as contemptible as Daniel himself.

“Yeah, well, I just don’t see Daniel bottoming for you any time soon, buddy. So, your options are to let him fuck you, give up and leave, or use your brain and come up with a compromise you can live with long enough to get you through another day of this little competition,” Brian pointed out the options as rationally as he could. “If it were me, I wouldn’t let Daniel bully me into leaving. I would try to come up with another solution.”

“I’m listening,” Adrien replied grudgingly.

“Well, what are you willing to offer?” Brian asked. “I didn’t hear anything in The Master’s announcement that said we HAD to fuck if we got picked today. All you have to do is keep the viewers entertained for an hour. So, do something else for the hour - something you can live with that will keep Daniel happy enough so he doesn’t try and rip your balls off. Easy-peasy, right?”

“I guess, well, maybe we could, like, suck each other off or something,” Adrien seemed to warm up to the idea slowly. “But I’m not doing all the fucking work. He’ll have to reciprocate or else there’s no deal. And we probably won’t win or anything if everyone else is fucking.”

“Who cares if you win the day's Trial. The important thing is to not get booted out of the contest altogether. Just get through this one hour and then worry about everything else later,” Brian offered. “Or don’t. It’s no sweat off my back. As far as I’m concerned, I’d rather have you BOTH kicked out. More money for me!”

“Fuck you, man. You’re not winning that easy,” Adrien seemed oblivious to Brian’s blatant use of reverse psychology, but Brian didn’t care because it appeared to be working. “Okay, fine . . . Hey, jerkwad!” he called out to Daniel who was cooling his heels across the kitchen while Malik talked to him and Dane stood guard. “How about a compromise. We 69 and call it good? Nobody fucks anybody else but we both get through the hour without getting kicked out. Sound good?’

By the time their hour started, Daniel had been talked into the compromise and the two headed off to the Passion Pit together - still fuming and neither one exactly happy, but both willing to do what it took to get through the next hour.

Brian gave himself a virtual pat on the back for being such a good peacekeeper. Who knew he had it in him? Or, even if he did, that he would bother using his skills in that particular manner. Well, Brian assured himself, that was the last time he’d intervene for those two. Granted, he already detested Daniel and would hate to see him win anything, regardless of whether it was Adrien or someone else that he bested. But Brian had to think of himself first. The faster his competition got themselves kicked out, the better off he’d be in the end. So he vowed to stop helping everyone else and concentrate on his own best interests.

While everyone else gathered at the computer and watched Daniel and Adrien going at each other’s dicks like two pitbulls fighting over a chew toy - their angry contention visible in every line of each man’s body - Brian made a point of meeting Justin right as the boy came out of the shower after his first glorious Sexcapade hour. Kerek was there too, so they didn’t really say anything much. Brian just gave the boy an approving nod and a hushed, “not bad, Sunshine. Made me proud!”

For lunch, Brian had Dane in the Passion Pit. The big friendly giant bent over for Brian, just like he expected, without word one of protest. Brian enjoyed the experience, especially the sensation of holding that massive piece of meat in the palm of his hand as he fucked Dane on all fours and simultaneously stroked him off. Brian used all his many skills to hold the guy on the edge for almost the whole fucking hour. When he finally let them both come, Dane was howling out Brian’s name as if he were a god among men - which was precisely how Brian liked to be regarded, so all was as it should be.

Next up were Paal and Malik, and the only surprise there was that they flipped a coin for the honor of topping and Malik won. The kid didn’t do half bad as a top either - at least Paal seemed perfectly happy afterwards. Granted, Malik was another one of these bottoms who still sported an impressive cock so what was there for Paal to be unhappy about, really?

Brian got called out a second time and paired with Adrien. Brian thought at first that maybe the surfer would give him a hard time about who would top, but to his surprise, the little kahuna didn’t say a thing. At least not until the point where Brian was fucking him face first into the pillows of the stupid purple bed - which, by the way, turned out to be mechanized and rigged to spin slowly in circles while you fucked, and which annoyed the hell out of Brian since it kept throwing his rhythm off - at which time the kid yelled out “Bonzai!” and came in spurts all over the wall, the plastic potted plant and the array of throw pillows. Brian reminded himself that he’d need a gag of some type if he ever had to fuck Adrien again.

Brian observed, as he was cleaning himself up after that bout, that he wasn’t always enjoying himself all that much during these sessions. Yeah, he always got off - that had never been a problem for Brian Fucking Kinney - but the pressure of being constantly watched and judged and the feeling that he was performing at someone else’s command, took a lot of the pleasure out of the experience. He’d had two perfectly good fucks, but really wasn’t satisfied. It wasn’t at all like his experience the night before with the little Twink. Now THAT had been truly a pleasure. Incomparably satisfying. A fucking pleasure all around. And, even though that performance had most likely been watched by hundreds as well, Brian hadn’t felt like he’d been just going through the motions for Justin.

Oh, well. Brian realized that he was just being contrary. He needed to look at this entire thing as a job. He was here to win the money he needed to go out on his own. It wasn’t about pleasure really. It was about the money. He just had to remember that and not get distracted by pleasant little interludes with the blond boy and his incredible ass.

As luck would have it, Adrien got picked again to go right back in with Paal. Paal was, of course, a gentleman and insisted that, since Adrien had just bottomed for Brian, he should top this go round. Nothing new to see there. Brian decided to take half of his downtime hour and skipped out on watching that pair.

Brian made it back upstairs just in time to see the start of the next hour. This time it was Dane and Justin. And even though Brian and the kid had specifically discussed this very possibility, it still seemed surreal when you actually saw it happening. Justin looked even tinier than usual when standing there in front of the Jolly Blond Giant. What a fucking mismatch! If Dane held his arm out straight to the side, Justin could easily walk right under it without having to duck his head! And despite the fact that Justin's cock looked justifiably impressive when seen next to any other ordinary human's, compared to the honkin' huge burrito on Dane, it looked downright puny.

The two disparate men stood on opposite sides of the bed and just looked at each other for a good minute. "So, you wanna thumb wrestle to see who tops?" Justin finally broke the silent impasse, hitting Dane with one of his extra-radiant smiles at the same time.

Dane snorted out a huge laugh and held up his monster sized thumb. Justin looked at his own thumb, which seemed like that of a child in comparison. The youth giggled adorably and wrinkled up his nose with amusement.

"Okaaaaay, maybe that's NOT such a good idea," Justin admitted.

"How about I just flip you for it," Dane suggested, sounding reasonable until he suddenly reached around Justin's waist, picked the boy up without any real effort and held him upside down about three feet above the bed. "I call tails!" He crowed with mirth.

"Shit, Dane! Put me down, you big freak!" Justin insisted between his own gales of laughter.

When the tiny twink was right side up again, he looked up at his counterpart with a curious affection. "Okay, Big Guy, how about this," Justin proposed. "I fuck you first and if, for any reason, you're not completely satisfied by the time I'm done, then you get your turn."

Dane looked down at the boy and smiled almost shyly. "That sounds . . . acceptable. Although I'm not sure it's physically possible, what with you being a midget and all, little boy. But what the hell," Dane flopped down on his back on the bed and spread both his arms and legs invitingly wide. "Climb on up here and show me what you've got, kid."

Justin made a point of fishing two extra-large condoms out of the big bowl by the door before he approached the bed. Taking a huge breath and then blowing the air back out loudly, as if preparing for some monumental athletic feat, Justin climbed onto the bed and crawled closer until he was kneeling between the other man's mammoth thighs. His expression serious, he surveyed the mechanics of the situation for several seconds. This was going to require some creativity, he thought - either that, or an advanced degree in Physics.

Seizing on a convenient pillow, Justin attempted to use it to raise Dane's ass a little higher. Just lifting up the other man's rear enough to slip the pillow under though was a struggle. "Sheesh! What the hell did your mother feed you when you were a baby? Undiluted human growth hormone?" Justin posited with a grin that took any possible sting out of his words. "Come on! Help me get this pillow situated, you big lug, so I can fuck you already! You're not getting any younger you know."

It eventually took a second pillow and a bit of assistance on the fuckee's part, but before long both men were ready. Justin had already gotten hard just from the constant touching while he was arranging the bigger man so all he had to do was slide on the condom and lube his dick and he was ready to go. He toyed with the idea of stretching Dane out using his fingers first but then decided it was probably unnecessary. He did plan to go more slowly than he otherwise would though until he was sure he wouldn't be hurting the big guy.

After all the hoopla getting there had required, and all his worrying over whether he could even talk Dane into this, it seemed almost anti-climatic when Justin finally did push inside the far larger man. The fit was a bit looser than Justin had imagined it would be - proving that Brian had most likely been correct in assuming that Dane did more bottoming than one would expect with his physique - but it still felt exquisite to the newly fledged top. Justin made sure to go slow, relishing the moan he heard from his partner as the bulbous head of his cock stretched through the first tightly constricting muscles. Mindful that he had a lot to prove with this particular fuck, though, Justin paid special attention to make sure he was angling himself just right. A particularly guttural moan told him when he’d found Dane’s sweet spot, and Justin endeavored to keep his aim true to that area afterwards. And then it was all just moist enveloping warmth, glorious friction and the urge to drive on and on and on.

It was so incredibly delectable that Justin lost track of everything outside of this endless moment of extreme pleasure. He never wanted this to end. He was SO going to have to thank Brian for convincing him he could do this. And really, why the fuck had he waited so long in the first place?

“You do know you’re one HOT little fucker, don’t you,” the sultry voice in his ear finally brought Justin back to reality. He looked over his shoulder and saw Brian standing behind him next to the bed, observing the proceedings with a sinfully sexy smirk on his beautiful face. “But it’s time to wrap up this all blond fuck-fest, Sunshine. Dane’s hour is up and your ass is now mine again.”

Justin wasn’t one hundred percent sure what Brian’s intentions were but he wasn’t going to give up before he finished with Dane. It was a matter of principle to him now. So Justin simply kept on ramming into the delirious behemoth who looked like he was so far gone that he didn’t know what was happening around him. Justin trusted Brian to take care of whatever else needed taking care of in the mean time.

“This is what we’re going to do, Sunshine,” Brian had moved closer so that he was kneeling on the bed directly behind Justin. “You just keep on going like you are - you seem to be doing a bang up job - and while you do that, I'm going to finger that divine ass of yours to prep you for my cock.”

Justin didn’t have a chance to even respond to Brian’s suggestion - not that he would have dared to object, in any case - before the boy felt an insistent, slippery-cool finger probing into his ass. He hissed loudly. He would never admit it in Brian’s hearing, but he was more than a little sore still from their prior night’s escapades. He didn’t let the unexpectedly intense intrusion break his rhythm though, and looking down on the totally transported titan lying on the bed in front of him, Justin didn’t think Dane was even aware that they’d been joined by a third party.

Brian heard Justin’s quiet protest when he speared him with that first finger and realized right away that the novice was justifiably tender. They HAD gone at it like bulls in heat the night before so it wasn’t surprising. What did surprise Brian was how pleased he’d been when he’d heard Justin’s name called right after his while he’d been upstairs with the others watching the little twink as he blissed out the big blond giant.

Brian usually had little to no use for a trick once he’d had him. And since he’d had Justin - repeatedly - the night before, Brian would have thought any subsequent hook ups between them because of this contest would have seemed routine to him. But when he’d heard the tyro twink’s name announced, he’d been markedly excited by the prospect of getting back into the little blond’s steller ass.

It also pleased him that despite his soreness, the little blond reacted so wantonly, moving into Brian’s touch without hesitation. It just proved to him once again how courageous and tenacious, not to mention how shamelessly enthusiastic the kid was about everything related to sex. Watching the kid and how lascivious he was completely turned Brian on. It inspired Brian. He was determined to use his superlative skills to not only pleasure the younger man, in spite of his already well-used posterior, but also to make the boy’s first threesome a memorable event.

Therefore, with a heart full of debauchery, a surfeit of lube and an amount of care that was unheard of for Brian Kinney, he worked Justin up to three fingers, then swiftly swept Dane’s long legs over his own broader shoulders, leaned Justin forward far enough to expose that heavenly hole and carefully inched back inside the body of the brazen blond boy.

Brian’s precipitate action finally jogged Dane out of his reverie. He looked up only to discover that he and the little twink were no longer alone. The newcomer, Brian, wore an unreadable expression - carnal, fierce, slightly possessive and altogether erotic. And the little boy dynamo who’d shown such surprising yet consummate skills in topping had now actually redoubled his efforts with a wicked gleam in his wide open blue eyes that almost matched that in Brian’s. Dane was decidedly not regretting the fact that he’d caved in to the boy’s demand to top - not At ALL. Between the twink’s amazingly talented cock and the big brunet’s savage energy, Dane was sure the reinvigorated fuck would turn out to be more than memorable.

“Ooooohhhhhhh, yes,” Brian moaned once he was all the way seated inside Justin, loving the way the little intermediary’s motions made it feel like the kid was repeatedly impaling himself on Brian’s cock, driving him deeper and deeper until his balls were smacking loudly against the pert pale ass. “Fuck, Justin! You are a fucking natural at this,” Brian announced with authority. “Now, what do you say . . . let’s speed this little fuck fest up a notch or two. Justin, you reach down and pinch the big blond’s nipples - he’ll like that - and I’ll take over the ramming from back here. You can just relax, hold on and get ready for the fuck of your life.”

Which is precisely what Brian did. With every vigorous thrust, he not only speared into the little blond’s ass, but he also drove the kid deeper into the big blond. It was like a two for one blond special! Brian was so fucking turned on. He wasn’t even surprised when he realized the feral growling he heard was coming from him. And, instead of tiring, he just seemed to get more and more energized with every single driving, pounding, thrust, until the whole heaving mass of them were almost falling off the bed. Then, with one last herculean effort, Brian dove into the sweet, tight ass he had been hungering for without let up all day, driving deep enough that he could almost crawl inside, and felt his balls exploding. The force of his momentum caused Justin to impale Dane as well, who finally reached his very own nirvana, spraying Justin’s chest with massive quantities of hot sticky spooge.

And what of the neophyte boy caught up in the middle of this man sandwich? Did he really have a chance? Between the spasming ass clamping tightly around his dick and the pounding of his prostate, was it at all surprising that he couldn’t contain his own uncontrollable rush to rapture? And, really, could anyone blame him for broadcasting his ecstasy loudly enough for the entire neighborhood to hear? Hardly. What WAS just a little bit telling, though, was exactly what Justin said in the throes of passion.

“Oh, fuck. Oh. Fuck. Oh. FUCK! I. FUCKING. LOVE. SEX. SO. MUUUUUUUUUUCCCCCCCHHHHHHH!”

And then he collapsed, passing out cold, to the laughter of both Brian and Dane and probably a thousand or more now exceedingly horny men watching around the world.

Chapter 14 - Twisted Twister.

Because of the temporary loss of their favorite Twink, the final hour of the Saturday Sexcapades was cut a little short. Which didn’t really matter, though, because Ted simply kept re-running the video of the Brian/Justin/Dane threesome over and over again on his website and that more than satisfied the hungry, horny men who were watching. In fact, the website topped over 5,000 hits that afternoon - a fucking goldmine for Ted - so he was more than pleased with the outcome of this particular Challenge even though the star player required a long nap before he was revived enough to come back upstairs, arriving to the applause of the entire Residence.

Brian was especially proud of his little apprentice. With that much natural talent, the boy would definitely be going far - assuming he wanted a career in pornography, that is. Brian suspected though that the boy had loftier goals and would hopefully treat fucking as more of a hobby than a vocation. A lot like Brian, himself. But, in the meantime, Brian thoroughly approved of Justin’s performance on this first serious day of the competition. Even the passing out thing was kinda adorable, Brian thought. And the kid’s pink cheeked embarrassment when he was being razzed by all the rest of the guys was too cute for words. Which is probably why Brian tried not to even think the word ‘cute’ in spite of the fact that it kept popping up in his brain with respect to the boy.

After all the hoopla of the day, everyone seemed to be happy that the evening’s Challenge - which was announced right after dinner - was relatively tame. At least it sounded tame when they first heard about it. Of course, nothing to do with the Summer of Sin was that simple.

The Master declared that tonight was Game Night and that his House Boys would be entertaining him with a game of Twister. The Master’s Twister spin board, however, had a couple of pornographic twists that the classic game didn’t have. Primarily, there were the addition of a few sex related requirements that would truly make the game a contortionist’s dream.

So the eight naked men gathered around the cleared out area of the Greatroom where two Twister mats had been taped together side by side and laid out on the floor. One of the masked servants acted as the caller. They were all given condoms and told to suit up. Then the servant spun the indicator arrow on the board, which landed on a green dot, and announced that all contestants needed to put their right hands on green. No problem. There were eight men and twelve green spots on the mat so that was accomplished easily.

After that, every man was directed to spin for himself for each individual turn. The servant carried the spin board around from contestant to contestant, holding it for each, to make the game go more smoothly. He started at the top of the line, which just happened to be Adrien, and then went on down the line of green dots until all the men had a turn. And all went rather smoothly for the first three or four guys. Adrien had to put his right foot on a yellow dot. Kerek had to put his left foot on a blue dot. Daniel had to put his right hand on yellow. And so on.

When it was Malik’s turn, though, things started to heat up. He spun the pointer and it landed on a specially modified area of the board. The servant gleefully announced that Malik needed to put his left foot on red AND his dick in someone’s mouth! Poor Malik, who was the shortest man there except for Justin, had a hard enough time stretching across the board with one hand and one foot, but what did him in was that the closest mouth, Daniel’s, was two dots over in the wrong direction. Even with a heave and a twist and as much extension as he could get, he still couldn’t get all the requisite body parts in the right locations and fell over in a laughing heap.

Things deteriorated after that into outright silliness. Hands and feet were going every which way. Bodies were folded into unheard of positions - which is saying a lot considering the various positions many of the more experienced players could boast of in their pasts. Dicks were inserted in mouths and asses with varying degrees of success. Basically, it was pandemonium.

Brian was the second man to get out. For all his long limbs, he wasn’t very flexible. Or maybe it was because he seemed far more interested in getting his dick in Justin’s ass than in choosing a more stable blue dot for his left hand. Either way, he flopped on his ass and was sent off to watch from the sidelines with Malik.

As opposed to the regular version of Twister, the game actually became more difficult with fewer contestants. In the classic game, more space meant more room to maneuver. However in The Master’s version, if you let too much space get between yourself and the other players, you were out of luck when you hit one of those special spots and had to find an ass or a mouth close enough for your dick. One by one, the challengers fell - literally - until only Kerek and Daniel were left.

Kerek had one hand on red, one foot on blue and had just spun again with the new addition of a second hand on yellow and his dick in Daniel’s ass. It looked doable too. Daniel was conveniently positioned right next to him with a foot each on red and blue and his hand stretched over to a green dot. Daniel wasn’t prepared to be accommodating though. Instead of helping a brother out, he managed to contort his body away from Kerek further and further every time the slender black man got his dick into position.

Unfortunately for Kerek, Daniel - the Tae Kwon Do instructor in real life - was also a Level Five Tai Chi Master who could manipulate his body in ways that were almost inhuman. The closer Kerek’s dick came to Daniel’s ass, the more the cheater contorted himself to keep his hiney as far away as possible. Somehow he managed, without losing contact with any of the three dots he was occupying, to keep his rear at least a couple of inches too far away for Kerek to manage. And, what with having both hands engaged, Kerek couldn’t just grab hold of Daniel and force the issue. So, with one last effort, he pressed his pelvis forward as far as he could, and . . . toppled over inelegantly on top of Daniel, wiping them both out.

Daniel was accordingly declared the winner of the Twisted Twister Challenge and as his reward he was given a rather cruel looking vibrating butt plug which he would be allowed to control for the next twenty-four hours.

After the long, extremely eventful day - coming after an extremely eventful week - everyone seemed desperate for some downtime. So, as soon as they were dismissed by The Master, there was a rush on the Break Room. Justin, who'd had his little nap earlier, and Malik, who'd only had one go in the Passion Pit that day and who'd been the first one out at Twister, were the only exceptions. The two youngest boys elected instead to stay in the Greatroom and return to their reading - and dissing - of the collected works of Seymour Bhutz.  

Since Brian had already used half his downtime earlier in the day, he was the first to re-emerge from the depths of the basement. He found the two twinkies still giggling on the couch over their books, all snuggled up together with Malik's arm around Justin's waist and Justin's legs draped across Malik's lap. Brian frowned at the sight as he passed by on his way to the kitchen for a beer.

Brian wasn't sure what caused that odd reaction. Aesthetically speaking, the contrast between the dark chocolate skin of the one and the pale creamy skin of the other, should be pleasing. But for some inexplicable reason Brian was not pleased at all. As he stood beside the kitchen counter and sipped his beer - lamenting again the utter lack of Beam or anything else with a higher alcohol content than beer - he thought about why the picture of the two young men huddled together all palsy-walsy made him feel so angry. It didn't make much sense to him. He'd fucked them both and they'd both been decent - well, in the blond's case, more than decent, in fact, pretty fantastic - plus they both seemed like generally okay guys. Brian couldn't really explain that unusual stab of anger he'd felt just a minute before.

A fresh peal of laughter from the two young men made it to Brian's ears all the way in the kitchen and interrupted his dark musings. He took hold of his beer and decided to go investigate what had them so giggly. Maybe he'd also figure out what the fuck his own problem was?

"No fucking way! *Hahaha* That's not even physically possible, is it?" Malik was crowing over something Justin was pointing out on the pages of the book in his hands.

"I have NO idea," Justin's face was all screwed up in concentration as if he was trying to picture something but the image just didn't seem to work. "Well, maybe, if you were, like, ridiculously flexible . . . Or had detachable legs!" Justin broke out into another series of delicious giggles. "We should ask Daniel - he's the only one who could possibly bend that way."

"Actually, I was thinking maybe you and I could try it," Malik suggested, his joking tone turning much more sultry in mere seconds. "After your performance today, I think YOU could probably do just as good a job. And if not, we'd at least have fun trying."

For some reason, Brian felt that was his cue to intervene. "What are you two girls giggling about over here?" Brian asked as he vaulted over the back of the couch, surprising the two younger men enough so that they both sat up and in the process separated enough that Brian was able to slide in right between them. He grabbed the books out of both their hands, scanning the titles, "you know you shouldn't be reading trash like this? Seymour Bhutz? Really? This drivel will melt your young impressionable brains." Brian tossed the offensive reading material onto the coffee table and in the process scootched Malik's body even further away from his blond.

"Maybe, but at least we'll be laughing as we slowly go brain dead," Justin assured the older man, reaching around him to regain his book. "You should read some of this shit, Brian. It's all 'heaving chests' and 'throbbing members'. *snicker* It's fucking hilarious."

"Oh, my! Kids today . . . Why can't you just watch good, wholesome, mindless porn like everybody else?" Brian teased, trying once again to get the book away from Justin, who was holding it just out of reach.

Malik jumped into the fray, trying to hold Brian back long enough for Justin to escape with his book. Brian resorted to tickling Justin's sides. Justin retaliated. The situation looked like it was about to devolve into a round of naked, full-contact, keep-away.

"Fuck OFF, Daniel!" A raised voice coming up the stairs from the basement interrupted the couch-based fun.

"Uh, uh, uh. This isn't just a request - it's an order!" The three on the couch watched and listened as Daniel followed Adrien into the Greatroom. "You heard The Master; I'm the Plug Master. Now, your break time is up, Richie Rich. Either you be a good little boy and put this plug in voluntarily, or I'll bend you over the couch and assist you with it." Daniel was holding out the knobby black butt plug towards Adrien with a nasty sneering smile.

“Have you always been this big of an asshole?’ Adrien snarled back at the cool-as-a-cucumber asian. “Fine! Whatever! But YOU are still never getting in my ass. Hand that fucking thing over,” the surfer boy growled and snatched the big plug out of the other man’s hands before stalking off towards the main floor’s bathroom.   

“Exactly what is it about Adrien that chaps your ass so bad, Daniel?” Malik couldn’t help but ask as the butt plug bully came around the end of the sectional and joined the three that were already seated on the couch.

“He’s a stupid rich fuck who has no place here with the rest of us who actually need this fucking money,” Daniel announced without hesitation.

“Huh? Adrien? How do you make that?” Malik asked, now really interested.

“He told me. The first day we were here,” Daniel explained. “Told me that he’d had a fight with his parents and they’d cut him off because he was failing out of school. Get this - the idiot’s plan for the money, if he won, was to use it to finance a run at the professional surfing circuit! Can you fucking believe that? He’s a damned trust fund baby whose only ambition is to surf for a living! What a fucking loser! No way am I going to let that spoiled rich brat have a shot at this competition. He can just suck it up and run crying back to mummy and daddy if he needs money, unlike the rest of us who might actually need the cash.”

“There! Are you happy now, asshole?” Adrien came stomping back out of the bathroom, turning to provide evidence to all that he was indeed now wearing the wicked little butt plug whose large round flat base was easy to see because of the way it flared out his butt cheeks.

“Oh, yeah!” Daniel sneered, holding up the remote to the plug and pressing a button that caused a faint whirring to start somewhere in the vicinity of Adrien’s ass. “Now I’m VERY happy. How about you?”

The angry bleached blond gasped and failed to hold back a small moan. “Fuck. You.” And with that, Adrien stomped off again, a little awkwardly with the still-vibrating plug in, and disappeared up the stairs.

Daniel just smiled evilly, adjusted the intensity on the remote to super high, and laughed nastily when they all heard the louder moan echoing down the staircase.

What was left of the evening after that became pretty aggravating pretty fast. Between Daniel stalking Adrien - switching the vibrating plug on and off at random and changing the intensity whenever it struck his fancy - and the two youngest contestants continuing their giggle-fest over Seymour Buhtz, the main part of the house had become rather tedious. Brian wasn't sure which of the two annoyances pissed him off more. But, without the help of either drugs or real alcohol, it was more than he could stand. So, Brian did something almost unheard of and headed off to bed just after eleven pm, retreating to the relative privacy of his bedroom.

Unfortunately, no matter how tired Brian was after his busy day, on top of the busy night he'd had with Justin the previous evening, he wasn't getting much rest. He'd been woken up by nightmares twice before two am. For some unimaginable reason, he kept dreaming that he was struggling to reach Justin, who was drowning in a huge fondue pot full of chocolate sauce, while one of the masked servants, now wearing a Twister mat as a cape, was screaming at him saying 'Red Dick in Blond Ass! Red Dick in Blond Ass or you're out! Hurry!'. Brian refused to analyze the symbolism of the dream, and instead chalked it all up to Jim Beam withdrawal.  

So he wasn't actually asleep when his bedroom door creaked open at 2:13 am and a cute little blond with tousled bed head hair and sleepy eyes wandered in and plopped down next to him on the big King-sized bed.

"Hmmm. Those two beers I had before bed must have been stronger than I thought," Brian offered a good five minutes later when the invading blond still hadn't offered word one of greeting or explanation. "Because I DON'T remember inviting you to my room tonight, Sunshine."

"Yeah, well, my bed disappeared," Justin explained through a face-splitting yawn.

"Come again?" Brian thought he must have heard wrong. "Did you say your BED had disappeared? How much did YOU have to drink tonight, Sunshine?"

"I didn't drink anything, Brian," Justin sounded more than a little irritated himself. "And yes, I meant what I said; when I came upstairs to go to sleep I found that one of the bunk beds in the next room - the one that I've been using - was gone. So, Malik offered to let me share his bed if I fucked him first, which was okay, I guess, even though my dick's almost as sore as my ass after everything else today, you know. But, I agreed, because he's a nice enough guy and I really was tired and just wanted to sleep, you know. But, after we fucked I still couldn't get to sleep because of Adrien, who's got the bottom bunk in there, and who keeps screaming and cursing and moaning every time Daniel starts torturing him again with that fucking butt plug." Justin yawned again, snuggling down into the pillow next to Brian with an air of proprietariness that Brian refused to admit was adorable. "So, that's why I'm sleeping here. Now quit giving me shit, Brian, and please let me get some fucking sleep."

Without another word, the kid rolled over and in ten seconds flat he was snoring peacefully. By that point in time, Brian thought it was probably safe to let himself smile indulgently - the kid was asleep so he'd never see it and as for the cameras . . . well, fuck 'em. Brian Kinney had never bothered to worry over what people thought about him and he wasn't going to start now. If he wanted to smile fondly at the sweet little tyro twink, pull the kid tightly into his chest, spoon him and even, maybe, play with the thick blond hair that smelled like coconut shampoo, it wasn't anybody's business but his own.

At least Brian didn't have any more nightmares the rest of that night.

Chapter 15 - Sunday in the Sun (Sunday, June 5th)

Teams: Red Team Captain - Paal, Brian, Dane, Kerek

Blue Team Captain - Justin, Daniel, Adrien, Malik

Brian woke up to a mop of blond hair in his face, a puddle of drool in the hollow of his shoulder and a hundred and thirty pound weight on his chest. He also woke up with a raging boner, his hand wrapped around a temptingly soft yet firm butt cheek and something hard and insistent poking him in the thigh, so it wasn’t all bad, he figured. The aroma of sleep warmed blond boy also went a long way towards correcting any deficiencies in his morning.

“Wakey, wakey, Sunshine. It’s time for all good little blond nymphos to rise and shine so they can be ready to fuck away another day!” Brian’s free hand - the one NOT happily inching its way towards a perfectly formed ass crack, with obvious licentious intentions - brushed a shock of blond away from his face far enough to free up his lips so he could leave a kiss on the boy’s temple.

“Don’t wanna” the warm blond lump mumbled, snuggling his head down deeper into the crook of Brian’s neck.

“Come on, Sunshine. I’m sure there’s a lot more fucking in store for us today, and I know how much you like that, but you’re going to have to get up if you want to enjoy it.” Brian cajoled the warm bed lump, adding in another little kiss for emphasis on the only other patch of skin he could reach, which just happened to be the boy’s perky turned-up nose.

The temptation of more fucking seemed to be enough to bring the blond boy at least a little closer to consciousness. “More fucking?”

“Yes, I’m pretty sure there will be more fucking!” Brian assured him at the same time he grabbed hold of the other blond boy cheek with his once free hand. ”In fact, if you’re good, there might just be some fucking right here, right now.”

“Cool! You’re going to let me fuck you! Well, all right! I’ll definitely wake up for that!” The blond bed warmer sat straight up with a happy sunshiney grin on his radiant face at the delicious prospect.

“You must still be asleep and dreaming if you think that’s even in the realm of possibilities, Sunshine,” Brian chuckled and emphasized his point with a sharp open-handed smack on the bounteous bubble butt he’d been caressing.

Justin bent over and whispered into Brian’s ear, his hot breath tickling all the way down to the older man’s toes. “Don’t you want to test me and make sure that I’ve learned ALL my lessons well, Teacher? I might need some remedial lessons or something. But you’ll never know till you let me show you . . .”

*Growl* Apparently Brian wasn’t in the mood to discuss Justin’s exam schedule. With a feral force, the bigger man simply jumped out of bed, threw the little blond boy over his shoulder and marched them both off to the shower where he skipped ahead to the remedial fucking lessons without bothering to test little Sunshine’s progress. Justin did learn a few new lessons that morning though - mostly that fucking in the shower is very, very wet!

“MICHAEL!” Emmett yelled in order to get his friend’s attention and pull him out of the throng of screeching, laughing, guffawing, giggling and crowing men swarming the main television set at Woody’s. “Hey, Baby, I’m here! Now, what’s so important that you cancelled our regular Sunday afternoon gym session, huh? Fetch Dixon can’t afford flabby thighs, you know, so this better be good!”

“Oh, Emmett! You won’t fucking believe what they’ve got Brian doing today! You HAVE to come watch this. I was laughing so hard I blew beer out my nose a few minutes ago. I’ve never in my life seen anything so fucking funny!” Michael practically screamed out his excitement in Em’s ear as he towed his friend back towards the chair he’d been saving at the very front of the throng of men.

Once they were seated, Michael continued raving. “You already missed the Rubber Ducky Ride, but that’s okay cause they’re taking a break before the next event,” Michael explained quickly before turning to the bartender. “Hey, Matt! Can you play the tape of Brian on the Ducky again! Please!” he pleaded with his big brown puppy dog eyes, easily convincing the guy in charge of the television to do his bidding.

A minute later the view on the TV screen switched to a picture of Brian Kinney seated on a gigantic yellow rubber ducky that was careening precariously on the surface of a large swimming pool. He was sitting on some type of very skimpy saddle-type seat strapped around the duck’s body and holding onto a rope secured around the duck’s neck with one hand. Meanwhile, several men standing around the edges of the pool were violently tugging on additional ropes, also secured to the duck’s thick neck, and trying to unseat the brave bullrider - *ahem* Duckyrider. At the same time, Brian appeared to be flailing at his naked crotch with his free hand for something that wasn’t immediately apparent.

“Awww! Poor Brian! What are they doing. If they’re not careful, Brian’s going to fall off!” Emmett cooed, worried for his friend and sorta not getting the point of the whole thing right away.

“That’s the point, Em!” Michael broke out laughing again as Brian started cursing so loudly that the words carried even over the hullabaloo in the bar. “See, Brian has to put on a rubber while riding the rubber ducky, and at the same time the guys on the opposite team are trying to throw him off. The rest of Brian’s team is supposed to stop the guys pulling on the ropes but there’s only three of them to the four with ropes so it’s pretty fucking useless. Plus, watch this . . .” Michael pauses while they stare at the television as Brian loses the condom he was holding in his right hand and it floats uselessly away in the water. Quickly, another guy wearing a red arm band dives into the water and swims over to Brian, handing him up another condom still in it’s wrapper. *HAHAHAHA!* “See that! While the extra guy is in the water, they really get a good bucking rhythm going on the duck. Brian almost lost it here. Look at the expression on his face! It’s fucking hilarious!”

“Holy Hand Job! Poor Brian!” Emmett exclaimed again, noting the decidedly unattractive scowl on the usually handsome man’s face as he struggled to not only keep his hard on but get the rubber rolled all the way down it while being almost bucked off the duck. “How is his reputation EVER going to survive this. I would bet my last dollar that this is going to end up the most popular video on Youtube ever!”

“I don’t doubt it!” Michael affirmed with another chuckle, still pointing at the screen. “I wouldn’t worry though. Look, this is where Brian finally managed it. See! Ta da! And it only took him, like, six and a half minutes - only slightly longer than the time it takes him to put on a condom AND fuck a trick in the backroom, but without the ducky of course! *snicker* And he still won the event - it took the other guy a full ten minutes to get it done!”

“So, I take it my little Sunday in the Sun event is a big hit,” Ted commented smugly as he sidled up to his two friends. “You guys all seem to be enjoying the first game, and just wait till you see what’s still to come!”

“It’s fan-fucking-tastic, Ted,” Michael averred with another gargantuan smile and a hug for his entrepreneurial friend. “How the hell did you come up with all these ideas for games and challenges. It’s fucking genius.”

“Well, I can’t claim all the credit,” Ted demurred. “I DID come up with the Rubber Ducky Ride and the raft thing that’s coming up later, but all the rest came from the sicko mind of The Master! He’s the real genius behind this thing. I don’t know where he gets all his wicked ideas . . .”

“Turn it up! Turn it up! They’re starting the next game!” Someone sitting next to Michael screamed at Matt the bartender, interrupting the three friends right before Ted could reveal the identity of The Master.

“Oh! You’re going to LOVE this game. It’s a relay race called Pass The Pickle!” Ted started to explain, talking quietly so he didn’t disturb the other bar patrons who were listening raptly to the official website explanation of the game. “We were originally going to use real pickles and make the guys pass them from butt cheek to butt cheek but it proved unfeasible. We had a couple of guys at the website try it out and it just didn’t work very well, so we had to go for the big inflatable pickle instead. You get the idea, though, right? It should still be hilarious, though. Watch!”

This new game seemed to be fairly simple. It was a relay race. Each man had to put the giant inflatable pickle between his thighs, jump into the shallow end of the swimming pool and then run across the width of the pool, in water up to about mid-calf (higher on the shorter contestants) without letting the big pickle drop out from between his legs. If the pickle did drop low enough to hit the water, the man had to go back to the edge of the pool and start over. At the far edge of the pool, the man had to pick up a hula hoop and get the hoop to rotate around his naked body - still holding the pickle in place between his thighs - for 25 full rotations. There was a dangling piece of tape attached to each hoop and one of the masked servants was standing by to count the hoopage and ensure that there was no cheating on this portion of the race. Then the man had to run back across the pool and transfer the pickle to the next person on his team without either man using their hands.

And though it sounded like a simple relay race, it wasn’t really all that easy to accomplish. The Master had apparently ordered that the Pickle be greased up with the slimiest oil-based lubricant so it was constantly slipping out from between the poor racers’ thighs. Also, there seemed to be a decided lack of hula hooping skills amongst the Summer of Sin contestants. The viewers at Woody’s really liked that portion of the competition though - mostly because of the wildly swinging manly bits and pieces that went twirling away even when the competitor wasn’t particularly good with his hoop skills. In the end though, it turned out that Paal’s team had a distinct advantage in that his team was comprised of more of the taller House Boys. The red team managed to win this competition easily.

“It doesn’t seem fair that all the tall guys are on one team, Teddy,” Emmett complained as soon as he’d dried away the tears of mirth that had been running down his face as he watched the Pass The Pickle race.

“Sorry, Em, but it was just the luck of the draw. The teams were selected randomly - except of course for the team captains, Justin and Paal, who were the winners in Friday’s That Sucks! Challenge,” Ted explained, all the while keeping an eye on the scene so they wouldn’t miss the start of the next game. “Everybody else got their names drawn at random by the bingo machine this morning. But don’t worry. There’ll be other games where long legs aren’t necessarily an advantage.”

“Hey guys!” The gang was joined by a familiar newcomer who pulled up a recently vacated bar stool to the left of where Michael was sitting.

“Todd? Is that you?” Michael gushed, clapping his long-time acquaintance on the back. “I almost didn’t recognize you in the light of day, man! I didn’t think they let you out of the backroom anymore! How’s it going?”

“Fine . . .” the laconic man replied, apparently not taking any offence at Michael’s teasing about his almost constant backroom presence these days. “Hey, Teddy! How’s it going with the game?”

“Excellent!” Ted enthused. “Would you just look at all these excited fags? They’re eating this shit up. Although, I think I need to find a way to charge more for bars and other places like Woody’s that are airing the show for a large number of people without paying any extra. We could make a lot more off venues like this.”

“Now, Teddy, no need to get all greedy or anything,” Emmett gently chided his best friend.

“Hey! Quiet! They’re about to start the next game!” Em and Ted were hushed by an avid fan who was practically leaning across the bar to get closer to the action on the television screen.

“Ooooo, I think you’re going to like this one,” Ted commented in a hushed tone as everyone in the bar watched the two teams of men moving off towards the deeper end of the pool where a servant gave two of the blue team members silly looking floaties with animal heads. “This is the Cock Ring Toss! See, the team in the water, is trying to defend the ring toss stand thing floating in the middle of the pool. They get to have two guys swimming and two guys in the floaties. Now, the other team stands on the side of the pool and they try to toss the rings onto the red ring toss stand. For every ring they get on it, they get five points - ten points for any they get on the center pole. But, at the same time, the team in the water is trying to intercept the rings. For every ring they manage to intercept - and by intercept I mean they have to catch it on the dicks of the two guys in the floaties, without them using their hands, mind you - that team gets twenty five points. And the swimming guys are there to aim the floating guys around. It should be hilarious!”

The population of Woody’s watched as the Blue team took a couple minutes to organize and strategize. They put Daniel and Malik on their floaties, and the two well-endowed men started frantically stroking themselves in order to get their own ring toss poles fully inflated. Meanwhile, Justin towed Daniel’s floatie to the far side of the red ring toss stand, leaving Adrien to be in charge of Malik’s floatie. Then the servant blew a whistle and the game began.

Justin and Adrien were on fire - swimming around like fish, batting away the rings tossed by the red team and at the same time trying to position their floaters into place to intercept the rings whenever possible. They were pretty successful at batting away the rings tossed at the stand but were still not getting far at scoring their own interception points. Then, Daniel, somehow contorted his body, moving his hips incredibly high out of the water but still not capsizing his floatie - nobody knew how he did it - and speared a flying ring with his dick. The crowd at Woody’s went wild, there was clapping and hooting and screaming, not to mention money changing hands because almost everyone had bet against that particular feat being possible.

Malik had been watching his teammate though and started trying out Daniel’s technique. He wasn’t nearly as flexible as Daniel, but he was in excellent physical shape and he had a pretty substantial ring toss pole of his own. After a short confab with Adrien about how to aim Malik’s floatie, the pair managed to get Malik’s floatie pushed in the right direction at exactly the right time, and when Paal made a long elliptical toss, Malik finally managed to tip it with his cock just enough that it slowly slid onto his personal pole. That made the score 50 to 35 in favor of the blue team in a game that went to 100 points.

Once the blue boys had figured out the proper technique, it was all but over. The red team tried their best to time their throws only when the red team was out of place, and they did ring quite a few, with Dane proving an excellent shot and getting at least four rings over the center pole of the ring stand. But, the blue defenders were indefatigable. Both Adrien and Justin seemed to swim like fish - or more like porpoises, actually, jumping out of the water unexpectedly to bat away rings at an alarming pace - as they pushed and pulled and aimed their floaters around.

And just when it looked like the red team might pull ahead and actually win this one, Daniel made another incredible catch with his cock ring pole, extending his pelvis about a foot and half out of the water and somehow managing not to tip over his floatie, in order to lance a ring tossed by Brian. That seemed to take a lot of the spunk out of Team Red. They got a little careless in their tosses after that and Paal’s last shot seemed to almost be aimed AT Malik rather than the ring toss stand. The final score was Blue - 100, Red - 70.

Afterwards, most of the crowd at Woody’s had started to move away already, getting another round of drinks, gabbing and using the toilets before the next round of fun started up on the televised porn-fest they were so enjoying. Emmett was pretty much the only one still watching the screen as the two teams congratulated each other with a high five or a slap to a well-toned ass. So Em was probably the only one who noticed when Brian Kinney made his way across the patio area intent on the small blond kid who was the blue team leader. And, while the rest of the Summer of Sin contestants were chatting in the foreground, Emmett watched as Brian took the smaller man in his arms for a full-fledged, all out, bodies entwined, blow-your-socks-off-if-you-were-wearing-any, tongue included kiss. Then, with his arm draped possessively over the shorter man’s shoulders, Brian led the younger man back over to the rest, joking and acting his usual cocky self, but with one small difference. One tiny difference that only Emmett probably noticed but that was very revealing, Em thought, with a big gap-toothed grin.

Brian never once took his hands off the young Blond.

Chapter 16 - Sunday In The Sun Part II

Teams: Red Team Captain - Paal, Brian, Dane, Kerek

Blue Team Captain - Justin, Daniel, Adrien, Malik

“So THIS is where everybody in the entire city is today? No wonder the Diner is practically dead!” A brash female voice broke through the din at Woody’s just after the end of the Cock Ring Toss game.

“Ma! What are you doing here in the middle of the afternoon?” Michael greeted his mother with only lukewarm enthusiasm. “I thought you were working through the dinner shift today?”

“Well, I was supposed to, but there’s practically nobody to serve. I guess nobody’s hungry. Or maybe everyone’s just too busy watching your ‘Summer of Smut’ to bother with food, Teddy.” Debbie guffawed loudly at her own joke and then kissed Ted with a big wet red smack on his cheek to take any possible sting out of her words. “So, what are we watching today?” Deb shooed Michael off his barstool and took his seat while she helped herself to a glass of beer from the pitcher sitting nearby without bothering to ask permission or even whose pitcher it was. “By the way, Teddy, Vic and I loved the Twister game last night. It was totally worth the fifty bucks we spent online. I didn’t know it was possible for the human body to bend like that! Now that’s what I call educational television! HAH!”

The intermission between games this time was a little longer because the equipment for the next game took a lot more to get set up. The crew at Woody’s was getting a little restless in the meantime. Matt, the head bartender, did his best to keep the masses entertained by showing video of the prior Summer of Sin challenges - particularly clips from the Saturday Sexcapades - but that was already old hat for these horny boys. They’d already seen it, whacked off to it, and wanted fresh meat.

It certainly was a new experience though for Debbie Novotny! She may have spent most of the last fifteen years hearing about her foster son, Brian’s, exploits, but she’d rarely had the opportunity to see them for herself. Not that she was a prude by any means, and having worked on Liberty Avenue for years, she’d not only seen her share of porn but also enough live sex acts that you’d think she’d be inured to the sight. But, here, now, in HD color, she got more than an eyeful of her lost boy going about his favorite past time with full Kinney flare. It worried Deb just a little, too - she wondered if Brian had really thought through all the possible fall out his porn stardom might have.

“You’ll never believe who just called me!” Ted came bounding back into the bar, looking at his cellphone with reverence. “That was somebody from one of the local news affiliates. It seems like my little reality game show has become quite the sensation. They actually want to do a news segment on the show - with tastefully aimed photography, of course - for the local news! Can you fucking believe it? Gay porn goes mainstream! This is going to be massive! I’m going to have to buy more bandwidth for the servers . . .” Ted drifted off in a daze of dollar signs as he dreamed of the even bigger piles of money he’d be making if the local - maybe even national - news mentioned his site.

“I think they’re finally ready for the next game. Oh my . . . what the hell is all that stuff,” Emmett’s comments brought everyone’s attention back to the television screen.

“This is gonna be amazing! Look at that - it’s like a huge obstacle course on the water! And that big white climbing thing. This is really gonna be good!” Michael was raving and bouncing in his seat like a Mexican Jumping Bean.

The entire contingent of Woody’s was glued to the screen, and seemed just as excited as Michael. The volume was turned up once again, as one of the masked servants explained the rules of the next game. It turned out the long blue and green inflated slide was exactly what Michael had posited - a slippery obstacle course. The contestants were going to have to make their way down from one end of the slip and slide to the other where a large inflatable iceberg with handholds had been erected. The goal of this game, apparently was to get to the top of the iceberg and maintain control over it for a set amount of time. Sort of like a big boy’s version of King of The Hill - only with water and a slip and slide and all the players naked, of course. And, just to make things REALLY interesting, the announcer servant’s buddies all came out and doused all the players from head to toe with a heavy coating of oil-based lubricant so that they were extra slippery.

Once again the teams huddled together for a minute or two to strategize before the servants called them all back to the starting line. Once the whistle blew, though, it was sheer chaos. Team Red had opted for a divide and conquer strategy - they positioned their two biggest guys, Dane and Paal right at the start of the slip and slide obstacle course with the intent of them keeping the others back while Brian and Kerek raced ahead. Team Blue’s strategy, on the other hand was to work together to get through the obstacles, including the guards for Team Red.

At first it looked like the Red Team had it all figured out. Brian and Kerek sped ahead down the length of the slippery course, climbing through the hoops and over the blocks unhindered. But, their speed ended up being their downfall. Everything was wet and slipperier than snot on a door knob and the guys themselves were slicked up so that they could barely get a grip on anything. So the first time Brian, who was in the lead, caught his foot in the folds of an obstacle almost halfway down the course, there was nothing to hold onto and no way to stop his slide. He just slithered right over the edge of the plastic path and hit the water with a huge splash. And, since the rules said that anyone who fell into the water had to go back to the very beginning and start over, their big lead now meant nothing. Kerek met the same fate just a minute or two later when he dove through a big loop and simply couldn’t stop his slide on the other side.

The crew at Woody’s - who had already separated naturally into two distinct teams of their own based on their favorite contestants - was getting exceedingly rowdy. There were some pretty substantial bets being laid out on this game and the Summer of Sin competition as a whole. So, when one of ‘THEIR’ team would fall, that team’s boosters would howl and rant while the other team’s supporters would taunt them. It was getting heated. Matt hadn’t seen this much interest over a sporting match ever in the history of the bar. He quickly recalculated his liquor order for the next weekend and tripled it. Then he also made a note to double the number of bouncers.

Meanwhile, Team Blue had managed to get all of their people past the Red Guards. While Daniel and Adrien grappled with Dane and Paal, little Justin and Malik had managed to wriggle their way through the blockade. Then, holding onto each other and making sure that each was stable, the two youngest headed down the course, taking their time and helping each other safely over every obstacle. Back at the start, all four of the wrestling men ended up overboard but Adrien and Daniel proved to be the faster swimmers so they got back up before Dane and Paal could remount their defensive strategy. That meant that the rest of Team Blue was able to soon catch up to the two leaders. But, Team Red wasn’t far behind.

In the interest of winning the competition, Daniel had consented to letting Adrien remove the butt plug for the duration of the Challenge, but that didn’t mean that the two were now bosom buddies. They could barely stand the sight of each other, so they weren’t much use to the team’s ‘stick together’ strategy. But, with Justin helping Adrien and Malik helping Daniel, the whole group still managed to stay together and on the course for most of the way.

That was when first Brian and then Dane managed to catch up to the Blues and devoted themselves to trying to sabotage the little group. Just as the group was ascending a particularly tricky obstacle that involved a central post with arms that basically blocked the whole path, Brian got a grip on Adrien’s ankle that somehow didn’t slide right off and he started to pull. Justin lost his grip on his partner and would have gone overboard himself if Malik hadn’t steadied him. Daniel, though, who was standing right next to Adrien, didn’t lift a finger to help stop his nemesis’ slide. If he had, Daniel would probably have been better off because the combined weight of the two of them might have kept them both steady and on the course when Dane caught up to Daniel and, using his body as a battering ram, just knocked the smaller asian man off the far side.

Justin and Malik had luckily made it past that last super-tricky obstacle though and only had to crawl through one last hoop to get to the end of the course where the big inflatable white iceberg was waiting. Brian and Dane, who were both tall and relatively bulkier, were having quite the time with the tricky post & arms obstacle and were therefore unable to catch up to the smaller, more agile men. Accordingly, Justin and Malik wisely took their time and made it to the edge of the climbing structure without incident.

The climb itself wasn’t all that difficult - or at least it wouldn’t have been except for the fact that their whole bodies were covered with extra-slippery lubricant that had of course also gotten all over their hands. It made keeping one’s grip on the handholds nigh on impossible. Justin and Malik still stuck together, helping each other out whenever they could by pointing out easier paths or unseen handholds. Still, it was very slow going. Justin had almost lost his hold on three separate occasions and only at the last minute managed to get a toe or finger wedged into a handle. But, on top of being very slippery, Justin was also shorter than most of the others and not really the most athletic of guys. This was quite the personal challenge for the boy. Which is probably why Malik made it to the top of the berg while Justin was only half way.

Now, all Malik had to do was keep his position as King of the Hill for the requisite five minutes. No problem, right? Well, except that Brian had managed to finally get through the end of the obstacle course and was already climbing like a long-limbed monkey up the face of the iceberg wall. Unlike Justin, Brian WAS the athletic type and had regularly spent time in the gym on the rock climbing wall. He was confident and seemed to know exactly which hand or foot hold would work best. He was up that iceberg in only minutes, passing Justin by with only a facetious grin.

Malik had seen Brian coming and made himself as secure as was possible. He had his hands both wrapped tightly around hand grips and his feet dangling, ready to use them to push Brian off if possible. He knew he probably couldn’t hold out too long against Brian’s longer reach but he only had to keep his position as the King for two or three more minutes and then it would all be over. It was going to be a struggle though.

Back at Woody’s, where all this was being observed with avid attention, the noise level had dropped drastically. It felt like the hundred or so patrons now watching were all holding their breath. Would Team Blue be able to stay on top or would Brian Kinney and Team Red emerge victorious? Everyone just assumed that if Brian managed to dislodge Malik the game would be over. No one would get Kinney off the top of the hill if he managed to get up there, right? The mood in the bar was tense.

When Brian did reach the top, he feinted a couple of times, trying to judge Malik’s hold and see how the younger man would react. The younger man tried to shove at Brian’s head and shoulders with his feet but Brian was quick and managed to avoid most of the blows. Brian wasn’t interested in an all out fight - he was not going to risk any of his manly bits getting damaged by one of Malik’s flailing feet. Instead, he was going to be smart about this. So, after a quick feint to the left, Brian pulled back and waited for Malik’s kick, adroitly grabbing the ankle as soon as it was fully extended. Then Brian just pulled and pulled and pulled. Malik held on for quite a while, still using his other foot to try to get free from Brian’s grip. It didn’t work though. Brian somehow managed to not only keep his grip on the first ankle, but also to keep climbing until he was right next to the smaller man. And, with iron fingers, Brian managed to slowly but surely pry Malik’s right hand off the handle he’d been holding onto for dear life.

Once Brian managed to loosen Malik’s one hand, it was pretty much over. The bigger man simply shoved at little Malik with all his might, even letting go of his own handhold for a brief moment, in order to get more oomph to his shove, and the younger man went flying over the side, landing with a huge splash in the deepest part of the pool. Brian then climbed up to the top of the iceberg, wearing his traditional smirk of triumph, stood up a bit precariously on the flat top and pumped his fist victoriously in the direction of the servant acting as cameraman for the afternoon.

And since he was looking directly at the camera right at that moment, the camera captured the subsequent expressions on Brian’s face perfectly, as sneaky little Justin finally made it up to the last handhold, took one of his hands and rolled his finger around in a extra-sticky patch of lube down by his knee and then quietly climbed the last foot or so up to the top before sticking his well-lubed finger up Brian’s unsuspecting asshole.

The look of pure shock on Brian’s face was priceless. He immediately bolted fully upright, looking over his shoulder to see who had DARED to accost him in such a manner, and in the process the big guy lost his footing on the wobbly inflated plastic surface and toppled over inelegantly with all his arms and legs flailing as he fell into the pool. Leaving little tyro Justin to calmly take his time as he ascended to the top of the hill, seating himself firmly and without haste and smiling his biggest, most blindingly bright smile as he looked around and noted the fact that there wasn’t anyone left from the Red team anywhere in sight.

By the time the whistle was blown by the servant indicating that the Blue Team had won this segment of the day’s competition, most of the shouting and laughter had died out back at Woody’s. The only remaining protest was heard from Michael who was irate on his best friend’s behalf. “Did you SEE what that brat did? That’s not fair. He cheated! Ted, you’re not going to let him get away with that, are you? Ted? TED!” And in the background you could see reruns of Brian Kinney’s fall from the Hill over and over again, complete with that wonderful expression of shocked outrage on the Stud’s face at the audacity of anyone, especially a little blond boy, taking such unheard of liberties with his sacred and untouchable ass.

The crowd at Woody’s had never laughed so hard in their lives.

“So, on a scale of one to ten, just how pissed off are you,” Justin asked when he finally managed to get close enough to Brian for a private conversation.

“Right now,” Brian glared at the audacious little blond, his gaze shooting sharp, pointy icicles at the boy, “I’d say about a 32!”

Brian turned his back on the kid and refused to acknowledge the grudging admiration he felt for the kid who simply did what was necessary to win. Brian would have probably done the same thing himself - if he’d thought of it. But he wasn’t going to let the kid know that. He also wasn’t going to let the kid know that he found the half-contrite, half-smug look the kid was wearing as he approached Brian to be totally charming. That annoying little twat was too quick by far. Brian was NOT going to encourage him. Especially not when it came to the little fool taking liberties with certain parts of Brian’s anatomy that were generally considered untouchable and off limits to all but a very elite few.

Luckily, before Brian caved and let slip any of his begrudging admiration for the kid, they were all called back to the pool for the last game of the day. The servant announced that this competition was called the Free Floating Fuck. Which sort of gave away the nature of the game but, whatever, thought Brian. Fucking he could handle. He was good at fucking. And as long as the cheeky little blond brat wasn’t involved, he didn’t think he’d have a problem with this event.

For this game, each team was given two inflated rafts - the kind you would normally use to laze around on the pool while you were tanning - and advised to divide themselves into pairs. Team Blue separated so that Justin was paired with Adrien and Daniel was paired with Malik. Team Red ended up being Brian with Paal and Dane with Kerek. Then, they were all led to the water and told that the goal of this game was to actually fuck while floating on the short, insubstantial little rafts. The first team to have a pair actually reach orgasm while maintaining their precarious perch on the little rafts would be declared the winners.

Now, anyone who had actually spent any time in a pool can tell you that the little rafts that the House Boys were given are not particularly stable to start with. They work just fine once you get on them if all you do is hold perfectly still and lay there. But, getting on one can be tough and you can’t move around much once on unless you want to get a dunking. Getting two people on the tiny little rafts and staying on them while doing something as energetic as fucking was pretty inconceivable. Everyone looked a little doubtful that it could be done.

They weren’t given a chance to object though, since the servant with the whistle blew it as soon as they were all in the water and the game was officially started.

The teams tried pretty much everything but nothing seemed to work. The tangled convolutions these guys attempted were amazing, but none really worked very well. Several times, a pair would manage to get both men onto the raft and maybe even manage to start to fuck, but then one or the other would lose their balance and the whole jumble would sink. It was fucking hilarious to watch - at least all the masked servants were giggling as they stood around the perimeter of the pool and snickered at the outlandish positions and failed attempts.

Finally, the least likely pair managed to do something that was simple yet highly effective. Dane laid flat on his back on one of the rafts and his large bulk, held rather stiffly, seemed to actually stabilize the thing. Then, his partner, Kerek, towed the raft over to the side of the pool, climbed out and very carefully lowered himself from the pool deck until he was straddling Dane with his feet dangling in the water. With incrementally small movements, pausing often to ensure that they wouldn’t rock the raft too much, Kerek managed to impale his body on the BBG’s (Big Blond Giant’s) stout man meat. It wasn’t elegant or all that comfortable, but it WAS workable as long as the participants didn’t get too enthusiastic. And, rather than lifting himself up and down like he normally would when riding a partner, Kerek instead slowly rocked himself forward and back while squeezing his rectal muscles and writhing sinuously with his long, supple torso just enough to elicit a delicious friction that worked amazingly well.

While the others were still falling all over themselves, giggling and totally at sea over how to work this impossible feat, Kerek and Dane were actually getting pretty close to getting off. And, although all the other contestants were far too busy to notice, the cameraman had long since focused his attention on the pair who looked like they were blissfully unaware of the struggles of their compatriots. The winners of the game announced themselves rather vocally a couple of minutes later when Kerek gripped Dane’s body tightly between his strong thighs, moaned with glee and shot out several long ribbons of pearly white cum that splattered across the surface of the pool while Big Dane reverently voiced HIS appreciation with a booming “Fuck, YEAH!”

“Sorry, Sunshine, but I just really don’t think hot pink is your color,” Brian commented, teasing the young blond for the umpteenth time that night. “I think you should have held out for the cute little blue padded number they gave to Daniel. It would match your eyes. And, really, if the losers of the day’s Challenge HAVE to wear women’s bras and panties, you’d think that The Master would at least make an effort to have you look pretty in what he chose.”

Justin looked over at Brian who was seated next to him on the bed and gave him the most scathing look he could manage while wearing a lacy hot pink bra and panties. “Fuck you, Brian!”

“Yeah, well, that brings up a whole other topic of conversation that we probably should discuss, Sunshine. Especially after your little foray into the forbidden zone earlier this afternoon,” Brian put on his sternest face as he looked at the boy, intent on making his point.

“Oh, get over yourself already, Brian,” Justin wasn’t in the mood for a lecture. “You act like your ass is some sacred shrine that none but the chosen few are allowed access to. You’re a gay man, Brian, and EVERY gay man needs to get fucked on a regular basis. I should know. I can’t believe I waited as long as I did. You need to loosen up and enjoy yourself. And, actually, I think a nice stiff cock up your ass would do you a world of good.”

Justin didn’t bother to wait for a response to his little diatribe. He crawled under the covers on the far side of the big king sized bed and was almost instantly asleep. Meanwhile, Brian was still standing there with his mouth hanging open and a confused look on his gorgeous face. He didn’t really know WHAT to say to this arrogant and insolent little whippersnapper who presumed far, far, too much. There was so much he wanted to say that he didn’t really even know where to start. How dare this kid who knew NOTHING talk to him - to Brian Kinney, Stud of Liberty Avenue - like that.

‘But, then again’, Brian thought in the darkest, remotest regions of his mind where no one was allowed to go and the thoughts originating from whence were never allowed near the surface, ‘the kid might just have a point . . .

Chapter 17 - Masturbation Monday. (Monday, June 6th)

For the third morning in a row, Brian woke up with his arms full of snuggly warm blond boy and he wondered how this had happened. Brian Kinney didn’t generally let tricks stay the night so he wasn’t used to waking up with another man in his bed, let alone in his arms. But, in just a few short days, this phenomenon had become his new norm? He couldn’t say he disliked the experience - he’d been sleeping better than ever the past couple nights in spite of being in a strange bed and having a strange bedfellow. It’s just that this didn’t really fit in with the Brian Kinney persona. Brian wasn’t the cuddle-in-bed-in-the-mornings kind of guy. And yet, once again, he found himself with an adorable little blond waif curled around him, blond hair in his face, drool dripping down his neck and a well-sized blond boy boner digging into his thigh. How did this happen, again? And why did he seem to find it so . . . pleasant?

And, more to the point, what, if anything, was he going to do about it?

“Hey, you,” a sultry, warm, low tenor voice vibrated up to him, originating somewhere amid the mop of blond hair in the crook of his shoulder. “Stop thinking so loud, big guy. You woke me up with all your worrying.”

“If you hadn’t been drooling on my shoulder I might still be asleep myself. You’re like a fucking leaky faucet,” Brian snarked, not happy that this little twink could apparently see right through him. “Besides, I wasn’t worrying. I was contemplating. I never worry. I make sure that I plan ahead so I don’t have to worry.”

“Uh huh . . .” Justin didn’t sound convinced by Brian’s bluster. “Well, then, stop with all the noisy contemplating so I can go back to sleep.”

”Sorry, Sunshine,” Brian smirked lasciviously right before he flipped Justin over onto his stomach, grabbed a condom from the bedside table and started to lube up the boy’s ass. “I’m already awake and since it was your drool that started all this, you’re going to have to suffer the consequences.”

“Darn . . . Well, I guess I’ll just have to suffer through it,” Justin didn’t sound all that upset at his ‘punishment’.

In fact, as Brian’s fingers delved even deeper into his ass, touching his fingertips with unerring accuracy to that sweet spot that caused the boy to writhe in ecstasy, Justin completely forgot that he’d meant to try and get another half hour of sleep.

After the big Sunday in the Sun Challenge, the contestants had been given the rest of the evening off. Thankfully there weren’t any Challenges set for Sunday evenings. Other than The Master awarding the losing team their punishment - they were all given women’s bras and panties which they’d have to wear for the next 24 hours - and Justin being declared ‘Lord of the Lube’ for getting the highest ratings during the Saturday Sexcapades (there was actually a tie between the Justin/Dane hour and the Brian/Justin/Dane hour, but since they both involved the Twinkie with the Impressive Dinkie, the little boy was declared the overall winner), they were just left alone.

Sunday evening there had been a big barbeque with steak and grilled veggies, and most of the contestants had enjoyed simply lounging around the pool, eating, drinking beer and chatting without the pressure of ‘performing’. The contestants were also told that they would have most of Monday off as well. Everyone was grateful, as the first week of the competition had been a stressful one already. Several of the House Boys seemed a little worse for wear - most especially Adrien, who was looking a little ragged after being constantly harassed by Daniel’s butt plug play all the previous night and most of the day. The guy was so grateful when one of the servants came and took it away, declaring the time was up, that it looked like he was about to cry. Brian had had to force himself not to intervene several times already, so he was almost as glad as Adrien that the evil thing was gone.

But, because there was nothing on the morning’s agenda, Monday started off slowly. Brian and Justin wandered down to grab coffee and breakfast about ten o’clock. Most everyone else was up already but the entire houseful of guys were simply lounging around doing not much of anything. And, for once, the gaggle of hot, sexy, gay men seemed too bushed to get horny. If left like this, there wouldn’t have been any fucking going on at all that morning, and that was just unacceptable.

It looked like it was up to the Tireless Twinkie to get things started.

So, as soon as Justin finished his breakfast, he grabbed his big bottle of Glide and started on his Lord of the Lube duties. With a smug smile on his otherwise innocent-looking countenance, the diminutive blond approached the couch where four of the House Boys were sprawled out watching porn on the television but without much enthusiasm. The two who were wearing women’s undergarments looked particularly ragged. It was a pathetic sight, really, and Justin vowed not to let this state of affairs continue for long.

“Okay, hands out everybody!” Lord Justin demanded, using his body to block the group’s view of the television screen.

Daniel sneered at the little lord but didn’t say anything as he leaned over so he could look around the kid blocking his view. The BBG snorted out a little humorless laugh but also ignored the tiny twink. Paal and Malik took their cue from the other two and likewise did nothing.

“Hey! I said, hands out! I’m the Lord of the Lube and I say that all of you are going to take a palmful of lube and start whacking off to that porn instead of just sitting there like big lumps of useless man meat,” Justin’s raised voice and demanding stance actually seemed to spark some reaction in the group, in spite of his youth and small stature. “Come on! Or do you all want the hundreds of guys watching this on the net to know you’re a bunch of lazy, impotent slackers?”

“You might not be very large, Little Boy,” Dane was the first to relent, holding out his hand, palm up, and accepting his allotment of lube. “But you’ve got the biggest fucking titanium strength balls I’ve ever seen.”

“You know it!” Justin gloated with a big shiny grin on his face as he went down the line and filled the palm of every single one of the couch potatoes. “Now, all of you, get started whacking off. And I’d better not see any of you slacking off again or I’ll be following you around all day with my big bottle of lube and you’ll be whacking that meat until it’s raw. You hear me?”

“Yes, Sir!” Malik teased as he rubbed his palms together so he could get a two-handed rhythm going on his own prodigious porn-prognosticator pole.

“All right! Carry on men!” Justin laughed and skipped off with his lube bottle to find other unsuspecting and uninspired men who he could help with a good masturbatory act or two.

Brian, who’d been observing all this from the far corner of the room while he sipped at his third cup of coffee of the morning, found himself chuckling once again over the audacity of his favorite twink. Fuck! The boy was a fucking handful. Brian could only imagine what the kid would be like out in the real world, what with how tenacious and indomitable he seemed. If he showed half the spirit out there that Brian had seen in this smaller setting, the kid would end up ruling the world before he was thirty.

“Um, Brian,” the exuberant boy interrupted his amused contemplation, bouncing up with his bottle of lube at the ready. “You too, big guy! Grab a handful and start pulling on that pud! I want to see jism and I want to see it now! So, get whacking!”

Brian snickered softly and put out his hand without saying a word. He’d save himself the trouble of an argument - which he suspected he’d lose against this indomitable kid anyway - and just play along. Justin beamed his approval up at his taciturn bedmate and pumped out an extra large serving of lubricant for Brian. Without bothering to put down his coffee, Brian started stroking himself, keeping eye contact with Justin all the while, which seemed to work as a sexual stimulant far better than the lackluster porn performances airing on the television screen. Justin himself leaned against the wall and watched, ostensibly to ensure his subjects were doing as their Lord demanded, but mostly just enjoying the spectacle of Brian beating off while eye fucking him.

Yes! This was fun! Justin figured he was really going to enjoy his tenure as Lord of the Lube!

What with the indefatigable and imperious imp popping up everywhere all day, masturbation Monday ended up being quite a busy day for the guys in the Residence. Justin seemed to be fucking everywhere. Nobody was safe from him and his seemingly bottomless bottle of lube. He even managed to find Adrien, who’d tried to hide out in the toilet for an hour or two to escape the ceaseless attentions of the tireless twink. Lord Justin took his lube job duties very, very seriously.

Thankfully, the lube bottle was finally confiscated by one of the masked servants about four pm. The three guys sitting on the couch who’d been Justin’s last victims, Kerek, Dane and Brian, gave the servant a standing ovation as he took the dreaded bottle of lube away. Justin had looked crestfallen when he realized he wouldn’t be able to torment the rest of the boys anymore that day. But at least the guys and their poor, overused peckers would have a couple of hours of rest before the evening Challenge was due to start. Even Brian had worried that he’d be out of commission completely if Justin had been allowed to continue much longer.

By the time the group was summoned to gather in front of The Master’s portrait a little after seven, most of them had recovered. Justin still was not a very popular person with the guys, though, and the kid received several dirty looks. The brash boy simply grinned back at anyone and everyone with his unquenchable good humor. Which usually elicited even more dirty looks, but, oh well.

“Welcome, my children,” The Master intoned. “I’ve been watching you and I was thrilled to see how much fun you were all having today in celebration of Masturbation Monday! Justin, you were an excellent Lord of the Lube - thank you for your unflagging attention to your duties keeping the rest of the boys from flagging!” Justin beamed proudly around at all the other men and simply ignored the groans and hisses his praise from The Master raised.

“And the good news is that Masturbation Monday isn’t over yet!” More groans from the collected men ensued at this announcement and there were overtly malicious looks thrown Justin’s way once again. “I know you’re all excited by that news! Of course, this time you’ll be whacking off with a bit of a twist - you’ll be doing it while singing karaoke!” The groans were almost deafening at this pronouncement. “Yep! It’s the Masturbation Karaoke Challenge! I have chosen the perfect song for each of you to sing, my children. You will be fantastic. And, for your added pleasure and mine, you will receive physical stimulation while you’re singing from these two beautiful professionals.” Two gorgeous, well-muscled men dressed in doctor’s scrub pants but no shirts, with latex gloves on and surgical masks covering their faces stepped forward from behind the usual contingent of masked servants. “But, just remember, you have to finish your song BEFORE you come or you lose this Challenge. Oh, and stopping in the middle or flubbing a line will also get you disqualified. Now, go to it, my children and make me proud!”

There was even more grumbling as the servants began to set up the ‘stage’ for the performance and then used the bingo machine to randomly choose the order in which the contestants would perform. Justin, of course, hadn’t lost his big bright-eyed grin. Brian was looking decidedly unhappy though.

“What’s wrong, Big Guy? I’m sure you’ve got at least one more orgasm in you. You can’t be THAT worn out?” Justin cornered Brian.

“It’s not that . . .” Brian looked almost green at the prospect of tonight’s Challenge. “It’s just . . . well, I . . . I can’t fucking sing, all right?” Brian fessed up, looking adorably bashful as far as Justin was concerned. “The only time I EVER sang in public was back in high school when my friend Mikey tried to convince me to form a band with him. But I was fucking high and drunk out of my mind every time we had to sing anywhere and I don’t think I’m gonna get to dull the pain that way tonight . . .”

“You’ll be fine,” Justin tried to comfort the queasy looking man. “I’m sure you’re not as bad as you think. Besides, nobody’s gonna be listening to you sing when your beautiful dick is there in their faces getting jerked off. It’ll be no big deal. You’ll see.”

“I fucking hope you’re right, Sunshine,” Brian wasn’t all that convinced.

“First up,” announced the Servant with the microphone, calling everyone back to the front of the room where chairs had been set up in a semi-circle around the makeshift stage. “Paal, who will be performing ‘Stronger’ while Hans plays Paal’s Flesh Flute!”

Paal walked up onto the stage and turned to face the audience, visibly nervous. The gorgeous hand job assistant, Hans, knelt at the tall Indian’s feet and flexed his latex gloved hands, the surgical mask not really hiding the grin the man was wearing underneath it. The stage had been set up directly in front of the large television screen that was on that wall and it was apparently tied into the karaoke machine that was set up on a little stand to Paal’s left, down around the level of his thigh. When the servant/announcer asked Paal if he was ready, the man took an unsteady breath, blew it out loudly and nodded.

The screen behind Paal instantly lit up and started playing the intro to the video version of Kelly Clarkson’s ‘Stronger’. Paal had only about 12 seconds of intro music to get himself prepared and ready himself to sing. It was a pretty fast paced song and actually a really great song to start out this kind of competition with, except that it was a bit overwhelming for poor Paal when, just as the lyrics started to scroll across the screen, Hans grabbed Paal’s cock with cold, lube slicked hands and started to yank. The first line of the song - ‘You know the bed feels warmer . . .’ - came out with a little squeak at the start but it was at least intelligible.

And, really, Paal didn’t have a bad voice, all things considered. He sang along pretty well, occasionally falling a little behind the beat as he struggled through the words to the song while Hans was doing his best to distract the man with every hand job trick in the book. He made it all the way through the first round of the chorus and the bridge without a mistake. Unfortunately, just after the second repetition of the chorus, Hans really hit his stride, not only stroking Paal’s long thin cock at an intensely rapid pace, but also alternately massaging his balls and stroking across the man’s perineum with a constant circular motion that was just too much for Paal’s wavering concentration. About the third time the word ‘Stronger’ was supposed to be belted out, Paal lost it, groaned out an unearthly animalistic noise and shot a very strong stream of cum that flew all the way out into the ranks of the audience. A loud buzzer rang out and Paal’s turn was officially over.

Next up was Brian. He looked not only green but like he was possibly going to throw up at any moment. Justin tried to give him an encouraging smile, but he wasn’t sure Brian was seeing anything, the man was so tied up with nerves. The second of the professional ‘assistants’, this one was apparently named Austin, knelt at Brian’s feet. Brian was too dazed to care and didn’t even notice when the servant asked if he was ready, so the man just started the song without Brian’s nod to proceed. The screen behind Brian lit up with a bright green holding pattern and there was a ten second countdown - probably because the song he was going to sing didn’t have much, if any, intro. When the countdown reached ‘0’ the screen came alive, and the video version of Shania Twain’s ‘I Feel Like A Woman’ started to play. Brian only had three seconds before he had to say the first line, ‘Let’s go, girls’, which he only just managed.

The rest of the lyrics were spoken by Brian - not sung, but spoken - in a totally off-key monotone. It was true - Brian really could NOT sing. Or at least he wasn’t singing that night. Maybe he might have done better if he was drunk and high, but Justin doubted it. He barely seemed to notice the guy scrambling away at his crotch trying to get him hard - he was really too panic-stricken at the prospect of singing to worry about a fucking hand job. Brian stumbled his way through most of the intro and the first verse, mostly getting the words right and only falling behind the beat a couple times. He even made it through the first rendition of the chorus. His flat delivery of the iconic line, ‘Man, I feel like a woman!’ was given in such an emotionless tone that it caused all the listeners to crack up - which of course threw Brian off even more. But, on the second run through the chorus, just after the line, ‘I wanna be free to feel the way I feel . . .’ Brian just stopped, looked up at the audience, all of whom were giggling uncontrollably, and said, “Fuck it!” then stomped off the stage to a gale of laughter. Several people noted that he wasn’t even hard at that point.

Daniel came next and perversely enough ended up singing Whitney Houston’s ‘I’m Every Woman’, which he actually did pretty well with - probably because it was a fairly slow ballad. Daniel’s downfall was the length of the song - at more than four minutes in length it was one of the longer songs - and he just couldn’t hold out against the ministrations of Hans for that long. At about three and a half minutes into the video, right when Whitney would have started really wailing out her usual ‘Whoooooaaaaaa, whoa, whoa’s’, Daniel cried out his own ‘Whoa!” and exploded into Hans’ hands.

Dane was completely tone deaf, apparently. But, he nevertheless, gave Christina Aguilera's ‘Beautiful’ his all. When the chorus phrase came along, the BBG belted out the line, ‘I am beautiful!’ with all his heart, causing a loud whooping of approval from the crowd. He might have made it all the way too, but about the time where the lyrics read, ‘Oh no, oh no, oh no,’ the big guy got just distracted enough by his personal assistant that he kept right on going with the ‘oh no, oh no, oh no, oh no’ part until he was pretty much screaming out “Oh no!” which quickly changed to “Oh, yeah! Oh Yeah! Oh Yeah” and it was all over.

Adrien was the first contestant who walked up to the stage looking like he was going to enjoy this particular competition. His song ended up being Gloria Gaynor’s ‘I Will Survive’ and when he saw what he’d be singing he got a huge smile on his face. He had a decent voice too. Maybe not Gloria Gaynor good, but for a skinny white boy, he could really belt it out. And he was even dancing along and rocking his hips in time to the music, using hand gestures when he sang the part about ‘Go on now! Go! Walk out the door!’, and all the while annoying the hell out of the man at his feet trying to keep up a good rhythm while Adrien was dancing around. He managed to get all the way through the song with flair and then, on the very last rendition of the chorus, while he belted out the last ‘I Will Survive’ he shot his load in long white ribbons that splattered all over the karaoke machine before bowing jauntily to the audience and strutting off the stage with a big smile on his face.

Justin was the next one up. He swaggered up onto the stage looking very confident. Of course, that was pretty much the way the little guy approached all things in life, but Brian - who had finally regained his composure after his own disastrous karaoke experience - thought he was acting even more arrogant than usual. When the video that started to play on the screen behind him turned out to be Katy Perry’s ‘I Kissed A Girl And I Liked It!’ the boy laughed joyously and started bouncing along with the beat. He apparently knew the song by heart because he barely had to look at the lyrics on the screen. And the boy really threw himself into the song, heart and soul. He was shaking his shoulders seductively as he sang the intro and waving his hands about in front of his face, mimicking the way Katy was playing with a fan in the video.

When the chorus came up, Justin was smiling sexily and belting out the lines in a really remarkable, beautiful tenor voice. ‘I kissed a girl and I liked it, taste of her cherry chapstick!’ Justin sang the line and winked at the audience as if he was including them all in on the joke. When the next line came up and he added, ‘I kissed a girl just to try it, hope my boyfriend don’t mind it!’ he giggled a little and made a coquettish gesture as if he was trying to hide his enjoyment of the experience. He was fucking captivating all the way through the song. And you could tell he was having a really great time singing too. It was the best performance by far. With the very last ‘I Liked It!’ Justin finally let himself go and shot out several streams of jizz like fireworks, that coated the face of poor Hans. Justin, the cocky little devil, didn’t stop there, though. He bent over, pulled the assistant’s face up so he could lick off his own cum from the side of the guy’s face and then stood up and defiantly declared to all present, “I liked it!” again! He got a standing ovation from the crew watching.

Malik’s rendition of Alicia Key’s ‘Girl On Fire’ was next. He did a decent job, actually, but after Justin’s performance, he had a lot to live up to. He also didn’t have the pipes to belt out the high notes quite like Alicia. Plus, the masturbatory assistants were pissed off that the last two contestants had beaten them by not coming before the end of the song, so Austin, who was up this time around, made sure to redouble his efforts on Malik’s big thick boner. And, with all that effort being applied to his dick, Malik only made it through to the third repetition of the chorus, shooting pretty much right along with the beat to the last ‘This Girl is on Fire . . .”

Kerek, the last performer, seemed to like the fact that he got Aretha Franklin’s ‘Natural Woman’. He was another one who seemed to really get into the song, swinging his hips and doing all the right moves that would have made him a perfect choice for one of Aretha’s back up singers if he’d actually been alive back in the 60’s. His voice wasn’t really the best, but he made up for it with flair and enthusiasm. The audience actually started joining in with the echoed backup singer parts, aiding in to make the performance extra special. He also made it all the way through the song, perhaps aided by the fact that he got the shortest of all the songs chosen.

So, in the end, there was a three-way tie. The servants got together and whispered, with one of them making a discrete call on his cell phone, and then the announcer came back on the stage. “Since we have three contestants who were able to complete this Challenge, The Master has declared there will be one last performance to break the tie. Adrien, Justin and Kerek, please come back up on stage.”

When all three were back up on stage, all looking self-assured and ready to go, the servant started the next song. It was an oldie but a goody - ‘It’s Raining Men’, by the Weather Girls!. The older members of the audience laughed at the silly nature of the song, but it was fun and upbeat and the three singers were totally getting into it so nobody really minded how hokey it was. Each of the three contestants up on stage were hamming it up and doing their best to outperform the others.

Meanwhile Hans, Austin and the servant who’d volunteered to jerk off the third contestant, were doing everything they could think of to get their guy off. Kerek, who’d been the last one to sing in the regular line up, and who was still half hard when he started, was the first to fall. As the song came up on the line, ‘. . . find the perfect guy!’ Kerek felt his balls constricting and knew he was about to lose it. But, showman to the end, he made it good, putting his own hand down and helping the assistant to get him off with a really great, explosive bang that ended up with streamers of cum painting all of the audience in the front row. He got a big hand of applause for that and walked off stage with his head held high.

That left only Justin and Adrien. Justin was waving his Jazz Hands frantically and belting out a big ‘Hallelujah, it’s raining men!’ while Adrien was snapping his fingers and swaying his body side to side. It was pretty hilarious but also one hell of a great effort on both men’s parts. Then, at the start of the very last chorus, Justin did this little spin thing while belting out ‘It’s Raining Men!” that temporarily pulled his dick out of Hans’ clutches. Adrien, who hadn’t thought of that maneuver, was taken by surprise when the masked servant who’d been jerking him off, took that opportunity to stick his thumb up Adrien’s ass, triggering an almost immediate and explosive reaction, and disqualifying him in the process. After that, all Justin had to do was hold out for the final 10 seconds of the song. And, with his amazingly strong voice, the little blond belted out the final, ‘Tall, Blond, Dark and Lean . . .” before he threw his head back, reveling in the exquisite feelings Hans was imparting and then blasting out an impressive flood of cum that crescendoed right along with the final notes of the song!

The crowd went wild with approval, clapping, shouting and whooping out as Justin bowed again and again, lapping up all the adoration from his loving fans.

Brian was as impressed as all the rest, but secretly he feared the repercussions of his little twink getting an even bigger head - or, make that, two bigger heads . . .

Chapter 18 - Tickle Me Twink (Tuesday, June 7th).

By Tuesday morning things at the Residence seemed to start to fall into a sort of routine for Brian. He’d wake up every morning wrapped around the nubile body of a deliciously warm blond boy. By this point, Brian had ceased to be concerned over or even wonder about how, exactly, this happened every night or who was responsible for the overtly lesbianic cuddling. It just was what it was and Brian had to admit, at least to himself, that he found the experience rather pleasant. The fact that Justin was a wanton little thing who was almost always ready to fuck immediately upon waking every morning, certainly helped Brian rationalize away any possible misgivings he might have about falling into such an intimate routine.

Then, after at least one morning fuck, either in the bed or the shower, or both, Brian and the Twink would migrate downstairs for breakfast followed immediately by the daily instructions from The Master. Most days the Trials were rather benign. They usually involved new toys that were introduced, having to follow the orders of the previous night’s Challenge winner or some ongoing sexual directive that would encourage the contestants to be pretty much constantly aroused, until it was time for the main Challenge event every evening. But, in between the times they were being ordered around at The Master’s will, the boys would have freedom to pursue other things - although the options in the Residence were pretty much limited to watching porn, reading porn or fucking each other.

The non-sex related activities available for the House Boys were few. There was a gym set up out on the patio for the guys to use, which they pretty much all took advantage of daily since none of them wanted to spend the summer getting all fat and flabby while being on constant display. They could swim or hang out in the hot tub. They each had their hour of downtime every day when they could escape to the Break Room and use the computers in a room that was not subject to the scrutiny of the cameras. Or they could sleep, but there was only so much time they could get away with that option.

Starting on Monday night after the Masturbation Karaoke Challenge, though, they’d been given a new, ongoing, assignment that several of the contestants took to with gusto - The Blog Bitch Challenge. This Challenge, set up by Ted in an effort to make his Summer of Sin website more interactive and, in turn, keep his subscribers online even longer, had each of the boys writing a blog about their experiences in the game. They’d been told that this competition would be judged every Sunday and whoever’s blog got the most hits during the week would get some special reward. There were even two new computers set up in the Greatroom dedicated to just this pursuit and a number of the boys seemed to enjoy engaging in this one, relatively sex-free, outlet.

For Today’s Trial, The Master had declared the day ‘Tickle Me Tuesday’ and given the boys a tickling toy to play with. The thing looked like a cross between a riding crop and a feather duster. One end of the device was adorned with feathers that could be used to tickle your victim, while the other end was a leathery flail. Justin, as the prior night’s winner, was given the toy first and directed to use it at will. Once he’d made someone else laugh, he was supposed to hand the toy over to that person, who would in turn use it to torture the next guy into laughing, and so on, all day long.

Justin promptly took the toy, went after Dane as his first victim, and had the big easygoing giant laughing in mere seconds. The Tickling Baton was then passed on and Dane opted to go after Paal who ran rather than stand his ground and accept his tickling. Dane chuckled and took off after his target. Everyone else giggled at the sight even though they weren’t getting tickled themselves. Brian wasn’t sure where the porn side of things fit into a day of tickling, but wasn’t going to argue, thinking that they were all getting off pretty light. Maybe there was a large contingent of Ted’s viewers who got off on tickling or something. He didn’t really want to know if that was the case, though.

On top of getting to be the first Tickler of the day, Justin also was awarded the right to choose one personal item that he didn’t have which would be provided to him by The Master. Brian longingly thought of his brand new bottle of Jim Beam sitting on the drinks cart in his loft - that’s what HE would have asked for if he got to chose a personal item. The impractical little Twat, however, asked for a sketchpad. A sketchpad? Really? Of all the things in the world you could ask for, you want something to draw on? Brian just didn’t get it. Justin though seemed ecstatic when one of the servants showed up a couple hours later and gave him the big 10x12” sketchpad. He immediately ran off to get one of the guys to pose for him.

Brian wandered off to do his Blog assignment and then, since it seemed relatively calm upstairs, he decided to take his hour in the Breakroom early. He got an enthusiastic email from his buddy Mikey, raving about how funny Brian had looked while doing all the weekend challenges. The email made Brian frown. He didn’t particularly like the idea of being laughed at by all of Liberty Avenue - which was how Mikey made it sound. Brian knew that participating in this game was a big risk for him. Public sex, public nudity, no big deal. But public ridicule . . . He was setting himself up for a lot of ridicule by people he would have normally kept aloof from. If he didn’t win this thing, Brian knew his reputation would be in the toilet for a long time to come. But, if he was able to win that prize money - it would all be worth it. Maybe. He hoped.

“Would you just Fuck Off already!” Adrien yelled and ran past Brian into the Break Room just as Brian’s hour was up and he was getting up to leave.

“Nope. I’m not giving up until I get you to laugh, Richie Rich!” Daniel said, leaning against the door frame of the Break Room and smirking evilly at his prey who was now huddled in the farthest recliner.

“Yeah, well, if you wanted to make me laugh, you should have probably been using the feathery-tickly end of that thing and not the flogger end.” Adrien complained, rubbing at the beginnings of a welt on his shoulder.

“I don’t remember The Master’s directions saying anything about which end of the toy I have to use,” Daniel replied, his gaze full of venom while he just stood there and stared at Adrien.

Brian, who was momentarily trapped in the Break Room with Daniel’s bulk blocking the doorway, debated with himself whether or not he should get involved. He really just wanted to get out of there. These two needed to have it out and now was as good a time as any, right?  It really wasn’t any of Brian’s business. But, then again, Brian fucking hated bullies, and that was precisely what Daniel was. A bully. A bully who was fixated on Adrien because he was jealous of the kid’s money or family or background or whatever. It didn’t make what Daniel was doing right.

“Looks to me like Adrien’s gonna be unavailable for the next hour while he’s on a break,” Brian addressed himself to Daniel, trying to keep his smile and attitude charming so as not to antagonize the big bruiser further. “Why don’t you go find someone else to tickle in the meantime?”

“Nah,” Daniel ran his fingers up and down the shaft of the flogger as he kept leering at Adrien. “I can wait till Richie Rich is ready to play again.”

“Yeah, and you can also stop being such an ass, but we won’t hold our breath waiting for that to happen either, now will we?” Brian was clearly too pissed off to let Daniel’s behavior slide again. But he wasn’t going to play Daniel’s game either. He was smarter than that. He would just find another way to circumvent the bully’s intentions.

Wrapping his larger hand around Daniel’s on the shaft of the tickle baton, Brian twisted the surprised man’s wrist just enough so that the feathered end of the toy barely touched Brian’s side. Then Brian let loose a loud, forced and very fake laugh that nevertheless rang out and echoed all the way down the short hallway and up the stairs. Using Daniel’s subsequent confusion to his advantage, Brian wrenched the toy all the way out of the bully’s grip and started walking away carrying it.

“Guess you made ME laugh, Daniel. Ha ha! Now it’s my turn with the toy. Later, Adrien.” And before either of the watching men knew what had happened, Brian was already halfway up the stairs.

If Brian had seen the fury that filled Daniel’s eyes and followed him up the stairs, he might have had second thoughts about rescuing Adrien.

Brian was still cursing himself out for getting involved in the dispute between Daniel and Adrien when he reached the Greatroom. It seemed like little cliques were already forming among the contestants. One such grouping, Justin and Malik, were lounging in their usual place on the couch, Justin still sketching away and Malik’s nose once again buried in one of those horribly cheesy soft porn novels that the two youngsters seemed to be so enamored with. Brian did NOT want to hear any more about the wondrous works of Mr. Seymour Buhtz, so he veered off instead towards the far end of the room where there was another little seating area. Of course, he didn’t really have anything to do at the moment and wasn’t interested in going after someone with the tickle torture toy, so he didn’t have much choice except to listen in on the conversation coming from the couch area.

“Hey, look at this,” Malik piped up, shoving his trashy paperback into the little blond’s face. “Doesn’t this sound just like the Saturday Sexcapades shit they had us doing? Do you think the guys that are running this deal got the idea from this book?”

“I wouldn’t be surprised,” Justin laughed as he peeked at the passage his friend had indicated. “Seeing as we have a complete collection of the entire Bhutz Oeuvre here, you’ve got to figure the guys who set this up are fans. Maybe if we read ahead we’ll find out what’s in store for us?”

“Hmmm,” Malik flipped forward at that suggestion, checking out the later chapters of the book quietly for a couple of minutes. “Well, well, well . . . If that’s the case, Sir Tops-a-lot, then you’d better get ready to start bottoming WAY more than you have been. Read this part!” Malik giggled like a girl as Justin grabbed away the book and started to devour the relevant chapter.

“What’s this I hear about our Pretty Boy bottoming for all of us? And where do I stand to make sure I’m at the front of the line,” Dane came in at the end of the conversation, obviously interested in what he heard, and flopped down next to Justin on the couch with a friendly arm around the smaller man’s shoulders.

“Sorry, Big Guy, but I think you’re just another victim of Malik’s wishful thinking,” Justin teased the friendly giant and at the same time poked Malik in the side with his long slender toes eliciting more giggles.

“What’s wrong, Pretty Boy? Are you chicken?” asked Dane.

“I bottom,” Justin asserted, looking embarrassed even as he said it. “You’ve all seen me bottom - Saturday during the thing with Brian and Dane.”

“Yeah, but Brian’s the ONLY one you’ve bent over for,” Dane stated bluntly, obviously more than interested in this conversation. “Whereas me, you’ve turned down every time. What’s he got that I don’t have, Pretty Boy?”

“It’s more like what YOU have that he doesn’t, Dane,” Justin was now blushing so heavily that his face looked like a raspberry. “To be honest, I’ve never had anything even CLOSE to the size of YOU in me and the very thought of your big Spooge Spear coming anywhere near my ass freaks me out a little.”

“Awww. Look! Isn’t he adorable when he’s all shy and embarrassed,” Malik teased his younger buddy, trying to defuse some of the tension. “But, seriously, Justin, you’re being silly. Yeah, Dane’s pretty big and all, but it’s not like you wouldn’t enjoy it . . . in the END! *Hah*.” All three of the guys on the couch snorted with laughter at the horrible pun. “Besides, even if you’re averse to big blond boners, there’s no reason you shouldn’t treat yourself to a little dark chocolate treat once in a while and you’ve turned me down more than once too. A guy could get his feelings hurt if you keep up like that you know.”

“Shit, guys . . .” Justin hesitated but then decided to be honest with these people who he was beginning to consider his friends. “It’s not that I have anything against any of you guys. It’s just that, well, I thought I needed to sorta take a stand early on, you know?” When all Justin got were blank looks, he continued. “See, all of you, when you first saw me, thought I was just this little inexperienced twink who wasn’t much of a threat, right? And, well, you weren’t completely wrong. I am the youngest here and physically the smallest and probably even the most inexperienced. But, that’s exactly why I needed to make everyone take notice of me and see that I’m a lot more than that. So, I demanded to top everyone and, guess what, it worked. Now everyone looks at me like I’m actually a contender in this thing. Nobody’s just dismissing me out of hand.”

Justin’s friends both looked at him contemplatively for a moment. “So, you’re NOT just a dumb blond,” Malik broke the tension again, a new respect for this little blond boy underlying his words.

“Fuck you!” Justin laughed and poked at Malik’s ribs again with his toes.

“But seriously, Justin. Now, that you’ve made your point, aren’t you just the tiniest bit curious about everything you’re missing out on around here?” Malik continued, his voice dropping an octave into a very sexy range. “I’m not denying that topping has it’s own very specific pleasures, but, then again, there’s something to be said for a nice big prick pounding into your prostate while the guy fucking you strokes you off. It’s the best of both worlds, you know. And, have you looked around you at all the lovely cocks you have to choose from right here in front of you, available 24/7? Don’t you want to sample all the available wares? If you only top, just think what you’re denying yourself . . .”

“Hmmmm. You do make some very good points,” Justin replied with his own little twinkie version of a predatory smirk. “Annnnnnnddddd, I wouldn’t mind trying THIS out,” Justin shoved the paperback Bhutz book he and Malik had been perusing back at his dark-skinned friend.

“Oh, you are SOOOO not ready for this, Little Boy,” Malik teased him, tossing the book aside and at the same time grabbing a condom from the big bowl on the nearby coffee table. “You need to start off a little smaller and work your way up to Page 247. Baby Steps, Little Boy, Baby Steps,” Malik advised, laying back against the couch cushions as he pulled the neon purple condom on over his nice thick, rosy-brown cock.

“See, there you go, underestimating me again,” Justin shook his head with a little chuckle even as he pumped out a big handful of lube from the dispenser on the table. “I might not be ready for the Jolly Blond Giant here, but I’m pretty sure I can take you on.” The adventurous twink winked with an adorably mischievous grin and proceeded in a matter-of-fact-way to lube up Malik’s cock. “In fact, I just might surprise you,” the bold boy bragged, moving around without delay so he was now straddling his oh-so-ready friend with his ass in Malik’s face as he very deliberately reached around and started working a large dollop of lube into his own ass with two fingers.

Over on the far side of the room from where he’d been quietly observing all this, Brian caught himself holding his breath as he waited, right along with Malik and Dane, to see exactly how far the brazen brat would go. He didn’t have to hold on too long though. The avid amateur didn’t mess around with stretching himself for long. Less than sixty seconds later, the lusty little lecher lifted himself high over Malik’s waiting cock, lined himself up and then lowered himself slowly down the luscious, long shaft. Brian’s involuntary moan mingled with those of the other two men watching this spectacle. Brian stood and had taken three steps closer to the couch in order to see better before he’d even realized he’d started to move.

The view he got was probably the most erotic thing Brian had ever experienced.

Justin was kneeling and leaning slightly forward against the darker boy’s bent legs. His skin glowed like white velvet and looked even paler than usual in comparison with Malik’s dark chocolate brown. Brian found himself longing to reach out and run his hands along Justin’s long creamy flanks just to feel all over again how soft that skin really was. But even more enticing was the sight of the translucent white skin of the kid’s ass cheeks spread wide around the full wine-stained brown cock that was now stretching the perfectly pink folds of the younger man’s tight little hole. Fuck! The image was making Brian salivate. The colors and textures of their skin, the way the beautiful long cock was slowly sinking into the the pretty pale pucker, the darkness of Malik’s hands gripping at the white’s of Justin’s hips, the juicy noises of their joining.

It was fucking exquisite.

The only thing he’d change is that Brian wanted it to be his cock sinking into that sweetness. His hands roaming randomly all over that beautiful skin. His balls slapping against Justin’s as the kid slammed himself down with wanton lust, riding his way to paradise. Brian wanted it so bad his balls were aching. He wanted it so bad his cock was jerking and twitching with every movement the tireless twink made. HIs muscles straining right along with those creamy thighs straining to lift the luscious young man and lower him over and over again. Brian wanted it so bad he could taste the sweat of Justin’s skin.

He wanted it so bad he could barely hold himself back from rushing over and forcibly pulling the little blond boy off that stranger’s cock and impaling him on Brian’s own.

When the rhythm of the ride became more frantic, Brian felt it in his own blood stream. And when the boy abandoned himself to the pleasure, his blond head falling back as he sunk one last time and then sat and simply shuddered through his release, Brian came as well. He was so surprised by the orgasm that washed over him without warning that he stumbled and would have sunk to his knees if he hadn’t managed to stagger close enough to the back of the couch so that he could brace himself.

He stood there blinking and trying to make his brain work sufficiently to figure out what the fuck had just happened to him. What the HELL had just happened? What the fucking HELL?

Brian hadn’t even touched himself.

“Yee Haw! That was quite the ride, Cowboy!” Brian was pulled out of his dazed reverie by the over-loud whooping of the big blond giant standing next to him who had also apparently been watching the preceding proceedings. “Fuck, Pretty Boy! I’ll never underestimate you again! That was so fucking hot! Are you sure you’re not ready for this!” Dane grabbed himself and waved his gigantic Wally Whacker around for emphasis, moving himself around the couch and advancing straight at the tempting twink with eyes full of lust.

Brian’s right hand, the one still holding the completely forgotten tickling toy, shot out without Brian’s conscious thought and the leather flail end smacked against Big Dane’s bare chest.

“What the fuck?” Dane cried out and turned to confront Brian while rubbing at the spot that was already turning red. “Why the fuck did you hit me, asshole?”

“It’s your turn to go annoy Daniel and keep him away from Adrien for a while. I’ve already done my civic duty for the day,” Brian scrambled to come up with a legitimate reason for why his hand had taken matters into its own hand and that was the best he could come up with. “He’s fucking stalking Adrien who’s hiding out in the Break Room. Go . . . tickle the crap out of him or beat him with the thing or something. I give the fuck up.”

Dane scowled at Brian but took the tickling baton anyway and, with one last wistful look back over his shoulder at the delicious baby blond who was now sprawled bonelessly on top of his darker friend on the couch, he stomped off towards the basement stairs.

Brian stood there staring and panting for several moments. He had no fucking idea what he was doing. Why was he acting like such a fucking moron? Had he really imagined himself tearing Dane’s dick out by the roots with his bare hands just sixty seconds earlier? What the hell was that all about? This was NOT like him. He did NOT lose control like this for absolutely no reason? Did he?

Brian was starting to get really worried that this Summer of Sin thing might just prove too much for him.

Chapter 19 - Blind Man’s Cock. (Wednesday, June 8th)

“Stop grumbling. You sound like a discontented tiger with a toothache,” Justin crawled into bed next to his big grumbly bedmate and couldn’t resist the urge to poke him in the ribs just one more time.

*AAAGGHHHHUURRRFFF!* Brian, whose ribs were still super-sensitized from the Tickle Torture Challenge earlier in the evening, squirmed away with an undignified squeal. “Fucking STOP THAT! If anyone ever tickles me again I’m going to fucking break their hand!” Brian batted Justin’s hand away from him, flopped over on his side facing away from the annoying twink and decided to carry on with his silent (mostly) fuming.

“You can’t expect to win every Challenge, Brian. Pouting because you lost one is just silly.”

“I’m NOT pouting. I don’t fucking pout,” Brian sounded more pouty than ever. “I just don’t fucking understand what tying someone’s hands above their heads and tickling them has to do with sex! This competition is supposed to be about fucking, right? I’ve got no problem with fucking. Damn fucking stupid tickling . . .” Brian’s diatribe faded out into a string of incoherent mumbling.

Justin decided it was probably better to distract the big grouch than let him dwell on the fact that he’d lasted less than 60 seconds before giggling like a little girl and practically screaming out the safe word to make the tickling stop.

“Besides, you can’t help it that you’re really ticklish,” the amused blond continued to try and console the big bad-tempered beast he was going to have to share a bed with for the night. “It’s an autonomic body function. You can’t control it. Some people simply have more nerve endings in their skin so they’re more sensitive,” Justin went on with his scholarly explanation of the biology of being ticklish.

Brian resolutely ignored the irritating little PSA that was lecturing him.

“Actually, it’s a good thing. It’s probably why you’re so good at what you do . . .” Justin reached out a comforting hand and lightly, but without tickling, let it brush against the skin of Brian’s shoulder before slowly trailing his fingertips down the slope of Brian’s arm, his long flank, his hip. “If you didn’t have such an acute sense of touch, you wouldn’t be so responsive to your lovers. You wouldn’t be able to read them the way you do. You wouldn’t be able to make us all rouse to the mere feel of your hand on our skin, your sensitive fingers trailing over our bodies, your perfect sense of timing, your innate awareness of what will stimulate someone to the point of no return.”

Justin had been busy emphasizing every point he made by letting his wandering hands do their own very intimate touching. The determined little blond had molded his body to Brian’s back, his lips so close to the nape of Brian’s neck that every word vibrated against his skin and caused little puffs of air that disturbed the fine hairs growing there. This was the kind of tickling Brian liked. He also liked the way the long artistic fingers flitted over his chest and abdomen with a barely-there contact. If he HAD to be tickled, this was the way Brian preferred his torture.

“Mmmmm. That’s much better,” Justin whispered into Brian’s ear, still with a bit of a teasing tone, but this type of teasing Brian could tolerate. “No more grumbling tiger. Now you sound more like a purring house cat.” The Twink ended by stroking even lower down and was gratified to find that his happily purring cat was now all ready to show him exactly how sensitive his touch was.

“Did anyone ever tell you that you talk too much, Twink,” Brian gave up on trying to maintain his bad mood, rolled over and instead gave in to the exquisite touching,

“Me? Never!” Justin pretended to be insulted by the accusation but his wide grin gave him away.

“Fucking shut up already and kiss me, Brat!” Brian, the now contented cat, pounced on the too-tempting twinkie prey and applied himself to his work.

The only tickling that went on the rest of the night was the kind that Brian understood and used to his own particular advantage.

“You have all been with me for a full week now, my children,” The Master announced the next morning as the assembled House Boys were standing in front of his portrait and waiting for their daily instructions. “By now you should all be intimately acquainted. But, how well do you really know each other? Well, today’s Trial will test just that.”

The lone masked servant in attendance that morning stepped forward, ending up in front of the spot where Kerek waited and held out a silver tray upon which rested a wad of thick black cloth.

“My dearest Kerek,” The Master’s voice carried on. “As winner of last night’s Tickle Me Tuesday Challenge, you will serve as today’s Blindfold Boss.” Kerek took up the cloth from the tray letting it unravel, showing that it was a long thick scarf made of dense black velvet lined with silk.

“It will be up to you, my son, to determine who among my House Boys, knows his brothers the best. Using senses other than sight, which of these fine young men can name the greatest number of his companions the fastest? You may use whatever criteria you wish in order to make your determination, Kerek. Good luck, my children.”

Kerek set up his base of operations for the day in the kitchen. He’d commandeered one of the tall kitchen stools and set it up at the end of the breakfast bar. He’d chosen Paal to be his first guinea pig of the day - mostly because Paal just happened to be standing next to him earlier at The Master’s morning gathering. Paal was therefore enthroned on the stool with the black scarf wrapped around the upper part of his head several times, clearly obscuring his sight completely. The rest of the boys were waiting patiently in the kitchen to see if the subject would be able to identify them.

“Right. Well, so sight is out. And I think sound would be too easy - we’re all pretty easily identified by the sound of our voices - so I'm gonna say the second rule will be no talking," Kerek was obviously enjoying his moment of supreme authority. "On the other hand, I think taste would be too fucking hard - I mean, I've sucked off more of you than anybody else here except maybe Mal and I don't think even I could ID you all by taste."

"Shit! Why the fuck did you have to bring that up," Daniel interrupted, his face screwed up in disgust. "Now that you've broached the idea, The Master will probably have us taste testing each other's cum before you know it. Brilliant thinking, Butt Broker!"

“Fuck you, Daniel,” Kerek snarled at the undaunted Asian man, his usual easy-going and placid manner completely gone for once. “If you don’t shut the fuck up, that’s exactly what you WILL be doing today.” Kerek turned around, his mouth screwed up now in an unpleasant grimace that looked out of place on his normally handsome face. But, after a couple of deep breaths, he turned back around and the imperturbable Kerek they all knew was suddenly back.

“As I was saying . . .” Kerek continued. “I’m not going to make you try this by taste only - except, of course, for Danny Boy here.” He didn’t take any notice of the growl from the Asian contingent at this. “And smell would be just about as difficult, so we’re left with touch. The only twist is, I’m going to pick what you get to touch.” Kerek smiled at them and preemptorily gloated for just a moment, “and I pick . . . cocks!”

This elicited a round of amused chuckles from the group. Looking around themselves, each one took a second look at the cocks of the others. There was quite a range of different cock sizes and shapes amongst them. It didn’t seem that it would be THAT difficult.

“Okay, everybody ready? Oh, and just so your height can’t be used as a tip off, I’ve got a couple of step stools here that I’m going to be using to vary how high up you will be compared to the subject. So, you ready in there Paal?” Kerek asked, rather enthusiastic about the game he’d devised.

When Paal nodded, Kerek quickly waved to Adrien. Using gestures only to indicate his wishes, he made the surfer boy climb up on a ten inch tall step stool that had been placed in front of Paal’s seat. Once the touchee was in place, standing there silently, Kerek helped guide Paal’s hand up to the general vicinity of what he’d be groping for and told him to ‘Go!’.

Paal did pretty well at identifying all the cocks present. He only messed up by confusing Adrien and Kerek, which was understandable since they did have fairly similar dicks - both about nine inches, cut and slender. It was a respectable performance though.

Kerek got a little better at the game with the next couple of contestants. He mixed things up by varying whether or not the touchees were soft or erect. He even stumped Daniel by making sure Dane was soft - he whispered gross descriptions of drippy lesbian pussies in the big guy’s ear the whole time Daniel was groping him - and Malik was nice and hard. Since the two guys were both uncut, and pretty thick to start with, it was a pretty tough call as long as Dane wasn’t hard. Of course, it could have also been that Daniel wasn’t all that observant as a rule and the only cock he usually paid any attention to was his own. He also mixed up Justin and Adrien. Really, not the best showing.

Justin was up next and then Malik. They each missed two. It was looking like nobody in the house had really gotten to know their brothers as well as The Master would have hoped.

Then, it was Adrien’s turn. Even with Kerek pulling out all the stops and doing his best by varying the touchee’s heights using various stools and boxes, varying the levels of their erections and doing whatever else he could think of to make it as confusing as possible, the California Boy managed to get them all correct. He got a big round of applause when he finished by properly identifying Daniel’s cock - although he’d hesitated for just a minute, probably thinking about whether or not it was worth messing up his perfect score just to make some dig at the guy who seemed to exist solely for the chance to harass him. When asked ‘What’s your secret’, Adrien got a sly look on his normally open countenance and advised, “when in doubt, go for the pubes, man!”

Somehow, despite this sage advice, Dane missed three on his turn.

Brian had been hovering near the back of the kitchen, hoping to go last. He figured he’d be able to not only learn all of Kerek’s tricks but also to memorize everyone’s cocks. When he realized he’d succeeded and would indeed be last, he felt like cheering. Brian might not be able to sing a note and he fucking hated to be tickled, but if there was anything he knew, it was COCK! He was a damn cock expert. And he knew that this particular contest was in the bag. He strolled over to the stool when it was time for him to assume the blindfold with an air of extreme confidence.

Brian’s first touchee was an easy one - Daniel might have been the biggest bully in the bunch, but he unfortunately also had the smallest cock at only a smidgen over eight inches. And, even if Brian hadn’t been able to identify that particular appendage by size alone, Daniel’s dick had an odd shape to it - the shaft was thick but sort of flattened and the head was kinda small in comparison - plus he had this rather large mole on the underside of the head that Brian had glimpsed earlier and which was a dead give away when you were feeling him.

In spite of Kerek’s tricks, Brian was pretty confident when he identified both Dane and Malik. He put Adrien’s advice to work for him and was sure that Dane’s bushy bush and Malik’s tightly curled and trimmed pubes were unmistakable. Paal, having the only other uncut dick in the group, was then a piece of cake.

The last three - Justin, Adrien and Kerek himself - were a little tougher. They were all pretty much the same in length and it was hard to judge thickness when they were all only semi-hard. Justin’s almost nine inches though had become more than familiar to Brian. It didn’t take him long to confirm that the nice thick cock with the bigger than usual head, which was filling nicely the more he stroked it with his thumb, was the very same one he’d had in his hand just an hour or so earlier in the shower. Of course, once Brian had separated out Justin, the remaining two were easier. Adrien’s pubes were as bushy and untrimmed as his beard. Kerek, on the other hand, was almost fanatic with his grooming. It was simple, really. Brian just knew cock.

Brian pulled off the thick velvet blindfold to a round of applause. He knew he’d put on a good show and deserved the praise, but he had always been uncomfortable with that. He assumed his usual air of disdainful nonchalance as if to say this really wasn’t such a big deal if you happened to be Brian Kinney. If you looked hard enough though you could see the twinkle of a grin in the corners of his bright hazel eyes.

Since the game ended with a tie, Kerek immediately determined there should be a second round with the two who’d gotten perfect scores. It would be a sudden death tie breaker. The first man to miss an ID would be out. This time though, Kerek decided that the only touch the men would get would be a kiss from the men they were trying to identify. And, while the prospect sounded fairly simple, it wasn’t going to be as easy for these two as identifying cocks had proved.

Yes, there’d been a lot of fucking going on over the past week - it was not only expected for the game but also, considering the men involved, par for the course. The guys chosen for the Summer of Sin were all highly sexual beings. Even before the game, most of them had been very active sexually. Some were even known to be quite promiscuous. But fucking around a LOT, especially in the world of gay club life where most of these men flourished, didn’t necessarily equate to intimacy. Kissing might be seen as foreplay, and the occasional kiss always helped get things started, but who really needed foreplay when you had a nice stiff cock in your hand and a willing ass right in front of you. Kissing, and even foreplay in general, was often overlooked. So, while there had been plenty of fucking going on in the Residence for the past week, there hadn’t been all that much kissing. Accordingly, lips would be much tougher for these two to identify than the cocks had been.

A second kitchen stool was moved into place and it was decided that a dish towel would work as a second blindfold. Brian and Adrien were then seated side by side and their eyes covered. Then, it was time for the Sudden Death Kiss Off to begin.

Adrien went first. Brian couldn’t see what was happening from behind the thick black scarf, but he could hear Kerek’s murmured directions to someone and then footsteps moving to a spot in front of Adrien’s stool. The kiss itself was quiet. All Brian heard was the tiny wet *smack* at the end when the two men’s lips separated. In the almost complete silence prevailing over the kitchen, that little noise seemed huge. Then, there was nothing for about 30 seconds, followed by Adrien’s voice guessing, “Malik”.

“Very good,” Kerek’s confirmation that the guess was correct was given in a neutral tone of voice. “Now your turn, Brian.”

Brian heard the soft padding of bare feet approaching him and then felt the heat of another body inches from him. He didn’t really know what to do, so he just waited. It only took a moment though before he felt the moist warmth of breath followed immediately by a pair of soft lips ghosting over his own. The touch was so soft, barely there at first. The mouth touching his was slightly open with just the very top of a tongue swiping horizontally across Brian's lower lip for the space of no more than three seconds. Then the lips against his pressed more firmly, pulling together at the same time and eliminating that slight gap, before withdrawing slowly, languorously, caressing Brian’s skin as they left. The same wet *smack* sound he’d heard before, signaled to Brian that his turn was over and it was time to make an ID.

Brian took a short interval to think about things before venturing any guess. The man’s presence, as well as the kiss, had felt familiar to him. Brian might not be any different than the rest of the gay men he knew who thought of kissing only as a prelude to the much more important stuff that it preceded, but still he enjoying kissing - he enjoyed virtually everything about a man’s body - and he had a very good sense memory for any prior intimacies. This kiss was definitely one he’d experienced before.

Brian thought of the other clues he’d gathered during that brief moment of contact. He wasn’t as disdainful as Daniel of the senses of taste or smell. He might not want to do a cum taste test, but he always swallowed, thinking men who didn’t were wusses, and knew you could tell a lot about the guy you were fucking from the man’s taste. Brian also wasn’t one to take offence at most of the smells of sex. He got off on the sharp, sometimes acrid reek of a man’s sweat, and the muggy, hot climate in any backroom, combined with the odors of sex, arousal and cum, were his idea of the most stimulating aphrodisiac. Maybe what Justin had said last night was true. Maybe his acute senses of not only touch but also taste and smell - and his enjoyment of all three - were what made him so good at what he did.

He’d subconsciously gathered information about all three during the brief kiss. The touch was familiar, even if he couldn’t point out exactly why, so it must have been someone he’d kissed already in the past week. That helped narrow down the field a bit, but not much. He thought of the taste of those lips, the tongue that had darted out, and licked his own bottom lip to refresh the sensation. The taste had been rich and dark, maybe with a hint of coffee and . . . mocha? His memory of the smell of the man’s breath confirmed it. And also, the smell of the man’s skin as he stood close . . . it was somehow spicy, clean but exotic in some regard . . .

It came to Brian in a flash. “Kerek!” Brian announced, sure that he was correct the moment the name had popped into his brain.

“Very good!” Brian detected a note of praise in Kerek’s confirmation that his guess was correct.

Brian waited patiently while Adrien took his next turn. Brian thought it took his competitor a bit longer to make his guess this time. When Adrien announced, “Dane”, Brian detected some doubt in the man’s voice. But Kerek confirmed he’d been correct nonetheless, so the game continued.

Brian’s next kissee stepped up without any hesitation, bent over and basically slammed his lips against Brian’s face in a short, emotionless touch. Brian knew this was not a kiss he’d ever experienced before and most likely wouldn’t care to again. There was only one man in the Residence who those hard, careless, almost insensitive lips could belong to. It wasn’t a hard task at all to determine that this had been Daniel. He didn’t even really need to hear Kerek’s confirmation to know he’d been right.

On Adrien’s next turn, he guessed Kerek almost immediately and apparently got it correct. Brian wondered for a second just how much kissing Adrien had been doing or if he was just extraordinarily observant. The boy always seemed so oblivious to what was going on around him, but maybe that was just an act he put on.

As soon as Brian’s next subject stepped forward, Brian wanted to laugh because he knew who it was before their lips had even touched. The mere presence of the person, even without a sound being made, somehow triggered instant recognition. The fleeting thought that they must have some incredibly deep connection that made this possible almost diverted Brian’s attention away from the moment when the hidden lips finally touched him. But not for long. He couldn’t help the rush of pleasure he felt as those full, soft, puckered up lips pressed against his skin. There was a tingle of electricity that accompanied that first tentative touch and then they were pressed harder against him, the jaws opening just enough to allow a little nibble of Brian’s lower lip a tender lick of a sweet tasting tongue and then a long slow pull away. The juicy *smack* this time was much louder and erotic enough to cause Brian’s cock to twitch where it was resting, now fully hard, in his lap.

“I’d know the taste of those pretty pink lips anywhere, Sunshine,” Brian teased. “Justin, right?”

Brian didn’t have to see to know that everyone around him was smiling and the small noises of approval probably included an elbow or two to Justin’s ribs, kidding the boy for being so easy to identify.

And so, the play went back to Adrien. This time, Brian’s competitor hesitated a good long time. He could hear the shuffling of several pairs of bare feet on the kitchen tiles as everyone waited to hear the guess. Finally, after a wait of at least a couple minutes, Kerek spoke up and demanded that Adrien make his guess.

“Fuck . . . I don’t know. Fucking Daniel, maybe?” Adrien took a wild stab, clearly at a complete loss on this one.

“Unnnn. Sorry, buddy. That was actually Paal,” Kerek’s voice confirmed what Adrien had already expected - that he’d flubbed it. “And that means, gentlemen, that we have our winner! First you win the kissing challenge, Brian, and now this one. Are you going to let us in on your secret?”

“It’s no real secret,” Brian replied, tongue in cheek, hoping that his friends would be watching and would enjoy the joke. “I’m just an extraordinarily sensitive guy, Kerek.”

The guffaws of laughter that his comment raised were almost deafening. Brian wasn’t sure if he should laugh along or be offended. The thought of him being kind and sensitive wasn’t THAT funny, was it? Then he caught a glimpse of Justin, who was standing apart from the others and was smiling at him with genuine approval and maybe even affection.

Brian felt a return smile spreading unbidden across his face and decided to simply ignore all the laughter.

Chapter 20 - Feel Me. (Wednesday, June 8th continued)

Kerek’s blindfold games were over with before lunch which meant that the boys had a lot more free time than usual that afternoon. Brian decided he’d use his time to get in a good long workout. Spending all day lounging around the Residence surrounded by several well-muscled younger men was wreaking havoc on his personal body image. He felt a lot better about himself after winning the morning’s Trial, but he would be even happier after a nice long swim and a couple hours on the weight set.

After forty-five minutes of swimming laps, Brian showered off the chlorine and then headed to the exercise area set up under an awning on the patio. Both Daniel and Dane were already there lifting free weights and chatting about their different regimes. Brian decided to start with some quad curls and glute sets on the leg machine.

It was a rather peaceful afternoon at the Residence for once. The inmates had all settled in by now and seemed mostly comfortable around each other. The initial rush of lust they’d all experienced when they first arrived and had found themselves immersed in a sea of hot bodies and unlimited sex had receded enough that nobody seemed to feel the need to be fucking 24/7. Instead they were all just doing their own individual things. Several of the other boys wandered out to the patio either to swim or workout but nobody interfered with Brian’s extra-long workout.

Brian eventually moved over to the weight bench to start on his upper body. He quickly ran through several sets of biceps and triceps curls, some lats and delts sets and then lay down on the bench for the requisite bench presses. He decided to start off with a relatively light weight on the bar so he could get in some long sets with a high number of reps. When that was accomplished, he upped the weights and proceeded to push through a more serious strength training set.

“Need me to spot you?” Daniel, who appeared to have just finished his own workout offered.

Brian looked up to where Daniel had positioned himself right over the head of the bench, his junk hanging obscenely right over Brian’s face. “Uh, yeah, sure,” Brian decided to accept the offer of assistance, albeit a little reluctantly.

After a few sets with the weights being steadily increased each time, Brian was sitting up and wiping away the sweat that was dripping from his brow while Daniel was supposed to be adding an additional two pounds to each side of the bar for him. He heard the clunk of the weights being loaded and the snap of the holding pins locking them into place. Lying back down, Brian gripped the bar, nodded to his spotter and pushed up. Daniel assisted him, offsetting the weight of the bar until Brian gave the signal that he was ready. Brian took a few deep breaths to oxygenate his blood and then braced himself before telling his spotter ‘OK’.

When Daniel let go his hold on the bar, however, Brian pretty quickly discovered that it was far heavier than he’d expected. With a brief sideways glance, he could see that the prick had added ten pounds to each side instead of the two pound weights he’d been expecting. Daniel stood back and laughed nastily at the shock on the struggling lifter’s face. Brian couldn’t do anything. He locked his elbows but still could barely keep the bar upright with the unexpected additional twenty pounds. If he tried to move the bar at all it was going to come crashing down on his chest. He was shaking already, his muscles straining but sure to give out any minute. He didn’t even have the extra breath needed to call out for help. And all the while Daniel just hovered there smirking at him, an angry contemptuous sneer marring the man’s otherwise handsome face.

“Whoa there, Tiger!” Dane, fresh from his after workout shower exclaimed as he came sauntering back across the patio and saw Brian struggling. The big brawny blond hustled over and immediately grabbed the weight bar, guiding Brian as he settled the thing on the upright supports. “What the hell do you think you’re doing, Brian? You might be able to show us all up when it comes to your kissing skills, but you don’t have to kill yourself on the weight bench too!” Dane cheerfully kidded the man, thinking he’d just overdone things by accident.

Brian hopped up off the bench and moved to confront a still laughing Daniel. “What the fuck do you think you’re doing, asswipe?” If his muscles weren’t shaking so badly that he could barely lift his arms, Brian would have immediately punched the still sneering jerk right in the face. “You could have fucking killed me!”

“Hey, man, it was just a joke. Get a sense of humor already,” Daniel held his hands up with the palms out as if to indicate it was all harmless fun.

“Fuck you, Daniel. That was NOT just a fucking joke,” Brian huffed, taking two more furious steps towards the retreating Asian man.

“Yeah, well, you just remember to stay out of MY business, Sweet Cheeks, and I’ll leave you alone too. Got it?” Daniel threatened.

Even though Brian wasn’t sure he could lift his arms, he wasn’t going to back down in the face of this uncultured bully. He stepped forward, his chest shoving against the shorter man’s chin. Daniel of course raised his arms and shoved Brian back a couple steps. And the whole thing might have come to blows if Dane hadn’t stepped in between them, blocking the antagonists with his bulk before grabbing Brian by the shoulders and resolutely guiding him away.

“Damned fucker! He was supposed to add four pounds and instead he puts on fucking twenty! Then he drops the bar. I could have been fucking killed. Fucking joke, huh? Asshole . . .” Brian was still so incensed he couldn’t see straight. Luckily he wasn’t fighting Dane, who managed to lead the spitting and snarling man into the house and seat him at the kitchen breakfast bar.

It took Dane and Malik, who happened to be in the kitchen getting a bottle of water at the time, a quarter of an hour to get Brian fully calmed down. Paal, who was the only one that still managed to be on decent terms with Daniel, had been dispatched to make sure he stayed out of Brian’s sight for the rest of the afternoon. Between times when he was cursing Daniel, Brian cursed himself out for breaking his resolve in the first place and getting involved in the conflict between the big bully and Adrien. But, it was too late now. Brian didn’t believe in regrets or in backing down for the likes of Daniel. If the creep wanted to try and take him on, Brian would show him what regret really meant.

Brian had finally settled down enough that he was able to concentrate on something other than his plans to castrate Daniel. He’d busied himself at the computers in the Greatroom, working on his Blog entry for the day. Everyone else seemed to be giving him a wide berth in order to avoid his bad mood. Over on the other side of the room, Dane was watching television and Justin was curled up on the couch with his ubiquitous sketchbook. It was quiet for the moment.

“Hey, guys. Anything good on?” Kerek asked, coming downstairs and into the room.

“Well, let’s see,” Justin smiled up at the new arrival as he picked up the TV remote. “We have porn. And . . . more porn. And . . . Yes, even more porn!” Justin giggled as he tossed away the useless remote. “You know, if anyone had ever told me that I could get bored of watching porn, I would have laughed at them. But, when that’s your only choice 24/7 it’s pretty amazing how fast you become inured to it.“

“You’re just not watching the RIGHT porn, then,” Kerek laughed, climbing over the back of the couch and taking up the challenge to find something interesting enough to watch. “Let’s see . . . something inspirational . . . Ah, yes! Here you go. How’s that strike you?”

Justin looked up from his drawing and found that, yes, indeed, Kerek had found something that caught his attention. “Wow . . . Well, okay, that IS pretty hot . . .” After a couple of minutes of silence, the little neophyte, always curious and willing to learn something new, piped up again. “How does he do that? You know . . . I mean, this guy is taking them BOTH and doesn’t even seem to need any time to adjust. How the fuck can he do that?”

“It’s not that hard. At least, not once you’ve trained yourself a little. It’s all a matter of practice,” Kerek made it sound so simple. He must have noticed Justin’s look of disbelief though, because he chuckled and turned his attention away from the television to focus solely on the incredulous little blond boy. He slid down off his perch on the back of the couch until he ended up insinuating himself between Justin and Dane. “You don’t have to top to take control of a situation, you know. Now this guy,” Kerek pointed to the man they’d been watching on the TV, “he’s what we in the business call a Power Bottom. And, with your attitude and that stellar ass of yours, you, my friend, have all the makings of a phenomenal Power Bottom too. With a little practice and some training, you’d be able to force respect out of even the big bad tops like your buddy Brian.” Kerek aimed a wink at the eavesdropping top in question, generating a little return smirk from the man sitting across the room.

“Hmmmmm. Power Bottom? I like the sound of that. So, how do I go about earning such an elite title?” Justin asked, his tone teasing but also betraying his interest.

“Well, my son, you just happen to be in the presence of a professional and, with the right incentive, I could probably be persuaded to impart some knowledge on you.” Kerek assumed an authoritative air.

“You’re a PROFESSIONAL Power Bottom? That’s quite the title!” Justin kidded. “And just how do you become a professional at bottoming?”

“You work as a high priced male escort for more than eight years,” Kerek replied with complete seriousness.

“You’re an escort?” Dane asked when Justin appeared too shocked by this revelation to speak. “Wow, man! I did NOT see that coming. But if that’s the case, then what are you doing here with the rest of us low-paid working stiffs?”

Kerek shrugged. “I’m twenty-five. In my business that’s fucking ancient. I can’t keep doing what I’m doing forever and I wouldn’t mind retiring sooner rather than later. If I can win this money, then I plan on heading somewhere nice and warm, buying myself a little club or a bar and maybe taking up fishing or some shit like that for a hobby.” Kerek grinned over at his listeners. “But, even if I don’t win, I figure that my appearance here certainly can’t hurt my business prospects.” Turning his attention back to the youngster who was still gaping at him, Kerek tried to move the conversation back to where they’d left off. “So, what do you say, Blondie? Time to get ‘Powered Up’?”

*Hehehehe* “Yeah. What the hell? I’m always willing to try something new,” Justin tossed aside his sketchpad and turned to face his new teacher. “So, Teach, how do I make myself into the biggest, baddest, Power Bottom around.”

“The first thing you gotta understand is that bottoming doesn’t mean you just get to lay there like a blow up doll and enjoy the view,” Kerek insisted, ignoring the snorts of laughter from both Dane and Brian. “Not only is that boring as hell, but it’s not likely to impress your top. Bottoms have a lot more power than they know, but it takes skill to put it to good use. Let’s face it, without the bottom, the top wouldn’t have what he needs to be satisfied. A bottom can take care of himself anytime he wants by simply finding another man or a sex toy, but the top needs you. The top also has a lot more to lose than the bottom if things don’t go well - part of topping is the control, knowing that he’s in charge and in order to feel like he’s doing a good job, he’ll want to make sure he’s pleasing his bottom. I mean, if the bottom doesn’t get off, the top’s failed to control things, right? So, it’s really in your best interest to make sure your top’s enjoying himself in order to push him to attempt to please you more too.”

“Makes sense,” Justin shrugged, easily accepting the philosophy of bottoming. “So, make it better for the top and he’ll make it better for the bottom. Got it. But, how exactly do you do that?”

“Like I said, you don’t just lie there. You have to let him know what you want. You have to take at least that much control. He won’t resent it though if it means a better fuck for everybody. A top who walks away knowing that he pleased his partner is going to be a lot more satisfied than one who walks away feeling like he only pleased himself,” Kerek continued the lesson. “So, tell him, with words, what you want or, more importantly, what you don’t want. If you’re not comfortable or in pain you won’t be enjoying it and then neither will he,” Kerek emphasized that point by insisting on eye contact before he went on.

“If you’re not comfortable with words, use nonverbal means. A well timed moan will tell your top a lot. Gasp, sigh, moan, slap, and grunt all you want to inspire him to keep doing whatever the hell it is he’s doing. A top, who is basically trying to impress you with his moves anyway, gains esteem by hearing these sounds of encouragement, plus it points him in the right direction. But don’t moan and groan if you don’t mean it. It just sends mixed messages.”

“I can do moaning,” Justin reassured his teacher with a smile.

“I’m sure you can, Blondie.” Kerek grinned back. “Now, let’s talk positions. That’s another area where a lot of bottoms fail. You don’t want to let your top get lazy and always do it in the same position. You need to stir things up. Plus, you can set the whole psychological tone for a fuck just by pushing your top into a different position.”

“Huh?” Dane interrupted, clearly thinking Kerek was heading off on some strange tangent. “Isn’t fucking just fucking? I mean, different positions feel different, but that’s really the only difference I can see.”

“So big and yet still so naive,” Kerek shook his head but patted Dane’s shoulder affectionately. “You couldn’t be more wrong, big guy. For example, doggie style can be super demeaning, which you can use to your advantage if your top is having trouble dominating - you help him out by forcing him into a power position. Missionary can also be used to bring out his aggression and, while it’s the most basic position, it’s still the best way to put your top in the driver’s seat where he can feel in control of the pace. Cowboy, on the other hand, gives the bottom more control, which your top might like if he enjoys that kind of thing and it also gives him some time to breathe after he’s been pounding away like a jackrabbit. Spooning is all about gentleness and comfort for both of you, which is sometimes a good thing if you both need the emotional care and it sort of equalizes both partners. Straddling him while you’re both sitting up is another way to enhance more intimacy and it’s a nice way to slow the tempo down and remind each other that you’re both human beings,” Kerek looked over at his two very different couch companions and smiled at how intensely they were both listening to his little lecture. “So, you see, it makes a huge difference which position you fuck in. A Power Bottom needs to think not only about how a position physically makes you feel, but also about how it makes you and him feel psychologically. You’ve gotta play the mind game. Whoever has the control is probably going to be a bit more comfortable at any given moment, but it doesn’t hurt to change it up, every so often either.”

“Cool. I never thought about any of that,” Dane admitted, looking over at Kerek with new respect.

Kerek smiled but didn’t break from his lesson plan, concentrating now on Justin. “Now, getting back to the topic of letting your top know what you DON’T like, let’s move on to pain control. If there’s one thing that will make any bottom better at sex - and by extension make your top happier with the way you’re responding - it’s the awareness that pain free anal sex is possible. All it takes is practice.”

“And don’t look at me like I’m talking crazy, Blondie, I KNOW what I’m talking about here.” Kerek had to laugh at the boy’s uncertainty. “All it takes is training yourself to relax, breathe and when and how to clench. Of course, knowing when NOT to push your own limits is important too. I don’t recommend, for instance, starting out on something like the Giant here. And you’re not going to enjoy double penetration, or anything like that, right out of the chute. But, if that’s something you want to eventually try, don’t psych yourself out of it either. Just get yourself a comparably sized dildo - or two - and work your way up to it.”

“Shit! Why is everybody always using ME as an example of what Justin shouldn’t be doing?” Dane complained. “You make me sound like some kind of freak of nature or something. I’m perfectly proportioned for my body type. And I’d never hurt you, Justin.”

“Chill, Big Guy. I meant no disrespect. I love your big bad Boy Rammer, Baby,” Kerek was quick to reassure his friend. “And, if you wait a bit, I’ll be happy to show you just how much. But this little one is just not ready for all you got to offer, capice?”

“Where was I?” Kerek turned his attention back to his pupil. “Right . . . Even if you’re not going for something quite so extreme, you’ll enjoy it all more if you learn a couple easy techniques. The main trick is not letting the penis enter you, but rather having your hole relax around IT. This takes a bit of skill, but you can do it with a little practice. See, the opposite of relaxation is tension. If you can willingly tense your hole, you can also willingly relax it. So, what I do is, right before my man penetrates me, I like to squeeze my hole super tight, then relax into it, allowing myself to sink deeper onto him rather than letting him break into me. It works every time. Get yourself a good dildo and practice every day and in pretty much no time, you’ll be doing it without even realizing it. And, before you know it, you’ll be doing what you saw that guy on TV doing - you won’t need hardly any time to adjust to penetration. Which means that your top won’t have to be worried about hurting you and won’t have to slow down at all, or at least not for very long.”

“Truly excellent advice,” the couch-bound pow-wow was interrupted at this point by the approach of the Power Top who’d been listening in from his corner of the Greatroom. “If all bottoms out there had you as a teacher, Kerek, I’d be a very, very happy top. Unfortunately, I come across the lazy blow up doll bottoms far too frequently.” Brian confirmed what they’d all just learned. “Of course, all this is completely academic unless you put it to use. So, care for a practical demonstration, Sunshine?”

“Awww, that’s so nice of you, Brian. Offering to help me study. You’re a true humanitarian, aren’t you?” Justin couldn’t resist teasing.

“I do what I can, Sunshine. I do what I can,” Brian shook his head and smiled benevolently down on the boy.

Brian was still smiling as he manhandled the eager little pupil onto his hands and knees on the seat of the couch and proceeded with his very own lessons.

“You have all been doing an excellent job at pleasing me, my children,” The Master praised as the group stood around for that evening’s Challenge announcement. “I was so proud of all of you and how well you did with the Blindfold Trial this morning. But, I think you can do even better, my pets. So, I think I’m going to give you all another try with the blindfolds.”

The two masked servants carried in their usual silver trays, this time laden with several leather objects.

“Tonight we’re going to play my own very special version of Blind Man’s Bluff,” The Master went on. “You will ALL be blindfolded this time. And, just so Brian and his irrepressible lips don’t have an unnecessary advantage, you will all be gagged as well.” There was a round of groans from the assembled contestants at this condition, but still everyone accepted the proffered leather mask and gag that were presented to him by the servants.

“Now, the rules of this game are very simple. You will be blindfolded and gagged and then let loose in the room. All you have to do is find a partner and fuck him. The first couple to get off wins.” It sounded far too simple, which was probably why each of the competitors still seemed to be holding his breath. “But, as always with my little Challenges, there is a tiny little twist . . . You see, whichever couple wins will be paired up for the rest of the week. So, make sure that whoever you do choose to complete this Challenge with is someone you trust. An ally. Someone you will be comfortable spending a LOT of time with over the next few days. And someone who you think will be an asset to you in upcoming challenges. You don’t want to choose wrong or you’ll suffer the consequences.”

The room was quiet after this announcement as the boys all thought through their own private strategies. As soon as everyone had their masks and gags in place, the servants came around and, one by one, spun each contestant several times then led him off to some distant part of the room far from where he’d started. This way, no one would have any idea where the rest of the men were standing. There was also the added inconvenience of the several chaise lounge chairs that had been brought in and placed randomly throughout the room. But, once everyone was in place, The Master wished them all luck, a whistle was blown and the game was started.

It didn’t take that long for the guys to stumble their way around enough to locate another warm body. They’d spend a little time groping at each other, trying to figure out who was who and then, for the most part, they would all move on. Sometimes it seemed like one of a pair was interested in doing more, but the other either thought they could do better or maybe had a different plan.

Brian wasn’t sure what everyone else’s strategy was going to be, but he thought that if he was going to be forced to be paired up with anyone for the entire rest of the week, he’d prefer to partner up with young Justin. They’d just finished up their afternoon ‘study session’ right before dinner and Brian thought, overall, it had gone remarkably well. The kid wasn’t kidding when he said he was a fast learner. Brian thought that with a little more practice, he might end up being one of the best sex partners the well experienced man had ever had. So, if he had to spend an inordinate amount of time with any of the guys here, he would rather it be with the Terrific Twink That Could. Besides, he rationalized, the boy needed Brian’s expertise as a top if he was going to truly advance with his studies.

So, when the first couple of guys Brian encountered in the Blind Man’s Bluff game tried to encourage him to stay and complete the transaction, he pulled away. Neither of them were the right shape to be his Twink. He kept an ear out though, trying to catch the sounds of another couple getting close to finishing. If he heard indications that he was falling behind, he intended to just grab the next available body and take his chances.

Unfortunately, making his way around all the added furniture and trying to find the one boy in the bunch that he wanted proved more difficult than Brian would have thought. The next time he came across someone, he found that the someone already had a someone of his own and the pair were starting to get busy. Not a good sign. Brian resigned himself to go with his Plan B and fumbled his way off to find whoever he could.

A couple of minutes later, Brian had at last found a free body and a free chair and was plowing away at the willing ass - he thought it was Paal - when he heard the unmistakable sounds of grunting and mewling that generally signalled the end of a successful fuck coming from his right. He tried to increase his own pace, but it was already too late. “Master, we have our winners,” one of the servants trumpeted the news throughout the room a minute later. Brian sighed but didn’t bother stopping. It only took him another two minutes before both he and his partner reached their own conclusions. Then he finally sat up, pulled off the annoying mask and looked around to see who the lucky couple would be.

Brian wasn’t the only one uncomfortable with what they found as they took off their masks. The two servants had the winning pair standing between them at the front of the room - presumably so that they could receive the congratulations of their peers. Nobody was going to offer any congratulations to this pair, though. In point of fact, it looked like Adrien - who was standing there glowering at everyone around him - would slug anyone who even tried.

Adrien’s putative partner, and the man he’d be teamed up with for the next several days, was the only one who seemed happy about the situation. That man was actually smiling the biggest, nastiest and most gloating smile Brian had ever seen. When he caught Brian’s eye, his triumphant smile somehow got even bigger.

Yep, Daniel was tickled pink about his partner. He’d be able to stick close to Adrien for the rest of the week, and there was nothing that the irate Surfer Boy could do about it. If you looked closely, you could see in Daniel’s eyes that he was already compiling a list of just exactly how he planned to further torture Adrien.

Chapter 21 - Three’s a Crowd. (Thursday, June 9th)

Brian awoke in his usual bed on Thursday morning knowing right away that something was wrong. He opened his eyes and scanned the immediate surroundings but couldn't put his finger on just what was off. Strictly speaking, his brain was still too fuzzy to identify any specific emotions, but still there was this unidentified sense of emptiness, of loss. Something was missing that should have been there. It was enough to worry him into waking up more fully, rousing him faster than he'd like at such an early hour.

When he turned his head to the left, Brian noted that there was a largish lump under the sheets next to him. The tousled confusion of blond hair lying on the pillow gave away the bed lump's identity. Justin. Well, that was as expected. That shouldn't be what was bugging Brian. Should it?

'But then', Brian's muzzy mind asked, 'why's he way over there? Isn't he usually draped over the top of me and drooling down my neck with his morning wood digging into my thigh?'

Perhaps that was why Brian's arms felt so empty? Well, that was easy to remedy. All Brian had to do was roll closer to the warm little nymph, wrap him in his arms and sooner or later the randy little roustabout would be rutting against him begging for a fuck just like he had every other morning in Brian's recent past. Brian closed his eyes with a deep sigh, content now that he'd solved the minor problem that had caused him to wake. With a big 'Mmmmm' he rolled towards the warm young body and reached his right arm over Justin's shoulder, intent on pulling the lithe little body as close to his own as possible.

Which was when the whole fucking morning devolved into bedlam!

Brian's arm wasn't able to wrap around the sweet slender Twinkie body because the Twink was already too tightly wrapped around some OTHER body. Brian's hand slapped against the other body. The other body made a quiet moaning noise and then Brian felt whoever it was snuggling up closer to HIS Twink. Justin reciprocated with a tiny 'hmmmm' noise and then settled back into sleep without seeming to notice Brian at all.

Brian was one hundred percent awake in two seconds flat - or at least the more primal Caveman Brian part of his psyche was awake. He jumped out of the bed. He violently pulled the sheets down off the Twink and The Interloper. He was panting with unreasoning anger. He heard a visceral growling but didn't register that it was coming from his own throat. He was fully prepared to eviscerate whoever had dared to try and steal his Twink. His Blond. His Boy. His Lover. HIS!

"Brian? What are you doing? What's wrong?" The familiar sleepy voice slowly penetrated the screen of rage his hindbrain had painted across the scene. "Mal. Mal, get the fuck off me already. I need to get up. Something's wrong."

Brian blinked. A sleepy neuron somewhere in the frontal cortex sparked to life and all of a sudden his centers of higher reasoning flared with activity. Another blink and Brian recognized the dark skin and compact muscular frame of young Malik. He noted with satisfaction that the blond boy had pushed Malik away and was crawling across the bed towards him with a concerned frown on his perfectly blond face. Brian blinked again and suddenly realized his ability to understand speech had returned.

"What's wrong, Brian? Are you okay? Did you have a nightmare or something?" Justin was really worried sounding.

Brian blinked one more time and finally remembered that he was Brian Kinney. He didn't do shit like this. He didn't care if some stupid blond boy wasn't drooling on his chest in the morning. He didn't care if the Twink was wrapped around some other guy. He'd never wanted the kid in his bed in the first place. Had he? What the fuck was he doing? Why was he acting like some jealous fucking caveman?

Maybe the kid was right. It WAS a nightmare. It definitely couldn't be real.

"Fuck!" Brian snarled, turned his back on the two men still sitting all confused on his bed, and stomped off to the bathroom for a cold shower in order to clear his head.

When Brian made it downstairs searching for a restorative pot of coffee, he discovered Justin and Malik already digging into their cornflakes along with Paal and Dane.

". . . I get up there and my fucking bed is gone. Which probably wasn't a bad thing seeing as I'd never have gotten any sleep if I'd been in the room with Adrien pacing all night long, but still. So I crawled into bed with Justin and Brian. That IS the biggest bed in the house and I . . ." Malik, who's back had been to the door, paused in his storytelling when he finally realized Brian had come into the room.

"Good morning, Brian," Paal offered warmly. "May I interest you in some sausage and biscuits or perhaps some cereal?"

Brian stared at the too-cheerful Indian with a gimlet glare that would have brought a less equanimitable man to his knees. Paal simply smiled at Brian without rancor. Brian considered growling at him, but decided it would take too much effort. Instead he just refilled his coffee mug, poured half the sugar bowl into it and thundered out through the patio door.

Mikey was hunched over a warm half-drunk beer at the bar in Woody’s when Emmett, Lindsey and Mel came in about 11:00 am. He appeared to have been there a while already even though the bar didn’t open until 10:00 on weekdays. His eyes were glued to the television screen behind the bar where, once again, they were broadcasting the Summer of Sin webcast.

“Michael. Michael, Honey? MICHAEL!” Emmett had to yell to get his friend’s attention. Even when the short, dark-haired man finally did turn around and acknowledge his friends he seemed a little impatient to get back to his show. “Michael, Sweetie, what are you doing here at this time of day? Didn’t you have a shift at work?” Turning to his two female companions he added, “See? I told you he’s got it bad. Maybe he’ll listen to you, cause he sure isn’t listening to me.”

“I called in sick,” Michael replied with a careless shrug. “Today is ‘Threesome Thursday’ and I didn’t want to miss this. The folks watching on the website get to vote on their favorite threesome to pick who wins for today. I’m going to make sure Matt votes for Brian.”

“Michael, Honey, you can’t just spend all day here every single day,” Lindsey chided him gently. “Debbie said you’ve been here almost every day this week.”

“Well, I can’t afford to watch it at home.,” Michael explained. “Ted’s got to be cleaning up at $10 an hour. I’d be broke already if I had to pay those prices.”

“Yeah, but you don’t actually HAVE to watch this shit, do you?” Mel added her two cents, scowling up at the images on the television screen showing three guys doing what she considered nasty stuff to each other on a ridiculous round purple bed. “I mean, far be it from me to judge you for your porn habit, but this IS a bit extreme, Michael.”

“How the fuck else am I going to see what Brian’s doing?” Michael shot back. “I’ve emailed him but all I get are one line replies. I can’t see him or even call him. And he’s going to be gone all summer. Basically, it sucks!”

“Brian’s a big boy, Honey,” Emmett tried to explain but was sure that Michael had already tuned him out. “He’s going to be just fine. Nothing’s going to happen to him while he’s doing this game of Teddy’s. And besides, you sitting here and watching him fuck all day isn’t helping him. Or you, for that matter.”

“Oh good!” Michael’s attention was firmly fixed on the television and he didn’t even bother responding to Emmett’s diatribe. “It looks like these three are done finally. They’ve been going at it for more than an hour now and it was getting pretty boring.”

“You’re bored by THAT?” the guy sitting next to Michael at the bar asked him incredulously. “How the fuck could you be bored? That Paal guy is fucking gorgeous! Have you seen those abs?”

“I hear you, Baby. Paal is so fucking hot,” the next guy down the bar added his comment. “I bet he tastes like cinnamon! And, that little black kid too - I’d love to taste him.”

“You boys can have the cinnamon and the chocolate,” Emmett just had to add his personal flair to the conversation. “I’ll take the big old vanilla cream boy there - and his 10 inches of fun!” There was a round of laughter and Emmett hammed it up by licking his lips ostentatiously. Then, turning back to his friends, he added, “I’ve already talked to Teddy about asking Dane to stay on at the website after the game. I think he’d be quite an asset.”

“Could we please get back to the intervention and leave the discussion of everyone’s penises alone for now,” Mel complained, clearly not enjoying the present trend of the conversation.

“Kill joy!” Emmett pouted but did turn back to confront Michael. “Michael, you really do have to get a little perspective, Honey. You’re going to get fired if you keep calling in sick just so you can come here and watch this every day. Debbie told us that if we didn’t talk some sense into you, she’s going to come down here and pull you out by your dick. We DON’T want that now, do we?”

“Cool! They’ve got the bingo ball thingy ready to pick the next threesome,” Michael was totally ignoring Emmett, caught up in his own excitement over the game. “I hope they pick Brian next. I’m sure he’ll do something really amazing when it’s his turn.” Emmett turned to the girls and shrugged as if to say he’d tried his best but it appeared their efforts were going to be fruitless. “Daniel? Eewh! I hate that guy. He’s a complete prick,” Michael continued to narrate what was going on for the rest of them. “And, since Daniel and that Adrien guy won the Blind Man’s Bluff thing last night, that means Adrien will be in this threesome too. He’s kind of boring. I don’t know why Ted would want to keep them paired up together all week - they hate each other. Well, it looks like this threesome is a bust too.” Michael’s attention started to drift and the intervention crew thought maybe they’d now have a chance to pull him away from the bar. Then, the webcast showed the masked servant announcing the name of the last person in this threesome, and they realized they’d now lost Michael forever. “Brian! Yes! Finally! Now things should start to get good!”

“Okaaaaay. This looks to me like a lost cause,” Mel pronounced judgment and started to move away from the bar with Lindsey in tow. “I say we get out of here BEFORE I’m forced to watch Brian Kinney fuck two other guys. We’ll just sic Debbie on him and let her deal with her truant son.”

“Mel, stop,” Lindsey begged, looking up at the television screen herself now and seeming more reluctant to leave since the announcement that Brian was going to be up next. “We can’t just leave Michael here like this. He needs some support and understanding. I’m sure it’s just that he’s missing Brian. Let’s give it another try.”

“Fuck me . . .” Mel mumbled as she let her wife pull them both back to the bar.

“Here he comes,” Michael was all atwitter as the camera showed Brian and two other men entering the room with the atrocious purple bed. “This is gonna be good!”

Based on the look of unveiled disgust that was clearly showing on Brian’s face, Emmet was pretty sure that Michael’s prediction would prove wrong. He’d been following the going’s on at the Residence almost as assiduously as Michael and he was well aware of the growing animosity between Brian and Daniel, not to mention the hatred between Daniel and Adrien. Ted had even mentioned just the day before that he was worried he’d have to step in and do something about the feud brewing between the Asian hunk and the surfer boy. This particular threesome was pretty much the worst possible combination Emmett could imagine and, if there were any fireworks between these three, it wouldn’t be from the sex.

As the bar full of men watched, Brian and his two companions made their way onto the bed. Brian and Daniel both sat down cross-legged, their bodies angled towards each other, with Adrien kneeling in front of Brian. Brian looked resigned. Daniel looked pissed off. Adrien’s back was to the camera so you couldn’t see what he was thinking but his shoulders were hunched up and he avoided looking at Daniel no matter what. Everyone watched while Brian reached down and ran his fingers along the kneeling man’s cheek - the gesture somehow reassuring and almost affectionate. Then the Avenue’s best known stud smiled wistfully, pushed the blond’s head towards his crotch and reached out with his right hand to begin stroking Daniel’s cock. Daniel’s hand moved to stroke Adrien’s cock at the same time, but the bully boy wasn’t being nearly as gentle or careful as Brian was. Brian corrected this bad behavior by intentionally squeezing Danny Boy’s dick - hard - for about thirty seconds, until Daniel gave the older man a dirty look but then conceded and relaxed his own grip on Adrien’s cock.

“A fucking HANDJOB? That’s it? That’s all they’re going to do? What the fuck?” Michael seemed offended by the very notion that his idol wasn’t going to do something more spectacular for the cameras. “What the hell is Brian thinking? He’ll never win this challenge like that!”

Personally, Emmett thought it was rather a good solution to the problem of how these three men, two of whom could barely stand being in the same room together with the third, let alone bear to fuck, were going to get through a threesome together. Unfortunately, the rest of the viewers in the bar seemed to share Michael’s disappointment. There was a LOT of grumbling and negativity directed at the TV screen.

“. . . what did I tell you, Kinney’s lost his touch,” one of the patrons at the bar was saying.

“I know, Honey. It’s sad, really. I don’t know what happened to him but . . . well, he just doesn’t look like he can keep up with the rest of them,” the first commenter’s buddy seemed to agree wholeheartedly. “And, well, compared to the rest of those boys, I guess it’s really not a big surprise. I mean, look at him. Not that Brian isn’t hot, but compared to the rest of those hotties . . .”

“. . . over the hill club boy,” Emmett heard from another part of the bar.

“My, my, my. It looks like Mr. Kinney’s bottomless mystique may be worn a little thin after this,” Emmett commented in an aside to the ladies standing next to him. “I guess familiarity really does breed contempt. When Brian was strutting around here virtually unattainable to most of the masses, his reputation was pretty strong. But, now . . . now that they can all see him any time they want, there’s no more mystery. He’s just a man after all. Poor Brian!”

“Huh?” Lindsey, her fascinated attention still focused on the giant TV screen, had apparently missed everything Em had just said.

Brian got up and marched out of the Passion Pit the second he’d cum. He wasn’t about to linger in that company any longer than absolutely necessary. He was amazed that he’d even gotten through that experience at all. It had taken all his negotiation skills, and the assistance of just about everyone else in the Residence, to get Daniel to agree to handjobs only for their horrible threesome. Brian couldn’t care less if they lost this particular challenge, just so long as he got it over with as painlessly as possible.

So far this whole day had been a total bust as far as Brian was concerned. He was still trying NOT to even think about whatever the fuck had happened that morning when he woke up - he just wasn’t ready to deal with that whole can of worms. But he’d been in a bad mood ever since. And the day had gone downhill from there. He’d gotten another annoying email from work - it looked like the incompetent dolts who were covering for him were about to lose one of his most lucrative clients. Then he’d been chosen for a threesome with none other than Daniel and Adrien. It felt like he just couldn’t win today. The only thing he was glad about this morning was that his reward for winning yesterday’s Trial was an extra hour of break room time. He planned to grab a sandwich for lunch and then take it downstairs to eat while he hid out. Hopefully, after cooling off downstairs for another hour he’d be better able to deal with whatever other shit they planned to throw at him today.

Sadly, before Brian got to the top of the stairs, he heard the servants standing over by The Master’s portrait rattling the big bingo ball machine and announcing the next group due in the Passion Pit.

“Justin, Kerek and Paal.”

Brian’s immediate visceral reaction was a clenching in his gut and the urge to fly across the room and punch the servant who’d just made the announcement squarely in the face. He only just barely managed to restrain himself. He had to remind himself again that this wasn’t what Brian Kinney was like. He wasn’t a violent man. He didn’t HAVE urges to punch out people. He wasn’t his father. But still he couldn’t shake the incomprehensible feelings of anger and jealousy, no matter how much he fought down the unwanted emotions.

A moment later, the newest threesome, Kerek in the lead, passed him by on their way downstairs. They were all laughing together in a comradely fashion. They were joking about what positions to try out and how crazy they could get in their allotted time. Brian pushed himself back against the wall at the top of the stairs so they could all pass by. They nodded at him as they moved past, Justin adding in a sunshiney smile aimed in Brian’s direction. Brian wanted to stay angry and aloof but apparently he no longer had complete control over his body OR his emotions since his mouth smiled back at the Twink without his express authorization.

Instead of taking his extra break like planned, Brian found himself heading back towards the computer screen on the wall that was broadcasting the events in the Passion Pit. Brian found he wasn’t the only one inordinately interested - Dane, Malik and Adrien were all seated around the screen as well. The three stars of the session were still teasing each other and joking around while they tried to sort out how they wanted to proceed. Dane and Malik were busy discussing the merits of the various permutations they’d like to see. Dane seemed eager to see Justin practicing his new bottoming skills, while Malik said that it would be a waste of an excellent top for the little blond to switch altogether. Brian didn’t trust himself to make any comment at all.

Eventually, the trio came to a decision. Kerek got on the bed and stretched out on his back near the top edge. Then Justin came around and took his position kneeling between Kerek’s long cocoa brown legs. Paal happily assumed his stance behind the smaller blond. And, before you knew it, they were off to the races.

Brian wasn’t sure what he was feeling as he watched the three men going at it with joyful abandon. On the one hand, it was a great fuck to watch - all the participants seemed to be honestly enjoying themselves which made the experience not only fun for them but a pleasure to watch as well. Justin was displaying his usual enthusiasm as he plowed into Kerek’s welcoming hole. Brian watched with fascination as the slender and small-boned blond kid nevertheless managed to exert precise control over the more experienced man he was topping. Brian loved the way the boy looked - so abandoned - every single time he sunk his perfectly pink cock into Kerek’s dark mahogany knot. Brian felt his own sense of excitement building with Justin’s every plunge, although he wasn’t prepared to analyze or even acknowledge the little itch the sight engendered.

Meanwhile, Paal was busy doing his very own plowing into the tyro’s tight little tush and, from all the available signs, it appeared that the newbie was enjoying that experience as well. The Bottoming Lessons from yesterday seemed to have gone a long way towards reassuring Justin about his versatility. He was doing his best to follow Kerek’s advice about groaning and grunting, presumably to indicate to his top what he liked. From the sounds of it though, there was very little he DIDN’T like. The kid was rocking energetically back and forth, alternating between sinking his dick in Kerek and impaling himself on Paal’s lengths. In fact, the man in the middle seemed to be pretty much guiding the whole fuck with his athletic movements. He didn’t seem to even hear the directions and ongoing advice Kerek was issuing from his position on the bottom of the dog pile.

Brian couldn’t pull away from the viewing screen. He ignored the chatter of the others going on around him while he just stared at the continuing action. Part of him wanted to run down the stairs, grab Justin out of the clutches of the other two men and pull the little lusty lad away to his cave to enjoy him all by himself. Another part of him wanted to be angry - at himself and everyone else around him - scream, throw things, tear the television off the wall and then stomp off in a huff hoping that somehow the rage would burn away all these pathetically fucked up feelings he’d been fighting against all day. And still another part of him couldn’t bear to stop watching. It was riveting in a somewhat painful way - like the urge to pick at a scab; it hurt so good - and Brian didn’t want to stop watching.

And Brian was still sitting there, totally confused, inundated by a flood of unacceptable feelings and fighting to manage a cock so hard he didn’t think he could walk away even if he wanted to, when the threesome on the television screen all came to virtually simultaneous orgasms and the crowd of watchers broke out into spontaneous applause.

Chapter 22 - Clusterfuck! (Friday, June 10th continued)

Nobody was the least bit surprised when the winners of the day’s competition were announced. Justin, Paal and Kerek had been everyone’s first choice. Their prize, although simple sounding, was one of the most appreciated yet - they got to pick a restaurant and order in dinner for everyone. While the meals at the Residence, which were prepared by more of the masked servants, were fine for the most part, they weren’t anything to write home about. So Brian was just as eager as the rest to have a change of menu. And, even better, the winning team ended up picking Thai food from one of Brian’s favorite restaurants.

It was a very warm evening and the house, even with the air conditioning on full, seemed a bit stuffy, so dinner was served on the patio. Brian took his order of curry puffs and spicy Mu Yang grilled pork off to a lounge chair at the far end of the tiled area. He had absolutely no desire at all to join in with the impromptu celebration going on over near the patio tables. He was still feeling unsettled after dealing with all the unprecedented and definitely unwanted emotional turmoil from earlier in the day, and wasn’t feeling particularly sociable. Even after using his extra Break Room hour right before dinner, Brian continued to feel like he wanted to run and hide. It wasn’t surprising though. Avowed loner that he was, he was amazed he’d lasted this long with so many people constantly around him.

Brian’s reaction was therefore mixed when he looked over at the rest of the crew, saw Justin and Malik whispering for a couple minutes and darting glances his way, followed by the tenacious blond walking his way with a very determined look on his smiling pale face.

Brian pretended to be VERY interested in the contents of his bowl of spicy grilled pork. As a deterrent to unwelcome company, though, it didn’t work very well. When he failed to look up even after the pair of sturdy, blond-fuzzed legs entered his line of sight, there was a pointedly loud *ahem* noise directed at him. And, when he still refused to look at the worrisome whippersnapper, he heard a frustrated *eennhhh* immediately followed by his bowl being wrenched out of his hand and his lap being invaded by a sun warmed blond boy.

“Is this seat taken?” the invader asked, his face lit up with one of those brilliant smiles that Brian found hard to resist.

“Don’t you have someone else to annoy with your endless cheerfulness, Sunshine,” Brian grumbled, grabbing back his bowl and trying to ignore the wiggling plump ass making itself even more comfortable in his lap.

“Nope!” Justin replied happily, adding an adorable scrunched up nose and a giggle to emphasize his point. “You’re by far the grouchiest stud here tonight, so I’m all yours. In fact, you’re even grouchier than Adrien, which is saying a LOT! I’ve decided to dedicate all my annoying cheerfulness to you for the rest of the evening - or at least until your mood improves sufficiently to make my services unnecessary.”

“How’s that?” Brian shot his best fake smile at the little Twat.

“Not very good. Not good at all, actually,” Justin shook his head and looked even more worried than before. “What’s wrong, Brian? You’ve been . . . off . . . all day long. Are you okay?”

“I’m peachy,” Brian answered, with an even bigger and faker smile.

“You know you’re a really, REALLY terrible liar,” Justin bit his full bottom lip in concern and reached up with his right hand to stroke down the side of Brian’s strong square jawline. “I feel like, maybe, you’re angry at me for something? Have I done something to piss you off? If I did, I didn’t mean to, you know.”

Brian didn’t know what to say. He looked away, avoiding eye contact in order to avoid dealing with the persistent Twink. Justin wasn’t easily put off though. He pulled the forgotten bowl of Thai food out of Brian’s hand and hurriedly set it down on the ground next to the chair. Then he wriggled around so that he was straddling Brian’s lap fully. And finally, he grabbed Brian’s head with both hands and forced the older man to look at him directly.

“Are you going to tell me what’s been chapping your ass all day?” Justin demanded. Brian sighed and shook his head in the negative. “Fine. Then you leave me no choice. I’m going to have to let you fuck me until your mood improves sufficiently that you’re once again fit for civilized company.”

Justin’s solution at last made the corners of Brian’s mouth curl up just the tiniest bit into a ghost of a hint of a smile. It was enough though. Justin knew he’d won. He let his own severe expression morph into a huge smile and then dove down to begin kissing those sensual lips, ready and willing to start in on his proposed course of action immediately.

Brian only resisted for about ten seconds. He thought he should be commended for holding out THAT long. Nobody could resist those soft cotton candy pink lips for very long, he thought, giving up and wrapping his long arms around the slender body, pulling it closer and once again reveling in the touch of that velvety smooth skin.

"Shit, Brian," the words were a mere breath at his ear while the blond rutted even closer. "Nobody gets me as hard as you." The evidence of the truth of this statement was insistently twitching against Brian's lower abdomen, so he didn't bother denying it. "Please, Brian. I need this. I need to feel you inside me."

But even at this pleasurable point, Brian's bad mood piqued at him and he heard himself uttering a harsh retort before he could stop the words. "Haven't you already had enough bottoming practice for the day?"

Justin pulled back a bit at the sharp tone, looking at Brian quizzically. Brian had the disconcerting feeling that this kid was somehow reading him better than anyone else ever had before. The bright blue eyes were scanning him, prying deep into his psyche, analyzing him, getting to him like no one had before. He'd never put much credence into the idea of mind reading but after thirty seconds of Justin's intense scrutiny, Brian might have had to change that assessment.

Justin smiled reassuringly and shook his head. "I think your original advice is still relevant, Brian. Even with me just TALKING about bottoming, all the guys are starting to treat me different again. It's like I'm a prize they can win or something. It makes me feel like I've lost my edge a bit. So, I don't think I'll be using those newfound bottoming skills around here very much. I'm better off sticking to topping." The blond head leaned forward then, his final words meant only for the brunet's ears, "except for you, of course."

Nothing could have aroused Brian more quickly than those whispered words had. It was like the words had flipped a switch that allowed all the blood in his body to immediately drain into his genitals. He felt his cock swelling so fast it was almost painful. And the rapid loss of blood to his brain did curious things to his rational thought processes - well, all of his thought processes, actually, since the rational ones had pretty much disappeared. The only thoughts that were left involved taking the pretty Twink right then and there without brooking any sort of delay. It was the instinctive, unthinking need of the predator for his prey and it was the only thought his brain was now capable of processing.

"Good Boy!" Brian growled, right before the power of speech left him completely.

Flipping them both over so that the pliant boy was now lying beneath him, draped over the foot of the lounge chair, Brian literally pounced on his prey. The prey giggled enticingly and jiggled around until he was better situated for a full surrender. Predator Brian groped blindly with one hand at the side table next to the chair, hunting for a condom while the prey obligingly let his thighs fall apart, all the better to allow for his imminent ravishment. Condom on and a handful of lube later, the prey was urging Brian into place, practically begging to be devoured whole.

Predator Brian paused for just a moment, savoring that sweet second of anticipation right before the attack, the moment when he knew his prey was doomed to fall, that he would be feasting on all that delicious flesh in mere moments . . .

Which is when a towel flew through the air and smacked Brian in the face. "Sorry to interrupt you two love birds," Big Dane teased. "But, they're calling us into the house for the evening Challenge. Guess you two will have to finish THIS up later?"

Predator Brian collapsed in a groaning heap across the body of his likewise sighing prey. It looked like this hunt was turning into a total failure. This time the prey would escape and the predator would be leaving the field hungry, forced to bear his ravening desires for a little while longer. But that was the way things were in the Wild Kingdom - not every hunt was a success. ***

Although, with such willing prey, at least the predator could look forward to another attempt in the very near future.

Brian and Justin were the last two to make their way into the Greatroom for that night's Challenge. They were both walking a bit bowlegged, their cocks still hard and dripping, which obviously amused of the rest of the House Boys, who broke out laughing uproariously as they entered the room. Brian assumed his best 'fuck off' scowl and glared at them all - with absolutely no effect whatsoever. Justin said nothing but blushed a most beautiful shade of dark pink.

They seated themselves at the last two open places around a big table that had been set up in the center of the room. It was comprised of several long rectangular tables standing side by side and all covered by a large green tablecloth. There were eight chairs spread evenly around the perimeter. The effect was of a huge square table large enough so that, when seated, they were all more than an arm's length apart.

“Welcome, my children,” the voice of The Master boomed through the room. “Tonight’s Challenge goes along with the theme of Threesome Thursday. We’re going to play a game called ‘Clusterfuck!’. I’m sure you’re all going to love it. I know I will!”

The boys all sat patiently and listened to the rules of the game. The goal of the game was to score three times or have an awesome threesome. Everyone was to sit silently around the table - there was to be no talking, only nonverbal communications. Then, when told, they all had to close their eyes and each boy was to point at the two people they most wanted to score with. When they opened their eyes, they could all see who everyone had picked. If two people were both pointing at each other, they ‘scored’ and got to go off to the chaise lounge chairs that had reappeared, now set up around the edge of the room. Each ‘score’ earned both men one point. If three people were all pointing at each other, they got to have a threesome, automatically receiving three points and winning the game. Those three were then done and could sit out while the rest tried to get to three points. The play would go on until there was only one or two losers left who still hadn’t scored their requisite three times.

Brian relaxed a bit after hearing the game’s rules. This was HIS kind of game. And he knew just who he’d be scoring with first - those non-verbal communications were already flying between him and his little blond. Their interrupted tryst wouldn’t be left on hold for long.

The Master said his customary good byes and the masked servant in charge for the night initiated the first round. All the boys seemed enthusiastic for this game. If they were allowed to talk there would have been a lot of joking and high spirits. As it was, there was a lot of suggestive grinning going on, a smattering of waggled eyebrows and even a few overt head tilts. But, even so, it was hard to tell sometimes what message all those cues were trying to impart. At least Brian found it hard to figure them all out - except with his favorite Twinkie, of course.

At last they were told to close their eyes and point to whomever they wanted to score with first. The servant waited a good minute to allow the minor dithering to subside, and then told them to open their eyes. Eight sets of eyes opened at the same time and then there was a huge roar of laughter.

EVERY single one of the men around the table was pointing at the youngest blond boy.

Justin’s blush from earlier, which had started to fade somewhat, was back. He was now an even darker red - almost a crimson - and looked like he would have gratefully dove beneath the tablecloth to hide if allowed. Luckily, the boy was the type who could laugh at himself. With that charming, unselfconscious smile, he was easily able to diffuse the awkwardness of the situation and make everyone fall even more in love with him at the same time.

As expected, Justin himself was pointing with one hand at Brian. His other hand was pointed towards a grinning Malik. This meant that Justin would get to score twice on the first go round and was the leader right out of the box. Brian had been pointing with his other hand to Kerek, who hadn’t been pointing back at him. If Brian hadn’t been so eager to ‘score’ with the prettily blushing blond boy he might have been offended. The other pair that got to score was Kerek and Dane - who looked to be becoming an item. NOBODY had pointed at either Daniel or Adrien, since pointing at one would automatically include the other and no one wanted Daniel to win.

Without waiting for further directions, let alone permission, Brian had jumped up out of his chair within ten seconds of opening his eyes and had started pulling Justin towards the nearest chaise. The sexual tension that had overwhelmed them earlier out on the patio was still palpable. Brian could see the same desire sparking in the cerulean blue eyes as he pushed the unresisting youth back onto the cushions of the chaise. Then he bent and claimed the bubble gum pink lips in a long, devouring kiss.

“I’m still hard for you, Brian,” the soft tenor voice murmured in Brian’s ear as he briefly turned his head to locate the supplies he’d need. “Can you feel it? Can you feel how ready I am for you?”

It wasn’t at all difficult to feel the boy’s arousal with his stout cock trapped between their bellies, the heat of it almost scorching Brian’s skin. The kid’s words, though, were the thing that triggered an echoing surge of unbridled carnality that threatened to break Brian’s tentative hold on his own lust. He almost came just from hearing those softly spoken words: ‘. . . for you.’  

He found himself panting and couldn’t seem to get a full breath. He actually fumbled and dropped the condom he’d grabbed off the side table. Finally, he let his head drop onto the softness of a shoulder and just held on tightly to the pliant body below him while he fought for control.    

“I know, Brian. Fuck! I feel it too,” the whispers were tinged with a barely heard giggle. “I’m so pathetic. I almost came when you kissed me.” The fact that the boy was laughing at himself, not at Brian, was reassuring. And, thankfully, the laughter did go a long way towards dissipating the the heat of the moment. Brian lifted up his head and managed to smile back at the beaming blond boy.

“Come on, Stud!” Justin slapped playfully at Brian’s flank. “They’re all watching us. We can’t just lay here, too horny to actually fuck. They’ll laugh us out of the game!” Brian could feel the younger man’s subterranean laughter vibrating through his slim body. “Let’s give em a show. Something that’ll have all of ‘em coming all over the table.”

“I like the way you think, Sunshine,” Brian replied with a chuckle of his own, more than glad that the mood had lightened. “Okay, if you want a show, then I suggest you find something to hold onto.” Brian waggled his eyebrows suggestively and reached over for another condom.

Justin’s renewed giggles lasted only until Brian had scooped his arms underneath the boy’s thighs, lifting them up in one smooth motion so high that his knees were draped over Brian’s shoulders with Brian’s big hands cupping under his ass. Then, with a ferocious lunge, Brian flexed the boy’s body in half, and plunged into him as deep as he could. Justin let out a long, drawn out cry that started out with a note of pain in it but quickly modulated to something full of nothing but pure pleasure.

The kid tried to find something to hold onto but his hands simply slid over the slick black leather surface. Each forcible thrust pushed the boy further and further up the slippery surface of the chaise until his head was tucked up against the sharper curve of the pillowed headboard, which finally stopped his body’s progress. Brian’s vigorous attack didn’t stop though. He barely even slowed down when he took time to reach for the sweet lips, biting at the lower one just hard enough bruise. Of course Justin was giving back as good as he got, angling his hips higher and higher so that the direction of Brian’s entry would stab right into his prostate at every thrust. And, while Brian continued to pound into the boy with unrelenting power, he savaged Brian’s back and ass and thighs with his fingernails, gouging and leaving long red scratches. It was untamed. Brutal. Wild. And so passionate that the men watching could almost feel the pounding in their own bodies.

“Ready for the big finale?” Brian was short of breath after his exertions but still managed to huff out the question. Justin was only able to grunt his assent. He didn’t have enough breath left in his squashed lungs to actually speak. With an evil smirk, Brian gathered Justin’s hands together and, his arms still wrapped around the blond furred thighs, he pinned them over the boy’s head with one big hand. With the other hand, Brian somehow lifted up the blond head where it had been wedged against the head of the chaise, thus removing all stops that were keeping their bodies in one place.

With only a couple more strenuous motions, Brian had managed to fuck the boy up the slope of the chaise’s back until the seemingly boneless blond body was arched back over the padded top. Then, with a prankish, “Alley Oop!” Brian thrust one more time hard enough that the whole chaise tipped over onto it’s back. Justin’s body rocked backward along with the chair. And that just happened to be the same moment that the little electrical spark inside of Justin flared into a conflagration, ending with his spurting copious amounts of cum all over both himself and Brian as well as the wall behind the chaise. Brian, through the force of his straining muscles, managed to hold the whole tenuous pile in place for another five heartbeats until he also exploded, his orgasm rocking the chair even more and, in the end, pushing Justin’s body completely off the edge of the black leather cushioning.

The crash as the chair righted itself and slammed back down onto the floor behind them seemed the perfect end note to their spectacular fuck. Brian looked over from where he’d fallen - sideways so as to avoid crushing the boy when the chair toppled - and grinned jauntily. Justin was still lying in an undignified heap, his heels over his head and his body dripping with cum.

The blond boy, whose blush this time was so deep it could be called fuschia, managed to peek out from under the arm which had landed across his face, and saw the gaping mouthed spectators arrayed behind Brian’s back. They all looked too shocked to speak or move. Justin let loose with the biggest belly laugh he could manage in his crumpled position. Brian was able to manage a one shouldered shrug as if to say, ‘well, you said to give em a show’, before he too broke out laughing. And they were both still laughing even after Brian managed to pull out and help Justin to unfurl so that they could lay side by side at length on the carpet.

“You better not be expecting that kind of shit out of me, Blondie,” Malik cautioned when he came over a minute later and offered a hand to help Justin up. “For one thing, I ain’t that flexible. And for another, I want to still be able to walk come tomorrow.”

The laughter never really died out after that all through the rest of the night’s games. Nobody managed quite such a theatrical fuck as Brian and Justin, but they all tried, and the theme for the rest of the evening seemed to be goofiness. Brian wasn’t sure how Ted’s diehard porn viewers would handle the experience, but as far as he was concerned, it was a refreshing change. He finally felt the morose mood he’d been struggling against all day lifting.

And, for some reason, Brian didn’t feel anything untoward when he saw Justin fucking Malik or later, after the second round, fucking Big Dane. Whatever silly emotions he’d been suffering from earlier in the day seemed irrelevant now. Maybe it was that Brian now knew that Justin wanted him more than anyone else. Or maybe it was because Justin had told him that he wasn’t planning on bottoming for anyone else at the Residence.

Or maybe it was simply that, after that absolutely astonishing fuck, Brian’s confidence in himself was restored to the point that he no longer felt threatened by anyone else in the game.

But, whatever it was, he was perfectly fine with the fact that Justin was the winner of the Clusterfuck! Challenge - getting his three scores easily at the top of the second round. Brian managed to get his second score with Kerek and his third score on the third round with Paal. That happened to also be Paal’s third score. Dane, Kerek and Malik got their threesome on the third round as well. Which left only Daniel and Adrien, who hadn’t scored at all, as the losers for the night.  

When Brian, Justin and Malik finally crawled into the big king-sized bed later that night, Brian felt only the usual thrill at having two hot men in his bed. He wasn’t worried about anything much at all as they managed their own nice little threesome right before falling to sleep. And Brian thought it wasn’t a totally bad Thursday after all.

Chapter 23 - Soaring. (Friday, June 10th)

Brian woke up on Friday morning with two puddles of drool on his chest.

Now, while he’d become accustomed to waking with one twinkie curled up around him and, to a certain extent, even come to like the experience, he wasn’t at all sure he liked the feeling when it was doubled. He raised up his head off the pillow and looked down at his chest. On his left side, there was a cropped mop of blond using his left arm as its pillow with a pale creamy-skinned body snuggled into his side. On his right, there was a short, dark, curly headed version, using his pec as it’s pillow and with both an arm and a leg draped over him. And, not only was he being cuddled against his will and drooled on, but he was also burning up from the body heat the two little twinkies were putting out. When exactly had he consented to being used as a Twinkie body pillow? Something HAD to be done about this immediately.

Brian had woken up lying on his back with one arm wrapped loosely around the body on each side of him. Considering how his bedmates were entwined around him, he really couldn’t move much. Even his legs were pinned down by the weight of Malik’s thigh. But, with a little effort, he did manage to get both hands freed enough that he could poke an insistent index finger into the sensitive sides of each of the slumbering beauties. The poking, accompanied by a little dextrous phalangeal wiggling, managed to wake both dozing dudes with a start. Brian DID have to bear the brunt of a little rambunctious kicking and struggling as the two twinks came alive with earsplitting screeches and giggles, wiggling uncontrollably as they tried to evade the tickling fingers. His plan worked just as expected though, and he was at last free from the Twinkie Sandwich.

“Good morning, Princesses,” Brian greeted his companions as soon as the squirming and squeaking had died down a bit. “Time to rise and shine. I believe we’ve got a full day of fucking, sucking, rimming and ramming ahead of us. So, roll your bubble butts out of bed already.” Brian slapped each plump posterior for emphasis as the two younger men reluctantly complied with his directives. “Oh, and, for future reference,” Brian went on, assuming his most authoritative and dignified air, “I DON’T do cuddling or snuggling or . . . whatever it was you two were doing to me this morning. If you want to continue to enjoy the privilege of sharing my nice, large, king-sized bed, you’ll do well to remember that.”

Without waiting for any response, the imperious man marched off towards the bathroom, assuming that, as always, his word would be obeyed. Justin and Malik simply looked at each other for about a half a second and then broke out into snorts of laughter, both rolling around on the bed in paroxysms of mirth.

“Brian DOESN’T cuddle!” Justin finally managed to halt his laughter long enough to speak, but as soon as he’d said it, he was overcome again with glee.

“Nooooo. Not Brian. A hot stud like Brian would NEVER cuddle,” Malik echoed, gasping for breath 'cause he was laughing so hard. “Shit! He was like an octopus last night. I kept trying to roll away ‘cause I got too hot and every single time the guy would be grabbing me and pulling me back into his chest.”

“I know, right?” Justin was still chuckling. “He’s like this big snuggly teddy bear. He’s always draped halfway over me all night long. Of course, we won’t tell him that. Wouldn’t want to ruin his self-image that he’s some big bad aloof stud.” Justin giggled again. “Of course, if they’re keeping tapes of this shit, and he ever sees himself the way he sleeps at night . . . But, let’s just hope he never finds out. I prefer my teddy bears nice and growly.”

The boys got up, both in excellent moods, and followed their Teddy Bear off to the showers, silently agreeing to keep mum about the cuddliness of their favorite Stud.

Justin, who’d been assiduously keeping track of what challenges were coming up by surreptitiously following the Jerk@work.net website, was nervous as hell about what he knew that day’s challenge would be. According to the website it was Fetish Friday. And, from what he could tell off the Net, that meant that the viewers would have been allowed to bid for the right to dictate exactly what type of ‘fetish’ they wanted to see acted out by the House Boys. Which meant that today’s challenge could be anything at all, depending completely on who won the auction. It might be something really kinky. Maybe gross. And most likely it would be something Justin wasn’t sure he was ready for.

He’d confided his worries to Brian earlier. Even the older and much more experienced man was a little leery about what might be involved with Fetish Friday. But, since it wouldn’t do any good to worry over shit like that in advance, Brian had tried not to think about it. His only advice to the little blond neophyte was to not sweat it. He was reasonably sure Ted wouldn’t subject them to anything too far out there. He hoped he was right about that - Ted DID have a not-too-secret kinky side that Brian wasn’t sure about. But since neither of them had much say in the matter, he figured they’d just have to deal with whatever was thrown at them.

There were two masked servants flanking The Master’s portrait that morning as the House Boys assembled for their morning assignments. On the silver tray held by one of the servants, there were two black leather slave collars. On the tray of the other was a golden tiara. It looked like it was going to be quite a busy day, Brian thought to himself.

“Welcome back, my children,” the booming electronically amplified voice of The Master greeted them enthusiastically. “Well, we have much to accomplish today, my pets. So much. And so much fun!” Brian didn’t really care for the way the the electronic laughter sounded - it came off as slightly evil, which was NOT at all reassuring. “Now, first of all, we have some rewards to dole out and also, alas, some punishments. Justin, please step forward. My dear sweet little Justin - who would have guessed that our youngest competitor would be so . . . competitive? But, since you so easily won the Clusterfuck! Challenge last night, you, my sweet, will get to choose all of today’s couplings. Congratulations!” Justin stepped back into his place in the line, smiling and seemingly reassured that at the very least he’d get to control who he was paired up with for the day’s Trial.

“Next, we have a very special reward for our lovely Kerek.” One of the servants ushered the svelte black man forward. “You, my dear Kerek have succeeded in securing a VERY coveted prize. You, sweet child, are the first contestant to bottom for all the other contestants. This was one of the Secret Challenges which I alluded to when all of you first arrived. And, since you were so welcoming to all your brothers, Kerek, you are being rewarded by being Queen for The Day AND you will have the honor of judging tomorrow’s Trials. Let this be an incentive to all the rest of you - there are still several Secret Challenges that haven’t been met and there are more rewards waiting for you, so always do your best, my children.”

Kerek smirked at his companions as one of the servants crowned him with the golden tiara. From the glint in his eye, Brian surmised that Kerek was going to fully enjoy his stint as their Queen. Fuck only knew what he’d have them doing, though.

“Now, for the punishments,” The Master sounded almost as excited about doling out punishments as he had been about the rewards. “Daniel and Adrien, please step forward.” The two losers of yesterday’s Challenge shuffled forward - Daniel looking as smug and unconcerned as usual and Adrien looking understandably worried. “Oh, my, my, my. You two dears did not fare well in yesterday’s Challenge, did you? I was rather displeased by your performances. And therefore, so that you learn to please me better in the future, you must be punished. For the rest of today, Daniel and Adrien, you are to be the slaves of the Residence. You will wear these collars as a symbol of your servitude and you will be at the beck and call of any of the other House Boys, faithfully doing their bidding until such time as I relent and remove your collars. Use this time well, my children. Learn to please me and all will be better in your futures.” The servant secured a sleek black slave collar around each man’s neck and then they were allowed to step back into the line with the other men - although the servant forced them both to kneel in place instead of letting them stand.

“Now, finally, we arrive at Today’s Trial. I know you are all going to enjoy this day as much as I am, my pets, because today is Fetish Friday!” Despite The Master’s assurances about how much they were all going to love the day, there was a loud round of groans at this announcement. “The loyal viewers who have been following your progress have been so eager to get involved with our Summer of Sin, that I have agreed to allow one special viewer to select his own favorite fetish for your enjoyment today. And, you lucky boys, he chose a very good one - Orgasm Denial.” Another round of groaning. “So, today’s Trial will be for all of you to team up into pairs - as selected by Justin - and see how many times you can edge out your partners. You can choose amongst yourselves who will be the sub and there are several new toys and other aids for you to use down in the Passion Pit. Whichever pair's sub can hold out the longest will be our winner this day. Doesn’t that sound delicious? I know I will be very pleased by this day’s events. Justin, you have fifteen minutes to get your pairing selections worked out before the first couple will be due in the Passion Pit. Oh, and don't forget that, since the week isn't over yet, Daniel and Adrien are still required to be paired together. Off you go now, Children. Have fun!"

"Sadistic fucking bastard," Daniel started getting to his feet as soon and The Master's voice died away, complaining as he rose.

"Quiet, Slave!" He was immediately pushed back to his knees by one of the masked servants. "You will not move or speak unless directed to do so by one of the House Boys. If you do, or if you disobey any direct order given to you today, you will be immediately dismissed. If you understand these rules you may answer 'Yes, Sir' when I ask. Do you understand, Slave?"

"Yes, Sir," Daniel answered obediently, although the slightly disrespectful tone of his voice was still evident.

It looked like that little bit of sass was going to get Daniel another reprimand from the servant, but then, right as he'd opened his mouth to say something, Queen Kerek intervened. "I'll handle this, if you don't mind," Kerek said and then turned to the two kneeling men and assumed his most royal persona. "As your Queen for the day, I've decided that I should not have to taint my royal feet by having them touch the same floor trod upon by you commoners. Therefore, I decree that you two slaves shall carry me everywhere I need to go today. On your feet slaves! We wish to be carried to the royal couch. And then you, Slave Dogsbreath," Queen Kerek pointed at Daniel, "can massage my feet, while Slave Asskisser," he pointed this time to Adrien," can get me some royal refreshments."

"Well, today's certainly going to be interesting," Brian commented with a shake of his head as he headed off to the kitchen for another cup of coffee.

Better make that a whole pot of coffee, he amended, as he heard Kerek issuing another series of decrees to his assembled subjects.

Justin immediately announced that he was keeping Brian for himself for the day, but being the nice boy that he was, he let the rest of the guys choose for themselves who they wanted to pair up with. Kerek chose Paal, which was a bit of a surprise to everyone after the way he'd been hovering around Dane for the past few days. Justin wasn't disposed to argue with the Queen though. So he agreed to it and then ordered that the Queen and his chosen consort would have to go first.

As expected, the Queen put all his considerable experience to work for him, and Kerek and Paal put on a great performance. Making use of a leather cock ring, one of several which had been provided along with sundry other toys that The Master deemed potentially useful for this particular endeavor, the pair managed to hold out more than an hour, with Paal edging Kerek at least five times. Right out of the gates, it looked like The Master might already have his winners. At the very least, the rest of the contestants were going to have a hard time beating that record.

The second couple, Dane and Malik, did respectably but still only made it to the fifty minute mark before Big D took pity on a sobbing Malik and let the boy cum. Justin, who'd been watching everything intently from the Greatroom, was almost sobbing in sympathy with his friend before Mal finally got his release. Brian realized that the kid was just getting himself all worked up and nervous by waiting and watching. So, he convinced the boy that they should go next and 'get it over with' instead of waiting till the last the way Justin had planned.

Brian didn't think he'd ever seen Justin that nervous. Not even the first time they'd fucked. The kid was a bouncing ball of kinetic energy that couldn't stay in one place even if he'd tried. Once he'd heard exactly what the fetish of the day was, Brian himself had relaxed. He'd had considerable experience in this arena and knew he could likely win this competition, provided, of course, that his partner didn't spontaneously cum before they even got onto the damn bed.

Neither of the prior teams had used any kind of restraints, and Brian knew that Justin had never tried them before, but he thought it was likely the only way to contain the kid's boundless energy. So, the first thing he did upon entering the Passion Pit was to hook a long satin tie to each of the conveniently placed metal bars installed in the headboard. Then he took the time to cinch his arms around the bouncing blond boy, tow him over to the edge of the bed and kiss him soundly until he'd quelled most of the wiggles.

"All right, Sunshine. How about we teach all these doubters that they should never underestimate a cute blond Twink, huh?" Brian smoothed back a strand of sweaty hair off the kid's forehead and then ran his hand down the the boy's cheek. He leaned in to nibble tenderly along the length of the pale neck, whispering at the same time, "you can do this. I know you can. You just have to trust me. Do you trust me, Sunshine?"

"Aaaaooooohhhh," the sighing moan was as good as an affirmative answer in Brian's book, so he decided it was time to get started.

He bent down and carefully lifted Justin into his arms. This wasn't the time for being hard or precipitate. Brian wanted to establish an atmosphere of trust, and to do that he needed to show the boy he'd take care of him. So he tried to move gently, slowly, taking his time and making sure Justin was as ready as he could be. With utmost care, then, Brian laid the slender body down in the center of the big round bed, kissing his charge once again before he moved away.

"Now, I need you to understand that I won't do anything you don't want me to do. Alright, Sunshine?" Brian stated quietly as he moved around the room, gathering the things he thought he'd need. "If you need me to stop, you're GOING to tell me. I won't be angry. The only thing that would make me truly angry was if you let yourself get hurt because you were afraid to stop me. You understand, Sunshine?" Justin nodded as Brian sat down next to the boy, reaching again to stroke his cheek reassuringly.

"Good. Now, I DO plan to make you beg me to stop. Repeatedly. And you're going to love every minute of it. But, just so I'll know when you really can't take any more, you need to pick a safe word. If you say your safe word at any time, I promise to stop immediately, okay? So tell me Sunshine, what do you want for your safe word?"

With a grim smile, Justin answered, "Cupcake".

Brian chuckled quietly at the boy's choice, but thought it was fitting. "Good. We can work with that. Now, first thing I'm going to do, Sunshine," Brian lifted Justin's left wrist and deposited a little kiss on the tender inside flesh, "is tie your hands." He confidently slipped the satin restraint over the slender wrist, pulled the material taut and tied it to the bar in the headboard with a secure but readily released slipknot. "This way you'll feel confident that you can't slip up and touch yourself before I agree to let you cum. This is for you, not me. Because I know you can do this. And I'm not going to let you fail, Sunshine." Brian had already finished setting the second restraint.

Brian stood back to assess the situation and mentally prepare himself. He didn't play with bondage much himself, but he knew what to do. The only thing he wasn't sure about was whether Justin was ready for this. But he should have known better than to doubt the indomitable teen. The kid was lying there smiling up at him, still a little nervous, but already seeming more serene and sure of himself. And he was already as hard as a steel girder, just from Brian tying him up.

Fuck! Brian had never seen anything more wantonly beautiful in his whole life. If he wasn't careful, he'd be the one having trouble controlling himself, not the Twink. Time to get started - definitely.

"Ready, Sunshine?" The boy nodded and beamed that blinding, eager smile at Brian. "Good boy. Here we go, then."

Brian knelt on the bed between Justin's spread thighs. With the softest touch he could manage, he began stroking along the planes of Justin's flanks and thighs. He wanted to start off slowly. He knew the kid was young and inexperienced. And also far too easily excitable. He didn't want to overstimulate him too soon. Brian knew that if he took his time, building up incrementally, he could eventually take the boy to that pleasurable plateau where he'd just float along blissfully for as long as Brian chose to keep him there. But to get there it took a fuckload of patience.

About every tenth stroke, Brian would lean over and nip or lick at a different spot on the velvety skin. He always timed it so that these touches were unpredictable, both as to when and where they'd land. Interspersed among those caresses, he also added in a few lingering kisses, sometimes to a thigh, sometimes to a nipple, sometimes on the very tip of the boy's weeping cock. It was excruciatingly unpredictable and the most erotic thing Justin had ever dreamed of.

"I know it feels good, Sunshine. It's supposed to feel good. But you're not going to cum. Not yet. Not for a long time yet. And in the meantime, I'm going to make you feel better than you ever imagined possible," Brian's low baritone purr was almost as stimulating as the stroking. "I'm not going to use a cock ring on you, though. You don't need it. You're so strong. You're going to do this without any help at all. I know you can do it, Sunshine. I know it."

Justin had already lost track of what noises he was making. He really couldn't care less, even assuming he was capable of staying quiet. He focused completely on where Brian's hands were roaming and his determination not to cum for as long as he possibly could.

Based on the way Justin was yanking at the restraints and moaning, Brian decided it was time to edge him. If he did it right, he could take the kid right to the brink of orgasm and then abruptly back him off, and the result would be that little temporary dip in arousal that would give them both time to regroup. All it required was perfect timing and absolute precision.

Being careful not to give any warning about his intentions, Brian leaned down and took all of Justin's cock into his mouth. The boy gasped from the sudden shock of pleasure and his hips involuntarily thrust upwards. Brian had been prepared for just that reaction though, and held the straining hips down even while he slid his lips lower down the long dark pink shaft.

"Brian! Oh fuck, Brian! Oh fuck! Oh fuck! Oh fuck!"

The exclamations were pouring out of the boy now, loud and insistent. Brian could feel it was almost time. His blond was close. He sucked in his cheeks a little more strongly and slid back towards the tip then once more down until the plump head hit the back of his throat, it's swollen size almost enough to choke Brian in spite of his fabled expertise. Then, before he could start on the next upstroke, Brian sensed the minute shift he'd been waiting for. There was that second of tensing, the boy's muscles flexing throughout his body, and his balls beginning to contract. Brian instantly froze and pressed his thumb against the base of Justin's cock, firmly squeezing the large vein on the underside just hard enough. He held his breath, waiting to see if he'd cut it too close or not.

The body underneath him stopped all movement as well, until, a good sixty seconds later, Justin remembered how to breathe, sucking in a huge lungful of air and expelling it all with a squeaky "aaaaaooooooofffffpphhhh".

"That's it! Good boy!" Brian praised him, although he still pinched Justin's cock firmly for a minute or so more until he was sure the surge had fully receded. "See. I knew you could do it, Sunshine. You're so fucking strong."

The panting, sweating, blond boy tried to smile back at Brian, but only managed a shaky twist of one corner of his mouth. Brian could feel that the cock in his hand was still as hard as ever. So far, so good. He gently resumed stroking the head of Justin's dick with his thumb, trying to gauge when the boy was ready to continue.

It didn't take long. Within two minutes, the boy was once again pulling at the restraints and thrashing his head back and forth. Brian gradually lessened his grip on the youth's straining erection, broadening the area of his caresses over loin and thigh, and once again syncopating his touches so as not to establish any true rhythm. It was obvious from the incessant moaning that this change didn't in any way reduce the kid's level of arousal.

"Are you ready for more, Sunshine," Brian's voice was so low that Justin had to strain to hear it, which was good because it gave him something other than his dick to focus on for the moment. "I think you're ready. I think you feel empty. I think you're ready for me to fill you up inside. Is that what you want, Sunshine? Is that what you need?"

As he was reciting this litany, Brian's fingers had been busy tracing invisible runes down the tender skin of Justin's flanks, slowly working lower, tickling along the crease of thigh and groin, ghosting along the perineum, and then circling lightly around and around the hidden pucker beneath.

"YES!" Justin almost screamed and half sat up when the questing finger finally pressed lightly right over the top of his hole. "Yes, Brian, yes! Ohfuckbrianyes! Ohfuckyesohyesohyesohpleasepleasepleasepleaseyes."

"You're my good boy, Sunshine. So good. And I'm going to make you feel even better. I'm going to make you soar." Brian filled his hand with lube from the bottle he'd brought over at the start of their adventure and then rubbed his palms together. One hand went back to stroking irregularly along Justin's cock while the fingers of the other, one by one, slid inside the ecstatic youth. The boy's incoherent mumbling instantly died out with a grateful sounding sigh. "Thats right. It feels so good, doesn't it. I'm going to take good care of you, Sunshine. Such good care of you . . ." Brian's own words were starting to sound a little disjointed by this point, but luckily he was concentrating too hard to notice.

Justin's eyes were closed and his entire body was dripping with sweat by this point. He was panting and gasping for air. His head wasn't thrashing any more though, it was merely lolling back and forth as if he no longer had the strength to lift it. Small moans and whimpers were dripping from his bowed lips, coming out in time with the weak rhythmic thrusting of his hips as his body tried to move towards its release. Brian sensed it was time for another edge.

Smoothing out the motion of his strokes, Brian quickly settled back into a long, sure, steady rhythm down the length of the younger man's now quivering prick. At the same time, crooking his fingers just right, he brushed lightly but firmly across the boy's sweet spot, repeating the motion with every third stroke of the boy's cock. He could feel the insistent pulsing of the big vein as even more blood flowed into the undoubtedly already painfully erect penis. Then, once again, just as he sensed Justin's balls starting to contract, Brian abruptly pulled out his fingers and with his other hand tightly circled the base of Justin's straining cock, holding his grip steady while the welling orgasm once more receded.

"Nnnnnnooooooooooo," the word came out like a sob and Justin collapsed back onto the pillows.

"Oh, Sunshine, look at you. What a good boy. You're so strong. So beautiful. And you're doing so well. Fuck! You're fucking amazing," Brian crooned his praise for the boy, trying to keep him with him, keep him focused even through the exhaustion Brian knew was setting in about now. "You can do this, Sunshine. You're already doing it. Just a little longer, okay." When Justin roused enough to nod, Brian purred, "that's my good, strong boy."

This time had been a closer call. Justin's erection had flagged slightly after that last edge. Brian had to work at it a little to bring him back, but that was okay. It was to be expected. It meant that Brian was doing his job right.

"Okay. I'm going to take you even higher this time, Sunshine. I'm going to teach you to soar. But you're still not going to cum. You're going to hold on for me. You hear? You're going to hold on and I'm going to make you feel so fucking good. Just stay with me, Sunshine, okay?"

By now, Justin was only able to grunt, but Brian knew he'd heard and was willing to try. The kid truly was amazing. Brian's admiration for the kid's strength and determination swelled. Brian resolved to do the kid proud by making this experience so incredible for him that Justin would never forget it.

For this part of the proceedings, Brian had decided to use a small dildo - only about six inches long and slim, but with a flared head that should work nicely for Brian's purposes. He added more lube and slowly slid the toy inside the boy's still open hole while maintaining his languid caresses to the refilled cock. "Ahhhh yessssssssss" Justin hissed as the device entered him.

Again Brian took up his arrhythmic tempo. The dildo slid in and out but at such a slow pace as to never get Justin close enough to cum. The hand on his cock likewise refused to move fast enough and kept pausing at the most inconvenient moments. Justin had ceased to thrash about or pull at the restraints around his wrists. His cock had been hard for so long now, the pain of it had passed into a sort of tingling pleasurable numbness. He felt like there were waves of electricity constantly rolling over his skin, each wave originating somewhere near the core of his being - which was conveniently located somewhat south of his navel - and radiating outward until even his fingers and toes seemed to vibrate with it. He had not only lost track of time, but forgotten its existence altogether. And, despite the fact that the language centers of his brain were no longer functioning, the only thing still tethering Justin to the Earth was the deep relentless purr of Brian's voice.

Brian realized that Justin had reached that nebulous space where the boy was no longer really cognizant of what was happening to him. He'd edged the kid twice more and, outside of the physical reaction of his body nearing and then being pulled away from orgasm, Justin hadn't responded other than to groan. His body was shaking now, a constant low trembling that never stopped. He wasn't even really moaning anymore, just panting and intermittently keening an almost inaudible nonverbal whimper. Brian knew he probably was no longer coherent enough to speak even if he remembered his safe word.

The third time Brian edged him with the dildo, he realized that Justin's face was awash with tears. He wasn't crying out loud. He was still only making those small almost noiseless whimpers, but it was clearly time to give the boy his well-earned release.

Brian tossed aside the dildo and tore open the condom he'd grabbed earlier. He rolled it down his dick, which was almost as hard as the kid's and which had been leaking copiously for fuck knew how long. Finally he bent down, cupped the boy's head in one hand and let himself taste the perfectly pink lips.

"Don't cry, Sunshine. Don't cry. You've been amazing. You've done so well. And now it's time for you to fly. You're going to soar so high, you might never want to come back. Are you ready, Sunshine? My brave boy? Are you ready? It's time, Sunshine. It's time for you to come with me."

"Brian . . ." Justin's eyelids fluttered open for a brief second and he breathed out the name as if it was sacred.

Brian felt like he was about to soar almost as high as the boy. The reverence he'd heard in that one word, his name, was enough to throw him for a loop. He'd never heard ANYONE say his name like that.

With the echo of Justin's pleading whisper still ringing in his ears, Brian thrust home inside his boy's tight, sweet ass, and almost came himself at the very first plunge. The only thing keeping him centered was his commitment to making this unforgettable for his Sunshine. After the stellar bravery the kid had shown, Brian couldn't fail him now.

"Come on, Sunshine. It's time, Baby. It's . . . it’s time," Brian stuttered, not even listening to his own words anymore, as he began plowing deeper and deeper into the warmth of the sweetest ass he'd ever known. "Fuck, Sunshine! Fuck! I . . . I love . . . Oh fuck, it's so good. It's so . . . I . . . Sunshine . . . Justin . . . Justin . . . Love . . . Justin! Now, Justin! Now! Cum! Now!"

Somewhere, even amid the depths of bodilessness where Justin had lost himself, he still registered Brian's call. As his lover's long thick cock slammed into him, Justin rallied. Called to order by Brian's command, the rambling waves of electricity that had been tantalizing his nerves finally coalesced at the base of his spine and set off a conflagration. Heat, sparks of pleasure and pain, kaleidoscopes of color and feeling and emotion, erupted from a place inside him he hadn't even known existed before. And, as the flames burned through him, they devoured his flesh and bones and thoughts until he was completely weightless. An empty shell. Soaring through the skies, just like Brian had promised. Floating along into a rainbow colored sea, drifting unfettered, until everything went peacefully black.

"Brian. Brian! Wake the fuck up, Brian!" Brian tried to bat away the hands that were shaking him but they seemed annoyingly persistent.

"Go away. Stop." When the hands went one step further and attempted to pull the warm body he'd been holding out of his arms, he got angry. "Mine! Go away! Go away!"

"Fuck, Brian! Wake the hell up already you crazy assed fuckmonster! You've got to move before you crush Justin - he fucking needs to breathe."

"Hmmm?" Brian gave in and let himself be rolled over, finally relinquishing his death grip on the boy he'd collapsed on top of. "Justin?"

"You know you're one insane motherfucker, don't you!" Brian recognized Malik's voice haranguing him. "You fucked yourself unconscious. You fucked Justin unconscious too, damn you! What the FUCK were you thinking? You can't edge someone for two solid hours! That's just fucking insane! You're lucky you didn't kill the kid! What the fuck were you thinking?"

The words didn't make a whole lot of sense in Brian's muzzy, half awake brain. Somewhere in the fuzzy distance, Brian could hear someone calling Justin's name. That caused him enough worry that he made a concerted effort to wake up a tiny little bit more. Not all the way, but just sufficiently so that he could figure out what was going on. After blinking his eyes several times and then sitting up, he discovered they were still down in the Passion Pit. But there were a lot more people in the room than he thought should be there.  

At the farthest edge of the bed, Brian could see Justin, lying there seemingly sound asleep. Both Paal and Dane were shaking the boy and shouting at him. Brian was annoyed on Justin's behalf and would have said something if he hadn't registered the underlying note of concern in the voices surrounding the kid.

"Justin, Baby, can you please just wake up enough to say something and let me know you're all right? Come on, Justin. Please?" Dane was pleading.

Finally the blond stirred and emitted a loud *Mmmmmmmmm* Rolling over, Justin smiled his usual Sunshiny grin, lifted one hand and waved a sleepy greeting and then muttered, "just taking a little nap . . ." before rolling onto his side. A half a second later he was snoring peacefully.

Brian thought that a nap sounded like an excellent plan. He was exhausted. He ignored whatever Malik was saying to him, turned towards his blond, crawled the few feet needed to wrap the boy back into his arms and then settled down to join his blond bed warmer in a nice long nap. Brian hoped that everyone would stop yelling and go away.

How did they expect a guy to get any rest around here with all that noise going on?

Chapter 24 - Fetishes, Faith and Fear. (Fetish Friday Continued)

Justin awoke to the tickling touch of someone playing with his hair. He felt incredibly refreshed. His body was lighter than air. And, while he was still sleepy, there was an underlying energized tingling that was vibrating through him that almost made him want to jump right out of bed. Almost. Maybe later, though. When whoever was playing with his hair was done.  

*Hhhhhmmmmm* The boy rolled over with a lazy grin and a moan of happiness to find Brian hovering over him, his long sure fingers twining and untwining in Justin’s short blond locks. “Hey, Big Guy!” he murmured and contentedly stretched like a big indolent house cat.

“Finally awake, are you? I was beginning to think you’d never wake up, Princess,” Brian’s quiet voice held hints of concern even though the words were flippant.

”What time is it?” Justin asked, squinting at the bright light coming through the bedroom windows.

“Almost two,” Brian said, although he didn’t seem all that anxious to get moving himself.

“Two? What the . . . ” Justin tried to sit up but fell back wincing when he felt how sore all his muscles were. Then, all of a sudden, the morning’s events started to come back to him. “What happened?”

“That depends on who you ask, Sunshine,” Brian seemed to be picking his words carefully. “Your buddy Malik seems to think I overdid things a bit with Today’s Trial. I guess I DID lose track of time a little . . . Are . . . Are you okay?”

“Hmmmm . . . a little stiff maybe,” Justin flexed his shoulders which felt tight after being in the  restraints for so long. “But otherwise . . . actually, I feel great. Really great, actually." He belted Brian with one of his blindingly bright smiles as proof. “So, how’d we do? Did we come close to beating Kerek and Paal?”

“You were amazing, Sunshine,” Brian let all his pride in the boy show through in his voice. “We creamed ‘em. I think it’s safe to say this challenge is in the bag.”

“Yes! I knew you could do it, Brian. I’m so glad I got to be with you." Justin reached out and squeezed Brian’s hand affectionately. “I was pretty much freaking out beforehand but then, when I knew I could arrange it to make sure you’d be my partner, I just knew it would be alright.” Then he added with sincerity, “thank you for taking such good care of me, Brian.”

“It was my pleasure, Sunshine,” Brian answered, his voice low and husky as he tried to hide his emotions. “But you’re the one who did most of the hard work. You really were incredible. Way to show ‘em not to mess with little blond twinkies, right?” Justin blushed a deep pink and the sight made Brian’s heart flutter, scaring him into immediate evasive action. “But, right now, as long as you’re sure you’re feeling okay, we’d better head downstairs and let your fans all know that you’re still alive. Malik was pretty sure I’d killed you. If you hadn’t woken up soon, I think he would have taken it out on my hide.”

“Justin! Thank fuck you’re okay!” The little blond was swarmed by well wishers as soon as he and Brian made it down the stairs - Malik, in particular, seemed rather proprietary, sweeping the boy off to the couch and giving Brian the stink eye in the process. “Do you feel better? Did you get some rest? I’m sorry we had to move you, but everyone thought you’d get more rest upstairs in a bed than down in the Passion Pit. Are you sure you’re okay. If you’re not . . .” Malik didn’t finish his threat but his vengeful glare directed at Brian left little room as to whom he would hold responsible for any lapse in Justin’s health. Brian shook his head at the excessive concern and left them to their coddling, heading into the kitchen to scrounge for some lunch.

“I’m fine,” Justin insisted, trying to shrug off the other young man’s sympathetic petting. “Really, Mal, I’m fine. But I won’t be if you don’t stop pawing at me. Shit, Mal, I’m not made of china or anything. I just . . . needed a nap is all.”

“We are all pleased to see you awake and hear that you are feeling well,” Paal put his hands on Malik’s shoulders and gently pried him away from the littler blond. “We were all worried though when you passed out. We would not want to have our little ‘Cupcake’ taken from us, now would we?”

“Uhhhnnn. You guys all heard that, huh?” Justin cringed, again blushing, and wishing for the thousandth time that he didn’t have such pale, translucent skin. “Any chance I could convince you to pretend you’d gone deaf about then? Would you accept bribes maybe?”

“No fucking way, Cupcake,” Dane joined in with the congenial razzing. “You will forever be our little Cupcake Boy! Hah! Which is perfect because you’re just so fucking cute that I could eat you up.” Dane flounced down on the couch next to Justin and commenced tickling him and nibbling at the boy’s neck until they were both breathless.

“Stop! Stop already! Uncle! Uncle!” Justin was hollering as he tried to wiggle out of the giant’s grasp.

“Nah un uh - the safe word is ‘Cupcake’ remember!” Kerek teased him from his royal perch on the arm of the couch.

“Fine! Cupcake! CUPCAKE, already!” Justin screamed between bouts of laughter and Big Dane finally relented in his tickling. “Sheesh! If you were so worried about me, you probably shouldn’t be tickling me till I pee myself, Big D!” Justin complained as soon as he’d caught his breath. “Now, what did I miss? Other than lunch, that is? Fuck, I’m starving. Is there anything left to eat?”

“Now we know our Cupcake is feeling better - he is again hungry!” Paal seemed as glad to see that Justin was okay as everyone else - and even more willing to tease him about his new pet name than anyone. “You rest, little Cupcake, I’ll go get your lunch for you.”

“Shit! I’m never getting away from that nickname, am I?” Justin moaned.

“Nope. Never, Cupcake! In fact, when you’re ninety, I’m gonna call you up and wish you ‘Happy Birthday, Cupcake!’,” Malik reasserted himself on the couch next to Justin and put a protective arm back around his shoulders.

Brian, who had just emerged from the Kitchen with a turkey sandwich in tow, shook his head and snorted at the friendly teasing the poor lad was having to endure. “I believe that’s MY Cupcake you’re fondling,” He used his knee to pry his way in between Malik and Justin and then seated himself half on top of the younger black man in an effort to reestablish his ownership of the Cupcake in question and hopefully also to shield the kid from all the ribbing he was getting. “Hands off!” Brian pinched Dane’s wrist which was draped over Justin’s back from the far side. “Get your own Cupcakes, you losers!” And, even though Brian’s tone was flippant and joking, the underlying intonation raised several curious eyebrows around the room.

Somebody might have even commented on the Stud’s unwarranted possessiveness, if they weren’t all interrupted right then by the sounds of increasing conflict that were coming from the wall-mounted computer set up to monitor the Passion Pit.

“Owww! I said to fucking STOP already, damn it!” Adrien’s voice belted out of the computer’s speakers.

“What the hell’s going on?” Brian got up with the rest, all of them flocking over to watch what was going on downstairs.

“Let me out of these, Fucker!” Adrien was straining against the same set of satin restraints Brian had used on Justin earlier - but Adrien didn’t look like he was enjoying them half as much.

“No fucking way! You’re not making me lose THIS competition too, you pathetic whiner!” Daniel was looming over the bound man, sneering down at him with abject hatred. “You agreed to be the sub as long as I didn’t fuck you, so you’re going to lay there and deal with it and NOT cum until we’ve won this thing, Richie Rich. So shut the fuck up already!”

“I would if you hadn’t forgotten that thing in your hand was a dildo and not a fucking ramrod,” Adrien had managed to sit up and back as far away from Daniel as he could while still restrained. “Undo these straps. NOW! I’m out of here and I don’t give a crap if you lose another stupid game, you fucking sadist.” Adrien was tugging on the restraints and trying to reach the strap with his teeth, but all to little effect.

Daniel just stood there glaring disdainfully down at his victim without moving a muscle.

“Isn’t someone going to do something?” Malik asked of nobody in particular. “Shouldn’t The Master intervene or something?”

No one really knew what to say. The room remained silent except for the sounds of Adrien struggling against his bonds and Daniel chuckling evilly as he watched but did nothing to help.

“Fuck you, Daniel. You fucking prick! Let me out of these. NOW!” Adrien’s voice was edging into panic. “Daniel! DANIEL! DAMN YOU, DANIEL. LET ME OUT!”

“Shit!” Brian muttered, trying to think if he really wanted to get in the middle of those two again or not. Where the hell were Ted and his minions? Shouldn’t THEY be doing something here? It shouldn’t be Brian’s job to take care of the fucking bully or protect the little rich kid. He shouldn’t have to stick HIS neck out.

Of course, when Daniel continued to just stand there and gloat, Brian knew he didn’t have a choice.

“Fuck it! Come on, guys. We have to break this up since The Master doesn’t seem to give a fuck.” Brian stalked off, glad to note that pretty much everyone else was following right behind him.

Without knocking, Brian flung open the door to the Passion Pit, glad to see the way Daniel startled when the door slammed against the wall.

“What the fuck are YOU doing? This is my time down here and you’re interrupting,” Daniel tried to bluff his way through.

“Yeah. Tell that to someone who cares,” Brian marched straight over to the bed and started untying the restraint on Adrien’s left wrist. “Or maybe someone who doesn’t care - that you were about to basically commit rape.” Daniel lunged forward and tried to grab Brian’s arm to pull him back before he could finish releasing Adrien. “Get your fucking hands off me!” Brian growled, turning toward the man he wanted to hit so badly.

“Whoa, there, Buddy! Time to back the fuck away, Daniel. This is NOT going any further and you know it,” Dane had managed to grapple Daniel back away from the bed so he was no longer in striking range of either Brian or Adrien. And, within seconds, all the rest of the House Boys had filed in as well, forming a phalanx between the aggressor and his prey.

Brian made short work of the restraints after that. Adrien was visibly shaking, rubbing at his chafed wrists and edging his way around the perimeter of the walls in an attempt to get out without having to come nearer to Daniel. When the disheveled blond reached the door, he fled, actually running for the stairs.

Brian pushed his way through the wall of disapproving protectors and confronted the miscreant. “You fucking went too far, and you know it! If it happens again, you’ll fucking regret it!”

Brian didn’t wait to hear if Daniel had a response. He stomped out the door in Adrien’s wake, the rest of the frowning House Boys following.

Brian arrived upstairs in the Greatroom just in time to see Adrien pulling the lucite box full of his clothing off the wall.

“What are you doing, Adrien? You don’t have to leave. It’ll blow over,” Brian said, trying to sound reasonable as he approached the skittish man slowly.

“Yeah, right! It’ll fucking blow over? Not fucking likely! Daniel’s had it in for me from day one and whoever’s running this show apparently doesn’t give a damn what the hell that asswipe does. I’m NOT sticking around to see what the fuck else he can dream up to torment me. I’m so fucking out of here already! I wouldn’t stay here even if they just fucking paid me the million dollars today! Fuck ALL this shit!” Adrien already had his box open and his pants on before the rest of the crew made it upstairs.

“Shit, Adrien! You shouldn’t have to leave. If anyone should fucking leave it should be Daniel,” Kerek came up and put a sympathetic arm around the still visibly shaken man.

“Fuck it! I don’t care anymore. I can’t take it!” He was practically sobbing at this point. “I don’t care if I have to go crawling back to my fucking parents. At least they’re not going to intentionally humiliate me and fucking torture me in public.” Adrien pulled his shirt on over his head with an air of finality.

“Take care, man,” Dane was the first one to come up, say goodbye and hug this man who’d become his friend. “It sucks that you’re leaving, but I understand. Good luck with your parents and all.”

Most of the rest of the boys gathered round, then, and all wished Adrien well. When the angry surfer boy finally turned and faced the front door he seemed relieved more than anything. He squared his shoulders, looked back once and gave his friends one last smile, and then strode towards the big front door with purpose, not looking back again.

“One down. Six more to go!” Daniel snarked from where he was leaning casually in the frame of the kitchen doorway, his arms crossed and a look of triumph on his face.

“Fucker!” Brian growled under his breath, but didn’t move to confront the bully.

That privilege fell to Queen Kerek. “Let me,” Kerek said to Brian as he walked past. The Queen strutted over to the gloating despot, smiled at him facetiously and then pointed to his feet. “Get on your knees and blow me, Slave!” Daniel momentarily looked back with contempt, almost as if he thought he could refuse. Kerek’s resolve didn’t waiver in the least. “And when you’re done with me, Slave, you’re going to blow everyone else in the house. And, if you finish that before the end of the day, you’re going to start over, and blow everyone a second time and a third time and however many times after that until your fucking lips fall off. Now . . . Get Started!”

Chapter 25 - Friends or Enemies. (Fetish Friday - The Conclusion.)

To: BAK@Ryder.net

From: GalaxyLad1970@fantasyworld.net

OMG, Brian! I was watching you this morning and can I please say that was the HOTTEST thing I have ever seen? You are so fucking amazing! Everyone at Woody’s was betting against you - nobody thought you could beat out that hot black guy and the Indian guy who lasted more than an hour. But I kept telling them they were in for a show. And did you EVER give them one. You managed to hold that kid’s orgasem off for almost two whole hours! That was PHEENOMENAL!!!!!! Your reputation on Liberty Avenue is definitely back in the black now. Jeeze - They’re still playing the re-runs of the scene here at the bar and everyone is still wowing over it. I just can’t get over how hot that was! Really! I mean, REALLY!!!!! I’m going to have Matt, the bartender here at Woody’s, TAPE today’s challenge so I can watch it again and again and again. It was THAT HOT!!!!!!!!!!!

I just can’t believe that my best friend has become such a big star! I heard Ted talking the other day about how there’s going to be this article on you guys in Pittsburgh OUT! and even the local straight news stations are taking notice. You’re going to be FAMOUS when you finally get out of there! Even MEL was saying she’s going to watch the show, just so she can figure out what ‘all the fuss is about’ - Mel, right? But I can’t wait till you’re back home and we can hang out again. Not only will I be hanging with a STAR, but I can’t wait to hear all your storys about the hot guys in the game. I bet you’ll have some doozies.

One thing I noticed, though, that I figured I should warn you about - I’m worried that that little blond kid you were fucking today might be getting too clingy. You probably didn’t notice ‘cause you were too busy fucking his brains out, but I think he’s got a bit of a crush on you. I worry that he’s going to get too hung up on you and maybe cause you problems. He seems like the sentimental, clingy, annoying type. You don’t want him thinking you care about him or want a relationship or anything. He’s definitely the ‘relationship’ type and obviously doesn’t know you or that you don’t do relationships. You should really try and stay clear of him for a while. I know you can’t keep away from him altogether in this kind of situation - if so, you'd just kick him to the curb like you do with all your tricks and there’d be no worries - but if possible you should avoid him. He’ll just give you shit later, you know?

Well, I’ve got to go. Ma has been giving me shit about spending too much time watching you and the game. She’s forcing me to go over to her house tonight for dinner so she can make sure I’m ‘at least eating between bouts of porn’ - her exact words! Hah! But, you know Ma. If I don’t show up she’ll just get even more annoying.

Keep up the good work, Brian! Can’t wait to see what else you’ve got in store for us!

Really, that was so HOT!!!!!!!!!!!! I just can’t stop thinking about how HOT it was!!!! Really!!!!

Ok, I really DO have to go.

Bye!

Mikey

Brian was still shaking his head over Mikey’s last email as he came back up the stairs after his break time. Could the guy get more pathetic? Brian was not looking forward to having to deal with Mikey’s reinvigorated hero worship once this Summer of Sin thing was over. From the sounds of it, Mikey was going to be an even bigger pain in his side after this than ever before. But what could he do? Michael had been his friend forever and Brian loved him like a brother. He’d put up with Michael’s interference for more than fifteen years already - he figured he could keep on doing it for another fifteen if he had to.

But that didn’t mean that the little asshole didn’t really annoy him occasionally. His little comment about Justin . . . that pissed Brian off. Mikey didn’t know what the fuck he was talking about. Of course normally Brian didn't do repeats, though in this situation there wasn't much choice. He only had so many bodies to choose from here. He couldn’t ‘stay clear’ of Justin or any of the others.

And, really, the petite blond was turning into an amazingly satisfying fuck. Why the hell would Brian WANT to stay clear of him? The kid was hot, fun, and pretty much insatiable. He was always game to try just about anything and probably the best fuck Brian had had in years. No way was he going to give that up. Fuck Mikey! Brian had never cared what anyone thought about the way he chose to live his life and he wasn’t inclined to start now. He definitely wasn't going to let MIKEY, of all people, dictate who he could or could not fuck. And if he wanted to keep on fucking the tempting tyro blond, he damn well was going to do just that!

Brian was not unhappy to observe that Daniel was still on his knees servicing Paal when he got upstairs. The fucker deserved that and more. He hoped the guy fucking choked on all the cum he’d had to swallow that afternoon. Brian had more than enjoyed fucking the guy’s face earlier. He hadn’t held back either - he’d slammed as hard into the bastard’s throat as he possibly could over and over again. And Brian had noted he hadn’t been the only one being more than a little rough. Every other one of the House Boys had taken their turn - a couple taking more than one turn - and none had been exactly delicate. Even sweet little Justin had taken out a pound of flesh for Adrien on the asshole. Unfortunately, it looked like Daniel was still going strong and didn’t look all that worse for wear. Yet. Brian silently made Adrien a promise to make sure the rest of Daniel’s term in the Residence was just as unpleasant.

Brian briefly thought of taking another go at the little fucker, but decided against it. He was bushed. It had been a long day already and his stunt with Justin earlier had really taken it out of him. Justin, who was sitting on the couch puttering away again in the always present sketchbook looked even more tired than Brian was. Brian made his way over to the boy and joined him lounging on the couch.

“So, what exactly are you always drawing in that book of yours, Sunshine,” Brian pried, hooking one long finger over the top of the pad and trying to pull it down so he could see. “It must be something really embarrassing the way you keep trying to hide whatever it is you're drawing".

"Stop, Brian," the annoyed artist snatched the drawing pad back away before Brian had more than a ten second glimpse of the image. "I hate people looking at my stuff before I'm finished."

The cursory look Brian had got, though, was enough to tell him that the picture the kid was scratching out was of HIM. Naked. In the bed they shared. And from the little he'd been able to see, it was a very good likeness. It was also very sentimental.

What had Mikey's email said? Something about the blond boy being the sentimental type? Brian looked the kid over with a more critical eye. Sweet, ridiculously young, artistic - shit, very definitely the overtly romantic type. For once in his life Mikey might actually have a point.

But then, as Brian's eyes continued to roam over the slender pale body, he rapidly noted all the youth's OTHER attributes. The slim, supple build, the gorgeous, make that flawless, touchably soft skin, not to mention that exquisitely perfect, thick, dark pink penis. And that was only the front half of him. Brian didn't even want to start contemplating the beautiful attributes of the back side. If he got started cataloging the wonders of that tight plump ass, he'd never finish.

'Oh, fuck it,' Brian thought. 'Even if he IS a romantic, sentimental little twat, I'm still gonna keep fucking him. Besides, he's not THAT annoying. He's actually kinda sweet.'

Dane was moving towards Daniel, ready to take over the task of disciplining the bastard, when the door opened and the usual contingent of masked servants entered the room.

It looked like Daniel’s ongoing discipline was going to be delayed.

Brian sighed and stood up, wishing that they were done for the day already. He would really rather just take the tantalizing little blond up to bed, fuck him soundly one more time and then get some sleep. But, first, he was going to have to get through one more Challenge.

Moving to stand with the rest of the House Boys, he noted that the servants this time didn’t have trays full of new and potentially humiliating toys. The room wasn’t full of new furniture or odd erotic game paraphernalia either. Hopefully, that was a good thing. Brian wasn’t sure, though. Knowing Ted, and whoever the hell The Master might be, it was anybody’s guess what insanity they’d be forced into next.

“Welcome my children,” The Master greeted them as usual. “I must say that I was very pleased with what I saw this morning from several of you boys. Very pleased. It was truly a memorable morning. This afternoon’s events, however, were not nearly as pleasing. Alas, I am saddened to see that one of our number has left us so soon, my dears. I know we will all miss the pleasure of Adrien’s company, but nevertheless we must carry on. We mustn’t let his loss ruin this night for the rest of us.”

Brian thought about speaking up and demanding to know why The Master hadn’t done something about the Daniel problem BEFORE it got out of hand. He really was pissed off about that. But, maybe he’d get a better outcome if he approached Ted about the issue privately. Fuck knew that making a scene here, right before another Challenge, wasn’t likely to be looked on favorably. It just wouldn’t do to let Ted’s net viewers know there was a problem, now would it? Brian decided in the end to hold his tongue for the moment, but he would be sending a strongly worded email to the man first thing in the morning..

“I have one last Challenge for My Boys tonight, and I’m hoping you will enjoy this just as much as you did your morning activities,” the directions continued. “Since you did so well with Orgasm Denial, My Children, I thought it would be fun to see how you handle the opposite side of the spectrum. So, tonight, we’re going to have what I call the Fast and Furious Challenge - instead of denying yourself orgasms, you’re going to want to have as many as possible.”

The House Boys were mostly silent at this announcement. Considering that they’d all been either fucking or having Daniel suck them off most of the day, the prospect of having an ‘Orgasm-Off’ was less than appealing. Brian sighed - a fuck machine’s job was just never done.

Brian and the others listened to the rest of The Master’s rules for this competition without much enthusiasm. They were supposed to do whatever they needed in order to produce as many orgasms as they could. They had one hour. And they were supposed to start right away - the servants were already coming around with the extra-large bottles of lube in anticipation of the event.

The only one of the assembled House Boys who looked at all excited about the night’s Challenge was Daniel. He’d been kneeling off to the side all by himself, silently fuming at the treatment he’d been subjected to all afternoon. But, since he was the only one who hadn’t gotten off yet that day, he was by far the freshest of them all. No doubt that smile he was wearing now was due to the fact that he thought he was a shoo-in to win this Challenge.

Brian wasn’t the only one who noticed Daniel’s glee, however. As soon as The Master finished his directions and signed off, Queen Kerek approached the grinning hyena. If Daniel had been wiser, he wouldn’t have been so obvious. But, since he wasn’t wise, just a bully, he’d managed to set himself up for yet another round of retribution.

“I think,” Queen Kerek declared with his most regal voice, “that you, Slave, will be doing this Challenge while . . . standing on your head!”

“What the fuck? No fucking way! That’s NOT part of the Challenge,” Daniel objected vociferously, getting to his feet and into Kerek's personal space, his hands balled into fists at his sides.  

“It is if I SAY it is!” Kerek wasn’t going to back down. “See this crown that I’m wearing; I’m still the Queen for the Day. And, since you’re still wearing that oh-so-attractive dog collar, you’re still my Slave. So, get on your head, Slave!"

"No FUCKING way!" Daniel spat the words into Kerek's face, then turned to confront the closest servant. "I want to talk to The Master. Now!"

The masked servant, who happened to be a big guy, tall, well-muscled and domineering, clearly wasn't the least bit intimidated by Daniel who, no matter how buffed up, was almost a foot shorter. "No one speaks to The Master unless The Master orders it so."

Daniel started to bluster, his face now a splotchy red and his anger boiling to the surface. The servant simply stood there, arms crossed over his bulging chest, completely indifferent to the sputtering of the little pissant at his feet. Daniel began to look around him, apparently thinking he'd find some support. Not!

Queen Kerek chuckled nastily at the bully boy's distress. "The Master didn't give a fuck that you've been tormenting Adrien for the past week. Why the hell would he give a flying crap about your whiny ass? The way I see it," Kerek seemed to be thoroughly enjoying himself, "you have two choices. You can get on your head, like I ordered, or you can gather your clothes and leave. Your choice, asswipe!" The Queen smiled sinisterly. "And, oh yeah, I didn't give you permission to speak."

Daniel looked like he was about to explode he was so enraged. But, with Kerek standing up to him, the implacable servant standing by and watching everything, not to mention the rest of the House Boys all backing Kerek up, Daniel didn't have much choice.

With his mouth screwed up in an ugly frown, he marched over to the couch, grabbed up one of the large cushions, and stalked over to a bare patch of wall at the side of the room. He threw the cushion down on the floor then kneeled. The servant followed him over and offered the bottle of lube.

Then, turning back to look at the rest of the residents, the servant held up a remote control. "Good luck, gentlemen. May the best man cum! You have one hour, starting . . . Now!" The servant hit a button and the computer on the back wall displayed a timer that was already counting down.

Without much interest, Brian flounced down onto the couch and started jerking himself off. Most of the rest of the contestants did the same. Kerek and Dane, however, opted to fuck instead, with Queen Kerek draped over the back of the couch while Dane did an excellent job of driving.

Daniel, with extremely poor grace, flipped himself up into a headstand on his cushion, using the wall to support his feet and one hand braced on the floor to steady himself, and started stroking himself with the other hand. It didn't look very effective - he was barely hard, even after more than five minutes and kept losing his rhythm every time he'd start to wobble. But it was slightly entertaining for the rest of them.

After about fifteen minutes, Brian managed to rub one out, but thought his performance was lackluster at best. The prospect of whacking off yet again was decidedly unappealing. Under the guise of catching his breath, he looked around and assessed the competition. Nobody else seemed any more enamored of this Challenge than he did. Justin, who'd plopped down next to him on the couch, had slouched over so that he was leaning against Malik's shoulder and was actually yawning. This was so unbelievably pathetic!

Brian couldn't stand it anymore. Fuck this - he'd take quality over quantity any day. He helped himself to a condom out of the big fish bowl on the coffee table and then pulled the half-awake blond next to him into his lap.

The startled but sleepy boy didn't resist. In fact he looked relieved that he could stop trying to ineffectually jerk off. Instead he smiled and, without saying a word, straddled Brian, then used the leftover lube from his hand to grease up Brian's big old pork poker and climbed aboard. Brian leaned back against the couch and smiled contentedly at his now-much-happier blond as the boy fucked himself languidly on Brian's once again interested cock.

It might not have been the fuck of the century. It was nothing like the intense session they'd shared that morning. This was a much more gentle, relaxed, and leisurely fuck. After a few minutes Justin's head fell forward onto Brian's shoulder and, with a happy sigh, his arms encircled Brian's neck. Pressed so intimately together, Brian and the boy began to rock slowly. It was a strangely peaceful experience for Brian. Far different than his usual sexual encounter. Somehow, though, it seemed to fit the moment perfectly.

Minutes . . . hours . . . maybe eons later, that tiny, slow tingle that had been building in Brian’s balls finally started to reach a crescendo. He was oddly reluctant to have this particular fuck come to an end, but didn’t really want to exert the energy it would take to fight off the coming orgasm either. When it did hit, it was like a quiet breath of gentle exhilaration. Instead of shouting, Brian felt like sighing with pleasure. It must have been the same for the exhausted blond in his arms, since Justin came a minute later and was just as quiet in his release, the soundless shaking of his body and the hushed "ooohhhhh" the only evidence of the chaos rolling through his lightweight frame.

'Yeah,' thought Brian with the sweet, sweaty, shuddering bundle of blond quaking against his chest, 'no WAY am I giving this up. I don't care whether Mikey's right, wrong or totally bonkers. This boy is MINE for the rest of the Summer!"

Chapter 26 - Wages of Sin. (Saturday, June 11th)

Brian woke up with a thick shock of blond hair tickling his nose. He smoothed it away with his hand, but didn't otherwise change his position. He was feeling far too comfortable to move. The owner of the blond locks stirred a bit, but only to shift even closer. Brian cracked open one eye. He was lying on his left side, curled up like a shrimp around the smaller pale body that was now burrowing into his chest. All Brian could see of his companion was that wealth of blond poking out from beneath the sheet that covered them. The same that had tickled him awake.

Brian buried his hand in the fresh-smelling, yellow-gold hair. It was so thick and lush - not baby fine like his own hair - and there was so much of it, even though the kid did wear it in a short prep-school cut. He wondered if Justin would consider letting it grow out a bit after the Summer was over. Brian could see his hands sinking into that thick mane while they were fucking. If it was a little bit longer it would make an excellent handhold, he smiled to himself at the idea.

As he laid there and casually carded his fingers through the soft, blond prickle of hair, Brian noticed how young the kid looked when he was sleeping. Right then he looked far younger than eighteen. Maybe longer hair would also help make the kid look a bit less like an innocent teen. It just wouldn’t do to have the folks on Liberty Avenue looking at them together and thinking that Brian Kinney was into chicken.

It wasn’t until several minutes later that Brian realized he’d been lying there daydreaming about spending time with Justin AFTER the Summer of Sin competition was over. What the fuck was that all about? His hand froze in place for half a minute. He could still feel the silky texture of the boy’s hair between his fingers and the heat of the boy’s skin where he was curled against him. Justin sighed in his sleep and made a tiny motion with his head so that the tip of his turned-up nose lightly brushed against Brian’s collar bone. It was all so . . . comfortable.

Was this something he wanted? Brian had never considered ‘comfortable’ as something he’d want for the long term. It wasn’t one of the terms he applied to himself or his life. Comfortable seemed so tame. So settled. So boring. But, then again, it was . . . comfortable. It was nice. He didn’t HATE the idea of comfortable. ‘Maybe’, he thought, as he again ran his fingers through the enticing blond locks. Maybe he could do comfortable, as long as it involved a particularly hot little blond boy with a voracious appetite for sex and the most exquisite ass Brian had ever seen.

Maybe.

Of course, there was no reason he had to decide right now either way, was there? He was still stuck in this game for at least the next couple of months. And, while he WAS here, there was no reason he couldn’t enjoy ‘comfortable’. Was there?

He relaxed back into his pillow, content that he could keep on doing what he was doing for the conceivable future. He wouldn’t bother worrying about what was to come after the Summer. He’d deal with that later. And in the meantime, no one would have to know if he did indulge in a little bit of daydreaming about a nebulous future with a certain tempting blond tyro. It really wasn’t anybody’s business but his own.

Unfortunately, just as Brian had reconciled himself to this idea, the flashing red eye of the camera installed in the corner of the bedroom caught his eye. He wondered if anyone he knew was watching right then. And, if so, could they tell what he’d been thinking? He quickly snatched his hand out of the soft blond hair and rolled backwards so he was no longer curled around the boy’s slumbering body. He also quickly readjusted his expression so nobody would be able to tell what he’d been thinking a minute earlier.

It might not be anybody else’s business, but that didn’t mean certain people wouldn’t try and MAKE it their business.

Woody’s was already packed even though it wasn’t even nine am. Ted’s avaricious little heart was beating double time as he scanned the crowd and noted how most of the customers had their eyes glued to the television screens above the bar which were already broadcasting the Summer of Sin webcast. Ted waved cheerily to Matt, who grinned back at him and pointed to a large pile of flyers that were sitting out on the front of the bar. Ted rushed over to pick one up and admire his work.

The flyers were part of a cross-marketing scheme he’d worked out with Woody’s owners that would hopefully increase both their profits. The quarter sheet flyers were in part a ballot that the patrons at Woody’s could use to vote on the Blog Bitch Challenge. But, even better, after they voted for their favorite blog, the bottom half of the flyer could be detached from the ballot, and the patrons could use the coupons there for a reduced price half hour session on Ted’s website and also for one free drink at Woody’s on an upcoming night. It should serve to both increase the traffic to the website - and of course the profits for Ted, since once somebody logged on there was no way they’d be able to log off again for hours - as well as bringing customers back to the bar on their slower nights. It was a brilliant marketing plan. Ted could already smell the money flowing into his bank accounts as they grew fatter and fatter. Shit! He loved his job.

“Emmett! How’s my favorite porn star employee doing?” Ted trumpeted as he strutted over to where he saw his friend perched on a bar stool nursing something frothy and pink in a martini glass. “Here . . . let me buy you another of those. You look like you could use it.”

“Hey, Teddy,” Emmett looked up belatedly as his friend waved the bartender over.

“Why so morose, Em? You look like you just lost your best friend,” Ted commented, concerned by the utter lack of effervescence from his usually ebullient friend.

“Weeeeellllll, since you did ask, Teddy . . . I’m a little, tiny, itsy-bitsy bit pissed off at you, you know,” Emmett replied, fixing his friend and employer with a deep frown.

“At me? Why? I haven’t done anything,” Ted was surprised - Emmett wasn’t usually so evasive and he rarely said anything derogatory to anyone, especially not his friends, so Ted knew whatever he was about to say was serious.

“Exactly! You haven’t done ANYTHING, and that’s exactly the problem,” Emmett seemed very upset. So upset that he could barely hold back on his anger with his friend. “How could you, Teddy? How could you sit there and not do anything when that bully Daniel was practically torturing poor Adrien. It was horrible. I can’t believe you didn’t do something to punish him. If Brian and the others hadn’t stepped in he might have actually hurt that poor boy. He should really be kicked out. Or fined. Or tied to a chair and forced to watch all the others having sex and then doused with a bucket of ice water whenever he gets hard . . .” Emmett’s imagination seemed to be running a bit wild.

“Whoa, Em! Slow down a bit,” Ted tried to rein his friend back in. “Why are you so ruffled about this? Nothing really happened. I mean, I know Daniel was being a bit of an ass, but . . .”

“No, Teddy. He was not being ‘a bit of an ass’! He practically raped that poor boy! You can’t just sit by and let shit like that happen on your show. I don’t CARE how much money you’re making or whether or not the viewers like Daniel. It’s just not right, Teddy. It’s not and you should have done something about it!”

Ted was about to reply, thinking that his overly-sensitive friend was just over-reacting, as usual, when their conversation was interrupted by another bar patron horning in on their conversation.

“You the guy in charge of this show?” the burly bear of a man boomed at Ted pointing towards the TV screen. Ted gulped and nodded. "My buddies and I wanna know what you're gonna do about that asswipe Daniel? That guy's a fucking menace. He should be kicked out of the game for what he did to Adrien. And while you're at it, Adrien should get a second chance. You gotta make this right."

"Yeah! You should have done something, man," a second, even burlier bear stepped in to add his two cents. "That Adrien kid was practically being tortured by Daniel and you didn't do anything. If this were a network game show, that dickhead would have been kicked out already. You need to get rid of him now!"

There was a very vocal chorus of 'Yeah!'s and 'Now!'s from pretty much everywhere around Ted.

Ted was scrambling to come up with a way to respond when he was tapped on the shoulder. He turned and saw an older guy, dressed head to toe in leather. At the guy's waist there was a leather leash, chained to his belt on one end and hooked on the other end to the full face mask of his mostly-naked sub, who was standing respectfully a half step behind him.

"I understand you're the proprietor of the website running this program," the Dom stated, indicating the television screen behind the bar. "And I just wanted to point out that I take exception not only to the way you're handling this competition but also to the way the recent incident with the contestant named Daniel is creating such negative impressions about people in the Lifestyle. You DO know that bondage does not in any way equate to rape or any other type of assault? We abhor any sort of non-consensual action just as much as anyone else. 'No' means 'No' regardless of the context. And you, as the person in charge, need to be there to ensure that.  These competitors need to be assured of at least basic safety while they’re in your care. If you can't, or won't, do that then you're going to have a problem with me and a lot of my friends."

Ted had visions of being pursued by a mob of leather clad men wielding pitchforks and carrying torches. He'd had no idea that anybody cared THIS much about what had happened on his silly little show. Granted, he didn't care much for Daniel himself, but the level of hatred he was sensing from the people around him was off the charts. And he honestly hadn't seen what happened to Adrien as being all that serious, but once he saw it from these guys' perspective he guessed he HAD probably let things get a bit out of hand.

"I'm sorry, gentlemen," Ted apologized at once. "You're right that I probably should have taken action earlier. I can promise you it won't be allowed to happen again. I'll personally make sure that Daniel is reprimanded and instruct the contestants about unacceptable behavior going forward."

"Fine, but what about poor Adrien?" Emmett popped back into the fray. "Are you going to give him another chance?"

"Sorry, Em, but I can't do that," Ted tried to explain. "If I make an exception now it wouldn't be fair to the others." Ted saw his friend’s face start to fall and quickly jumped in to fix things as best he could. "But, I WILL get in touch with him this afternoon and see if there isn't some other way I can help him out. Maybe offer him a job on the website?"

"Ooooooo! That's a great idea, Teddy. He'd be great as one of your web whackers. He could do a Hawaiian thing, you know, with a beach scene behind him and a palm tree, maybe even ukulele music in the background . . ." Ted knew he was finally off the hook when Em got lost in planning out the decorations for Adrien's upcoming venue.

"Matt," Ted called out, thinking it best to thoroughly quell all the dissident voices as soon as possible. "A round of beers for everyone, please, courtesy of Jerk@work.net as a thank you for bringing these concerns to my attention. Thanks, guys!" And while Matt was pouring the beer, Ted got on his phone, hoping there was still time to get a few things arranged before the morning's events started.

“Look! They’re all getting ready to hear the day’s instructions . . . There’s Brian!” Michael’s voice overrode the general hurrays caused by Ted’s announcement of free beer. “Finally! I can’t wait to see who Brian gets to fuck today! As long as it’s not that annoying little blond kid. I hate him. He’s started following Brian around like a puppy dog. What a loser! I’m sure he’s driving Brian crazy by this point ” Michael was already so involved in the events on the screen that he apparently had no idea what was going on with the rest of the people in the bar. “He’s not even really that good looking. I don’t know why Ted picked him for this thing. That kid is way too skinny and has no body. He should have gotten another big hunk like that Dane instead of some little kid.”

“Now, now, Michael,” Emmett was recalled from the heights of his Hawaiian decorating fantasies by his friend’s lamentations over the failings of the youngest game contestant. “I think sweet little Justin is gorgeous! Look at that creamy pale skin and that beautiful hair. He’s a little doll . . . Well, not SOOOOOO little - if you get my meaning,” Em was now focused on the very close in full-frontal shot of Justin that was beaming across the internet. “Not little at ALL, I’d venture to say.*hehehe* And, besides, Brian seems to find the boy plenty attractive so who are we to judge, huh?”

“Why do you say that? Brian wouldn’t find that kid attractive. He’s not at all Brian’s type. Brian likes his men tall, dark and muscled - not like that skinny little blond kid - and definitely older than ten,” Michael insisted, refusing to see what was right in front of his eyes as Brian and Justin kissed and mugged it up for the cameras.

“Were you watching the same program I was last night, Honey?” Em looked incredulously at his deluded friend. “Did you NOT see that show Brian and Justin put on during last night’s Challenge? That was the hottest thing I’ve seen in ages . . . well, except for the edging session they had yesterday morning, of course - that was so HOT it melted the keyboard on my computer.”

“You don’t know what you’re talking about, Emmett!” Michael seemed affronted by Emmett’s mere assertion that there was anything at all going on between his Brian and the little blond. “Brian would never bother with a kid like that. He hates annoying twinks. I know. I’m his best friend after all.”

“WHATever, Michael,” Emmett flipped his wrist disdainfully. “You believe what you want to, Honey. I’ll believe what my eyes see!”

“Good Morning, my children!”

The entire bar hushed as the volume on the televisions was turned up and The Master started his directions for the House Boys for the day. The discussion of whether or not Brian had a THING for the little blond boy was put on hold. Ted hung up his cell phone and joined the throng to watch and see if the directions he’d given would help calm the angry crowd.

“Good Morning, my children!” The House Boys waited through The Master’s usual morning greeting. “And welcome back to another Sexcapades Saturday! The same rules as last week will apply today, my dears. You will be randomly assigned into pairs and each pair will have one hour to entertain us from the Passion Pit. The only difference this week, will be that your compatriot, Kerek, will be the judge of today’s competition. Kerek, I’m sorry, but since you will be our judge for the day, you will not be competing yourself. You’ll have to amuse yourself some other way until this evening, my son.”

Kerek looked pleased as punch knowing that he would be in a position of authority again today. That boy liked being in control far too much for your typical bottom boy, Brian thought. Although Kerek did seem to know how to handle himself when he WAS put in charge. Brian didn’t doubt that Kerek would do just fine after leaving here, no matter what he decided to do with his future. In fact, Brian thought he'd make a damn fine club manager if that's what he chose. Maybe after they got out of here Brian might be able to find him something Kerek would excel at other than hustling - he had heard that two of the three partners who owned Babylon were looking to buy out The Sapp and replace him as the active manager. Kerek would be perfect for that job.

“But, before we get distracted by all that fun,” The Master continued with his announcements, “we have some rewards and some more punishments to deliver. First of all, Brian and Justin, you two were the clear winners of our Orgasm Denial Challenge yesterday. I can’t tell you how pleased I was with your performance. Spectacular! Truly Spectacular, my children! Thank you for that. And, as your reward, you two will be our team leaders for tomorrow’s Sunday in the Sun competitions.” Brian and Justin looked to each other, not really all that impressed with the reward they’d received, especially considering the ‘spectacular’ nature of their performance, but what could they say.

"And for yesterday's Fast and Furious Challenge, our winner was, of course, Dane," The Master's award ceremony continued. "I just knew a big boy like you would bring us all big pleasure, my child. As your reward, Dane, you will be allowed to select the downtime entertainment for the Residence tomorrow evening." Dane was already smiling, apparently he had something in mind already.

“Now, my children,” The Master’s electronically altered voice got serious sounding. “We must unfortunately deal with some less pleasant matters. Daniel, please come forward.” The cocky Bully Boy took one large stride forward so that he was now standing in front of the line of other men - he didn’t look all that worried about what was about to come down, but Brian was hopeful that Ted and The Master were finally going to take care of the asshole.  

“Daniel, we were NOT pleased at all with your behavior yesterday,” The Master stated pointedly. “Our Summer of Sin games are meant for pleasure only and ALL of you are here by your consent because you also wish to experience this pleasure. We will NOT allow anyone to be forced into doing anything they do not consent to do. Your actions - restraining Adrien and refusing to release him at his request - were a violation of this basic principle. It will NOT be tolerated again,” The Master sounded emphatic. “If you, or any of my House Boys, ever do anything to another without his consent, you will be dismissed immediately. Do you understand?”

Daniel’s arrogant attitude had deflated considerably at this very public reprimand. His mouth was now screwed up in a sulky grimace. Brian could almost feel the anger radiating off him even from the distance of several feel.

“As punishment for your actions, Daniel, you will be required to wear this cock ring for the next 24 hours. That way, you will be denied the pleasure of your brothers' attentions and will learn exactly what you would be missing if you were to be so foolish as to risk our umbrage again.”

As the words of The Master echoed, the ever-present masked servant approached with his usual silver tray, upon which rested a rather wicked looking adjustable cock and ball ring. Daniel stood glaring down at the thing for several long seconds. The bully was panting with fury, his shoulders visibly heaving and his skin suffused an angry purple-red.

“You’ll wear it . . . or you can leave,” the servant stated plainly, shoving the tray a little harder into Daniel’s chest.

“FUCK!” Daniel growled, but picked up the cock ring nevertheless and without delaying further reached down to fasten it around his cock and balls. It looked like a tight fit to Brian, who smiled at the very appropriate - in his mind at least - punishment.

“Very good, Daniel. Let this remind you that your job for the duration of your stay here is to please me and ONLY to please me. And that you will be punished if you fail at that goal,” The Master sounded slightly placated now that his official punishment had been doled out. “But, do not fret, my son. You are not going to receive only punishment today. You are also going to be rewarded for a significant accomplishment. You see - where you fail, you will be punished, but when you succeed, you are rewarded. And you, my son, have completed another of my Secret Challenges - you are the first of my House Boys to suck off all the other contestants. Therefore, for the rest of today, you are to be master of one of my favorite toys - The Purple-Pointed People Poker!”

At this point, the masked servant on the other side of the television screen pulled a black linen cloth off the silver tray he’d been holding and, with a flourish, he revealed The Master’s toy. It turned out to be a rather long, semi-rigid, see-through purple dildo, complete with assorted ridging along the shaft and a functional suction cup bottom. It looked fun enough, Brian thought, but then he remembered who was going to get the privilege of wielding it for the day. With Daniel in charge of the toy, it probably wouldn’t end up being much fun at all.

“You may direct any of your housemates who are not involved at the time with our Saturday Sexcapades to make use of P4 - as I like to call him. Keep in mind the strictures I impressed on you earlier though. I will not tolerate any abuse of this special reward,” The Master admonished once again, and once again Daniel’s expression soured - he really wasn’t good with public reprimands. “Now, my children, I am finally done with all my announcements. Go on and amuse yourselves and enjoy your Saturday!”

There was a smattering of comments from the House Boys as soon as The Master had signed off. It was looking like it was going to be a very busy weekend. Meanwhile, the bingo ball machine rattled as the servant turned the crank over and over until two balls fell out of the chute. "Our first two contestants this morning will be, Justin and Dane!" The servant announced enthusiastically.

"Oh yeah! I get to have me some Cupcake for breakfast, boys!" Dane crowed as he leered across the semicircle at a crimson blushing Justin.

"Sheesh! Enough already with the 'Cupcake' thing, Big D," the red faced boy complained, shaking his head but smiling sheepishly at the same time.

"Sorry, but I can't help it, Cupcake. You're just so yummy looking." Dane kept on with the razzing, to the enjoyment of the other House Boys. "Can't wait to eat you up!"

"If you don't shut up, I'm gonna show you just how bad Cupcakes can be for your ass," Justin shot right back, smacking the ass in question as he stomped past, his face still flushed with red, heading for the basement stairs.

As the youth walked by, he deliberately bumped his shoulder into Brian and smiled up at the taller man with a wry little grin. Brian even detected a rapid fire wink before the little blond was past. Brian shook his head as Dane galloped along eagerly after the retreating Cupcake.

Brian didn’t know what he was supposed to be feeling right at that moment. This was the deal he’d signed up for and he didn’t mean to quit just because he felt a little twinge of resentment at how ridiculously hot to trot everyone else seemed to be at the mere idea of spending time with the endearing blond boy. He couldn’t blame them - Justin was hot, sweet and fun. Who wouldn’t want to spend time with the guy. He couldn’t let himself get upset every time the kid went off with someone else. Not even if Brian had desperately wanted to be the second name called out that morning. If he got upset whenever his blond fucked one of the others, this was likely to be a VERY long summer. And no matter what he’d resolved that morning in bed, he knew that if he did give in to those nebulous daydreams, he would hate himself.

So, for now at least, Brian resolved not to let the fact that the entire house full of horny gay men was gathered around the computer screen broadcasting the scene from the Passion Pit and making lewd comments about the zealously rutting blond boy, who was busily pummelling the big giant’s happy ass, get to him.

Instead, he headed over to the bank of computers set up for the contestants to use for the Blogs. He quickly logged into his account and started typing. He hoped that if he concentrated hard enough on his writing he could ignore the ruckus going on behind him as the rest of the boys enthused over whatever the zealous blond boy was doing to the big giant.

‘When it’s my turn, this is what I’m going to do,’ Brian wrote being intentionally vague as to exactly whom he was waiting for a turn with. ‘I’m going to grab ahold of his hair and pull it back, hard enough so that he gasps. Then I’m going to bite his neck right at that spot where his long neck meets his shoulder. I’m going to bite hard enough to leave a mark. And then I’m going to push him down onto his knees and shove his head down into the pillows, with his ass still poking up . . .’

So, yeah, comfortable might be all right. But, then again, so was hot, hard and demanding. And right at that moment, Brian was day dreaming about demanding.

Chapter 27 - Bitch Slapping. (Saturday Sexcapades Continued.)

Brian managed to keep himself busy - at first doing his blog entry for the day and then, after that, in the kitchen slowly sipping coffee. In the hope of distracting himself, he even picked up one of the ubiquitous Seymour Bhutz novels that seemed to be everywhere and tried to read a few pages. He had to admit it was pretty humorous - all the turgid throbbing members and longing looks across the crowded dance floor. It was at least interesting enough to keep him from running out to watch the television screen every time he heard ANOTHER rowdy roar of delight from those assembled to watch the Blond Combo’s antics. From the cheering going on, the two blonds must have been doing something fantastic. Brian thought it better if he didn’t know exactly what was going on.

He did venture back out of the kitchen just before the next pair of contestants was chosen by the servant with the bingo ball machine: Dane, again, with Malik this time. Now, that pair, Brian would probably enjoy watching. Although, strangely enough, Brian was finding this sex-on-demand thing was slowly becoming too routine to be all that arousing anymore. Too much of a good thing, he thought to himself. Who would have thought Brian Kinney would ever get tired of being part of an endless, months-long orgy? It was inconceivable, but it was also true.

Malik didn’t seem to be as blasé as Brian about the proceedings though. The dark, compact man was avidly watching the goings on in the Passion Pit and rooting loudly for his twinkie buddy as if Justin could hear his exhortations to fuck Dane into the mattress. Brian did have to smile at the enthusiasm the boy was showing though: He liked a guy who liked to fuck and wasn’t shy about letting people know it.

Just before the two blonds were about to reach their big finale, Malik jumped up from his chair in front of the computer and turned towards the stairs. As he passed by Brian - now glued to the TV screen just like all the rest, even if he’d tried to avoid it - Malik gave the older man a companionable squeeze to his arm and a big, bright-white grin.

"Why don't you go start the shower, Big Guy, and I'll send him up to you." Malik suggested conspiratorially in passing, not waiting for Brian to make any reply.

It was probably a good thing that Brian didn't get a chance to say anything. It had been on the tip of his tongue to protest that he didn't know what Malik was talking about. But then again, he did know. And once he'd had a chance to get beyond the usual knee jerk reaction meant to preserve his studly reputation, Brian thought that a shower with the Twinkie and his Tireless Dinkie sounded splendid.

Brian adroitly turned and headed up the stairs towards the master bath, taking the stairs two at a time.

When Brian and Justin came back down the stairs together about thirty minutes later - smiling, laughing and still damp from their shower - the first thing they saw was Daniel again bedeviling Kerek, this time by waving the ten inch long purple dildo under his nose.

"In case you weren't listening, dildo breath, I'm supposed to be judging this competition," Kerek explained, his exasperated tone saying more about the contempt in which he held Daniel than anything else. "How the fuck am I supposed to do that if I'm mucking around with your big purple people poker? Hmmmm?"

"I don't give a fuck, your Royal Heinie!" Daniel snarked back with a malevolent grin. "I'm in charge of the P4 for the day and that means you get to take a quick trip down dildo lane whenever I say. So, get busy . . . Or get out."

"Fuck you, Daniel," Kerek replied in a polite tone of voice that did nothing to belie the malice underlying the words. "But, whatever. What you don't know is that I'm actually a fantastic multitasker. Paal, would you mind giving me a hand here?"

The tall and aristocratic black man got up from the padded arm chair where he'd been sitting and pushed the substantial piece of furniture around until it was facing away from the TV. Then, with a facetious smile, he snatched the Purple-Pointed People Poker out of Daniel's grasp and handed it over to Paal, who was waiting beside Kerek. Kerek then kneeled on the seat of the chair, his front to the chair's back, with his knees spread wide, his ass presented pertly towards the center of the Greatroom and his face directed towards the TV screen on the wall.

"Now, Paal, Sweetie, if you'd please do the honors. This way I can enjoy getting fucked and STILL judge the contest," Kerek directed, his attention focused back on the screen where little Malik was doing his best to fuck Big Dane over the edge of the headboard of the Passion Pit's bed. "Oh, and Danny Boy? Just in case you were getting ready to congratulate yourself on getting back at me or some other nonsense like that," the svelte black man said even as his friend slid the ten inch dildo firmly into his ass, "MY favorite toy at home is called The Mighty Intruder, and he makes this little guy look like a beginner's model. Harder, Paal, Honey! That's right. Yeah! Just like that . . ."

Kerek proceeded to very vocally enjoy every single minute of his time with Mr. P4, while never once letting his attention be diverted from the computer screen for more than a few seconds.

Daniel stood there silently fuming the whole time, undoubtedly upset that his expected revenge had fallen flat. Of course, he couldn't help getting hard at the thoroughly erotic sight of Kerek being fucked silly with the big purple dildo - they were all hard from just watching the performance - but with his cock bound snugly in its tight leather harness, there wasn't anything the bully could do about it. Which, inevitably, made him even more pissed off at Kerek.

Brian could see the wheels turning in Daniel's brain as the creep struggled to think up other ways to get back at Kerek. He didn't envy Kerek in the least, and hoped the man knew what he was about. Instead of just a nuisance, Kerek had now made Daniel into a real enemy. One with a really bad temper, too.

When the servant reappeared at ten till the hour, prepared to do his thing with the bingo ball machine in order to pick the next couple, Kerek obviously decided it was time to wrap things up. He pushed his firm ass further back towards Paal, clenched his butt cheeks together and wiggled till the end of the dildo almost pulled out of Paal's unprepared hand. Apparently, though, that was all the experienced young black man needed to get himself off. With an exaggerated scream of "Fuck, Yes!" Kerek came all over the leather back of the big armchair.

Then, without resting for even a beat, Kerek  reached around behind him, grabbed hold of the base of the dildo and yanked it free of his ass. Brian heard a nearby Justin grunt in sympathy at the abrupt withdrawal, but it didn't seem to faze Kerek in the least. He simply whipped around, shoved the used dildo into Daniel's unsuspectingly open hand, and then flounced off towards a different - clean - chair. Daniel stood there with a look of utter disgust on his face as he glared down at the slimy thing in his palm.

“You’re going to want to wash that, Dickwad,” Kerek directed without letting his attention waver from the action on the computer screen.

Nobody really had a chance to even enjoy the look of outrage that came over Daniel’s face as he stalked off to the bathroom to wash - presumably both his hand and the dildo - before the servant did his random selection thing and called out the next two names: “Brian and Daniel!”

*Ennnnhhh* “Shoot me now, Sunshine,” Brian groused quietly but vehemently as soon as he heard who his partner would be.

“This should be interesting,” Justin confirmed, rubbing a consoling hand tenderly across Brian’s lower back. “You’ll figure out something, though.”

“How about if I just strangle the hose bag and do everyone a favor?” Brian offered, as he moved reluctantly towards the basement stairs.

“Good luck,” Justin called after him, ignoring the grouchy grumbling which was his only reply.

Justin moved over to join Kerek and Paal in the chairs by the computer screen. He was as interested as everyone else to see just what kind of solution Brian would come up with for this situation. Justin had full confidence in his very resourceful friend. He knew whatever Brian came up with would be elegant and probably unexpected.

“So, how do you want to work this,” Daniel’s always smug voice could be heard a few minutes later coming from the speakers. “Don’t tell me you’re going to suggest hand jobs again, Loser!”

“No. Why bother? With you wearing that thing,” Brian pointed to Daniel’s snugly ringed cock, “it would just be a waste of time and my wrist would get sore.”

You could see the corner of Daniel's mouth twitch even though he was trying not to smile at Brian's attempt at humor. "Fine with me. Hand jobs are for pussies anyway. So, does that mean you're finally going to give up that lily white ass of yours and let me fuck you?"

"Hmmm, lemme think . . . Uh, that would be a 'No'," Brian snorted derisively at the unwelcome suggestion. "In the first place, I doubt you'd get off while wearing that cock ring and I don't intend to let you pummel my ass while you're trying. And secondly, you don't deserve this ass. Very few even come close to earning that honor - and you're definitely not one of the few, the proud, the brave. So . . . no." Brian's little diatribe sparked a round of laughter from those watching in the Greatroom.

"Okay. So what's your plan, Mr. High-And-Mighty-Off-Limits-Ass? Are we just going to stand around here and talk for an hour? I'm sure the viewers will LOVE that!" Daniel flopped backward onto the big round purple velvet bed in a huff.

Brian looked appraisingly at the supine man without speaking for two long minutes. "Well, the way I see it, you're not going to get off while wearing that cock ring by doing the same old, same old. So you have two choices - We could fart around with blow jobs and waste our time and neither of us have much fun, or you could let ME take a crack at getting you off. In fact, I bet I could get you off in less than an hour even WITH that cock ring on your dick."

"Yeah, right! This thing is fucking tight. It ain't happening," Daniel scoffed.

"It would if I fucked you," Brian asserted confidently.

"No fucking way!"

"Yes fucking way!" Brian returned, his voice mockingly mimicking the other man. "And I'm so sure of it that I'll bet you whatever you want."

"Anything?"

"How about this," Brian proposed, his one brow raised enticingly. "You let me fuck you and, if I don't make you cum within one hour even with that cock ring on, then the next time we’re paired up I won't argue if you still want to fuck me. How's that?"

Daniel looked away from Brian's compelling gaze. While he was thinking, he reached down and started to play with himself. He'd been hard since he put the fucking cock ring on more than two hours ago - watching all the other guys fuck all morning wasn't helping. His balls were going to be blue by lunchtime if he didn't get off at least once.

Of course, the idea of letting anyone top him, let alone that arrogant asswipe, Brian, wasn't all that appealing to Daniel. He hadn't bottomed in years; but when he'd entered this contest, he'd known it was more than likely going to be required sooner or later, so he'd prepared himself for it mentally. And at least if he gave it up now, he'd more likely than not get a shot at Brian's elusive ass in the very near future. THAT would definitely make it worth it.

Those watching could almost see the cogs and wheels in Daniel's brain spinning wildly. Speculation among the rest of the House Boys was rife as to what Daniel's answer would be. There were even a couple of side bets exchanged. The consensus seemed to be that, yes, it WAS possible to get someone off while he was wearing a cock ring, but it was bloody hard work and, even then, not always successful. Could Brian really do it? And would Daniel even agree to try?

Daniel cocked his head speculatively to the side as if he were sizing Brian up. Finally, he seemed to reach a decision. "What the fuck! Either you make me cum - which will be a fucking miracle with this stupid ring on - or I get into YOUR ass without a fight. I figure that I'm the winner here no matter what," Daniel shrugged and started to turn over onto his belly. "But, just so you know, Stud, whether you win this bet or not, I WILL be getting into that tight little ass of yours before this Summer is over. That you CAN bet on."

“Sorry. I never gamble,” Brian replied as he moved towards the side table to gather in advance the supplies he’d need. “Gambling is basically a tax on the stupid. I only bet on sure things. I don’t like to lose. And the likelihood of YOU getting into MY ass is so infinitesimally low, it's practically nonexistent. Not a good bet for you - really.”  

Daniel snorted at that pronouncement but didn’t move or otherwise comment. Brian tossed the stuff he’d scrounged from the nightstand onto the bed next to the waiting man and then paused for a moment, a resigned look on his handsome face. Justin, who was watching from upstairs with the rest of the guys, thought that Brian had probably never been THAT reluctant about fucking someone before. From what Brian had told him, as well as what he’d gleaned from listening to the stories the other House Boys told about Brian’s almost legendary status in the local gay community, Justin wouldn’t have suspected the Stud to have any qualms at all about whom he fucked. Of course, all those stories didn’t exactly jive with the Brian he was coming to know, so maybe they were wrong. However you looked at it though, Justin figured that everybody, even the Stud of Liberty Avenue, had his standards. And fucking a guy you detested was probably tough even for Brian.

Finally screwing up his resolve - or abandoning his morals - Brian apparently decided it was time to proceed. He dropped down onto his knees at the edge of the bed and grabbed hold of Daniel’s left calf with one hand, slapping his tush lightly with the other hand to get the man to move up a bit. Daniel grunted a little at the slap to his posterior and wriggled upwards on the bed. Strangely enough, the sound the man made was far from unhappy, Brian’s brow raised in puzzlement for half a second and then he smiled wickedly. He got up from the bed once more, rooted around in the bedside table for a minute more and then came back with a red leather paddle in his hand. The collected House Boys upstairs all whooped when they saw this little toy come out. They figured it was going to get hot down in the Passion Pit.

Brian appeared to finally be ready. He crawled back onto the bed, kneeling slightly to the side of the waiting man and then pulled up on the man’s hips so that he was positioned on his elbows and knees with his legs spread fairly wide. And then, without further ado, Brian gave Daniel’s ass cheeks two quick, hard smacks with the red paddle. The unsuspecting Asian man seemed startled for only a moment and then groaned erotically with each blow, his ass wiggling backward as if to encourage more. Brian sat back on his heels and admired the way the light brown skin pinked up. The boys watching upstairs could see that the word ‘BITCH’, which was etched into the surface of the paddle, showed up quite clearly, white against the redder color of Daniel’s ass cheeks. It caused yet another round of laughter among the watchers - everyone was sure that Daniel was going to freak when he realized exactly what the results of his little kink would be.

“I see how it is,” Brian whispered just loudly enough that Daniel could hear him but hopefully the video cameras would not. “Pain is your thing, isn’t it? You don’t only like causing pain, though, you secretly like feeling a little pain yourself. Don’t you?” Brian punctuated each sentence with another hard smack against the now glowing posterior, carefully aiming his blows so that they didn’t overlap and instead covered the man’s thighs and glutes almost completely. “You like the pain because at heart you’re just a little bitch who knows he deserves to be spanked. That’s it, right? You want this! You want to be punished. That’s why you’re such a little shit all the time. You WANT to be punished!”

The last wallop was delivered with a little extra force and Daniel actually yelped out loud but he didn’t make any move to get away from Brian and he didn’t say to stop. Brian narrowed his eyes and shook his head. He could see that Daniel was already so hard that his skin was straining and red where the leather bands of the cock ring were digging into his now engorged flesh.

“You actually like that cock ring on you, don’t you, Bitch?” Brian hit him again, this time low on his ass right across the gap where Daniel’s scrotum was hanging, visible between his widespread knees. The man jerked when at least some of the force of the blow hit his most sensitive parts. He still didn’t move away though. If anything, he thrust his ass up higher and his shoulders lower so that any subsequent paddle strokes would be sure to hit that same spot.

Brian obliged him with another series of slightly shallower slaps and Daniel writhed with ecstasy after each one. “That’s why I know I’m going to win this little wager, Danny Boy. Because you’re already about to cum for me. Aren’t you? You are, Bitch. You know you are. Only I’m not going to let you cum just yet, Bitch. You still need to be punished so you’re going to have to wait for your release until I say it’s time.” Daniel’s moan of erotic complaint gave clear evidence that Brian was on the right track.

The House Boys who had bet against Brian began to get a little anxious.

Brian tossed the paddle aside, ready to move on to the main attraction, and moved closer between Daniel's wide-spread knees. He ran his thumb down the long knobby spine from nape to tail bone. He bent forward over the man’s back, preparing to kiss or lick or bite the man’s shoulder - a habit he’d gotten into recently for some unknown reason - even though he generally wouldn’t do anything so personal with the average trick. But lately . . . it just felt right. He didn’t know why. It was just something he’d started to do and he did it almost automatically now.

But this time, when he bent his body over the one beneath him, he inhaled a deep lungful of the man’s scent and was momentarily surprised by the strangely musty body odor. It caused him to pause. In the back of his mind, he’d expected the scent to be different. He’d expected . . . What? . . . Then it came to him, he’d expected the aroma of warm, sun-baked earth, fresh-cut grass and clean, sweet sweat. What he got a whiff of was the usual slightly acrid tang of sex and male sweat - the way his tricks usually smelled. But that wasn’t what he expected or wanted and it kinda threw him off his stride. He didn’t want to take the time to stop and think why that odd anticipation had hit him so strongly right then, let alone who it was that would give off such arousing scents. Instead he tried to just shake it off.

However, Brian did decide that he wasn’t interested in kissing the back of Daniel’s neck any longer. This type of situation called for less finesse and more action. Whatever bizarre impulse had come over him that made him want to take his time with this fuck or get personal in any way, at least it was gone now. Now Brian just wanted to get the asshole off and get this over with as quickly as possible. Judging by the generous and now almost continual moaning going on, thankfully, it didn't seem like it would take long.

So, with renewed vigor, Brian commenced slamming into Daniel’s ass even harder than before. As his mind moved into a more clinical focus, Brian calmly analyzed his fuckee. He could always tell when a trick was ready to cum. It was just his gift - he could read people pretty well no matter what the situation, but when it came to sex, he was a fucking genius. He just instinctively knew what they needed and when. He could read the subtext of every grunt or groan. He knew when they wanted it hard and when they wanted it even harder. He knew exactly what to say to get them right to the edge. And right now his instincts were telling him that THIS trick was ripe for the plucking. It was time to wrap things up and hopefully get the fuck away from Dildo Daniel.  

With a calculated move - nothing playful or teasing about this fuck anymore, if there ever had been - Brian reached one hand around and viciously tweaked Danny Boy’s nipple. At the same time, he also shifted his weight just the right amount so that his next thrust would jab solidly into the guy’s prostate. If Daniel liked it rough and painful, Brian would give him rough and painful.

“How’s my little Bitch doing now?” Brian breathed into the man’s ear as he punched again and again into the now over-sensitized prostate. “This painful enough for you? You want more?” He used his free hand to dig hard fingers into the thin flesh over Daniel’s hip, hard enough to bruise. “You deserve every last ounce of pain, you know. You deserve to be punished. And I’m going to keep on fucking you so hard your ass is going to ache for the next fucking week, that’s how much pain you deserve, Bitch.” Daniel moaned again, loudly, but not in protest, in rapture.

“Now, are you going to cum for me? Or are you going to make me hurt you even more?” Brian’s voice had now risen to the point it was audible to everyone watching. “Are you? Are you going to make me hurt you more or are you ready to cum? You ARE going to cum for me, Bitch. You’re going to cum. For. Me. NOW!”

Brian emphasized each word with a particularly cruel stab, pulling Daniel’s hips back toward him at the same time as he impelled his own hips forward. Daniel cried out with each motion. His body was drenched in sweat and his face contorted in some rictus halfway between agony and euphoria. His cock was swollen grotesquely within it’s leather cage and had turned a dark purplish-red, the big vein on the underside a deep blue, pulsing line. Then, with the final word - “NOW!” - he bucked upward, yelling incomprehensibly, his body slamming back against Brian’s chest as his body finally found release. His cock seemed for one instant like it would explode within the confines of the tight leather straps, but then, with a feral groan, a thick stream of sticky white shot out and the man’s whole body seemed to collapse in on itself as he sank onto the bed with exhaustion.

“And that, my little friend, is how we do these things,” Brian commented dryly and, almost as an afterthought, closed his eyes and held still through his own shuddering release.

“Bastard!” Kerek cursed at the computer screen as the House Boys watched Brian working his magic down in the Passion Pit.

“He doesn’t even have to try,” Malik replied, sounding awestruck, watching Brian work Dastardly Dan into a lather despite the fact that Bully Boy had sworn up, down and sideways that he was ONLY a top.

“He’s not . . . He can’t . . .” Dane apparently couldn’t even find the words to express his disbelief as the group stared at the computer screen.

“Yes. He can!” Paal seemed the most confident of all of them when it came to Brian’s abilities.

“He can do anything he wants,” Justin’s assertion was made quietly, the young blond shaking his head with an almost proprietary smile on his face as he watched Brian pounding hard into Daniel’s ass.

Then, as Brian started whispering again into Daniel’s ear, Kerek - who’d unwisely bet against Brian - completely lost it. “How does he do it? What does he say?” Despite his own extensive experience, Kerek was mired in disbelief at what Brian seemed capable of.

“We’ll never know. But whatever it is, he says it for all of us!” Dane sounded almost proud of Brian’s exploits - as if his prowess reflected positively on all of them by mere association.

Then, just as Brian made his final move, sinking with force into Daniel’s ass and causing an instant explosion, the entire group crowed with admiration. It was such a tour de force. It was dazzling.

“Shit, man,” Malik voiced what everyone was thinking. “I can NOT believe Brian managed that. And that Daniel LET him top. It’s a fucking miracle. It’s like . . . it’s like he’s the damned ‘Sex Whisperer’ or something.” This comment elicited another round of laughter from all, but there was enough truth in the statement, albeit somewhat grudgingly given, that nobody argued the title.

Downstairs, they could see Brian was brusquely pulling out and two seconds later had already started to move away from the bed. Daniel was still lying in a heap on the bed where he’d dropped as soon as he’d come, his ass still shining a bright red with the word ‘Bitch’ stamped all over it in glowing white relief. Even as the Brian on the computer screen moved off camera, Justin popped up out of the chair where he’d been sitting and moved off towards the stairs, eager to greet his returning champion.

“You are one fucking lucky bastard, Cupcake,” Dane teased as little Justin passed by him.

“Don’t I know it!” Justin smiled one of his hugest smiles, waggled his eyebrows playfully and practically skipped off to meet Brian at the landing of the stairs.

The entire group kept watch as Justin greeted Brian by jumping into the taller man’s arms and kissing him enthusiastically. Brian didn’t seem at all averse to this form of greeting. He especially didn’t seem to mind that Justin’s pretty dick was all hard and throbbing after watching Brian’s recent performance. It looked like the two of them were due for yet another shower together - right away, in fact. And, after a quick whispered discussion about just exactly what Justin wanted to do in the shower this time - only a few words of which made it to the House Boy’s ears - the couple bounded off up the stairs at a lope.

“So, if Brian’s The Sex Whisperer,” Dane slipped a companionable arm around Malik’s shoulders as they all watched the pair disappear together, “then just what the fuck does that make the kid? And exactly how does a little ‘Cupcake’ manage to tame the Stud of Liberty Avenue?”

“It makes him a fucking sex god - in training - that’s what it makes him,” Malik announced, proud of his young friend. “He might look like a Cupcake on the outside, but we ALL know that boy’s the greatest thing since sliced bread. If Brian doesn’t quite know it yet, just wait - he will. And when he finally lets Justin top him . . . well, you know - you’ve been there - it’ll be all over for our resident Stud.”

“I think it’s already too late for poor Brian,” Kerek giggled in complete agreement with Mal’s assessment. “He might not see it yet, but it’s been all over from the first day he laid eyes on our Cupcake.”

“I think they make a lovely couple,” Paal added with a benevolent, paternal grin.

“Shut your mouth, man!” Malik rounded on Paal with a hiss. “You DON’T want Brian to hear you saying that shit. He’ll fucking run for the hills and Justin will never forgive us for screwing things up for him. And I, for one, want to keep on getting fucked by both of them, which means I’m not going to let you go fucking up the good thing we all got going here. So all of you just keep your mouth shut about all that 'couple' crap, okay?" Mal glared around at everyone in the Greatroom, easily getting the entire group's tacit agreement.

“So, I take it that means I shouldn't run around teasing Brian by singing, ‘Brian and Justin, Sitting in a Tree, K-I-S-S-I-N-G . . .” Dane joked, nevertheless, causing the whole group to break out in uncontrollable laughter yet again, as Mal chased the big giant around the room.

Chapter 28 - Slip Sliding Away. (Saturday Sexcapades - Conclusion.)

Brian extended his hand and assisted Paal off the big round purple velvet bed. The well-built Indian man smiled his thanks and even went so far as to pat Brian on the shoulder as soon as he was standing on his own two feet. Brian was surprised by the affectionate gesture.

“Thank you for a very pleasant time, my friend,” Paal offered, pointing with his chin to the bed they’d both just left.

“Wow. I don’t think anyone’s ever THANKED me for fucking them before,” Brian smiled back roguishly.

“Perhaps more people should,” Paal replied, halting Brian before he could perform his usual escape act and flee the Passion Pit as soon as the condom was off. “You know, it is truly an honor to receive the attentions of such an expert. And it is only polite to thank a professional for services rendered, you know.”

Brian snorted a little huffing laugh at being referred to as a ‘professional’. “I wouldn’t call myself a professional fucker - more of a talented amateur, I’d say. Fucking’s more of a hobby than a vocation for me.”

“I would beg to differ, my friend,” Paal chuckled as well. “And based on your new title amongst the House Boys, Mr. ‘Sex Whisperer’, I believe they would all disagree as well.”

“What? The Sex Whisperer? Fuck!” Brian shook his head and rolled his eyes at the ridiculous name. “Which pathetic queen came up with that, I wonder?” Brian’s usual self-deprecating tone was already dismissing the compliment. “Oh well, I've been called worse things. I guess I can live with that . . . I’m just worried about what you bored fags will come up with next. And, just so you know, I draw the line at becoming ‘Doctor Love’ or any shit like that.”

Paal looked like he was about to say more, to Brian's chagrin, but luckily they were interrupted when the door opened and the next Passion Pit pair came in - Malik and Justin.

"Hey! I thought you two were finished," Malik questioned as he bustled past Brian and headed directly towards the bed.

"Never fear. The bed is all yours. I was merely thanking the Sex Whisperer for his services," Paal explained, looking towards Brian with a teasing glint in his eye.

Brian looked away, uncomfortable again at hearing all the praise, which only caused Paal to chuckle again. Luckily Malik was too focused to notice. Justin simply grinned indulgently as he bumped past Brian's shoulder. Brian, with uncharacteristic playfulness, reached out and goosed the plump blond behind before Justin got too far away. That earned Brian a full-on Sunshine smile, which apparently dispelled any lingering embarrassment Brian might have been feeling, since he immediately smiled back - a sweet, happy, real smile that made him look 10 years younger.

"Well, get your asses gone then," Malik waved at the prior couple with a shooing motion. "We got shit to do and you two aren't invited. I was thinking I'd have a Cupcake eat ME for a change."

"Isn't this your third trip down here for the day, Malik," Brian asked, delaying just to be difficult. "I wouldn't think you'd be that eager to get your ass plowed yet again."

"Hey, it’s not my fault that all you white boys can't seem to get enough of this fine black piece of ass. I figure it's my civic duty to let y'all see just what you've been missing all these years. But, right now, I got me an appointment with a Cupcake so the rest of you are just going to have to wait your turn. Now, skeedaddle!” Malik ordered as he grabbed hold of Justin’s wrist and pulled the giggling blond down onto the bed with him.

Brian took one final moment to smile genially at the two teasing Twinks as they giggled and goofed off and joked in prelude to whatever it was that Malik had in mind for when they actually started to fuck. It wasn’t exactly Brian’s style - he’d never really had the chance or the inclination to engage in that much rollicking foreplay - but the boys seemed to be enjoying it to no end. Instead of the serious business that Brian had always assumed it to be, these two made sex look like so much fun! It made his heart feel lighter just to think that he now had a chance to experience some of that joy too.

All because of a certain unquenchable blond Twink . . .

“I’ll have the shower warmed up for you when you’re done, Sunshine. Have fun!” Brian advised as he stepped towards the door.

The giggling look of adoration he got from that certain little blond was enough to almost make him forget that he’d just proposed their fourth shower fuck of the day. But, what the hell. Brian could do playful and joyful too, right? He might not have much experience in that area, but he could if he wanted to. The jubilant laughter that followed him out of the room convinced him that, yes, he did want to. Very Much. As long as he got to do it with one specific, playful little blond boy.

For the evening Challenge, the boys were led outside to the big lawn next to the pool. When they got there they saw a large inflatable pool and beside it a stand that held another computer setup and a screen showing an electronic image of The Master’s portrait. The usual contingent of masked servants were standing by, one of whom was positioned next to a 55 gallon oil drum labeled ‘Anal Lube’. The fact that the servant was holding what appeared to be a sprayer nozzle which was attached to the drum with a short hose was a little worrisome to Brian.

“Good Evening, my children,” The Master’s voice sounded jovial and approving even through the small portable speakers. “Your escapades in today’s Sexcapades were inspiring! I have to tell you that I was very pleased indeed. But don’t take my word for it. Let’s hear from today’s Judge. Kerek, son, what is your opinion?”

“Well, I hate to say it, Master, but I have to admit that today’s most spectacular performance has to have been . . . Brian and Daniel,” Kerek replied, giving Daniel a look that should probably have withered the man’s balls if only looks had that much power. “And I REALLY hate to say it.”

A short burst of evil electronic laughter followed Kerek’s pronouncement. “I must agree with you, dear Kerek. That was definitely a spectacular feat of fucking. Very well, then. Brian and Daniel, please step forward.”

Brian sauntered forward a step or two, smirking at the catcalls and whoops of encouragement he was getting from his fellow House Boys. Daniel, who’d been uncharacteristically subdued the entire afternoon - so much so that he’d basically hidden out for the greater part of the day and hadn’t even bothered anyone else with his Purple Pointed People Poker - hesitantly followed in Brian’s wake.

“You have both pleased me so much today, my children,” The Master lavished the two waiting men with praise. “Such enthusiasm! It was inspiring! And, as your reward, you two may be the first to choose a swim cap for tonight’s Challenge.”

The Master’s words were accompanied by one of the masked servants stepping forward with his big silver tray. On the tray were an assortment of rather gaudy swim caps. And, while Brian hadn’t at first been sure that being the first to choose a cap was such a great reward for his prowess with a paddle, after he saw the caps he’d be choosing from he was very grateful that he got to go first.

He quickly passed over the two ridiculous caps covered with a rainbow assortment of flowers, already feeling sorry for whoever got stuck with those. The flat black caps with only three flower appliques weren’t much better. But, finally, at the bottom of the pile he found a rainbow colored cap that was too brightly colored for his taste, but at least it didn’t have flowers. He grabbed it. Daniel quickly took the other rainbow cap and they both returned to their places in the line up of naked men surrounding The Master’s computer stand.

“As you have probably surmised from the presence of the pool and the swim caps,” The Master continued with his announcement of the evening’s Challenge, “tonight’s event will be a bit different. A little lighthearted fun after the more strenuous activities of earlier in the day.” The servants were already passing by the remaining contestants and handing out the atrocious caps along with a condom to each of the House Boys.

“Tonight’s Challenge will be . . . Naked Lube Wrestling!” The Master declared to a mixed reaction of groans, laughter and whimpers from the assembled competitors. “This will be a tag team event, my children. You will be randomly sorted into two teams. But, since we have an odd number of contestants - and since one of your number has a decided size advantage - I have decided to let our Dane be tagable by either team. In our game, however, the goal is not to pin your opponent’s shoulders to the ground - that’s far too ordinary for our purposes. No. To win in this game, you have to pin your man to the mat with your dick! Slip it in and the one penetrated is out! Whichever team has all it’s men probed first loses.”

“Who the fuck comes up with all these ideas?” Brian whispered to the equally incredulous little blond standing next to him.

“No idea!” Justin answered. “But it’s obviously someone with WAAAAAYYYYY too much time on his hands and a really sick imagination.”

It took a bit after The Master signed off to get everyone ready for this event. All the boys were told to don their beautiful swim caps as well as capping their other heads with condoms. Then the servants lined them up and started spraying them from head to toe with the lube from the big oil drum. It was an extra-slippery silicone-based lubricant that made it practically impossible to grab ahold of anything. Even just standing in one place on the grass was a chore once the men had been dowsed. The mere thought of getting into the big inflated pool that had a two inch layer of the lube coating the plastic bottom was daunting.

As soon as everyone was suited and greased up like a fast-food fry cook, the servants picked random names and sorted the boys into two teams. Team One was Malik, Kerek and Paal. Team Two was Brian, Daniel and Justin. Dane was told he would be considered part of both teams. They were given further instructions about how to tag out and what moves were considered acceptable - which was basically everything in this all-out-down-and-pervy version of your usual wrestling match. Then all that was left to do was for each team to select who they were going to put into the pool first.

Kerek and Justin, the first two unlucky competitors, both stepped into the pool on opposite sides. The bottom of the pool was so slippery with lube that Justin almost fell just stepping in. Luckily, he managed to right himself at the last minute. But he was off balance to start with so when Kerek lunged at him he went down without much struggle at all. Kerek launched himself on top of the poor flailing blond boy and the two began to grapple with each other, their hands gliding off of lube-slippery limbs without ever getting much of a grip. Meanwhile, Justin, who was still on the bottom, was wriggling like an eel on steroids to try to get himself free. The only thing that Kerek really had going for him was that he was several inches taller than the little Twinkie and had a few pounds on him. But Justin was just energetic enough that he managed to slide out of Kerek’s grasp sufficiently so that he could crawl away to the side of the pool.

Justin tagged the first hand he saw extended in his direction. It happened to be Brian, who launched himself into the pool without regard to the greasiness. Which meant, unfortunately, that he slid bodily right over the top of Kerek and didn’t stop till he hit the far side of the pool. But the distraction of another body slithering over him was enough to cause Kerek to cease going after Justin, who was helped out of the pool by the rest of his team. Both men paused then, taking the time to stand up carefully, making sure of their footing on the slippery surface before moving. It looked like the mad dash approach wasn’t going to work and these two had therefore decided to think things through first. Kerek knew, in order for him to win this challenge, he would have to get his Sex Whispering housemate on his back and keep him there. Kerek also knew that getting into Brian’s carefully guarded ass was going to take some pretty fast thinking and skillful maneuvering on his part.  

The pair began to circle each other warily, sizing up their opponent and feinting occasionally but not really making any serious moves. The teams standing around the edge were egging the pair on but the two in the pool didn’t seem to be listening. Then, all of the sudden, Brian made a half-lunge to the right, which Kerek thought was actually going to happen. The tall black man zigged the other direction but lost his footing at the abrupt move and ended up falling flat on his face. Brian dove towards his fallen foe, but again overshot his objective. Kerek managed to roll over several times until he ended up lying on top of Brian, who was face down in the puddling lube on the pool bottom. Try as he might, though, Kerek wasn’t able to get any purchase on the older man’s slippery limbs and couldn’t get Brian’s legs pried apart. Brian was now struggling with all his might to escape, while still keeping his legs clamped tightly together to protect his virtue. With a lot of effort, Brian managed to low crawl on his elbows close enough to the edge of the pool that he could almost reach Dane’s big hand which was extended over the side towards him.

Kerek growled in frustration when he noticed that his prey was on the verge of tapping out. He’d have to take some desperate action before Brian managed to escape. He decided to give up on trying to pry apart those rock hard thighs and instead went for flipping the man over. To do this, he thought he could use the side of the pool. So, he eeled off Brian, and shoved him to the side with all his might. Brian, greased like a pig, sailed over the plastic flooring and halfway up the inflated side before toppling right over back onto Kerek. The accidental reversal took them both by surprise and it took a moment before Kerek realized his plan had backfired. He started to struggle, arms and legs grappling for some purchase on the bottom, but Brian clung onto him like a limpet to a slippery shore rock. And, somehow, without either of them meaning to, Kerek’s struggles ended with his legs spread just enough that Brian slid down his backside with his hard dick coming to land five centimeters from its target. Brian didn’t even have to think about it. He hooked his hands around Kerek’s shoulders and pulled the man under him down just enough that his dick slid right into the unguarded asshole. Both men looked stunned for a moment and then Kerek started laughing.

The rest of the event followed in pretty much the same vein. It was a comedy of errors on an epic scale. After Brian and Kerek’s ‘Accidental Fucking’, everyone was laughing so hard they could barely stand up straight even if they hadn’t been dripping with The Master’s prized ‘Anal Lube’. Between the lube getting in their eyes and the tears of laughter clouding their vision, it was often unclear if the guys in the pool even knew who they were trying to fuck. There were many silly mishaps and even a couple of minor injuries but everyone seemed to be taking the accidents with a sense of humor and nobody’s feelings got hurt so it was all good.

After Kerek was pulled out of the pool, gasping with gut wrenching laughter, Paal took his place. He and Brian were pretty well matched physically, so it was unclear who would come out on top in that matchup. Unfortunately Brian, who had been squirming around in the lube laden pool for longer than Paal had, was extra-specially lardaceous by that time. When Paal made a sudden move towards the slippery brunet, Brian jerked back out of his grip, his feet flew out from under him and he accidentally flipped ass over tea kettle over the side of the pool and right out onto the grass, landing with his ass in the air and his face planted in the muddy lawn. He might have even got a little pissed off at this ignominious ending, if it weren’t for Justin rushing to his side, helping to right him and covering his face with laughing, teasing kisses while everyone else patted his shoulders or rear jocularly.

Daniel jumped into the pool after Brian and managed by reason of accidentally sliding underneath Paal, and in consequence kneeing the poor man in the groin, to win his bout. Dane took Paal’s place while Kerek rushed inside to get his groaning teammate an icepack for his now bruised and tender equipment. When it looked like Dane was about to overcome Daniel, the already-topped-once-that-day-top rushed to tap out and Justin slid cheerfully into the fray.

Whether Justin’s brand of extra-wiggly worming was the perfect way to finagle this particular challenge, or whether the Big Friendly Giant just went easy on his little Cupcake, it all ended up with Justin pinning the much larger Dane to the pool floor with his dick in Dane’s ass in fairly short order. That left only Malik still in action for Team One. Sadly, both Justin and Malik were so overcome by a debilitating attack of giggles that their wrestling moves were pretty much ineffective. At one point the two goofballs were reduced to simply throwing handfuls of lube at each other and trying to pull their respective frilly flowery swim caps off. Finally, Brian couldn’t take any more of their absurd foolishness - he reached into the pool and bodily pulled Justin out then leaped in and pinned a completely unresisting and still giggling Malik easily.

As the whole crew of chortling, slippery, wet and wounded House Boys made their way over to the pool-side showers, Brian wondered if the paying customers watching Ted’s website had enjoyed that particular challenge as much as they all had. Face it - there wasn’t a lot of actual fucking going on even if they were supposed to have played with their dicks. But, for a change, Brian found himself thinking that maybe what they’d done that night was more enjoyable than all the fucking they’d engaged in the rest of the day.

Who’d have ever thunk it?

The door to Brian and Justin’s bedroom crashed open with such violent force that the doorknob dented the drywall behind the door frame.

“Sorry to disturb your fuckle, guys, but they stole my fucking bed again!” Malik stomped into the room dragging his pillow and stood at the foot of the big king sized bed fuming.

Brian and Justin looked at each other and the laughter that had barely been quelled bubbled up again and exploded out of both of them.

“Come on, Twinkie. Get that fine black piece of ass in here so I can sample it again!” Brian finally managed to cough out a few coherent words amid his own rather unmasculine giggles. He pulled up a corner of the bed sheet and scooted over closer to the vanilla Twink to make room for the arrival of the chocolate Twink. “I’m not sure when exactly I became the cream filling in this twinkie sandwich, but you’re always welcome to join our all-you-can-sleep buffet, Malik. The more the merrier, right?” Brian chuckled as Malik jumped at the offer to fuckle right along with the other two.

An hour or so later, once they were all completely fuckled out and Brian was asleep in the middle of his two twinkies, Justin raised his head just enough to peer over Brian’s abdomen. “What happened to my big growly Teddy Bear?” he whispered to Malik.

“Too much fuckling!” Malik whispered back.

The night dissolved once more in a rush of hushed giggles and Brian managed not to let on that he was awake or that he’d heard every single whisper.

Chapter 29 - The Novotny Factor. (Sunday, June 12th)

"What the FUCK have you done to Brian?"

Ted was violently accosted within fifteen seconds of walking into the Liberty Diner. The normal background chatter immediately ceased. All eyes turned to stare at the enterprising Internet entrepreneur who was now being shoved back against the counter by a small angry man who had his fists rucked up in the fabric of Ted's shirt.

"What the fuck, Michael? Let go of me!" Ted demanded pushing away the little man whose face had gone so red he looked like a boiled lobster.

"No! I'm not letting you go until you tell me what the fuck you've done to Brian. Did you drug him or something?" the angry imp accused.

"I have no fucking idea WHAT the hell you're talking about, Michael. I haven't DONE anything to Brian. As far as I know, he's still back at the Residence asleep in bed with Justin. At least that's where he was the last time I checked the camera feeds on the site," Ted responded, his own temper flaring at being manhandled before he'd even had his first cup of coffee. "And why the fuck are you talking about drugs? What drugs? Are you telling me Brian's doing drugs? He better not be - that's against the rules of the contest."

"Well, if he's not being drugged then there's something seriously wrong with him. You have to do something, Ted. You have to stop the game and let Brian out of the deal," Michael's whining had abated from loud angry to loud concerned.

Ted managed to pry his overzealous friend's hands away from his shirt front and moved them both towards the back booth where Ted could see an exasperated looking Emmett waiting for them.

"What's with all the fucking yelling going on out here," an irascible Debbie charged out of the back and intercepted them before they'd managed to reach the booth. "Oh! Morning, Ted, Honey!" She added with an affectionate pat to the newcomer's cheek. "Now, Michael, tell me what the hell's going on and why the fuck you're yelling like a drag queen with her wig on fire." Deb pushed both the boys down into their seats and then pinched her son's cheek in greeting.

"Maaaa!" The coddling gesture didn't do anything to help Michael's already irritable mood.

"Sorry, Teddy," Em apologized quietly to his friend. "I've been trying to talk Michael down all morning but he just won't listen. He insists there's something WRONG with Brian." Emmett put his hand up as if to cover his mouth but didn't really whisper all that quietly, "I think he's a little JEALOUS, if you get my drift."

"Fuck off, Em!" Michael shot back. "I know what I'm talking about. I'm Brian's best friend. I've known him more than half my life. And I know when he's not acting like himself. There's something wrong with him and if it's NOT drugs then it could be a nervous breakdown or maybe he's been brainwashed or something. All I know is that's it's getting serious!"

"Okay, once again I have to ask, 'What the fuck are you talking about, Michael?' Brian is just fine. Here, see for yourself," Ted pulled a tablet computer out of his briefcase, tapped it a few times and then handed the device across the table to Michael who stared worriedly at the screen. "See? There's Brian right there. It looks like he's just getting out of bed."

Emmett leaned over so he too could get a good look at the action showing on the computer screen. As the group watched, they saw the familiar tall, lanky brunet getting out of bed, stretching and shuffling off to the bathroom. With a couple more taps, Ted switched the view so they'd be able to follow Brian's movements. By the time he'd pulled up the screen showing the big master bathroom, Brian had been joined in the shower by a small but enthusiastic young blond who was busily soaping up his bathing partner's backside. Both men were laughing and teasing each other, their words interspersed with tender smiles, gentle touches and occasional lighthearted kisses. It was a very intimate scene.

"That! That . . . that's what's wrong! See that?" Michael was so upset he could barely get words out, his voice creaking like a rusty gate hinge after a spate of wet weather.

Deb, her curiosity piqued, leaned over her son's shoulder now as well, and all four of them watched as Brian Kinney paused momentarily in his teasing foreplay, cupped the blond youth's cheek tenderly in his palm and then gazed adoringly into the boy's deep set, bright blue eyes. The fact that he immediately followed this action up by pushing the boy's face all the way around into the tiles while he donned a condom and then proceeded to fuck the living daylights out of the kid, was far less shocking to the assembled watchers. None of them had ever seen Brian act so caring or tender with another man. They'd all, at one time or another, seen Brian in action with a trick - and sometimes with more than one - but never dreamed they'd see the standoffish Stud being so gentle or kind. For Brian to let himself be emotionally vulnerable with a trick - or with anyone else for that matter - was so out of character. So disconcerting. So . . .

". . . So WRONG! That's what's wrong with Brian! It's that blond kid. He's done . . . Something . . . I don't know what, but he's done something to Brian. We have to get him out of there!" Michael’s voice was getting louder and his whining was almost as earsplitting and vicious as the sound of bullets strafing a battlefield. “It’s got to be that kid! Brian wouldn’t be acting like . . . like THAT!”

The act that Michael apparently found so abhorrent was Brian getting out of the shower and starting in right away to towel Justin off with long, languid, sensual motions. At the same time, the look on his oftentimes saturnine face became almost dreamy. And, what was even more unbelievable in Michael’s opinion, after the young man was dry, Brian took up a bottle of lotion off the bathroom counter and started to gently rub some into the boy’s shoulders and back. It was a completely non-sexual action and yet completely intimate. And so VERY unlike the Brian Kinney they all thought they knew.

“Awww! Isn’t that sweet!” Deb’s comment broke through the stunned and horrified silence that had enveloped the table as they watched this tender demonstration. “Looks like Brian’s finally got himself a boyfriend! Good for him! It’s about fucking time, too!”

“Ma! Brian doesn’t DO boyfriends. Or relationships. You know that. He can’t . . . It can’t be . . . I don’t . . .” Michael sounded like he was about to break into tears over his hero’s fall from the plinth of sexual prowess he’d kept Brian on all these years.

“Well, I’m sorry to be the one to break it to you, Sweetie,” Deb cackled at the incredulous look on her son’s face as he watched Brian moving on from rubbing his shoulders to playing with the little blond’s hair. “But, that,” she pointed to the computer screen and cracked a bubble with her chewing gum, “looks to me like Brian in a relationship. *HAH!*”

“FUCK THIS!” Michael jumped up out of the booth and pushed past his mother. “I’m going to go find Brian and get to the bottom of this! You guys just sit there and keep making jokes. I’m not going to  . . .” Whatever Michael was or was not going to do was lost to the group still sitting in the Diner as the apoplectic little whiner stomped out of the building, intent on rescuing his best friend from the perils of relationshiphood.

“Should we try to go after him or something,” Emmett was the first to break the shocked silence.

“Nah. He’ll be back,” Ted easily dismissed the temper tantrum and Michael. “He doesn’t know the address of the Residence and even if he did he couldn’t get past the security. Brian’s safe enough from him - at least for the time being.” The three longtime friends shared a conspiratorial laugh. “Now, Deb, I really have to order. I’m due over there in an hour. I need to meet the filming crew from Pittsburgh Out so they can get set up before the Sunday in the Sun events start. This is going to be huge. I’m going to be making so much money . . .”

Time started back up again and life went on at the Liberty Diner as usual. It seemed that Brian Kinney’s descent into the horrors of boyfriendness, as newsworthy as that might be, wasn’t exactly a life shattering experience for most of Liberty Avenue’s denizens. Except, of course, if your name was Michael Novotny.

The Residence was a hive of activity that morning. Brian and Justin had to dodge two burly guys toting big lighting fixtures as they made their way downstairs for breakfast. There were more moving men in the Greatroom and, from what Brian could see through the patio door, a whole horde of them out in the backyard. They joined the rest of the House Boys who were all huddled together in an out of the way corner of the kitchen, apparently trying to look inconspicuous.

For the most part, Brian had ceased to think of the fact that he’d been walking around buck naked for the past couple of weeks. Pretty much everyone else around him was naked too. Even the masked servants were scantily clothed, although they did sport leather jock straps and occasionally little leather boy shorts. All the other House Boys seemed to have forgotten the fact of their nudity as well.

Which is probably why it felt so odd to see all these fully clad people traipsing about in their idyllic domain. It reminded him again of the fact that he was flopping around in his all-together in a world where that wasn’t the norm. Of course, he knew that he was being watched by hundreds of online viewers everyday who were probably all salivating over his body all the time. It had nothing to do with whether or not he was comfortable with his body - that had never been an issue for Brian. But, to be the only one naked amid a crowd of people who WERE dressed singled you out. The looks he and Justin got from all the fully dressed people as they walked through the house weren’t helping matters much.

Yeah, it just felt really weird.

Brian could tell he wasn’t the only one that was a little bit uncomfortable with this invasion of the clothed. Everyone else was quieter than usual. Even the usually vivacious and outspoken Kerek was acting subdued this morning as he quietly spooned up his breakfast cereal. Justin practically ran across the kitchen as soon as they entered and took up a position on the far side of the table, using it as a shield of sorts. What was even more telling was that the kid who was usually a bottomless pit hadn’t even bothered to grab any food as he shot past the kitchen island where breakfast was set up.

Brian gave the two cameramen who were hovering by the coffee maker a withering glance. He poured a huge mug of coffee for himself, heaped up a plate full of food and made his way nonchalantly across the room at a casual pace. He could feel the men’s eyes on his ass the whole way but wasn’t going to give them the satisfaction of acting like it was bothering him. When he reached the table, he intentionally bent over far lower than was strictly necessary and slid the plate of food across to Justin, giving the staring men a nice direct line of sight up his asshole. The stupid fuckers! His little act earned him a grateful grin from the sweet little blond and a couple of appreciative snickers from the rest of his housemates. And it DID help to lighten the mood around the table a bit. Still, breakfast that day was a quiet affair.

Brian sat protectively next to his blond and sipped slowly at his coffee while the kid gobbled up the entire gargantuan serving of food that Brian had brought him. Brian had no idea where the kid put all that food - he was skinny as a rail, except for his ass, which was pleasingly plump in all the best ways. The kid sure could eat, though, and it amused Brian to watch him. Plus, considering all the hoopla going on outside, it was a good bet that he was going to need the sustenance to get him through the day. Brian decided he might even indulge in a bagel himself this morning.

“I’m going to grab a bagel. You want anything else?” Brian asked as he drained the last of his coffee mug.

“Thanks, but you don’t have to do that, Brian. I can get it myself. Just tell me what you want on your bagel and I’ll get that too,” the polite little WASPy boy replied with alacrity, scootching out from behind the table before Brian could object.

Justin took Brian’s order and then hustled over to the breakfast island to make the bagel and serve himself a second helping of bacon and eggs. He even braved the still lingering camera crew to get Brian a coffee refill, although Brian could tell that it made Justin uneasy to be so close to the staring men. The fuckers didn’t make it easy for Justin either - they didn’t move away from their posts right in front of the coffee maker, which meant that the boy had to reach around the fatter of the two to reach the hot carafe. The rude snort of laughter the fat one shot to his friend as Justin turned around, which was accompanied by a leer at the blond’s exposed ass as the boy walked away, was too much for Brian though.

“What the FUCK is your problem?” Brian was up out of his chair and half way across the kitchen before Justin had taken two steps. “Don’t you two have something better to do than hang around and watch us eat breakfast?” Brian demanded, using his imposing height to advantage as he strode menacingly towards the startled voyeurs. “If you want to ogle our asses, you can pay the twenty bucks an hour on the web site just like everyone else. But, in the meantime, keep your fucking eyes to yourselves.” Brian reached out and snagged both watchers’ coffee cups away and then gave them an unctuous smile. “Besides, I think your coffee break is over, boys. Get the fuck out of here. Now!” The two men did actually start to move away at that, but looked back a time or two over their shoulders. “Bye, bye!” Brian waved to them obsequiously, standing his ground until the disagreeable pair was completely out of sight.

“Assholes!”

Brian grabbed the last strip of bacon off the platter on the kitchen island before he made his way back to the table in the corner. He was uncomfortably aware that he’d done something a little bit revealing in regards to his feelings for the blond and that all the guys were watching him, grinning knowingly in his direction. He hoped to fuck that they wouldn’t make a big deal out of it. Brian hated that kind of attention. He tried to keep an unemotional poise as he reseated himself at the table. Luckily, nobody said a thing. Justin simply pushed the plate with his bagel over to him. Dane handed him the sugar for his coffee without a word. Malik snatched the business section of the newspaper out of Daniel’s hands and slid it across the table to Brian.

The rest of breakfast went much more smoothly after that. No more of the clothed crew dared to invade the sanctuary of the kitchen. And Brian basked quietly in the adoring glow of Justin’s smile every time the boy looked his way.

“Theodore,” Brian greeted his friend with the usual disdainful leer as soon as Ted made his appearance in the backyard of the Residence that morning. “Nice of you to finally make an appearance at this little Dog and Pony Show you’ve engineered.”

“Nice to see you too, Brian,” Ted replied laconically.

“I’d return the sentiment if I wasn’t still mad at you over that whole Daniel and Adrien thing,” Brian sounded inordinately angry, Ted thought, considering that he’d already taken care of that little matter. “You do know that if I hadn’t stepped in when I did you’d be facing a pretty hefty lawsuit right now, don’t you? I didn’t appreciate having to get involved like that, Theodore.”

“I . . . ah . . . I appreciate that you took action so expeditiously, Brian,” Ted stammered. “I HAVE taken steps to make sure it doesn’t happen again, you know. And Daniel did get punished.”

“Yeah. Whatever. Just make SURE it doesn’t happen again. I might not be able to stop the fucking asswipe the next time,” Brian admonished. “He’s still a fucking loose cannon - you DO realize that, right? He’s not going to stop for long. If it’s not me he tries to get back at, it’ll be someone else.”

“I’ll keep an eye on the situation, Brian. I promise,” Ted assured his friend.

The two old acquaintances stood together silently for a few minutes as they watched all the goings on happening in the large back yard of the Residence. Ted was acutely aware of Brian’s presence and his seemingly uncaring nudity. Brian was aware that Ted was checking him out - although it wasn’t the first time Ted had done this. Usually the former accountant wasn’t quite so blatant about it, though.

“See anything you like, Theodore?” Brian finally had to say something.

*Ahem* “Sorry, Bri. It’s just . . . well, in the flesh and all . . . it’s . . . different, you know?” Ted half apologized, but did avert his eyes from Brian’s crotch in the process.

“I feel like a fucking exhibit at the damned Zoo!” Brian complained. “Your crew spent the last fucking hour ogling all of us too. It’s damned annoying. And what’s with all the new cameras and shit. Are you really going to put our naked asses on display in Pittsburgh Out and, from what I heard the crew discussing, on local television? How the fuck did you manage that? And how the hell are you going to show porn on straight television?”

“Well, your naked asses won’t be in the magazine or on TV - they’ll be editing out most of the nudity and sex, of course - but they ARE going to do segments on the show. It’s fucking amazing. This should double our viewership - at least!” Ted was about to head off into his own little fantasy world populated by large glowing dollar signs and stacks of gold coins, but Brian ruthlessly brought him back down to earth.

“Yeah, and while you’re making bucketloads of cash, my naked ass is getting spread out over the net and television for hundreds of horny fuckers to see,” Brian groused. “Well, enjoy it while you can, Theodore, because when I win your little competition and get myself set up with my own ad agency, that’ll be the LAST you see of my ass. Once I’m established, I’ll be much more exclusive with who gets to ogle the goods. Then all those desperate fags on Liberty Avenue will come after you in retaliation for being the reason they no longer have access to Brian Kinney.”

“Speaking of Liberty Avenue,” Ted figured this was as good an opportunity as he was likely to get to broach the uncomfortable topic he needed to discuss with Brian. “You probably should reply to Michael’s emails. He’s threatening to track you down, storm the Residence and pull you out of here bodily if he doesn’t hear back from you pretty soon.” Ted looked away from Brian, trying to avoid the penetrating glare he was feeling from that direction. “He’s been watching the game - a LOT - and he’s  . . . well, he’s convinced himself that you aren’t acting like yourself. He wanted me to let you out of the competition.”

“What? What the fuck does that mean? I’m not ‘acting like myself’? That’s bullshit!” Brian rolled his eyes, unprepared to deal with yet another of Mikey’s flights of fantasy. “Just tell him that I’m fucking fine and I’m not leaving here until I’ve won the million dollars.”

“I’ve tried, Bri,” Ted didn’t really want to explain exactly WHY Michael was so upset, but he figured he owed his friend the heads up. “Like I said, Michael’s been watching and he . . . um . . . he . . . hethinksyou’vebeenbrainwashedbyJustin.”

“What?” Brian heard what Ted had said but the words had been fired off so rapidly that he figured he must have been mistaken.

“Michael’s convinced that you’re on drugs or else you’ve been brainwashed because you’re acting all . . . well, because of how you’re acting . . . around Justin.” Ted finished off lamely.

*Erghhhh!* Brian was speechless. He had no idea how to respond to Ted’s accusations. He didn’t really WANT to respond to them. And he definitely didn’t want to hear Mikey’s side of things. He didn’t have to. He could already hear Mikey’s high-pitched whiny voice, droning on and on like a malarial mosquito that’s trapped in your bedroom on the hottest night of August. Brian was well aware that his best friend would be the first to give him shit about whatever the fuck he was doing with the little blond. Mikey was the last person who’d want to hear that Brian was growing up or moving on. Brian knew he couldn’t escape the whiny wrath forever. He just thought he’d have a little more time to enjoy himself before he had to face the consequences - and Mikey.

“Mikey can fuck off!” Brian heard the anger in his own voice and tried to modulate it but was having trouble quelling his emotions. “I’ve never bothered to ask Mikey’s opinion about who I’m fucking and I don’t plan to start now.”

Brian might have said even more if he hadn’t been interrupted right at that most inopportune moment by the advent of a bouncy blond boy who breezed up to them, bubbling over with beauty and boundless energy. He bounced to a stop in front of Brian, bopped up onto his tiptoes and bombarded the big brunet with a flurry of kisses.

Brian could feel Ted's questioning gaze boring into his skin. In about thirty seconds the man was going to say something cutting, make some comment about Mikey being right, about Brian acting out of character. He imagined that Ted thought he, Brian, looked ridiculous, spending all his time with a little teeny bopper like Justin. In his mind, Brian could already hear Ted making fun of him.

So he panicked.

"Hey, Big Guy," Justin burbled, lacing his fingers with Brian's and starting to pull him towards the far side of the lawn. "They're ready for us over by the pool."

"I'll be there in a minute," Brian growled, yanking his hand away from the bodacious blond with maybe a bit too much force.

"What's wrong, Brian?" The concerned young man reached out a hand to rub Brian's arm. "Are you okay?"

"I SAID I'll fucking be there, all right? Or don't you understand English anymore?" Brian hissed the words and viciously tore his arm out of the kid's gentle grasp.

For about ten seconds, Justin's face registered puzzlement. But when Brian didn't relent, just stood there looking down his aquiline nose at him without any comment at all, that quickly changed to hurt. Brian could feel that little seed pearl of panic in his chest growing as he watched the boy's beautiful face crumple and all his enthusiastic energy drain out right in front of Brian's eyes. Then, even worse, the corners of Justin's mouth drooped into an angry frown, his lips screwed up tightly together and his eyes slanted into furious blue triangles. Brian had never seen his blond frown before. It made something in his chest flutter unpleasantly.

"Fine!" was all that the boy said, but Brian could hear volumes of anger hovering behind that one short word.

And without further comment, the now-much-less-bouncy blond turned on his heel and stomped off alone. Brian just stood where he was. He found that he was breathing heavily, his heart was beating a mile a minute and his palms were wet with sweat. That little pearl of panic in his chest had accreted several new layers of mingled fear and confusion and now felt like a twenty pound weight on his heart. But he had no idea what to do or say. All he could do was stand there and watch the boy's bounteous backside walking away from him.

What the hell had he just done?

"Shit," Brian muttered under his breath and bit worriedly at his bottom lip.

"You know, Brian," Ted haltingly murmured when Justin was finally out of hearing range, "you don't have to listen to Michael. I mean . . . well . . . Justin seems like a really sweet kid and . . ."

"Fuck off, Ted!" Brian spat furiously, turning and striding irately away from his purported 'friend' as fast as he could flee.

"Ooooookkkkkaaaaaayyyy," Ted sighed and looked around guiltily. "Well, at least it seems like Michael's concerns about Brian acting out of character are taken care of. It looks like the heartless Stud we all know and feel ambivalent about is alive and kicking," Ted tried to reassure himself.

Ted looked around and was relieved that nobody seemed to have overheard his conversation with Brian. He was feeling overwhelmingly responsible for having apparently precipitated the argument between Brian and the cute little blond. Ted had never seen his friend so enamored with another guy before. He'd actually enjoyed watching Brian and the kid together. He should have known better than to bring up the unpleasant subject of Michael Novotny. Now it looked like he'd singlehandedly derailed any chance Brian might have had with the dynamic blond boy. He'd kick himself if he thought it would do any good.

From across the yard, Ted could see the House Boys lining up for the announcement of the day's challenge. He watched as Brian darted several surreptitious glances at the little blond. Unfortunately, Justin was still fuming and pointedly ignored Brian. It was clear to anyone in the know that Brian regretted his thoughtless words but had no clue about how to even begin to fix things. His usual insouciant mask was completely missing. The distracted-looking brunet was radiating anxiety and distress, chewing at his lip and acting like he didn't know whether to scream or run and hide. And all the while, Brian couldn't keep his eyes off the still seething blond boy.

'Maybe', Ted thought, 'the heartless Stud isn't back after all? Maybe Michael was right? Something IS wrong with Brian - he's fallen in love'.

"Poor bastard!" Ted smiled bleakly and shook his head at his clueless friend's situation. "He has no fucking idea what's hit him. I think Brian Kinney may have finally met his match."

Chapter 30 - Everything’s ‘FINE!’ (Sunday In The Sun: Round Two - Sunday, June 12th)

Brian was still standing there in a daze minutes after The Master had finished his showboating announcements. He hadn’t really heard any of it. He seemed to be having trouble focusing on anything. All he was hearing in his mind were echoes of the word ‘Fine!’ rattling loosely through his brain.

“Fuck” Brian mumbled for about the thirtieth time.

“Well, I’m sure we’ll get to that eventually,” Dane’s large but kind voice penetrated the miasma of Brian’s foggy brain. “But I doubt that’s going to help us win a fucking water balloon dodgeball contest. Especially when our side is one man short to start with. And by the way, next time you’re asked by a Porn Master to pick a number between one and a hundred, if you DON’T pick SIXTY-NINE I’ll fucking kick you in the balls. How could you miss that?”

“Huh?” Brian had no idea what Dane was talking about.

The big giant started to explain about how Brian had lost the advantage of having a fourth team member for the day because he had picked ‘two’ and Justin had, correctly, picked sixty-nine, but Brian’s eyes glazed over halfway through the harangue. Paal came to Brian's rescue, shushing Dane. It was obvious that something was seriously bothering their team captain, but neither of them knew what had changed since breakfast.

“So, Captain, my Captain,” Paal tried to redirect Brian’s attention back to the matter at hand. “What do you propose as strategy for our first game this morning?”

“Hey!” Dane snapped his fingers in Brian’s face when the Captain still hadn’t responded after another thirty seconds. “Wake up, man! I don’t want to lose this thing today. Not when there’s reporters here and all. You need to focus, Brian. Come on!”

“Ok. Ok!” Brian took a deep breath and tried to shut up the voices in his brain. “What is it again that we have to do here?”

Ten minutes later Brian, Dane and Paal were lined up on one edge of the giant lawn with a basket full of ‘water balloons’ on the ground next to each of them. Across the way, on the far side of the lawn, stood Justin, Malik, Daniel and Kerek, each with their own basket of ammunition. Brian looked down at the ‘balloon’ he held in his hand and sighed at the ridiculousness of this particular game. Instead of using real balloons for this particular dodge ball game, they were being forced to use condoms filled with brightly colored lube. And, as if that wasn’t bad enough, they weren’t just any condoms. No. The Master had apparently chosen to use these freaky weird condoms decorated with odd semi-firm spikes all over them. It was so fucking juvenile. Brian wished he could throw one at The Master and just be done with it.

The game itself was pretty simple. Brian had been a pro at dodgeball himself as a child so this x-rated version wasn’t likely to faze him. It WAS a little disconcerting to have all the stupid cameras filming them as they trotted around naked throwing condoms filled with lube at each other. But, whatever. Brian figured that somewhere out there Ted had to have at least a few kinky viewers who were getting off on this - which was the only thing that counted, right?

Luckily, both Dane and Paal seemed to excel at water balloon dodgeball as well. Paal was especially accurate with his tosses, explaining to Brian as he dodged past that it was just like the Hindu Festival of Holi. Which meant Paal had had lots of prior experience. He managed to nail both Malik and Kerek with several condoms full of colorful lube within less than five minutes after the game started. However, just as Paal was bending over to re-arm himself after taking out Kerek, Daniel got in a long shot that hit the young Indian right in the tush with a bright blotch of red lube and he was out.

Dane had meanwhile been concentrating on trying to get Justin out. Justin wasn’t very good at throwing his own condom bombs, but he was excellent at avoiding being hit himself. He managed to twist his body in some amazing and strange ways, so that the missiles aimed at him always missed by the tiniest margins. The kid was also pretty fast on his feet and was literally running circles around Dane. He might have even escaped altogether, if he hadn’t inadvertently stepped on an exhausted condom balloon that was still lying in the grass, slipped, fell flat on his ass, and was thereafter easy prey when Dane pummelled him with an assortment of five different colors of condom.

Brian had volunteered himself to take on Daniel. They were actually quite well matched. They both had pretty good aim and were agile enough to avoid getting hit. Daniel was a little more aggressive while Brian was a little more thoughtful about how he was going about things, but in the end their skills were pretty comparable. At one point it looked like they were too evenly matched and that the game would go on forever with neither of them being able to take out the other. But that was only until Dane managed to take out his own target. Once Brian and Dane were able to team up against Daniel, it was all over. They did have to chase him all over the lawn for several minutes before they could get close enough to ensure they had a good shot, but Daniel was eventually cornered at the near edge of the lawn just beyond where the Pittsburgh Out camera crews were set up. Daniel couldn’t leave the lawn or he’d be automatically out and he couldn’t get past the juggernaut of Brian and Dane. In the end he accepted defeat as gracefully as he could and merely stood there without blinking as the other two bombarded him with about ten condom balloons.

And, if a couple of the lube filled latex bombs ACCIDENTALLY went a little off target and drenched the fat cameraman who’d been ogling Justin earlier that morning in the kitchen, well . . . it was all just a game, right?

Brian looked around after the last bomb was tossed, trying to see if Justin had noticed his surreptitious act of revenge. However the blond was still resolutely ignoring Brian's existence. Brian swallowed the bad taste left in his mouth at the sight of the slim shoulders still slightly hunched and tense with retained anger. "Fine!" Brian repeated, but the ball of panic in his chest had somehow grown to the size of a kiwi.

After the passel of brightly colored, lube splotched men finished their dodgeball game, they were escorted directly over to the outdoor patio showers, which was where the next event was supposed to take place. These showers were freestanding models, each with four moveable shower heads, and they were positioned across from each other so that the space in between the two showers would be inundated with a heavy spray if both the showers were running at the same time and all the heads pointed in that direction. The crew of House Boys was ordered to stand right there in middle of the two showers and arranged so they were standing in a circle. They were then given one brand new package of soap. Of course, since this was the Summer of Sin, the soap just HAD to be shaped like a penis and the rope that would normally be used to hang this lovely piece of shower art from the faucet handle had been cut off.

Which meant the boys were left with a very slippery eight inch long replica of a cock and directions to play a rousing game of erotic hot potato with it.

While this might have been an okay way to clean off all the lube splotches from the last game, Brian thought it was even more unsophisticated. What was next, a rousing game of pin the tail on the twinkie? Brian was worried that the entire day was about to deteriorate to the level of a five year old’s birthday party. However, in this game, whoever dropped the soap had to bend over and pick it up, thus allowing the guy standing next to him to immediately plow his ass. If not for that one redeeming factor, Brian would have complained.

As it was, Brian thought he might try and use the situation to his advantage. He bumped Dane aside and moved so that he was standing right next to a certain young blond who was still pretending that Brian didn’t exist. Now, if he could just make that soap dick really, really slick before he tossed it to the side . . .

The slippery soap toss was fast and furious. The boys all did their best to rub the soap dick a couple of times in between throws so that within minutes of the game starting, the thing was as slippery as snot on a doorknob. Strangely enough, the first to drop the soap was the guy with the biggest hands - Dane. He was caught off guard by a cross-circle toss in his direction from Daniel, fumbled the slippery dick two or three times but still lost it. With a self-deprecating laugh the big friendly giant turned around and obediently bent over so that he was leaning against the tile wall behind the second shower. Dane’s neighbor, Paal, obliged by efficiently fucking him while everyone else cheered the pair on.

As soon as Dane was taken care of, the play resumed with renewed vigor. Other than Brian, the boys appeared to like this game. They were mostly back to joking and teasing each other with their usual camaraderie in spite of the herd of extra - fully clothed - watchers. The two notable exceptions were Brian, who was even more than usually taciturn this morning, and Daniel, who had been quietly pissed off ever since he realized he was still sporting several easily legible ‘BITCH’ brands across his ass and thighs. He was too preoccupied with trying to keep his backside directed away from the majority of the cameras to really enjoy himself much - which was probably a good thing since Daniel’s idea of fun usually involved someone else being hurt. Most of the Pittsburgh Out folks seemed to be thoroughly enjoying themselves too, whooping and cheering on the contestants and raining down catcalls and other inappropriate comments every time someone got fucked. Brian took time out of his own worrying to scowl at the bunch of fucking perverts every so often, but it didn’t seem to stop them.

It might have been all that scowling, or maybe it was his quieter than normal mood, but Brian found that nobody was throwing the soapy dick his way. He was glad that he wasn’t being put at risk of dropping the thing and thereby sacrificing his ass, but it also meant he couldn’t proceed with his plan to try and get the temperamental twinkie to pay attention to him again. It also meant he was bored and not distracted enough to keep him from thinking about that word, “Fine!”.

Meanwhile, Malik ended up being the second guy to drop the dick and, after he was well fucked by Daniel, he stepped out of the circle. Next, Paal and Kerek had a minor skirmish, tossing the well slicked dick back and forth rapidly for several minutes, but both seemed to be sure fingered and neither dropped the thing. Then, just as everyone else’s attention started to wane while those two were dueling it out, Paal shook everyone up by tossing the dick at an unready Daniel. The normally nimble Daniel was taken totally by surprise when the soap hit him directly in the chest, and he didn’t even manage to get a finger on it before it dropped to the ground. Kerek and Paal high fived in celebration - despite the fact that Daniel was actually on Kerek’s team for the day - then made a show out of discussing who would have the honor of fucking Daniel. Kerek insisted though, and moved quickly to bend Daniel over the high back of the tiled bench that stood at one side of the shower area.

“Poor baby,” Kerek crooned as he grabbed a condom out of the basket that was conveniently suction-cupped to the wall next to the bench. “Your tight little asshole sure is getting a workout this weekend, isn’t it . . . BITCH!” And, with that final word, Kerek roughly pushed Daniel’s head into the tiles and drove his meaty nine inches all the way into Daniel with one hard thrust.

“FUCK!” Daniel squealed loudly and tried to crawl away from Kerek up the side of the shower bench.

“Oh, darn! Did I forget the lube? Sorry about that, BITCH!” Kerek responded, hooking one hand over the Asian’s well-muscled shoulder and dragging him back down into position. “I’ll try and remember next time I get to pummel your ass. Now, hold still so I can fuck you properly and we can get on with our little game.”

The film crew, who didn’t know the backstory behind Daniel and Kerek’s animosity, acted a little shocked at this spectacle, but nobody moved to stop the tall black man. Not even Ted, who cringed a little at the news about the lack of lube, but didn’t otherwise take any action. Brian cringed too, but not out of sympathy for Daniel’s sore ass - he was more worried about the heightened level of retaliation Daniel would now be directing toward Kerek. This did not bode well for the peace and quiet of the Residence after today. Luckily, Kerek’s fucking skills were more than competent and he finished Daniel off in short order.

And, as the angry Asian man stomped off muttering death threats under his breath, the soap toss game got back underway. With only four players remaining, Brian was, of course, included in a lot more of the action. Kerek and Paal continued to be the more aggressive players, keeping up the pace so nobody had much chance to let their attention wander. Everyone tried whatever tricks they could think up to distract the others - looking one direction and tossing the dick another way, rapid fire tosses, aiming too high or too low - but nothing seemed to work. Finally, Brian got the soapy dick and turned as if to throw it to Paal, but as soon as his back was turned, he lobbed it over his shoulder towards Justin instead. The blond boy was totally taken by surprise and after desperately juggling the thing two or three times, lost his tentative control, letting the soapy thing fall to the tiled flooring.

Brian started to grin, sure that at least NOW the blond would have to acknowledge his presence once again. But, even as he grabbed a condom and turned toward his Sunshine, the obstreperous little imp moved in the opposite direction, bent over the shower bench behind him and offered his ass with a smile to Kerek! Brian’s mouth dropped open and his eyes got as wide as saucers. Kerek looked around nervously at Brian but when the big Stud didn’t do anything at all except stand there and stare, the tall and elegant black man shrugged his shoulders and turned to his work. There wasn’t anything Brian could do. He just stood there quietly and watched without comment, his breathing once again heavier than normal and the ball of panic in his chest now growing to roughly the size of an orange. Paal came over closer to Brian and actually put a sympathetic hand on his biceps, but when Brian jumped at the slight touch, he pulled his hand back quickly. Kerek kindly finished Justin off quickly and didn’t even look at Brian when he moved back to resume the game.

The rest of the cock toss game went by in a blur for Brian. He figured that the other two must have let him win, because he wasn’t in any condition to pay attention to the fucking soap dick whizzing through the air around him. In short order, Paal fucked Kerek and then Brian found himself doing the honors for Paal. And then that game was over and Brian still didn’t know what the fuck he was doing. Or what he was going to do. Or why the fuck he felt so fucking scared. Or what he was scared of, for that matter.

All he knew was that nothing was ‘Fine!’ anymore.

There was a bit of a break in the action after the shower game was wrapped up. Ted herded the boys off to do individual and group interviews with the Pittsburgh Out reporters. Everyone was a little surprised by how popular they had all become because of the game. According to the reporters, there were actual fan clubs starting up devoted solely to the Summer of Sin and each contestant had his own, very staunch, supporters. The reporter even read off some of the blog posts he’d seen - some of them very explicit about how much the writers LOVED one or more of the House Boys. Justin was particularly embarrassed by the overwhelming number of love messages addressed to him. Apparently the combination of cute, young, blond twink and power top with an enormous dick, was quite popular with those viewers of the game. When he left here, there should be no shortage of guys for little Justin to pick from if he wanted future company. Of course, based on the assortment of kinky and even somewhat disgusting things his fans suggested doing to him, he might not be all that interested in dating any of them.

The interviews were relatively painless though and were over within less than an hour. As soon as the camera crew had snapped one last round of pictures, they started packing up their gear and, thankfully, were out of the Residence by the time lunch was served. It was a huge relief to everyone to have the nosy, overly-clothed oglers out of their hair.

Immediately after lunch, the Sunday in the Sun games resumed with the next watery event dreamed up by the strange and unknowable mind of The Master - Bobbing for Cock! For this Adults-Only version of the classic country harvest game, the boys were all taken out to the large hot tub and the jets were turned on full blast. Justin’s team - which had more guys to start with - was directed to choose someone from their group to be ‘It’ first. Justin bravely volunteered to go first. He was then adorned with swimming goggles that had been painted over with black so that they acted as a blindfold and his hands were secured behind his back with a rubberized restraint. Then the boy was helped into the center of the tub and directed to bob around until he managed to locate a dick using only his mouth.

As usual, Justin took all this in with his standard good humor. He did joke around about hoping whoever he managed to get hold of was good and ready because he wasn’t sure how long he could hold his breath if he had to give a blow job under water. The idea was quite intriguing. Brian could just imagine the experience - that talented mouth, normally so warm and wet, but cooler than the water in the hot tub . . . Brian almost moaned aloud just thinking about it.

Which is why he did absolutely nothing to move out of the way when Justin went bobbing. The others shuffled around, clambering over the benches and huddling together in the corners of the tub - the only rule being that they had to keep both feet in the water at all times - trying to stay out of the submarine twink’s range, while Brian just sat there comfortably reclined on the middle of the one long side bench. Predictably, it didn’t take the bobbing boy wonder long to locate the dick that was eagerly awaiting his lips. Very eagerly, actually, if its state of hardness was any indication.

As soon as those bubble-gum pink lips locked around his cock, Brian gasped aloud. It wasn’t only the physical sensation that caused Brian’s reaction. It was the sense of relief he got from having his Sunshine touch him once more. Okay, so it had only been a few hours but it had been a very tense few hours for Brian. He was glad he was too busy to analyze exactly why the time felt so very long or why just knowing Justin was touching him again felt so good. All he knew was that it helped relieve that crushing sense of heaviness in his chest just a little.

Well, it helped until Justin, all smiles at having succeeded so easily, popped up from the water, pulled off the blacked out goggles and saw who it was he’d been sucking. Justin’s expression changed in an instant from happy smiles back to that same offended look he’d given Brian earlier. Brian’s own expression followed suit and the hesitant grin that had started to blossom died a rapid death. Brian instinctively tried to reach out with one hand and cup the soft cheek, wanting - needing - to reestablish some connection, but Justin jerked back away from his touch.

“Oh, so now you’re going to be nice to me? Does that mean it’s once again okay to talk to you? Well, fuck off, Brian. You don’t get to bite my head off one second and then get a blow job the next,” the irate wet blond imp hissed at him then tore off the goggles and threw them into Brian’s astonished face. “You’re ‘It’. And you might as well have fun while you’re down there ‘cause, if I have anything to say about it, that’s the ONLY dick you’re gonna see today!”

Justin stood there in the center of the bubbling hot tub - short, skinny and dripping wet, but menacing as all hell nonetheless, with his face a bright scarlet red and his fists clenched threateningly. Everyone else in the vicinity took a big step back from the boy for fear he might self-combust just from sheer anger. The rest of the House Boys were staring, eyes darting back and forth between Brian and Justin, nobody sure what exactly had happened or what could be done about it. But nobody said anything. Nobody wanted to face the seething blond right at that particular moment.

“FINE!” Brian shouted back, the haunting word escaping his mouth without permission, although it seemed like an appropriate response.

Then Brian tugged the blackened goggles onto his face with a furious scowl at EVERYONE around him and dove down under the water without further comment. Justin flounced over to the side of the hot tub and seated himself regally on the edge with only his feet from the ankles down in the water. The rest of the traumatized House Boys slowly waded back into the hot bubbling water, shooting sidelong glances at the imperious blond every so often just to make sure he wasn’t going to explode again.

“Fuck!” Dane whispered to Malik when they were at the far side of the tub from where Justin was still bristling and occasionally muttering angrily to himself. “I didn’t know Cupcakes could be so dangerous. Do you think our resident Sex Whisperer has the balls to take THAT on?”

“I fucking hope so,” Malik grumbled back quietly. “If not, I got nowhere to sleep tonight, ‘cause I’m not going near the ‘Cupcake that Ate The Summer of Sin’ if I don’t have to.”

Unfortunately, the unhappy Cupcake - who had excellent hearing, by the way - heard them even over the burbling of the hot tub jets. “Shut the fuck up and get in the damned hot tub!” he ordered. “We’ve got a fucking game to win, so concentrate. And DON’T fucking talk about me behind my back.”

“Whoa, man!” Malik held his hands up in a gesture of surrender. “I don’t want any trouble. I’m getting in the hot tub. See? Okay? No problem here, Captain.”

Justin huffed and puffed but all he said was another repetition of “FINE!”

Chapter 31 - Go Figger! (Sunday In The Sun: Round Two - Sunday, June 12th)

"Hey, Teddy!" Emmett came skipping out of the back of the unfinished warehouse used as both the offices and the sound stage for Jerk@work.net. He was wearing a lovely combo of camo-print boy shorts, only partway laced up the front, and a skimpy green canvas vest over his naked chest. His face was adorned with streaks of drab-green make up under each eye. In his hand he held a plastic toy machine gun. "Did you catch my last performance? I call it, 'Rambone: First Cum'? I was fabulous, even if I do say so myself!"

"Huh?" A distracted looking Ted barely looked up from the computer screen he was staring at. "Oh, hey, Em."

"Teddy? Oh, Sweetie, what's wrong?" Emmett rushed over to his friend, concerned by Ted's distracted air and worried brow.

"Um, it's nothing, I guess. I just think . . . Well, I might have screwed something up a bit and . . ." Ted's soulful eyes gave away the fact that he was more upset than he wanted to let on.

"What happened, Teddy?" Emmett gently prodded.

"It's just . . . I went over to the Residence this morning, you know, to make sure everything was set up for the Pittsburgh Out interviews and all that . . ."

"That's right! Didn't the filming go well? I know how much you were counting on that going well," Em could see how a screw up with the coveted media coverage WOULD have made his friend upset.

"No. No, that part went great. They got video footage of the first couple events, which I understand will air on their website - with all the boys' juicy parts appropriately blurred out, of course - plus lots of stills. And the interviews all went pretty well too. No, that all went fine . . ."

"Well, if the Pittsburgh Out thing was ok, then why the long face, Teddy?" Emmett sat himself down on the edge of Ted's desk, patiently waiting until his buddy was ready to explain fully.

Ted blanched a bit under Em's direct gaze but sighed and decided to just admit what he'd done. "I think I may have screwed things up for Brian and his little twink." At Emmett's horrified expression, Ted rushed on to explain. "I didn't mean to, really. I just thought I should give Brian a heads up about Michael, you know? So I told him about all the crap Michael's been spouting, and of course Brian got pissed off. And then, that's when Justin came over to Brian and Brian sort of lashed out at the kid - completely in reaction to what I'd been telling him, which was totally understandable, really - but the kid had no idea what was going down and he got pissed off back at Brian and . . . Well, see for yourself."

Ted swiveled the computer monitor around so Emmett could see the view of the Residence that Ted had been watching. The picture showed the patio area near the hot tub, and it looked like the boys had just finished up another Challenge. Justin was seated all alone on a patio chair off to the side, his arms and legs both crossed forbiddingly, while he glared furiously across the patio at the knot of whispering House Boys huddled together by the showers. Every time one of them would dart a glance in Justin's direction, he'd shoot the most withering look at the guy and whoever it was would flinch and look away immediately. Meanwhile, Brian was huddled dejectedly on a patio lounger, his legs straddling the seat and his shoulders hunched over with his head propped in one hand as his fingers rubbed slowly at his temples. Emmett had never seen Brian look so defeated before.

"Oh, Teddy!" Em didn't know what to say. He knew that Ted had only been trying to help but it looked like things were really fucked up at this point. "Poor Brian! He looks so . . . so devastated. And he and Justin were getting on so well before, too. They looked so cute together - acting all sweet and cuddly all the time . . ."

"Exactly. But then in comes bumbling, socially inept Ted Schmidt who instigates a fight between them and now look." Ted looked almost as upset as Brian at this stage.

"Oh, Teddy! Hush now! This isn't your fault . . . Well, it's not ALL your fault," Emmett tried to console his friend. "You can't help it if Brian Kinney is a grade 'A' drama queen. And, from the look of things, our little Justin is quite the drama princess himself. This was just a little argument - a lovers' spat - and they're both completely overreacting. But I'm sure they'll work things out. Give Justin time to burn through all that self-righteous anger and he'll forgive Brian eventually . . . I hope . . . Teddy, um, Brian DOES know he's going to have to actually apologize to Justin, right?"

"Yeah, right! Have you met Mr. No-Excuses-No-Apologies-No-Regrets Kinney? Brian apologizing is about as likely as snow in the Sahara."

"Oh, pish!" Emmett dismissed Ted's negativity with a wave of one hand. "He's also always claimed he didn't do boyfriends or relationships but that certainly hasn't stopped him the past couple of weeks, now has it? I think our Brian is capable of a LOT more than the likes of Michael Novotny - or you, apparently - give him credit for. Trust me, Honey! Brian will come around. You'll see. Who wouldn't for that sweet smile and bodacious bubble butt!"

Emmett gestured toward the screen and the still simmering but oh-so-luscious blond boy. Both Ted and Emmett sighed dreamily. Ted started to feel just a little bit better. Em was probably right. Not even Brian Kinney could resist that beautiful bundle of blond for long. Right?

But, maybe he SHOULD mention the apology thing to Brian?

"Oh no you don't, Teddy," Em had apparently divined Ted's intentions telepathically. "You are not going to interfere again. You'll just make things worse. You let Brian figure this one out all on his own. He'll be fine. He's a smart boy. It might take him a while but he'll get there in the end. Trust me. And trust Brian, too.”

‘Just exactly what the hell had happened?’ Brian wondered.

He needed to get a grip on what had happened and why the stellar mood he’d been in when he got up this morning had disappeared. It had all happened so fast. He hadn’t had even a second to sit and figure it all out. He needed to regroup. He needed to think this all through and make a plan. Brian liked plans. He did well when he had a plan. He didn’t like feeling lost or unsure of himself. A plan would be good.

Brian looked up and noted that the rest of the gang was still busy with the inane Bobbing for Cock game. Justin was still sitting on the edge of the hot tub at one corner, glowering at anyone who came near him and purposely refusing to even look in Brian’s direction. The others were politely ignoring him and doing their thing in the tub, with Dane now blindfolded and bobbing around trying to find a random cock to suck. Brian figured he had plenty of time to think while they were all busy.

Going back over the past couple of days, Brian was amazed at how truly happy he had been. He couldn’t remember being that fucking happy in a long time . . . maybe not ever. Friday - shit, Friday had been phenomenal. His two hour long edging session with Justin had probably been the best sex he’d ever had in his long and very promiscuous life. And afterwards, that long slow quiet fuck, well that had been pretty amazing too. Then yesterday, their shower sessions and all that laughter. Brian couldn’t remember ever having laughed while fucking with anyone before Justin. It was so strange but . . . well, he’d had so much FUN with the boy and he really didn’t want that to end.

So what happened this morning? They’d fucked again first thing this morning in the shower, goofing off and acting like a couple of pathetic silly fags, but it was all good. Then at breakfast that fat guy had annoyed him and all the Pittsburgh Out people invading their space had kind of put him in a bad mood, but Justin had seemed okay still - the blond had beamed at him when he’d told the fat guy off, so that wasn’t it.

Then Ted had shown up . . . Yeah, that was when it all went to hell. It was like Ted’s mere presence had caused Brian’s hackles to go up. He felt more exposed just talking to his friend than he had the entire past few weeks when he’d been walking around naked all day. Why the fuck was that? But the worst was when Ted had brought up Michael’s ridiculous idea about Justin brainwashing him. Fucking Michael. That was just so stupid it didn’t even deserve a response. Just because Brian was enjoying himself for once, Mikey thought he was fucking brainwashed? Acting all out of character? What? Wasn’t he allowed to fucking have fun once in a while? Fucking Mikey! And fucking Ted for even bringing that shit up! As long as he was playing by the rules of Ted’s stupid Summer of Sin game, the fucker didn’t have any right to comment on Brian’s actions, let alone who he was fucking or how. Ted needed to get a fucking life of his own and stop worrying about Brian’s life. And Mikey too. What the fuck gave either of them the idea that they had a right to interfere in his life?

Besides, Brian had already thought this through the other morning, right? He’d decided that he wasn’t going to listen to Michael or anyone else. He wasn’t going to give up whatever the fuck this thing with the blond was - at least not until it had run its course. Fuck them all if they thought they could control him or dictate who he spent time with.

So, then, why had he let what Ted had said about Mikey get to him so bad? Why had he snapped at the kid like that? Brian was self-aware enough to know that it was wrong to bark at Justin and that he’d acted badly. He hadn’t meant to, he was just reacting to what Ted had said. The kid hadn’t done anything to deserve getting his head bit off like that. Of course, Justin didn’t need to queen out the way he had either. It was bad enough that the little fucker had been giving him the cold shoulder all morning, but fucking screaming at him in front of everyone like he had a couple of minutes ago in the hot tub - that was fucking nutso. And practically throwing his ass at Kerek's dick? Total overreaction! Completely fucking insane, really. But precisely the thing that he knew would hurt Brian the most. No wonder Brian had been feeling so fucking anxious all morning - the wicked wittle Twinkie certainly hadn't been pulling his punches.

Brian looked up again and saw the outraged little blond perched on the hot tub so imperiously. It made Brian want to smile even though he was still upset himself. The little fucker WAS magnificent in his anger. He was so sure of himself. So fucking confident. And you had to respect him for not taking anyone’s shit. Sitting there like he fucking ruled the world and looking down his nose at everyone like he owned them.

He was fucking beautiful!

No matter how pissed off or hurt Brian might be, he was still so fucking attracted to Justin it was almost physically painful. He had to stop himself from getting up, running over to the boy, taking him in his arms and kissing the living daylights out of him. Of course, that would probably result in the enraged little twink chewing him a new asshole, but it might be worth it . . .

So, where the fuck did that leave Brian? He still wanted the kid. He could admit that, right? Maybe he wanted him even more now that he thought he could actually lose him. And Brian wasn’t going to listen to Mikey or take any shit from Ted or anybody else. So, he just needed to figure out how to placate the seething blond and get the lad back into his arms where the boy belonged . . . Which might be a bit of a problem, what with the boy looking like he would explode if ANYBODY so much as talked to him . . . Besides, what was Brian supposed to do? What could he say? ‘Quit acting like a fucking princess and let me fuck you already?’ Nah, Brian didn’t think that was the best way to approach this.

But, then again, what the fuck did Brian know about blond boys anyway.

So much for putting together a plan . . .

When the Bobbing for Cock event ended, Brian still hadn’t come up with a cunning plan for restoring himself to the blond’s good graces. Justin had won the competition by default - nobody had balls enough to go near him in his volatile state, which meant he was the last man in the tub. He seemed a little chagrined when he realized this fact and looked around at the others a little guiltily but still didn’t make any move towards Brian.

The next event for the Sunday In The Sun was supposed to take place in the pool so, after a short break, the boys reassembled near the shallow end and were given their directions by one of the ubiquitous masked servants. This game - appropriately called, ‘Suck Me, Fuck Me’ - seemed to be a bastardized version of ‘Marco Polo’. The team leaders flipped to see which team would be ‘It’ first, and Brian’s team won the toss. Brian, Dane and Paal were all given a pair of the same blacked out goggles used in the hot tub. They were also each given a small tapered butt plug with a ring affixed to the end and a long bright orange cord attached to the ring which would dangle behind them like a tail. All three of the ‘It’ guys cringed when handed those particular game pieces but didn’t really have much choice other than to accept the lube which was offered to them next in order to help insert their required equipment.

The idea behind the game was simple but wicked. The blindfolded, butt-plugged team were led into the pool and Justin’s team followed them. The ‘It’ guys were supposed to yell out “Suck Me!” at intervals and the prey would respond by yelling back “Fuck Me!”. If one of the blindfolded guys managed to catch a member of the other team, they would be ‘out' and they'd get fucked by whoever caught them. But, if one of the prey somehow managed to yank one of the ‘It’ guys’ plugs without getting tagged himself, then the predator was 'out', although he'd get sucked off before he left.

Brian thought it might be more apt to name this game 'Chaos' because that's what it ended up becoming. The pool at the Residence was rather large so it wasn't easy to find any of the 'Fuck Me!'s while swimming around blind using only your sense of hearing. Meanwhile, Brian's team was too afraid to leave the edges of the pool for fear they'd have their plugs pulled. Accordingly, they all skirted around each other for what felt like hours without anyone getting 'out'. It seemed to Brian that the game would never end at the rate they were going. So Brian made an executive decision, yelled his head off until he'd found Paal and Dane, and then ordered his team to start getting more aggressive.

Unfortunately, this plan had mixed results. They did get a couple of the prey out, but lost just as many. Dane tagged Malik about half a minute before Justin swam up stealthily underwater and yanked his cord. In retaliation, Brian and Paal teamed up to find and capture Justin, which almost worked, except that Kerek came to his Captain's rescue and pulled Brian's plug before he could get to the seal-like blond boy. Kerek paid for his gallantry though, getting tagged by Paal as he tried to swim away. Which left poor Paal all alone and blind and totally at the mercy of the little blond who swam circles around him like an otter. Paal only lasted a meager six minutes before Justin pulled his plug too. Daniel, meanwhile - who wasn't going to risk getting fucked again that day for ANYTHING - spent the whole game treading water in the deep end, his responsive 'Fuck Me!'s so quiet as to be virtually inaudible and doing nothing except evading capture at all costs. The only good thing about this game, as far as Brian was concerned, was all the poolside fucking and sucking - it was just a pity they had to muck about blindly in the pool first before they got to that part.

All through the Suck Me/Fuck Me game, Brian had been subconsciously working on the problem of how to appease the furious fair-haired fellow that continued to fume every time Brian so much as glanced his way. What the fuck was the kid’s problem anyway? Brian knew he’d been an ass, but this was blowing things WAY out of proportion, wasn’t it? What did the boy want him to do - get down on his knees and grovel? Fuck that! Brian Kinney didn’t do groveling. Of course he’d always said he didn’t do regrets either, but . . . well, there was still that weird feeling of . . . what? . . . fear, hurt, anger . . . taking up way too much space in his chest. Was that regret? If so, he wasn’t sure he really wanted anything more to do with blond boys or their stupid temper tantrums . . . But, fuck it, he just couldn’t stop thinking about the damned golden boy, even when he was pissed off as hell at the kid. Shit! Why was this so hard?

The only thing Brian could think of at the moment was that he needed to stay close to the aggravatingly attractive and at the same time absolutely annoying adolescent. He couldn’t bear the thought of NOT being near him. He'd stay as close as possible - even though the kid seemed determined to shun Brian - and maybe being close by would help Brian get some idea of what he could do to fix things. Maybe some opportunity to make it right and win back his blond would appear. There had to be something he could do. He wasn’t a complete idiot. He’d figure something out. Right?

While Brian was determining this quasi-plan-of-action, the break between events ended and the boys were hustled off to their last event of the day. Thanks Be to the Gods of Gay Porn! This Sunday in the Sun seemed interminable.

The final event of the day - and the tie breaker to see which team would win the day’s title - was the Pentathlon of Passion. The name alone almost made Brian want to retch! And, if that wasn’t bad enough, the description of the event was even worse. It was supposed to be an actual pentathlon, with five separate activities, although the various legs of this race were far different from anything an Olympian might see. As explained by the most recent masked servant, this pentathlon was comprised of the following: jerk, bike, suck, swim, and fuck!

Seven stationary bikes had been positioned at one end of the pool. Between them and the water’s edge there were four of the big leather chaise lounge chairs that had been used before for other events. On the far end of the pool, there awaited another four chaises. As explained to the House Boys, the race was to be a free-for-all, with whoever won gaining victory for his entire team. The first man to jerk off, bike five miles on the stationary bike, suck off the first competitor he found at the chairs, swim twenty five lengths of the pool and then fuck another contestant to completion, would be the winner. Brian wasn’t sure about the ‘Passion’ part of the game - maybe it would be better named the Pentathlon of Panting, since he wasn’t sure how exactly you were expected to be able to suck someone off while still catching your breath after a five mile bike sprint. But, whatever.

This was probably the first Challenge that would require any real athleticism. As such, there were a couple of definite favorites for winning this event. Brian himself was actually in quite good shape and figured he’d do well. But, on the other side, there were Daniel and Malik, both of whose professions relied on their fitness. It was likely to be a very close race.

They were given a minute to strategize before the race began and Justin's team immediately huddled. Brian wasn't sure exactly what part would require any strategy. He looked at Dane and Paal, told them to go as fast as they could, and that was that. It took Justin's team another full minute of sneaky glances, whispers and giggles before they had finished. Since all the sneaky glances had been aimed directly at Brian himself, he got an uneasy feeling in the pit of his stomach, which matched the weight in his chest nicely. When would this day finally be over?

Eventually everything was ready. The boys lined up beside their bikes, palms full of lube, and the servant blew a whistle to signal the start of the game. Seven hands flew to seven dicks which were all furiously pumped.

Brian, whose mind was still only halfway on what he was doing at the moment and half on his blond dilemma, wasn't by any means the fastest to get hard. He tried to concentrate only on his dick, but wasn't all that successful. Finally, he turned his body slightly to the side so he could just see the infuriating blond who was positioned a few guys over and that seemed to help immensely. But he was still stroking away when the blond imp in question came in gloriously long sticky streams that glistened in the bright sunlight. The sight was quite inspirational.

However, just as Brian thought he was about to come himself, a nasty voice beside his ear whispered, "what's wrong, Stud? Getting too old to get off? Might wanna have that prostate checked at your age, you know?" Brian's pace faltered a bit and Daniel trotted off towards his own bike with an evil grin on his handsome face.

By the time Brian managed to get himself off, he was one of the last to reach his bike. Kerek, who didn’t seem to be in that much of a hurry despite this event being a ‘race’, sauntered over to the bike next to Brian’s just as the grumbling stud was starting to pedal. Kerek waited next to his own bike for several seconds, looking around him furtively until he saw that the servant observing this part of the event had turned his back. Then Kerek dashed over to Brian’s bike carrying one of the large bottles of lube that was always sitting around the house and squirted out a huge dollop of the slick stuff on the wheel of the stationary bike Brian was using. Brian yelled out a loud “What the Fuck!” as Kerek darted away giving Brian a half-apologetic shrug and grin as he mounted his own bike.

Since this style of stationary bike used a belt mechanism rather than a chain, the lubricant Kerek had added caused havoc with Brian’s ability to keep up a good pace. The belt was constantly slipping - not enough to break or cause any serious problems, but enough so that Brian couldn’t go as fast as he’d like. It was so aggravating. So much for his thought that he could pull ahead during the bike leg of the race.

Brian jumped off the bike as soon as he reached the five mile mark and trotted over to the chairs, arriving just after Malik. Brian vaguely wondered why Mal wasn’t much farther ahead in the race, considering he was one of the fittest of the group. A quick glance at the pool showed three heads already working away at the swimming segment. Since Brian was a strong swimmer, he knew he could catch up and possibly even pull ahead as soon as he got there. But, first, he needed to suck Malik off as fast as he could.

He and Malik agreed to 69 - the most efficient means to accomplish this part of the race - so they could both get off and then get on with the rest of the game. Brian settled Malik on his back and then crawled over the top of the lithe, stocky black man. And all was going along swimmingly for the first couple of minutes until Brian was torn abruptly from his happy blow job haze with a painful jolt.

Malik, the kid who normally had superb blow job technique, had used his TEETH!

“Oops! Sorry about that!” Malik mumbled insincerely from his position near Brian’s balls. “Guess I got a little carried away!”

“What the FUCK!” Brian complained, as his erection flagged. “If you do that again, you’ll be a dead chocolate twinkie!”

Malik didn’t respond since his mouth was already once again full of Brian’s dick. Of course, after that it took Brian a while before he was back in the blow job groove and even longer before he managed to get a resistant Malik to finally come. By then he and Malik were the last two to leave the couches.

Brian now strongly suspected that the entirety of Justin’s team strategy discussion was about how to sabotage HIM.

When he finally dove into the pool, he thought it would be over. He was sure that, at this point, he couldn’t make up enough time to win. He hoped that either Dane or Paal was faring better. At least there was no need for the little fuckers on Justin’s team to keep up their campaign of distraction. Brian decided just to enjoy the swim and treat it like he would any other workout.

He was unfortunately wrong about the other team leaving him alone, though. Just as he neared the far end of the pool and was about to go under the water to effect a smooth turn, his momentum was completely thrown off when two water-filled condom bombs hit him square on the top of his head!  He paused in his stroke and brought his head up out of the water to see Justin and Kerek standing there at the end of the pool, their hands full of more of the offensive condom water balloons, grinning maliciously at him.

“Plan on finishing this race any time this century, old man?” Kerek yelled teasingly before the pair bombarded him with the rest of their ammunition and then dove back into the pool to finish their own swimming segments.

“Fuckers!” Brian muttered bitterly and returned to his swim, but with a renewed desire to at least beat out the two mad bombers.

Justin, Kerek and Malik all took turns haranguing him and lobbing additional condom bombs at Brian every few lengths of the pool, but he ignored them. He swam determinedly. He wasn’t going to let the little saboteurs make him look bad. He might not win, but he certainly wasn’t going to let any of THEM finish ahead of him. And, even with all the distractions, Brian managed to finish all 25 lengths in just under 10 minutes. Now all Brian had to do was fuck someone and he was good to go.

Brian looked around quickly as he climbed out of the pool. It seemed like most of Justin’s team was taking their time at this particular competition - except for Daniel who was already more than halfway through fucking Dane on the first chaise. Justin was just starting to fuck Paal on the next couch over. But both Malik and Kerek were loitering around the edge of the pool where they’d climbed out just after Brian. Brian didn’t really care why they were lollygagging, though. He thought he might still have a chance at this thing, since all he had to do was fuck someone till he got off and he was done. He shied away from Malik - still a little pissed off about the teeth from earlier - grabbed Kerek and tossed him haphazardly on the third couch. Twenty seconds later he had a condom on and was fucking away, happy as a pig getting a poke.

Fucking Kerek felt good. It was something he was good at and wasn’t in the least bit confusing or frustrating. It didn’t require any deep thoughts or complicated decisions. It was just fucking. And it was the first time Brian had felt in control since breakfast, which was very reassuring and comforting. So Brian just let himself go, enjoying the moment and not really thinking, for the moment at least, about obstreperous blonds or interfering friends or stupid water games or anything else for that matter, except the nice little jolts of pleasure caused by the friction of his cock plowing into a nice tight asshole.

In no time at all, he was right there on the cusp of coming. He could feel those delicious flickers of electricity licking at his balls. There was a sensation of gathering in all the pleasure into a glowing ball of energy based at the bottom of his spine which was growing and pulsing and just about to explode with that lovely flood of endorphins that would wash over him and, for at least a few moments, make everything perfect in his world. Just a few more thrusts and he’d be there. Almost. Almost. Almost.

*Aaarrrgggghhhhhh!*

Five seconds before he was about to come, Brian felt the cushion of the chaise dip under his knees and then a thick, cold, lube-slippery, blunt object slithered up between his thighs with the apparent intention of inserting itself into his own nice tight asshole. He screeched like a little girl and twisted about violently, trying to free himself of the weight on his back. With a little bucking and a sideways wriggle, he was finally free of the heavy mass. In the process, however, he’d also fallen off the side of the couch. From his new vantage point lying on his back on the grass with his arms and legs splayed out every which way, Brian could see Kerek and Malik sitting side by side on the couch and laughing their fucking heads off at Brian’s shocked expression.

The view changed pretty quickly as Brian’s expression mutated from hurt vulnerability to mad as a hornet in only a heartbeat. The cackling pair stopped laughing and looked at each other with trepidation. By mutual consent, they silently agreed to get ready to run for their lives. Brian was panting with rage, his fists already clenched tighter than his asshole in response to the perceived threat to its sanctity. The boys slowly backed off the chaise like frightened rabbits preparing to run from a ravening wolf . . .

The masked servant in charge blowing his whistle to indicate that Daniel had finished fucking Dane and the competition was officially over was the only thing that saved Kerek and Malik from imminent destruction. The two pranksters were able to flee with their tails between their legs as Brian looked over at the happy winner doing a disgustingly ostentatious victory dance. Behind Daniel, Justin and the remains of Brian’s own team were standing there laughing at Brian’s predicament. If anything, that sight made Brian even more incensed.

By the time Brian turned back to take out his attackers, the foolishly bold boys were gone. But they were NOT forgotten. No fucking way. Their punishment would come - Brian promised himself that. Oh yes, they would be soundly punished and he could promise they would NOT enjoy the experience.

Forget trying to figure out how to make up with the scheming little blond! How dare Justin and his little band of tricky twinks try to take out Brian Kinney. There was nothing Brian hated more than being made fun of. Fuck Justin and his whole merry band of buffoons. Here he’d been, feverishly thinking all day about how to make up with the terrible twink, and meanwhile the kid was busy coming up with new ways to humiliate him? Well, at least he didn’t need to worry about fixing things with the beastly blond anymore.

Brian decided to concentrate instead on figuring out how to get back at all of them.

Chapter 32 - How To Argue 101. (Sunday In The Sun: Aftermath)

As soon as the Pentathlon of Passion was finished, The Master gathered the boys back up and thanked them for their efforts that day. He seemed quite happy with the day’s outcome. Not a word was said about Justin’s team’s efforts to sabotage Brian. If Brian hadn’t already been so hopping mad that he could barely see straight, he might have said something. As it was, he was too busy glaring at the clique of sniggering, whispering boys who tended to break out into loud cackles of laughter every time they looked Brian’s way.

Brian barely heard the rest of The Master’s announcements. He only knew that Dane had won the week’s Blog Bitch award - which garnered him the reward of a future indulgence - because all the others gathered around the big lug and spent an inordinate amount of time congratulating him. From the short excerpt passage that they read aloud, it seemed like their resident giant was really a poet in disguise. Who knew?

Brian DID notice however when a certain little blond went up to the bigger blond and, with a knowing look in his direction, made a show of being extra touchy-feely with the blogging wonder. The kiss with full tongue was especially nauseating. And it didn’t help at all that the infuriating brat then turned to his cronies in crime and fucking giggled. GIGGLED! Then the little devil hooked his arm through Dane’s and led him away into the house with a proprietary air that sliced right through Brian’s gut!

Kerek and Malik’s giggling died away pretty quickly however as soon as they looked over and saw the horribly hurt look on Brian’s usually impassive face. Malik felt his heart drop into his stomach. For a brief instant, Malik looked into Brian’s eyes and saw such an incredible weight of betrayal and vulnerability that it made him sick to his stomach. He had no idea that Brian, who was always so brash and self-confident, would take their teasing so much to heart. But it was all there in his eyes. The hurt. The fear. The pain of betrayal.

“Fuck!” Malik didn’t even realize he’d spoken aloud until he heard his own voice.

Everyone nearby turned to see what it was he was so shocked about. Including Justin. Which was when the youngest House Boy saw the direction of Malik’s gaze. Justin turned towards Brian as well, curious about whatever had caused his friend to exclaim the way he had. And he too saw the depth of anguish in the beautiful, wide open, hazel eyes that had, up till now, always been masked behind a facade of unflappable urbanity.

“Fuck!” Justin echoed the shock he’d heard from Malik.

Since the boys had the night off, they’d requested pizza for dinner. Everyone agreed this should be eaten in the living room while they watched the movie - a porn-free selection for a change - that Dane had picked out as his reward for winning the Orgasm Challenge on Fetish Friday. Dane had opted for a humorous classic: Monty Python’s, ‘Life of Brian’. When he’d requested that particular selection, he’d thought it would be a fun choice and he could use it to tease Brian a bit. However, considering the day they’d had and the state Brian was in now, he no longer thought that would be wise.

Their own resident Brian had been quiet and withdrawn all evening. After they'd been dismissed by The Master, Brian had retreated to the Break Room for his hour of downtime. While he was gone, everyone had bombarded Justin with questions until the boy had finally spilled the beans and confessed that they'd had an argument that seemed to have gotten a little out of hand.

Living up each other's asses as they had been for the past couple of weeks - both literally and metaphorically speaking - everyone had become really attuned to each other's moods. They all felt the shift in the dynamics when one of their numbers was feeling off. And this rift between Brian and Justin was screwing up everyone's mojo. It was uncomfortable in the extreme for the entire household - well, except for Daniel, who not-so-secretly reveled in the air of discord and was probably plotting about how to use it to his advantage. But the rest of the boys didn't like it one bit.

When Brian had finally emerged from the Break Room, everyone was extremely solicitous of his needs. He was given the best seat in the house for the movie - the seat on the couch next to the arm rest and directly in front of the big screen television. Paal brought Brian's dinner over - a large serving of caesar salad with one very small slice of margarita pizza and a bottle of his favorite hoppy IPA. Meanwhile, Justin sat at the far end of the couch, clearly stewing over what he should do or say, shooting the occasional worried look in Brian's direction and pretty much ignoring his plateful of food.

After they'd all grabbed something to eat, Dane popped the movie into the DVD player and claimed the seat next to Brian. The gentle giant started to explain his movie choice and apologize, but Brian waved off his concerns. Brian was a huge movie buff and, while his personal preference might have been for dramas, he'd watched enough Monty Python to be able to quote quite a few of the movie's more famous lines. He was also a big fan of Graham Chapman, who'd been an out and proud gay actor long before it was socially acceptable in the States. So, while Brian wasn't chortling along with the rest, he wasn't unhappy to sit and watch the movie with the other House Boys either.

About a third of the way into the movie - right at the point where it was explained that 'Blessed Are The Cheesemakers' wasn't meant to be taken literally and was instead a reference to any manufacturers of dairy products - Justin got up the gumption to approach the other end of the couch. His tentative, "want another beer, Brian?" was rebuffed with an inarticulate shrug that sent him scurrying off to the kitchen. The kid didn't even try to approach Brian again the rest of the evening. And, before the final credits had started to run along with Eric Idle's catchy rendition of "Always Look On The Bright Side", Justin had disappeared into the basement, followed by Malik and Kerek.

Brian watched the twinkie trio's retreat before he got up from the couch himself. He hadn't taken even one step though, before he was halted by a hand on his shoulder. He looked over and saw Paal's kind, dark brown eyes focused intently on him. Normally, Brian would have run from the sort of 'talk' he knew would accompany that look, but something about the Indian man's serious expression held him in his place.

"Brian, my friend, I realize that it is probably none of my business, however, I do not like seeing both you and the little one so sad," Paal sounded concerned and fatherly. "You do know you are being quite silly about all this, do you not? Whatever you are arguing over, it is not worth it. Right now, the only thing hurt is your ego, but if you go on as you are your prideful stubbornness might cost you something much more precious."

"Thank you, Swami Paal. But if I need spiritual advice, I'll go get a tarot reading from Mysterious Marilyn. At least she makes me laugh," Brian snarked in an attempt to deflect all that concerned sympathy.

"Just fucking go and talk to him already you bloody idiot!" Dane chimed in, berating Brian from his spot on the couch. "YOU may not realize what a good thing you've got going, but everyone else around here sure does. And not everyone's going to wait while you dick around trying to figure out how to get your head out of your ass. You'll lose him." Dane's warning sounded almost like a threat - like he'd be the first one waiting in line to snatch up an unclaimed Cupcake - and it was a threat that Brian didn't take lightly.

In spite of what an exhausting day it had been - physically and emotionally - Brian couldn't settle. He'd been pacing around and around the empty bedroom for several long minutes. He still wasn't sure if he wanted to strangle Justin or grab him and kiss the fucking shit out of him. How could one tiny little blond boy be so completely aggravating?

Brian hated emotional confrontations. All his life he’d avoided them wherever and however he could. Emotionally detached was his default setting. When he couldn’t completely avoid emotional situations, he tended to react defensively, using humor or sarcasm to deflect any potentially hurtful words. And, if that didn’t work, he’d strike out and get angry. But, after what the other guys had said earlier, he thought that maybe, just this once, he was going to have to try and actually have a conversation about all this with the kid. He didn’t want to but he really couldn’t stand leaving things the way they were.

Hence the pacing. He was gearing himself up to talk to the kid. Getting his thoughts in order and preparing his pitch. He could sell anything, right? This was really no different. Right? And when the kid came upstairs to go to bed, Brian would be ready for him. He could do the conversation thing. He was sure he could do it . . . Maybe. If only the twink would get here already!

When the door knob rattled announcing that someone was about to enter the room, Brian was actually relieved to think he could finally get this over with. He turned towards the door, an expectant and hopeful look on his face. It was ‘GO’ time.

“Hey!” Brian’s shoulders sagged as a dark brown face peeked tentatively around the edge of the door. Malik looked and sounded way more timid than usual. “Is it safe to come in?” Brian waved him in and then flopped down on the bed dispiritedly. “Brian. I just want to say that I’m sorry, man. I know that we kind of went overboard with the jokes and all. We didn’t really mean anything by it. We were just having fun and teasing you a bit, you know. But, I get that you didn’t find it as funny as we did. So . . .”  Malik broke off, not sure if his apology was accepted or not since Brian was still lying on the bed completely silent and not meeting his eyes. “You’re not going to kick me out of bed too are you?”

“I didn’t kick him out of bed!” Brian insisted.

“Then why is Justin sleeping . . .” Malik looked back over his shoulder and it looked, from Brian’s vantage point, like the direction of his gaze was pointed across the hall towards the bedroom where Dane and Kerek usually slept.

Brian didn’t let the boy finish. “It’s his choice where the fuck he wants to be. If he doesn’t want  me . . . If he doesn’t want to sleep here then that’s his call. Why should I give a fuck?” Brian angrily flipped over on his side so that he was facing the wall and Malik couldn’t see the hurt look in his eyes.

There was no response from the young man still standing undecidedly in the doorway. Malik felt more than a little guilty about how he’d acted earlier. He probably shouldn’t have encouraged Justin. But, then again, nobody really knew how badly Brian would take their little jokes. And now they were both hurt and angry and neither of them, apparently, had a fucking clue about how to fix things.

Malik got it that Justin was basically just a kid - he was only eighteen, for fuck’s sake - and, not that Mal was much older himself, but he did remember being eighteen. It was NOT an easy time. He remembered how hard that age was. He remembered being so uncontrollably horny all the time that he could barely think straight. And he remembered how it made you do the stupidest things. He remembered the night he’d broken up with his first boyfriend over a stupid argument about who’s turn it was to use the Playstation. He’d totally overreacted and taken Chris’ words to heart, taking offense when he’d called him a skid mark that wouldn’t come off the couch. Looking back the next day, he couldn’t believe that he’d been so quick to take offense at something that was probably meant as a joke. And then he’d been too fucking chicken shit to go explain and apologize and had just left. It was so stupid but so totally something a hormonally confused and inexperienced eighteen-year-old would do. But Mal was not about to let his friend, Justin, make the same mistake.

Of course, Brian didn’t have the excuse of being eighteen, even though he was acting as silly as Justin. None of them really knew anything about Brian’s history outside of what his reputation on Liberty Avenue told them. He was always so reserved and cool - well, except when he’d been around Justin - and that aloof exterior didn’t encourage people to ask him intimate questions about his life. Malik had sensed from the very beginning, though, that something in Brian’s past had left him emotionally vulnerable. And now Brian was acting like just another hurt and confused kid, rather than the mature, professional adult he seemed on the outside. It was like he had no clue about how a relationship was supposed to work or how to fix things with Justin. Couldn’t the big oaf see that Justin’s pranks and teasing were the kid’s unconventional and perhaps inept way of reopening communications, and not the intentional slight that Brian seemed to think it was.

These two really were challenged! Malik felt like shit for his part in making things worse, but still they just needed to grow up - both of them. However, it looked like it would take the two of them far too long to realize that on their own. Mal was going to have to take action.

Brian felt the bed shift behind him as Malik climbed in. The angry brunet refused to roll over or even acknowledge him. Damned twinks! All of them could go fuck themselves as far as Brian was concerned. He really didn’t need all the shit they caused in his life. And he wasn’t going to relent just because Malik scooted up behind him and left a gentle kiss on his shoulder.

“Brian?” Malik’s low-pitched voice was soothing, but Brian wasn’t ready to hear him yet. “Brian? Fine, if you don’t want to talk to me, I get it. I screwed up, all right? I’m sorry.” Malik had moved so that he was now sitting up behind Brian and was using his strong, skilled hands to rub away at the knots in Brian’s tense shoulders. “We really didn’t mean to hurt you, you know. We were just goofing around and got a little carried away.” Malik pushed a little harder on Brian’s right shoulder, pushing the now compliant man all the way over on his stomach so it was easier to give him a more thorough massage. “And you do understand that Justin’s kinda young, right? He told me before that he’s never had a boyfriend - or even dated anyone. I think he figured he was just being cute or funny by singling you out like that. He would never do something intentionally mean. It’s just not in his nature. And he wouldn’t have dreamed of teasing you like that if he didn’t feel something for you. It was really a compliment if you look at it that way.”

Brian grunted, still a bit angry but reluctantly conceding that maybe Malik had a point. He shifted around so his head was now more comfortably propped up on his arms while Malik continued with the pacifying massage. He hadn’t even realized how tense he was until Mal’s talented fingers had begun their therapy.

“Granted, I’m not sure what started your little argument. Justin was pretty angry to start with, so you must have done something to piss him off. But I really think that by the time the Pentathlon started he was already starting to regret the way he overreacted earlier,” Malik tried to explain how he saw things in order to give Brian a little better perspective. “I’m sure that he’s ready to apologize so y’all can move on to the make up sex part. He’s maybe just a little too embarrassed about everything to face you - which is why he’s hiding out right now. He’s young and inexperienced and not sure what to do. I’m sure you get that. But you do know that you’re going to have to apologize too, right?”

Brian snorted derisively but didn’t say anything.

“Damn, you are a stubborn one, aren’t you?” Malik couldn’t help the little smack he landed on Brian’s ass. “Would it kill you to go find him and just say two little words? ‘I’m sorry’. It’s not that tough, Brian.”

“He . . . I’m not going to go pull the kid out of someone else’s bed just to fucking humiliate myself again by apologizing. Like I said, it’s his call where he wants to be . . . I don’t . . .  I can’t . . .” Brian couldn’t seem to find the right words for what he needed to say, and in the end just gave up.

“Fine. Be that way,” Malik chuckled at the man’s persistent orneriness. Brian really was just as inept at this relationship thing as Justin. “Except that, I happen to know Justin is sleeping on the couch downstairs right now.” Brian looked up at THAT particular gem of knowledge, a slow and very tentative smile creeping over his face. “How about I just go and let him know that you’re not asleep yet? Hmmm?” Malik clambered off the bed and started to head towards the door. “You two so owe me for this though. Now I’M gonna have to sleep on that lumpy couch!”

“So, are you all done queening out? Or should I give you a few more minutes,” Malik jumped on top of Justin, making the couch springs groan from the impact.

“Fuck! You weigh a fucking ton, Mal. Get the hell off me so I can breathe already!” Justin complained and tried ineffectually to push his solidly built friend off the top of him.

“Nope. I’m not going anywhere until you get off your perky little white boy ass and go make up with Brian. He’s sitting in the bedroom brooding and it’s really not a good look for him. He’ll get wrinkles. You have to go save him.” Malik teased, trying to cajole his friend into action.

“Fuck off, Mal!” Justin apparently wasn’t ready to joke about things. Justin scooted up into a sitting position, a cushion held to his chest almost like a shield, and looked at his buddy with such anguish it made Mal’s heart hurt. “I so totally screwed up today, Mal. I can’t believe I overreacted so bad. And, then, all those stupid pranks? I still can’t get over the way he looked. He was so . . . Fuck it! Brian’s probably never going to speak to me again.”

“Has anyone ever told you that you’re the BIGGEST drama queen ever?” Malik shoved Justin’s shoulder good naturedly but the blond boy only let himself fall over until he was face down in the cushions. “Sheesh! You and Brian both - you’re fucking WAY high maintenance. You so deserve each other!” Malik squirmed closer to the recumbent form and put his arms around the poor, dejected youth. “So, you DO know the correct way to have an argument, right? Cause I don’t think Brian does and fuck knows you act like you don’t have a clue either . . .” Justin’s head came up off the cushion long enough to give Mal a puzzled look. “Shit! You two are gonna kill me!”

Malik moved off Justin sufficiently so they could both sit up. “Okay, listen up. I’m going to instruct you in the PROPER way to argue and then it’ll be up to you two to take it from there. Ready?” Justin nodded, his face all wrinkled up with concentration. “You guys have already mastered the first part. You disagreed about something and you both said stupid shit - am I right?” Justin nodded again, so Malik continued. “After that it’s cool if you both get pissy and go off to lick your wounds and shit like that. That’s normal. And, you can even brood a bit and rant to your friends. That way you get it out of your system. You two did that part just fine too. Then, what you’re supposed to do is you both realize you’re being silly and that whatever you were arguing about was stupid. I think you’ve both reached that stage, am I right?” Another blond nod. “Good. You’re right on schedule. NOW - the hard part - one of you has to have the balls to go to the other and make the first apology. Then the other one apologizes back. You both admit you were idiots and totally overreacted. Then you get to kiss and fuck and all will be once again copacetic.”

“But, what if Brian’s still too angry to even talk to me,” Justin asked, sounding like a little boy and not a fledgling adult. “He looked so pissed off and he wouldn’t even talk to me during the movie.”

“He’ll talk to you now. But you’re going to have to be the one to make the first move. I don’t know what’s up with our Brian, but I don’t think he has much more experience at this relationship thing than you do.”

Justin took a deep, fortifying breath, then looked at Malik with a determined glint in his eye. “Here goes . . .” He got off the couch and started to walk toward the stairs, but paused after a few steps. “If I don’t come back in, like, an hour, send in a rescue squad, okay? You’ll probably find me lying on the floor in a tangled bloody heap after Brian bites my head off and someone will have to call emergency services.”

“Well, either that, or you’ll be in the middle of having the best make up sex ever seen on the planet. Either way, I’ll be happy to come barging in and save you from it,” Malik threw the cushion Justin had been hiding behind earlier at the boy’s head. “Just go already, will you?”

Justin hesitated at the door to the bedroom. He knew he was being a pussy. It was time to man up. Twisting the knob and pushing the door open a crack, he peeked around the edge and saw Brian sprawled out on the bed with all the pillows behind his back. He looked up at Justin apprehensively. Justin hovered by the door unsure what to do next.

“Coming in?” Brian asked politely.

“Huh?” Justin seemed startled to hear the vision in front of him speak. “Oh. Yeah!” He stepped all the way into the room.

“Shut the door,” Brian instructed and Justin turned his back to the room, swallowed, closed his eyes and sighed before firmly pulling the door closed.

When Justin still just stood there, unspeaking, Brian actually got a small hint of a smile on his lips. “So, are you coming or going. Or coming and then going? Or coming and staying?” He asked, his tongue firmly implanted in his cheek.

At least that little bit of levity relaxed Justin enough that he remembered how to speak once again. “Hey!” Justin smiled shyly.

“Hey, yourself.” Brian was all cool nonchalance.

Justin took a few more tentative steps toward the bed. When it didn’t look like Brian was likely to spring on him, the boy carefully perched on the edge of the mattress. He looked at Brian intently but neither knew where to start. Justin chewed on his bottom lip nervously for several seconds, hesitating and trying to find the right words.

“I’m sorry, Brian,” He figured he’d open with classic honesty.

He looked up at the man he’d begun to have such strong feelings for and again paused. How was he supposed to do this without making things worse? Where did he start? Brian seemed just as confused and tongue tied. Which was ridiculous and would get them nowhere fast. Better to just get it over with.

Brian apparently had the same idea. They both started speaking at the same time.

“I shouldn’t have encouraged the guys to to play all of those pranks on you. I didn’t mean to . . .”

“I shouldn’t have yelled at you. I was just pissed off at Ted and my friend Michael . . .”

Both voices tapered off and Justin devolved into a spat of giggles. “I really am sorry Brian. I didn’t mean anything by it. I was just being an ass, I guess, and I didn’t realize how overboard I was going until it was too late,” Justin, once launched on the path of apology, rambled on quite well. “Of course, you shouldn’t have yelled at me in the first place, but I guess I DID overreact to that too. I guess I kinda lost it. You may not have noticed, but Malik says I’m a total drama queen and he’s probably right. And then I didn’t know what to say or how to fix things and everything I did just seemed to make it worse and I’m really, really, really sorry. Can you please forgive me . . .”

Justin might have gone on for hours at the rate he was going if Brian hadn’t stifled the outburst with one finger laid gently across the full bubblegum pink lips. “It’s okay, Sunshine. We were both asses. I forgive you.” Brian was rewarded with a full wattage Sunshine smile. “Now shut up and fucking kiss me already you twat.”

The ecstatic blond boy bounced obediently up the bed until he landed squarely astraddle of Brian’s hips, his hands already buried in the soft, baby fine auburn hair and his lips happily descending to meet Brian’s own. The little spark of static electricity that zapped them in the process only added to the pleasure. And it felt so fucking good. So right. Brian couldn’t believe it had only been a few hours since their last kiss because it felt like he’d gone days without the touch of those firm, full, warm lips against his own. He felt his lips part and his tongue beginning to dart out for a more satisfying taste . . .

“Wait!” the panting blond boy pulled away from Brian’s embrace. “Wait, Brian. First, you have to say it.” Brian looked at him confused and a little pissed off at the interruption. Justin shook his head at the intransigent older man. “You have to say the words. Otherwise it doesn’t count.”

“Justin . . . I don’t . . .”

“No, Brian. You HAVE to say it. It’s a non-optional, social convention,” Justin was insistent.

Brian sighed. If he wanted to move on to the make up sex that he had already planned out in his head, he was going to have to make amends. He knew it. It didn’t matter that he hated to apologize. He hated that apologies were just empty words which really didn’t do anything. It didn’t make whatever you’d done wrong any better. It was just words.

But it seemed like the kid needed the words. The annoying little blond brat was sitting there, his nose all scrunched up adorably, holding his breath and waiting. Brian, and his principles, didn’t stand a chance against adorable blondness.

“Fine,” Brian took a deep breath and said the words. “I’m sorry.”

If it was possible to be literally blinded by a smile, Brian would have been once he’d been hit with the unbelievably bright smile beamed at him by his now-satisfied brat. “See, Brian. You said it and it didn’t kill you.”

“Actually, it did. I think I’m having a heart attack or maybe a stroke even as we speak!” Brian threw his head back with his tongue lolling out as evidence of his impending demise.

“Well, I guess I’ll just have to give you mouth-to-mouth then,” Justin teased, crawling back up Brian’s body so he could reach the dark raspberry lips he so wanted to lick.

“I think mouth-to-cock would be more effective,” Brian suggested with a tongue in cheek grin.

“Oh, don’t worry. I’ll get there,” Justin promised as he dove down and started in on his own make up sex plans.

Chapter 33 - Moving On. (Monday, June 13th)

The sound of the beatific blond boy's breathing had changed just enough that Brian knew he was awake. Like a heat seeking missile, the warm lithesome body rolled over and glommed onto him, enveloping Brian in arms as tenacious as an octopus. At the same time, Brian felt the lower half of the snugly warm boyish body tilting forward, hips blindly seeking contact with his own lower half. Neither of them had reached the point of coherent speech yet but when the full coral-pink lips nuzzled at his ear, making small interrogatory noises, Brian understood exactly what was being asked.

Shit! The kid was fucking insatiable! How many times had they fucked already that night? Five, six, seven times? More? Brian had lost count. But somehow the palms of his hands, the thin skin over his hip bones, the chafed skin on the inside of his thighs, knew. Some sense memory of their prior joinings lingered in his skin, his joints, the very fiber of his being. But all Brian remembered consciously was the overwhelming feeling of softness, slick skin gliding over skin, warmth and wetness and heat and then jolting shots of pure electricity jarring his soul.

Somehow the solid body clinging to him seemed to melt, it's bones dissolving and the flesh melding with his own. His own body followed suit and he found himself melted over the top of the pale form under him as their lips hesitantly made renewed contact. The first touch was so light as to barely be felt. Brian felt like he was breathing in the smell and texture of Justin's lips rather than tasting them. But that didn't last long.

The hunger to devour the young flesh under him - that same desire he'd been fighting since the first time he'd had the boy - resurfaced without any warning. It shocked him the same way it had every single time he'd felt the sensation. He had the vaguely worrisome thought that he'd never get enough of this boy, but shook it off once again. There wasn't any time to mull over such revolutionary thoughts right then. He was consumed by his urgency and couldn't stop for vague philosophical contemplation. From the way Justin’s mouth was latched onto his own, it seemed that the younger man felt the exact same need.

He rolled off the yielding body, their lips remaining locked together, and lifted Justin’s shoulder enough so that the boy tipped onto his side, facing away from Brian but insistently wriggling his round bottom closer at the same time. Justin smiled enticingly over his right shoulder as Brian paused long enough to grab some supplies from the nightstand and hastily suit up. Brian propped himself up on one elbow for leverage and also so he wouldn’t have to relinquish his ability to reach those tasty lips. Justin’s upper body was twisted around - he was just as avidly interested in maintaining the contact with Brian's delicious dark raspberry lips - one hand's delicate long artistic fingers cupped around the edge of Brian's jaw.

After all their prior endeavors, the boy was plenty ready for him. Brian wrapped one hand around the curve of Justin's hip bone and let his hard length glide right in. They slid together easily. They just seemed to fit. Brian had felt that same connection from the very start but it still amazed him every single time. It was almost like the gratifying snap when two jigsaw puzzle pieces fit together. As though the tang of his piece was custom designed to lock with the warm wet blank of Justin's. It was such an immediate bond. It almost overwhelmed Brian once again. He had to pause, catch his breath and concentrate to ensure he didn't cum at that first moment.

He held himself perfectly still, embraced deep inside his lover’s welcoming body, while the blond gasped and his supple body arched from a reciprocal jolt of sensation. Brian fought the insistent pulling - that feeling like someone was tugging on a cord hooked to the inside of his navel which, if he gave into it, would trigger the cascade of pleasure that would end things far too soon. Which was truly remarkable considering how many times he'd already come that night. His dick seemed super-sensitized, though. It took a couple of deep breaths to steady him enough that he was once again in control.

By the time he felt safe to move again, his frisky blond seemed to have lost all control. The close-cropped blond head had fallen back on the pillow, Justin's mouth was open and his gasping breaths were mingled with little mewling cries. It was such a delectable sight. The wantonness. The abandonment. The sheer rutting lust. And maybe even more revealing, the complete and total trust that Brian felt emanating from the boy struck a chord deep within the older man.

Brian slid his left arm underneath Justin's body, his right already wrapped lower around a slim waist, and pulled the lissome youth as close as he could. They rocked slowly to the rhythm of their jointly beating hearts. Brian kept his arms tight around the smaller frame. His one hand brushing languidly along the boy's heated cock, his belly and thighs, enjoying the feel of that ultra-soft skin, so soft and smooth it felt like polished silk under his fingertips. In the dark of the warm summer night with their sweat-slicked skin gluing them together and the never ending prickles of their rising pleasure obscuring every other sense, the world around Brian seemed surreal. He wondered briefly, if he could just get close enough, would they dissolve into each other?

Some indeterminate time later, when the moment of dissolution did come, it came quietly. The boy breathed out a plaintive "Brian!" and began to tremble in his lover's arms. The vibrations washed through them both, sweeping Brian along into his own happy convulsions. And when the big brunet came back to a sense of himself he found he was still holding Justin tightly to his chest, his lips tickling up and down the column of Justin's long pale neck as the boy's boneless body sagged in his arms.

"Good boy," Brian whispered, not really understanding why he'd said such a silly thing, except that he felt a strange sense of satisfaction that he'd finally sated the insatiable youth.

As he started to disentangle their legs, though, the twink revived a bit. "Don't go, Brian. Please," he whispered pleadingly. "I hate feeling so . . . so empty . . . afterwards. Just stay a little longer. Please."

"Shhh," Brian hushed him. "I'm not going anywhere, Sunshine. I'll still be here, even after you fall asleep with my cock inside you. I won't leave you." With a contented sigh the young blond subsided again, a heavy but reassuring weight in Brian's arms.

Brian heard these words he'd uttered as if from a distance. They amazed him. It didn't sound like him. He'd NEVER said anything quite so sappy in his entire life. But, then again, they felt right. THIS felt right.

Maybe Mikey was right. Maybe he had been brainwashed. But, fuck it all - if so, it was well worth it.

Brian and Justin were a bit late coming downstairs the next morning. The rest of the House Boys were already assembled in the Greatroom and waiting to hear the day's announcements. Brian was uncharacteristically disconcerted by the knowing and amused looks everyone was shooting at the two of them. He looked down to where his fingers were entwined with Justin's and felt himself blush. Which of course threw him off even more because Brian Kinney did NOT blush like some inexperienced twink. But he still felt unaccountably shy knowing that all these other men were watching him and apparently saw right through his aloof exterior. He was far more embarrassed getting caught in a moment of casual intimacy than he'd ever been when fucking in public. Go figure.

Luckily, Brian didn’t have time to stew over this newest development. They barely made it into the lineup with the other contestants before the lights flickered and the voice of The Master echoed out of the speakers near his portrait.

“Good morning, my children! Are all of you ready to head into a brand new week of pleasure and discovery? I certainly hope so, since I have so MUCH planned for you,” The Master sounded as pleased with himself as always and Brian winced at the over-the-top showmanship. “Today, of course, you have no tasks that need to be completed until we meet again for the evening Challenge. I hope you enjoy your day of rest, my children, since you have well earned it. However, there are a couple of announcements that we need to get through first before you go along on your merry way.”

“First of all, as I’m sure you’re all aware, yesterday’s Sunday in the Sun was a rousing success. Our little game has made quite the splash in the news media and I thank you for so graciously participating in the interviews yesterday. The full news coverage will be hitting later this week, which I expect will result in even more interest. Keep that in mind, boys, in your day-to-day activities.” The Master went on, “I expect we will be having even more online visitors in the days to come and your extra efforts to please them will be rewarded. And, to help you keep up appearances, as it were, I am making several beauty and grooming professionals available to you today. My servants will be happy to assist you in setting up times for each of you to get haircuts, waxing or whatever other services you require. The servants will also be taking orders for any additional personal care products you might require - all of which will be delivered to you later in the week. Please take full advantage of these services. Neat and tidy is always more pleasing to both myself and your housemates, I’m sure.”

“And while you are waiting for your turn with these professionals, I have two small things that might amuse you,” The Master’s voice rang with a hint of hilarity. “First of all, there is the matter of rewarding the winners of yesterday’s competition as well as punishing the losing team. Brian, Paal and Dane, please step forward.” The three men from the losing team took their places. “Your efforts yesterday were valiant, gentlemen, but not sufficient. Therefore, you are being placed in servitude for the day to your more victorious housemates. You three will serve as the Kitchen Patrol for the rest of today and will be responsible for preparing and serving all of the meals today for the rest of your house.”

Brian cringed when the masked servant standing off to the side of the portrait uncovered his big silver tray and revealed a pile of hideously pink chef’s hats which he proceeded to place on the three loser’s heads. But, whatever. If they actually thought Brian could cook - with or without a stupid pink hat - they’d be woefully surprised with whatever he managed to rustle up for them. He expected he’d have the last laugh when the rest tried to eat whatever they asked him to cook. Brian stepped back into line with the others trying to ignore the atrocious pink hat he was now sporting.

“Now, for the last announcement of the morning, I’m VERY pleased to announce that we have another Secret Challenge Winner to reward. Brian, my son, you are the winner of the Topping Challenge - although it’s not as if that was ever going to be in doubt,” The Master’s slightly evil electronic laughter reverberated through the speakers at this witticism. “As of Saturday, you, Brian, have topped all the other contestants in the Summer of Sin. Congratulations. As your reward, you are the lucky recipient of this phenomenal toy, a Tenga Silver Flip Hole. Use it well, my child. It should provide many wonderful hours of amusement for both you and anyone else you choose to share it with. Enjoy it, with my thanks for all the pleasure you have provided to ME over the years I’ve been observing your meteoric studly rise.”

The second masked servant approached Brian with his laden silver tray and presented Brian with the unassuming looking silvery grey cylinder and three small sample-sized bottles of lube. The awe with which the others around him looked on the relatively unassuming little toy made Brian want to laugh. It really WAS a great reward. Although, if he really was the stud they all thought him, what the fuck would he need with a masturbation aid? He should be able to get all the stimulation he needed without any artificial assistance. Not that he was about to turn down the prize. Nobody turned down a Tenga! That would just be crazyl

“That will be all for this morning, boys,” The Master’s voice rang out with finality. “Go! Enjoy yourselves for the day and I will speak with you all this evening.”

To: GalaxyLad1970

From: BAK@Ryder.net

Hey, Mikey!

Ted tells me you've been watching the show a lot, which means you know I'm doing well. They do keep us pretty busy though, which is one of the reasons why I haven't had much time to write. The other reason, which you probably already know since you've been watching, is that I've met someone. Well, not just someone - he's the most wonderful man in the world, actually. We are so totally in love it's ridiculous! I can't wait for you to meet him. I'm sure you'll love him as much as I do. And guess what? As soon as we're done with this game we're flying up to Vermont to get married! Then we plan to have a huge commitment ceremony back here in Pittsburgh so everyone can come and share in our happiness. What do you think of matching powder blue tuxedos? We'll have to start looking for a house right away though - maybe something big out in the suburbs - he loves me so much and can't wait to start having my babies! We decided we want a huge family. At least seven or eight kids. And then he'll take up cooking and knitting while I garden. Doesn't that sound dreamy? Of course my dick will probably shrivel up and fall off but who cares since we're just so much in love!

Oh, and in case you didn't pick up on the sarcasm already - I know subtlety isn't a Novotny trait - here's what I'm really trying to tell you, Mikey: GO FUCK YOURSELF! Or better yet, find someone else to fuck you so you can get a fucking life already and stay out of mine! I'm not fucked up on drugs. I'm not being brainwashed. And who I fuck, when, where, why or how often I fuck them, is none of YOUR business. If I decided to take up necrophilia, or even fucking pussy, it STILL wouldn't be any of your business. And if I hear you've been spreading stupid rumors about me being brainwashed again I'll fucking kick your ass as soon as I'm outta here. So just shut your big fucking mouth and stay out of MY sex life.

Brian

"There! If that doesn't send Mikey into an apoplectic fit nothing will!" Brian sounded so pleased with himself. "What do you think? Will that make his tiny little busybody brain explode or what?" Brian looked over his shoulder, beckoning his blond to come read the email he'd just composed.

Justin got up out of the recliner where he'd been lounging and reading another Seymour Bhutz novel. He moved slowly. It HAD been a long night and he was pretty fucking sore. It was a small room though so Brian didn't have to wait long before Justin was leaning over the back of Brian's chair reading what was on the computer screen. Brian watched the grin stretch across his Sunshine's face as the boy read.

"Well, first of all, I'm NOT taking up knitting - cooking's fine but I draw the line at any type of needlework. And secondly, if you really want eight kids, you'll be the one popping them out, Big Guy. I don't want to lose my girlish figure," Justin leaned in closer and emphasized his teasing words with a kiss to Brian's cheek. "Oh, and I REALLY hope your dick doesn't fall off. Sorry, but that's a deal breaker for me. If it does, I'll be suing for divorce."

Brian spun his computer chair around and pulled a giggling Justin onto his lap. "Don't worry. If that ever DOES happen, you won't have to divorce me. You can just shoot me and put me out of my misery."

*Mmmmmm* Justin moaned as he rubbed up against the member in question, which appeared to be fully functional and hard as an iron spike at the moment. “I don’t think we’ll have to worry about Mr. Pokey anytime soon,” Justin giggled and squirmed happily closer.

“Mr. POKEY?” Brian’s mouth dropped open comically and he dug his fingers into Justin’s sensitive ribcage in retaliation. “Fuck you! You are NOT calling my dick Mr. Pokey.”

The discussion devolved after that into gasping and tickling and giggling - not all of it coming from Justin, by any means - until the two of them fell off the chair and ended up in a heap on the floor.

"Will you two STOP already?" Dane groused from his spot sitting in front of the second computer. "If you're gonna fuck - AGAIN - go upstairs or something. This is the only fuck-free zone in the house and I want to keep it that way. Besides, I can't concentrate on emailing my little brother while I'm listening to Cupcake and Mr. Pokey getting it on. Jeeze!"

Brian and Justin looked at each other sheepishly for about thirty seconds before breaking out into another freshet of laughter. Dane glared at them menacingly, eliciting even more uncontrolled laughter, until Justin was rolling on the floor with tears streaming from his eyes. Brian looked down on him indulgently, barely keeping his own face straight.

"The giant's right, Sunshine. There's no fucking in the Break Room," Brian said when Justin's laughter had finally died down to infrequent titters. "Besides, after last night I'm pretty sure your ass is too sore for another round. AND, it's almost time for my turn getting waxed. So, I'll leave you to the tender mercies of our friend, Mr. Bhutz." Brian hoisted himself off the floor, grabbed his Tenga Toy, and gave his blond a farewell smack on his perky bubble butt. "Oh, and while I'm gone, you better get busy and think up a more appropriate name for my cock. I think something with the word 'Magnificent' in it would be acceptable. Later."

To: Seuratbrat@mymail.net Sent: June 13 @ 8:01 am

From: LaughyDaphy@mymail.net

Re: JUSTIN RANDOLPH TAYLOR, YOU FUCKING PRICK, YOU BETTER NOT IGNORE THIS EMAIL LIKE ALL THE OTHERS OR I’LL HUNT YOU DOWN AND KICK YOUR SKINNY WHITE BOY ASS!

I hope that FINALLY got your attention, you big jerk, cause if you don’t write back to me in the next HOUR, I’m not joking about tracking you down and whupping your ass so hard it won’t be any good for all those games you’re playing in that mansion you’re hiding out in.

I’M NOT FUCKING KIDDING, JUSTIN!

Daphne

To: Seuratbrat@mymail.net Sent: June 13 @ 9:01 am

From: LaughyDaphy@mymail.net

Re: ESCALATION!

You little SHIT! I’m so fucking pissed off at you I can barely type. Why the HELL won’t you write back to me? Like it’s not bad enough that you fucking disappeared on me for almost a month, stood me up for Prom and missed my Valedictory speech at Graduation! Now, you’re not talking to me? You ass!

Fine! I’m not only going to track your ass down and kick it in, I’m also going to tell everyone about how you were so pissant scared before our first choir concert in third grade that you peed in your pants and had to wear the little girl panties that the school secretary gave you all the rest of the day!

You have precisely fifteen minutes to respond to this email or your punishment will get WORSE!

Don’t try me, Justin.

Daph.

To: Seuratbrat@mymail.net Sent: June 13 @ 9:25 am

From: LaughyDaphy@mymail.net

Re: I'M SERIOUS JUSTIN!

Does that gorgeous auburn-haired hunk you're macking on know that you still sleep with Gus-Gus, your teddy bear? Well, he will as soon as I find you, since you STILL haven't answered me you asswipe!

Daph

To: Seuratbrat@mymail.net Sent: June 13 @10:03 am

From: LaughyDaphy@mymail.net

Re: Bringing out the Big Guns!

You had a chance to save yourself, but noooooo. Well, fine! You want to play hard ball? How's this - you have one hour to respond to this email or I go tell your MOTHER that you're the one who took my virginity!

And just so you know, I'm now logged into that filthy porn website and watching your every move. And I'm going to keep on watching you - even when you're fucking some guy - until you write back. I might even start recording portions of the webcast if you take too long. Then I can watch you fucking over and over and over again and I'll be able to tease you about it when we're fifty and grey!

Do you REALLY want me watching this shit, Justin?

Not turning off the computer till I hear from you!

Daphne.

"Shit! She found me," Justin swore as he quickly scanned through the increasingly frightening emails.

"Who found you," Dane, who was still answering his own mail, asked.

"My best friend, Daphne. See, I've kinda been hiding from her. I sorta stood her up at Prom and I've been avoiding her emails but she must have figured out where I am and she's threatening to get really nasty," Justin was gnawing on his bottom lip the way he did when he was really upset. "Shit! How did she find me?"

"Probably the same way my little brother found me," Dane replied, sounding almost as worried as Justin had a moment before. "Apparently there's been a metric fuck ton of publicity about our little reality show. And those guys filming yesterday for Pittsburgh Out, they've already posted some stuff to their online site. According to Theo, one of his friends saw me on the Internet and now everybody he goes to school with knows. Can you believe that? They're only in Middle School for fuck's sake. How the hell did any of his friends get access to gay porn sites? He better not let Oma see any of that shit - it'll give her another stroke."

"Oma?" Justin asked, glad to be distracted from his own email dilemma for a moment by Dane's drama.

"My grandmother. Theo's staying with her for the summer while I'm here. Unfortunately, she's 87 and not in the best of health, but there wasn't really anyplace else for Theo to go, you know."

Dane was typing away while he spoke, only half aware of what he was saying. "See, our parents were killed in a plane crash a few years ago, so it's just the two of us. I dropped out of school to get a job and take care of Theo. It's been tough the last few years though. I've been working construction jobs when I could get them and bartending or bouncing for some clubs, but we were barely scraping by. So, I thought, if I could win this Summer of Sin thing, I could go back to college, get my degree and maybe land a real job, plus have enough left over to buy a house and support Theo in the meantime."

Dane's frantically typing fingers paused for a minute as he thought. "Theo knows I'm gay and all, but I didn't exactly tell him the truth about all this," the big blond beefcake gestured randomly at the room behind them. "I mean, he's just a kid. How was I supposed to tell my 13 year old brother that I was going to spend my summer fucking guys on an Internet porn site? So I lied and told him I was working an out of town construction gig. But now he knows and he's pissed off that I lied to him. I just can't fucking win, can I?"

"He'll understand," Justin reached over and squeezed Dane's arm reassuringly. "You'll just explain and he'll forgive you. And, if you win, he'll be too happy about all the money to care.”

“Yeah. But if I DON’T win, he’ll not only be pissed off about that, he’ll also still hate me for leaving him with Oma for the Summer AND lying to him.” Dane grumbled but went back to his typing.

“Yeah, speaking of people who are pissed off at you,” Justin sighed and turned back to his own computer station.

To: LaughyDaphy@mymail.net           Sent: June 13 @ 11:01 am

From: Seuratbrat@mymail.net

Re: OKAY, ALREADY!

Hey, Daph!

Sooooooooo . . . I don’t know how you found me - I had no idea you were the type to trawl gay porn sites - but I guess you caught me. Yes, I’m spending the summer fucking guys on an internet porn site. Yes, I was hiding out from you. And, yes, I ditched you for Prom and Graduation. The only one of those I regret is that I missed hearing your Valedictory speech. Sorry. I hope it went well.

Are you happy now? Please turn off your computer! I don’t think I can handle knowing that you’re watching me while I’m fucking someone. Can you say, ‘Ick!’. And, if you DARE say anything about Gus-Gus to Brian, I swear this is the last time you will ever hear from me. As for telling my parents about fucking you, well, go right ahead - it would probably come as a relief to them seeing as how they’re probably busy as we speak praying for their son to go straight. Not that it’ll happen - especially after THIS summer - but it might make them feel better.

I imagine you want to know what happened. I’m not completely sure myself - everything seemed to spin out of control so fast . . . So, you know I applied to PIFA behind my parents’ backs even after Dad informed me that he would never let me go to some fairy art school. I heard back from them at the end of March that I was accepted! I would have told you about it except that we were fighting then over the whole ‘Take My Virginity, Please!’ fiasco. And besides, I knew that Dad wasn’t likely to ever agree to release my trust funds to pay for PIFA so it was probably just a pipe dream anyway.

Well, between that and you not talking to me and Hobbs and his cronies beating the fuck out of me every other day at school, I was pretty down. I had nobody to talk to and I was so fucking lonely, so I started spending a LOT of time on the net. Which is when I found the web site that this game is on. That’s how I saw the announcement about this reality show they were recruiting for and I got the idea that maybe I could enter and win the money to pay for PIFA myself. I didn’t really do anything about it though - I was still just mulling the idea over, really, when you and I made up and agreed to go to Prom together.

So, that’s when things went completely to shit. That Friday, I was in the locker room after gym and Hobbs and his gang caught me checking out the guys in the shower. He had Pat and Joe hold me while he beat the fuck out of me for about five minutes until Coach Randall came in and made them let me go. By the time I’d made it back home, it was really late. Dad had already come home from work and grabbed the mail. Unfortunately, there was a letter from PIFA in the mail and he was not happy about finding out that I’d gone behind his back to apply to the school, let alone that I’d already tentatively accepted enrollment there. It didn’t help matters much that I showed up with a split lip and my school uniform all torn and I was forced to admit that I got beat up by the school bully.

Dad was really pissed off. I was pissed off myself at Hobbs and the last thing I wanted was to deal with my narrow-minded ass of a father right then. So, when he started going on and on about how ‘No son of mine is going to go to some pansy-assed art school with a bunch of fags’, I kinda lost it. I told him he didn’t have to worry about the fags at art school turning me gay because I already was gay! Well, that shut him up . . . for about 10 seconds. Then he fucking went berserk and punched me in the face!

It was a fucking nightmare. My mother was crying and trying to pull Craig off of me. Molly was screaming in the corner of the kitchen and yelling at Dad to stop hitting me. I was screaming back at Dad - I have no idea what I actually said; I was too fucking pissed off to care - but whatever it was it only made him more insane. The last thing I remember was Craig physically picking me up and throwing me out the front door, telling me that ‘No son of his was going to be a fag’. He slammed the door in my face and I was left standing there on the front porch with only the clothes on my back and my backpack full of school shit.

At first I was too shocked and depressed to even think straight. I just walked around for hours. I didn’t even think to call you. When it finally did occur to me, I found my phone wasn’t working. Craig had my cell phone service cancelled within 2 hours after I left. What a fucking bastard! Luckily, he wasn’t able to access my bank account that night and I was able to pull out the $2k I’d been saving up to buy a car. So, I used that money, got myself a cheap hotel room downtown and went into hiding for the next few days. Luckily, I still had my tablet computer with me and Dad - technophobe that he is - didn’t think to shut that down, which meant I was still able to access the internet.

And that’s when I finally decided to enter the Summer of Sin competition and use the money to pay for PIFA and a place to live for the next five years while I finish school. Fuck Craig Taylor and the high horse he rode in on. He doesn’t want a fag for a son? Well, good! I don’t want a bigot for a father. I’m going to do what I want and when I’m a big fat fucking success he can kiss my ass. Literally! That’s what it will take to get me to forgive him.

In the meantime, I have a place to live for the summer and I’m getting LOTS of hot gay sex all day and all night. Really - ALL NIGHT - and that’s not just hyperbole! I fucking love it here. I’ve made some amazing friends and maybe found something even more . . . Fuck! I’m not going to even think it, let alone type it, for fear I’ll jinx myself. Let’s just leave it that I’m having the time of my fucking life here. And, even if I don’t win, I wouldn’t trade this experience for ANYTHING.

So, as you can see, I’m fine and you don’t need to worry about me. I hope I’ll have a chance to see you before you leave at the end of the summer for college. Are you still heading to Johns Hopkins? I know you’ll do great wherever you go and I promise not to freeze you out again. If/when I get a new phone you’ll be the first person I call, okay?

Now, stop threatening to tell people all my deepest darkest secrets, turn your computer off so I can go back to fucking all the guys here and I’ll talk to you later.

Love ya!

Justin.

Chapter 34 - Blow The Man Down. (Monday, June 13th)

“What the fuck do you guys call THIS?” Malik was sitting at the table in the kitchen staring at the platter of food he’d been served by Paal who looked just as confused by whatever was in the big serving dish.

“I believe that it was SUPPOSED to be pasta of some sort,” Paal replied, sounding unconvinced about the nature of the lunch he and his losing teammates had put together.

“It’s tuna noodle casserole, you assholes,” Dane announced from where he was standing next to the kitchen island, scrubbing the counters to clean up the mess that had resulted from the creation of the alleged casserole - a mess that was completely out of proportion for the size of the dish that was now being passed around the table. “I make it all the time. My kid brother loves it.”

“You make a poor little kid eat THIS?” Kerek teased. “And he’d rather stay with you than your Grams? He must be crazy.”

“I told you we should have just gone with a green salad. Not even I can mess up a salad . . . I don’t think,” Brian groused from his place at the sink where he’d been allocated the duty of washing up - the only job in the kitchen that his compatriots felt he wouldn’t screw up. “And the fucking mess would have been a lot less.”

“This is NOT tuna casserole,” Malik was picking through the pile of supposedly edible material on his plate. “I’ve had tuna casserole before and THIS is not it.” He took one mincing bite and then spit it back onto his fork. “This is fish flavored mush. And it’s burned on the bottom, too.”

“Here,” Justin passed him the bottle of ketchup and then returned to shovelling large forkfuls of the mush into his own maw. “It’s not so bad if you add LOTS of ketchup,” he added, his mouth full of half masticated food.

“Gross,” Malik shoved the bottle of ketchup and the plate of food away. “How can you eat that shit, Cupcake? It’s fucking vile.”

“It’s not that bad,” Justin replied through another bite of the muck while Malik looked at him like he was insane. “What? I’m starving. I’m still a growing boy and I need to keep my strength up.”

“Jeeze, Brian, you do have to let the kid out of bed long enough to eat every so often,” Kerek joked as he tried a bite of the ‘lunch’ and then followed Justin’s suggestion by drenching the concoction in ketchup.

“Ha, fucking, ha!” Brian threw the soggy dish towel at Kerek’s head and then moved over to join the rest at the table, repositioning the detested floppy pink chef's hat on his head at the same time. “Besides, he won’t starve - Sunshine gets plenty of protein . . .”

“Considering what the rest of us heard of the workout you gave him last night, he’ll fucking waste away if all you ever give him is protein. That kind of fucking calls for carbs, man,” Dane laughed and scooped himself out a large serving of his luncheon concoction.

Justin blushed and focused all his attention on his plate, not saying anything but grinning nonetheless. Brian just smirked at them all with his typical tongue-in-cheek nonchalance. Neither of them denied the implications, though, and there was a round of laughter throughout the kitchen.

“Maybe it’s just that our sweet little Cupcake here doesn’t like Mr. Flip Hole’s cream filling. I doubt it ages well. Probably not very filling anymore either, considering the source is so ancient,” Daniel snarked in Brian’s direction, then turned and intentionally leered at Justin. “But, if HE won’t feed you, Cupcake, then I will. Especially now that we all know you’re just as enthusiastic a bottom as you are a top. Of course, I’d probably make you beg me for it first. Then again, after your performance the other day in those restraints, I figure you’d probably enjoy being tied up and having to beg me for food. Wouldn’t you, Cupcake?”

“That ain’t YOUR Cupcake, fuckhead,” Kerek, who’d been sitting between Justin and Daniel, immediately bristled at Daniel’s demeaning tone and spoke up before anyone else had a chance. The angry black man shoved his chair away from the table and turned to confront the muscley Asian. “If I catch you trying to pull the same shit you did on Adrien with Justin - or anyone else around here, for that matter - you’ll fucking have to deal with ME. So, just keep that in mind, Danny Boy!”

“Oooo! I’m shaking, Groid,”  Daniel barely looked at Kerek, his focus still fixed on the youngest blond sitting two seats over. “But Cupcake’s a big boy and, since I don’t see a collar on him, he’s free to make his own decisions about who’s cream filling he wants to get stuffed full of. Aren’t you, Cupcake,” Daniel crooned, standing up from the table and moving over so he was standing right behind Justin’s seat, his fingers trailing across the young man's pale, and now tense, shoulders. “How about it? I could teach you a thing or two about restraints - and maybe a little about pain, too - that I know you'd enjoy,” Daniel stated baldly, his hardened cock now rubbing suggestively against Justin’s shoulder as the body builder bent over to make his point.

There was just one tiny moment of silence before the peace of the kitchen was interrupted with a screech as several chairs were simultaneously shoved away from the table. Brian, who'd been seated on Justin's other side, was about to jump up when the unprepossessing boy put a gently restraining hand on his thigh. Brian glanced at the younger man, his eyes filled with anger as well as concern, but something in Justin's return gaze gave him pause. Then, without any appearance of being flustered at all, Justin pushed his own chair back - forcing Daniel to step back as a result - rose and turned toward the preening bully. The big Asian was several inches taller and about fifty pounds heavier than the slightly built blond boy, but Justin's fiery incandescence made it seem like they were more evenly matched.

"Thanks for the offer, Daniel, but I'll pass," Justin didn't raise his voice at all but everyone present could easily hear the edge of steel in it despite the polite words and muted volume. "My nutritional requirements are MORE than satisfied by my current meal plan," Justin explained while resting one hand on Brian's shoulder. "And if it ever turns out I want something more, I'm sure I can get what I need without begging. You see, I've never had to beg or bully someone to get MY needs met. You, on the other hand, had better eat up," the blond handed Daniel what was left of his plate of ketchup covered tuna noodle muck, "cause you sure as hell won't be getting any Cupcake anytime soon and, with that attitude, that tuna's the ONLY protein you'll be enjoying for quite a while. Enjoy!"   

"By the way," Justin turned to add as he shouldered past Daniel's bigger frame, "if you ever touch me again with your weird little prick without having first been invited to do so, I'll rip it off with my bare hands and shove it down your throat so you can get a chance to enjoy tasting your own 'cream filling'."

Nobody else said a thing as Justin began to stride towards the door. Daniel just stood there scowling at the plate in his hands, his mouth puckered up with anger, looking like he'd already had a particularly large and unsavory bite of the unappetizing dish. The rest of the House Boys were grinning and chuckling softly to themselves, admiring how deftly the big bully had been handed his ass by a mere boy. The quiet laughter only pissed Daniel off even more - he would have much preferred dealing with a violent response rather than having the whole scene turned around on him and being made the butt of a joke.

At the doorway, the imperious little blond turned and surveyed his handiwork with a nod of approval. "Come on, Brian," he ordered. "You can bring your new toy and distract me with it while I'm getting my balls waxed. I imagine that'll be less painful than sitting around here listening to this big windbag spouting more bullshit."

Brian’s eyebrows flew upward in amusement and he folded his lips in to staunch the incipient laughter he was struggling to hold back. He found this arrogant and feisty little Sunshine more than a little appealing. And the thoughts of what he could do to the boy with his new toy . . . With a lecherous waggle of his brows and a mischievous look around at his audience, Brian snatched up the Tenga Flip Hole toy and jogged after his retreating blond boy. He wasn’t an idiot.

“Shit! I fucking LOVE that little twink,” Dane couldn’t help the sound of longing in his voice as he watched the little blond strutting out followed obediently by his big bad stud.

“Yeah . . .” Malik’s tone mirrored his much larger friend’s. “Get in line, buddy. Get in line.”

The waxing tech was trying his very best to concentrate on his job. It wasn’t easy though. While he was busy trying to stretch the skin around Justin’s balls in order to apply the liquid wax evenly, the kid was practically writhing with ecstasy. And Brian certainly wasn’t helping. He was very energetically administering the Tenga Flip Hole to the poor boy’s dick - purportedly to distract the kid from the pain of his waxing, but really just because he loved seeing the lad all worked up and crazy.

“Fuck! Fuck, fuck, fuck . . .” Justin seemed to have lost all words other than that one, but he was applying it repeatedly and well.

“I’m sorry, sir,” the technician interrupted right as Brian was testing out the push pads on the outside of the cylinder, pressing each button in turn to see what kind of sensual noises he could force out of the squirming little blond. “I really can’t get the waxing strips in place the right way with you doing . . . that. Could you, please, take a bit of a break? Just until I’ve got the strips on, of course.”

“Sorry, Sunshine,” Brian stilled his hand and smiled down on the pretty pink pout that immediately arose on the pretty pink lips. “You heard the man. Time for a little break.”

“I don’t need a break, Brian. I need to cum. NOW!” Justin insisted, his hips thrusting up into the solid silver cylinder even as Brian tried to hold him down.

“Fuck! They weren’t kidding when they labeled that one tube of lotion ‘Wild’, were they,” Brian laughed as he tried to hold his bucking bronco boy flat on the massage table the tech was using as a waxing platform. “I’m going to have to try this myself, I guess,” Brian muttered, looking at the advertising on the side of the small sample lube bottle that said it was a ‘Sticky lotion to maximize the experience and sensitivity to the interior detailing’. “I guess there is some truth in advertising, Sunshine. This stuff seems to work pretty damn well.”

“I’ll say . . . *pant* . . . it’s the most . . . *pant* . . . fucking . . . *pant* . . .  amazing thing . . . *pant* . . . I’ve ever felt . . .*pant* . . . in my entire . . . *pant* . . . fucking . . . *pant* . . . life . . .” Justin gasped as he continued to strain to move his dick in and out of the masturbation toy that Brian had been wielding a moment before. “Now . . . fucking start . . . *pant*  . . . moving that thing . . . *pant* . . . thing again . . . *pant* . . . right this fucking minute . . . *pant* . . . or I’ll never let . . . *pant* . . . you  . . . *pant* . . . fuck me . . . *pant* . . . again!”

“Oooohhhhhhh, Sunshine,” Brian teased, well aware of the power of a Tenga from his own personal experience. “If you keep saying shit like that, I’m going to feel emasculated. You don’t really mean to say that you’d rather have me masturbate you with this inanimate toy than fuck you with my own dick. Do you?”

“Yes! . . . *pant* . . . That’s exactly . . .*pant* . . . what . . . *pant* . . . I mean! . . . *pant* . . . Now, MOVE!” Justin demanded with another insistent thrust of his hips.

Brian noted that the tech had finally finished positioning all the waxing strips. The man gave Brian a quiescent nod. Brian laughed loudly but compliantly began sliding the hard casing filled with exciting elastomer nodules and ridges up and down the boy’s large gland once more. A few minutes later, when the tech started to pull off the waxing strips, Brian pushed the top button on the casing to increase the pressure to the head of Justin’s penis and it was all but over. He didn’t think Justin even felt the wax strips being peeled off along with any errant pubic hairs as he climaxed into the toy. The blond boy was too blissed out to notice any pain from the waxing.

“Huh? That’s got to be the most fun ANYONE’S ever had getting waxed. I guess I’ll have to try this next time myself,” Brian commented to the tech who was smiling as well while he gathered up all his supplies.

Justin looked like he’d passed out on the massage table. Brian chuckled but didn’t think there was any good reason to move the boy. He could probably use the sleep, come to think of it. The beauty salon area had been set up in the small room on the second floor where Adrien and Malik used to sleep before all the beds had disappeared, and Brian thought it was safe enough to leave his blond there sleeping for a little while. The big stud leaned over and deposited one brief - admittedly overly-sentimental - kiss to the blond’s cheek before getting up to leave.

The technician had already cleaned up most of his things and had finished packing his gear away in a big black case in the corner while Brian was saying his goodbye. By the time Brian turned around to leave, the tech was already halfway out the door with his tote in hand. Brian paused for a moment and then turned around to retrieve the hated pink chef's hat he'd almost forgotten, which had been set aside on a nearby chair. His back was to the doorway, but out of the corner of his eye he saw a familiar dark-headed shape passing by and heard the sibilance of whispering coming from the hallway just outside. He didn't think whoever it was could see him where he was standing off to the far side of the door.

". . . Thanks. That was some good juice this morning. I already feel more pumped . . ." Brian easily recognized Daniel's voice despite the whispering.

Brian moved closer to the wall where he could hear better and not risk being seen. There was a low-voiced reply from the waxing tech, but Brian didn't catch those words since the guy's back was to him. Peeking through the crack between the frame and the door he could just glimpse Daniel's smugly grinning face.

"Here's my brother's number," Daniel's reply was much clearer now, and it was followed by a crinkling noise like paper being wadded up. "Rich will make sure you get paid for both this and the next delivery. Next time make sure you bring more neds and enough juice to get me through the rest of my cycle - I'd hate to fuck up my training just because I'm stuck in here with these losers for the rest of the summer." There was another inaudible reply and then the sound of both men moving away down the hall.

"Shit!" Brian mumbled. "THAT certainly explains a few things . . ." But before Brian had a chance to think any more about what he was going to do with this new information, his musings were interrupted by the sounds of a reawakening twink.

"Brian? Mmmmmm. Where'd everybody go?" Justin rolled up into a sitting position and stretched like a cat waking up from a nap in the sun. "Am I done already?"

"Yeah, Sunshine," Brian couldn't help feeling amused at the adorably bewildered look on the kid's face. "Your 'garden of pleasure' is once again all neatly trimmed and tidy," he teased.

"Wow! That was sure easier than the first time I got it done. I barely felt anything," the kid unselfconsciously ran his hand over his freshly smooth sac with a look of delight. "From now on I'm always bringing you and your toy with me if I gotta get waxed again." His hand had moved lower as he spoke, and Brian was getting goosebumps just watching as the kid's fingers trailed temptingly over a very smooth perineum and what lay beyond. "So, you wanna come over here and check me out, just to make sure the guy did his job right?" The saucy blond batted his eyes at Brian with mock innocence even as his fingers disappeared into a certain place that Brian himself longed to explore. "Yeah, I think he missed a spot. Right. Here. Oh, yeah, definitely, right here . . ."

The long artistic fingers had indeed found their way to an interesting spot, but Brian doubted that the thoroughness of the waxing job had anything to do with how happy the boy looked. Fuck it! Now Brian HAD to go help the kid with that tricky little spot. Not that he really minded . . .

. .

"Shit, Brian," Justin complained halfheartedly as they followed the rest of the group towards the assembly area in the Greatroom. "I've already cum at LEAST ten times in the last twenty-four hours. There can't possibly be even a single drop of semen left in my body. Both my dick AND my ass feel like they've been rubbed raw. There's no way I could come again tonight even for YOU. I'm so doomed to lose whatever tonight's challenge is."

"Poor Sunshine," Brian chuckled at the boy's plight even though he was in a similar predicament. "All fucked out and it isn't even seven o'clock in the evening. I would have figured an eighteen year old to have more stamina than that."

"Fuck you," the little boy toy beamed a knowing smiłe at him. "If you're not just as fucked out as I am, I'll eat that stupid pink chef's hat of yours. We're BOTH doomed."

Looking around at the other contestants - most of whom appeared to have used their day of rest much more wisely than Brian and Justin had, considering how fresh and energetic they all looked - Brian had to concede that the kid might have a point. His own dick felt pretty sore and he wasn't sure he'd be much use if the evening's challenge involved anything more strenuous than sitting on the couch.

He was only mildly shocked that the little energizer bunny boy standing next to him had succeeded in wearing him out - a feat no one else had ever accomplished. But one more quick glance at the exquisitely rounded bubble butt that graced that lithe frame was all the explanation needed. Luckily, the boy had no idea just how dangerous that particular attribute was. And Brian wasn't about to start complaining no matter how tired he felt right that instant. There were certainly worse fates than being completely fucked out, even if it did mean he was likely to perform poorly in this night's games. He could truthfully say he had NO regrets.

Wallowing in his state of blissful exhaustion, Brian didn't bother to listen very closely to all of The Master's usual hoopla about the evening Challenge. When the name of the night's game was announced - Blow The Man Down! - he almost groaned aloud. Just the thought of a blow job made him cringe. Brian wasn't sure he could even get it up again tonight, let alone actually come. And from the sounds of it, the night's proceedings would involve a LOT of blow jobs. How the fuck was he going to do this without totally humiliating himself?

". . . A 69 Showdown! A true test of your oral skills" The Master was raving about his game, but Brian was almost too busy worrying to listen. "This will be a single elimination blow job tornament. Pairs will be selected randomly. The rules are simple - you and your partner will give each other reciprocal blow jobs and whoever gets the OTHER off first wins."

That perked Brian up nicely. So, the challenge was to see who could give the better blow job? Which, in essence, meant that the first man to cum LOST. He smiled over at Justin and got a return grin. It looked like their mutual fucked-outness wasn't going to be a problem after all!

The masked servant quickly fired up his bingo ball machine and fished out the names and pairings for the first round: Dane & Kerek, Justin & Paal and Malik & Daniel. Brian was the odd man out and got to sit out this first heat. The couples all moved off towards the big black leather chaise lounge chairs, which had made another reappearance, and at the servant's signal they all started to suck.

It was a given that this particular group of guys contained some pretty talented cocksuckers. In some cases it would have been a close race to see who had the most skilled mouth. But, there were a couple of ringers in the group that night, so it wasn't as tough a competition as it might normally have been. Justin easily outlasted Paal, who probably never stood a chance once the boy got his full pouty lips around the big Indian's long cock. And after what he'd overheard earlier in the day, Brian wasn't surprised when Daniel didn't come first in spite of Mal's excellent services. The last pair also proved to be predictable, with Dane turning to putty in Kerek's experienced mouth.

The second round selections ended up being Daniel & Kerek and Brian & Justin. Brian smiled as he laid back on the closest chaise and beckoned to the blond boy with one crooked finger and a come hither smile. Justin shook his head at the attempted seduction, but was nevertheless sporting an indulgent smile of his own as he sauntered over to join Brian.

"Sorry, Brian, but not even The Magnificent Mr. Pokey is gonna do it for me tonight. I'm afraid you're going down," Justin advised as he kissed Brian's lips briefly before climbing aboard the chaise and turning to face the foot of the long chair.

Brian promptly slapped Justin's exposed posterior, delivering a sharp, stinging blow that immediately drew everyone's attention.

"Ow! What the fuck, Brian?" the irate blond imp exclaimed, shooting an angry look over his shoulder at the smirking brunet.

"What did I tell you about giving my cock a stupid nickname, Sunshine?"

"You said to come up with a new nickname and that I had to put the word 'Magnificent' in it," Justin replied sassily. "And I did. He's now 'The Magnificent Mr. Pokey'."

Brian's only response was to swat Justin's ass a second time.

"Hey! Stop that!" Justin ordered loudly. "That's spousal abuse, you know. If you keep that up after we're married I'll take the kids and divorce your ass!"

"You are SUCH an annoying twat! If you don't behave I'm calling the whole wedding off," Brian huffed, all the while enjoying the snickers from their audience and the teasing grin on the face of the impudent Cupcake Boy. "Of course, that would probably break poor Mikey's heart, but I refuse to marry anyone who makes fun of my cock no matter how good of a cook you are."

*Ahem* The servant cleared his throat to get everyone's attention so they could proceed with the Challenge. Justin and Brian grinned at each other before moving so they were better situated for the pending competition. Brian made a mental note to remember to punish the little nickname bandit later. After he'd proven that HIS cock was nothing to scoff at or give demeaning nicknames to. "Gentlemen, you may begin!" The servant announced, cutting off Brian's train of thought about just HOW to punish the brat.

Justin, who was kneeling on top of Brian's supine form, immediately began licking and nibbling at the mostly flaccid, but still Magnificent, Mr. Pokey. Considering how minimal the kid's experience in the Art of Cocksucking was, Brian was truly amazed at how good the boy was at this task. Brian found himself rising from the expert attentions regardless of how tired he'd thought he was. Justin's tongue was licking up the sides of his shaft like it was a lollipop, each long swipe ending with a juicy slurp at the tip followed by smacking kisses to the most sensitive areas along the head and ridges. Brian was getting off almost more from the voracious sounds Justin was making than the sensations along his dick.

Brian tried his best to ignore the noisy activities of his partner and instead concentrate on his own actions. He himself had opted to skip over the preliminaries and had instead gone for the wholesale engulfment approach - his working theory being that Justin's cock was probably already so sensitized from their prior activities that he wouldn't need any foreplay. Brian DID get a gratifyingly loud gasp of pleasure out of the lad as he swallowed the pretty pink cock whole. Then the experienced older man proceeded to pull out all the best Cocksucking tricks he knew.

Unfortunately, Brian quickly came to the conclusion that his approach had a few serious problems. First of all, he kept getting distracted by the deliciously noisy goings on down at his own crotch - all that slurping and licking and kissing and loud 'mmmmmm's made it rather hard to concentrate. Secondly, despite Brian's widely touted lack of a gag reflex and years of experience, the kid's relatively large cock with its extra-plump head was giving him trouble. In the position in which he was lying - beneath the boy, with that thick tube steak thrusting down his throat at such an odd angle, Brian didn't have much control and was finding it rather tough to breathe. And thirdly . . . Brian was sure there had been a thirdly somewhere but he couldn't quite remember what it was because . . . Fuck! That felt so damn good . . . The kid's tongue . . . His fat, pouty lips . . . Shit, how does he do THAT . . . The kid sucks like a Hoover on steroids . . .  Gahhhhhhhhhh!

Apparently The Magnificent Mr. Pokey didn't know that he was supposed to be all fucked out. He hadn't been informed about any Challenge or that he wasn't supposed to be enjoying himself quite so much. He rather liked Cupcake Boy's attentions. And, being the single minded and Magnificent beast that he was, he rarely paid attention to anything other than his own pleasure anyway. He WAS The Magnificent Mr. Pokey after all - he didn't have to take into consideration the desires of the rest of the body, especially not those of an extraneous appendage like the head.

Which explained why Brian's brain short circuited right about the time The Magnificent Mr. Pokey shot his load.

It also explained why Brian was still lying on the chaise, unable to say anything other than 'Gahhhh', when the last round of the showdown competition began.

The final competitors - Justin and Daniel - approached each other warily. Justin was still pissed off at Daniel over their lunchtime encounter. If there had been any way out of it, Justin wouldn't get within fifty feet of that asswipe's dick. But Justin wasn't about to let scum like Daniel get the best of HIM. And, although the last thing he really wanted to do was give THIS man pleasure, Justin wanted to win this competition more than anything else.

Which meant he'd have to give Daniel the best fucking blow job of the creep's pathetic life.

Fine. So be it. Justin would do what he had to do. He just hoped there was a bucket of mouthwash close by so he could wash the taste out of his mouth as soon as he was done.

Justin heaved a deep sigh. He looked over at the rest of the boys for support and then started to walk toward the chaise that had been moved to the center of the room. Before he took more than a step, however, Kerek grabbed his arm and pulled him aside.

Putting his head close to Justin's ear, the seasoned professional began to whisper. "When you're almost done and you think he's close, use your teeth. Not hard, but enough so he feels it."

"Really?" Justin was skeptical, remembering how Daniel had gone off on Adrien for just that offense at the beginning of the summer.

"Definitely. He LIKES pain. He'll get off on it," Kerek advised. "Trust me. I know the type. I should've done it myself but it didn't occur to me until just now. It's likely the only way he CAN get off."

"Okay. Thanks!" Justin offered his friend a grateful sunshiney smile and headed off to meet this latest challenge.

Brian, who had managed to regain most of his wits by this point, sat up on the chaise and scowled at the sight of his Sunshine with the big Asian bully boy. He had to force himself to stay seated when the two competitors started things off with a disagreement about how to arrange themselves - Daniel insisting that HE was always on top no matter what the activity. Brian knew his feisty twink could likely handle it, but he still felt like jumping up and rushing over to protect the kid. Of course, that would severely piss Justin off, and Brian knew it, so he stayed seated but ground his teeth in frustration anyway.

Right about the time the disagreement looked like it was going to get heated and Brian thought he'd have to butt in, Malik straddled the chair behind Brian, slid down so he was sitting with his smaller, solid body pressed to Brian's back and wrapped his dark arms comfortingly around the struggling stud's chest. "He's doing fine by himself," Mal whispered into Brian's ear, resting his chin on the skinny shoulder. "He can do this. He'll be just fine. Watch."

Brian growled a little disbelieving 'hmph' noise deep in his throat, but let his body relax back against the strength he felt holding him up from behind. It felt really good to know he had a friend like Mal who seemed to understand his frustration and who had his back - literally. He was already grateful to this seemingly staunch supporter for the way Mal had talked him through his reconciliation with Justin the night before. And now here the kid was again, intuiting Brian's frustration and giving comfort and support in a way that not even the usually standoffish stud could object to.

This was new. Brian had never had a friend like Malik before. Of course he also hadn't really ever spent much time with anyone he'd fucked before - not after he was done with their body. And he'd never opened himself up emotionally to anyone other than Mikey, at least not the way he seemed to be doing around the group of House Boys he was supposed to be competing against. But the long-term, enforced symbiosis that was fostered amongst them by the Summer of Sin - living so closely, fucking each other repeatedly and still having to deal with each other day in and day out - made that type of intimacy not only possible but unavoidable. Brian thought he might even get used to the idea of friends like Malik if he stuck around long enough.

Brian let himself relax back into Mal's calming embrace while he watched the conclusion of the evening Challenge. He didn't like seeing his Sunshine with that creep Daniel. He also worried that Justin seemed to have been chosen as Danny Boy's next target. But Brian knew there was little he could do about it right that second. And knowing that Malik and the others were all watching out for their little Cupcake too did help relieve some of the pressure.

Daniel had won the argument about how they'd arrange themselves and had subsequently crawled over the top of a reclining Justin. In contrast to the enthusiastic kid's usual joy when confronted with anything related to sex, Justin now looked pissed off and just a little disgusted. He was eyeing Daniel's dick with the utmost distaste. Brian felt bad for him. He wouldn't really want to have that thing in his mouth either. But, when the servant announced it was time to start, the brave boy opened wide and went to work anyways.

From where he was sitting, it wasn't easy for Brian to see exactly what was going on - Daniel's big meaty thigh obscured most of Justin's face. All he could see was a shock of silky blond hair bobbing around and the long, delicate fingers of Justin's hands gripping tightly around those beefed up thighs. From the look on Daniel's face, though, it appeared that whatever Justin was doing was being done well. Dan seemed to be having just as much difficulty concentrating on his end of things as Brian had when he'd been at the kid's blow job mercy. Brian knew that if anyone could make a juice pig like Daniel spurt, it would be that tenacious twink.

It seemed to take a lot longer than usual before there were any noticeable results. But little by little Justin appeared to be making 'head' way. Daniel's own bobbing and sucking started to get erratic and he began to pause for longer and longer intervals before he'd shake himself as if just then remembering what he was supposed to be doing. Justin meanwhile was doggedly going about his business, taking almost no notice of his partner's efforts. Brian approved of the kid's ability to concentrate. And at the same time, the rest of the House Boys had formed an impromptu cheerleading squad and struck up a hushed chant of "Cupcake! Cupcake! Cupcake!" in support of their champion - which appeared to further distract poor Daniel.

It didn't take much longer after that. Whatever Justin was doing with his tongue - and Brian had a very good idea just what the kid was capable of - was evidently enough to arouse even the likes of Dead Dick Daniel. The muscle man's breathing got more and more erratic and he completely gave up on his own sucking agenda. He was panting and sweating and even let out a couple of small whimpers. Then, all of a sudden, Daniel's body went rigid, his breath held and his head arched backward. Which was then followed immediately by Daniel's scream of painful pleasure as he vaulted off the chaise with his dick twitching and streams of cum shooting out all over the place even as he tried to flee from a triumphantly grinning blond boy.

The shouts of glee from the Cupcake Glee Squad were deafening. They practically swamped Justin where he was still lying prone on the big leather chair. There was a lot of fist bumping and high fives and loud congratulations. So much so that it almost drowned out Daniel's hollers of protest to the servant.

"He fucking BIT ME!" Daniel's very vocal complaints finally broke through the noise of the impending celebration. "Look! You can see the fucking teeth marks on my dick! You're not going to let him get away with that are you?"

The servant shrugged and looked like he was trying really hard not to laugh. "You got off, so what are you complaining about?"

"He BIT me! You're not going to allow that, are you? That's not . . ."

"If you were planning to finish that sentence by claiming 'it's not FAIR'," Brian interrupted Daniel's rant, "you might want to add a little foot stomping, ball your fists up on your hips and pout a bit more. It'll make your impression of a whining preschooler much more believable."

*Eerrrggggghhhhhh!* Daniel growled in frustration. He glared around at all the faces now staring at him. Several of the House Boys were openly laughing at him by this point. Not even the masked servant showed any sympathy for his supposed grievance. And that little brat, Justin, was standing there gloating victoriously. It didn't look like anybody cared one iota about Daniel's little snit.

With his rage now boiling over, Daniel stomped over to the grinning blond boy and snarled into his smug face. "FUCK YOU, BLONDIE!" He poked an accusatory finger into the porcelain smooth chest causing Justin to fall back a step. "Nobody fucks with me like that and gets away with it. NOBODY! I'm gonna wipe that arrogant smile off your sniveling little face, Cupcake!"  

"Back off, Daniel," Kerek was there, protectively shouldering himself between Justin and his attacker, before anyone else was even really aware what was going on.

"Stay outta this, Spook!" Daniel spat the words in Kerek's face but was still focused almost totally on the small blond boy behind the taller black man. "This is between me and the toothy twink here."

"I told you this morning, dickhead, that I wasn't going let you pull any shit with Justin," Kerek's tone was calm and controlled but dripped with venom. "So you can either back off right now or go through me to get to him."

"And me," Dane had arrived and imposed his impressive bulk into the space just behind Kerek.

And then everyone else was there too. Brian and Malik were at the back, flanking Justin. Even the normally pacifistic Paal was there, standing right next to Dane, shielding Justin with his own well-muscled body. All of the House Boys standing together, united against Daniel.

"Is there a problem," the big beefy servant finally stepped up to intervene. "I'm sure I don't have to remind you that, per The Master's orders, any overt aggression or violence is grounds for expulsion. But I'm sure that's NOT going to be necessary here. Right, gentlemen?"

All eyes were on Daniel whose face had gone a particularly unattractive shade of puce by this point. You could almost see the waves of anger radiating off his overheated skin. But faced with the threat of being kicked out, not to mention the joint opposition of the six men all standing up to him, Daniel had no outlet for his impotent anger.

With a resounding 'Ahhhhhhhggggghhhhh', the frustrated bully shot one last withering glare at the blond brat who'd caused all this, then turned on his heel, kicked the nearby chaise over onto its side and stomped off alone with his rage.

Brian put his arm across Justin's shaking shoulders and gave a tentative squeeze as they watched Daniel disappear out the patio door. "Congratulations, Sunshine. It looks like you just made yourself a real enemy."

"Fuck!" was the only response Justin managed.

Chapter 35 - Double the Pleasure, Double the Fun. (Thursday, June 16th).

“Wakey, wakey, little Cupcakey!” Malik’s annoying morning person habits were really too much and must be stopped immediately, Brian thought with a grunt as he rolled over and tried to ignore the two twinks.

“G’way!” The blond twink didn’t sound very amused either.

"Can't. You have to get up. We're on Blow Patrol today, remember. Twelve straight hours of on demand blow jobs - you, me and anybody who wants to shove their dick down our throats," Malik explained, still trying without much success to roll Justin out of bed. "You've got exactly . . . thirteen minutes now, to get up and get a shower before we're officially on duty."

"Unnnnn. I don't wanna give any more blow jobs. My lips are still chapped from last Monday," Justin whined and rolled back closer to Brian, trying to use his larger body as an anchor to keep himself from being physically rousted from the bed.

"Hey, it was your brilliant idea to eat that whole gallon of ice cream right before last night's Challenge. So it's your fault we were both too full and lost at Jizz Pong. Now get your fat ass out of bed, cause I'm NOT doing Blow Patrol by myself," Malik demanded insistently.

"Stop laughing, Brian," Justin could feel the amused vibrations from his bed anchor and took offense.

"I can't help it, Sunshine," Brian rolled back over and began to chuckle in earnest. "Your face was such an interesting shade of green right before you threw up all over the ping pong table. They've probably got the reruns of that up on YouTube already. Bet it goes viral: 'Puking Porn Star'."

"Fuck! Thanks a lot for being so understanding and supportive, Brian," Justin slugged the laughing brunet in the shoulder and finally let Malik pull him out of the bed. "You just wait - I'm pretty good with photoshop you know, and I could always include some pretty good blackmail photos when we send out the wedding invites. In fact, you might actually look really good in a powder blue tux with a ruffled shirt."

"You wouldn't dare," Brian gasped in mock horror at the very idea.

"Don't try me, dear," Justin warned teasingly as Mal tugged at his arm.

"Come ON!" Malik seemed to be losing his patience. "You two can continue planning your fake wedding later. Right now you REALLY need a shower - or would you rather walk around all day covered in dried flakes of Brian's cum while you're giving endless blow jobs?"

Justin looked down at the crusty mess on his abdomen, scratched off a flaky white patch and conceded that Mal probably did have a point. "Okay . . ." he gave up and followed his dark skinned friend towards the bathroom. "Just wish I was wearing some clothes so I could carry around a Chapstick . . ."

"Have fun blowing the castle, boys!" Brian waved goodbye to his twinks and then rolled back into the pillows for another hour of sleep.

When Brian finally did make his way downstairs more than an hour later, he found both Malik and Justin on their knees - Justin's lips wrapped around Dane's meaty member and Mal's around Kerek's - fulfilling their Blow Patrol duties.

"Ahhhhh. Nothing like getting sucked off first thing in the morning to get your day off to a great start, wouldn't you agree Big D?" Kerek asked.

"Ohhhhhhh fuuuuuuck . . . Yeah!" Was Dane's reply as he shot what sounded like a huge load down the little blond's throat. "Thank you, Cupcake!" He patted the shaggy blond top as the boy wiped his mouth and collapsed back onto his heels.

"Here, Sunshine," Brian smiled and handed the kid a hand towel and a stick of Chapstick that he'd brought with him from the upstairs bathroom.

"Thanks!" Justin beamed him back a grateful smile, then turned to show off his presents to Malik and Kerek. "See, guys? You said he didn't really care and was just marrying me for the sex. But he really does love me. He brought me Chapstick AND a cum towel! He's so romantic!"

"Um, sorry, Sunshine," Brian shrugged and tried to look serious. "But I really am only interested in you for your ass . . . Well, that plus the fact that you're going to have my babies and promised to cook for me."

"No way," Justin climbed to his feet shaking an admonitory finger in Brian's face. "We agreed YOU were going to have the babies, Stud . . ."

The flickering of the lights interrupted the ongoing banter at this point, which was probably a good thing since the rest of the house was getting tired of hearing about the fake wedding plans and the endless debate over who was going to pop out these miraculous babies. Brian and Justin looked at the pained looks on the others' faces and laughed quietly. At least THEY found themselves wildly amusing.

"Welcome back to another Threesome Thursday, my children," The Master's voice droned a few moments after they were all assembled as usual. "However, for today's competition, instead of my servants picking out random groups, I've decided to let you Boys choose your own threesomes. Hopefully, this will inspire you to even greater heights of sexual creativity. Keep in mind that all of you are expected to participate in at least one grouping, but you're free to perform as many times as you like - time permitting - so long as no two threesomes have exactly the same participants. The winning group will be chosen by our online viewers. Now, off you go, children. Go plan something truly spectacular for me!"

All the House Boys stood around eying each other but not saying much for the next couple of minutes. Everyone was calculating who they'd like to have in their threesome and what 'spectacular' fucking they could come up with. The possibilities were pretty much endless but how far some would be willing to go was questionable.

"Brian, I have an idea I'd like to try . . ." Justin was one of the first to speak up, although even he sounded a little unsure.

"I've got a couple ideas myself, Sunshine," Brian was leering like a maniac already. "If you help me with my idea, I'll help you with yours."

"But, I didn't think we could have the same partners," Justin worried.

"As long as your third isn't the same as my third, we should be fine. We CAN go twice," Brian proposed. "Who were you thinking of?"

"Dane," Justin answered, looking a bit bashful and yet excited too, as he named the third man he wanted.

"That could be promising. So what did you have in mind, Sunshine?"

"I think I'm ready . . . I want to let him fuck me. Only . . . Well, if you could be there to help, you know?" The adorable lusty bashfulness was killing Brian.

"I agree. I think you're ready. So, let's go get our first third and see what he says," Brian put a hand to the small of Justin's back and guided his curious twink towards the giant blond burrito wielder.

"Fuck YEAH!" Was the enthusiastic response they got when they'd managed to pull Dane aside a couple minutes later. "Sign me up, Cupcake!"

"As if there was ANY doubt - he's been wanting into your ass from day one, Sunshine," Brian mumbled, slightly less excited by the idea than his partners seemed to be.

But, Brian did understand why the boy wanted to try this - his twink always enjoyed new experiences and he could see that the kid looked on Dane and his meat truncheon as just another challenge to be met and conquered. He would help the lascivious lad to clear this hurdle and then, hopefully, the urge would be out of the kid's system. Brian couldn't compete with the giant if the kid turned into a permanent size queen. But, he didn't think that was likely. At least he hoped it wasn't.

While the two tow-heads continued to strategize, Brian stepped over to make sure their group was put on the roster being compiled by the latest masked servant. Then, he quickly moved off to bend Kerek's ear about his second proposed threesome. If anyone here could pull that one off, it was the experienced rentboy with the elastic ass. Just what Brian needed for his plans.

Brian, Justin and Dane were third up on the day's agenda. The prior two groups hadn't been all that exciting, so the two golden boys were hopeful that their performance would stand out. Brian didn't comment since he had bigger plans for later in the day.

Once it was their turn in the Passion Pit, they readily moved into the positions they'd agreed on before. Justin kneeled facing the headboard where someone had conveniently installed stout leather handles. Dane crawled up on the bed and kneeled right behind him. Brian stood off to the side, ready to assist and guide the others until it was his turn to join in.  

"You ready, Cupcake?" Dane asked, his usually booming voice now quiet and almost reverent.

"As I'll ever be," Justin, on the other hand, sounded nervous but resolved.

Brian handed the big guy an extra-large condom and the big pump-top bottle of lube. "Don't be stingy," the slightly protective older man ordered. "He's always fucking tight. You'll need to take your time and make sure he's well prepped. And for fuck's sake, go slow!"

“I KNOW what I’m doing Mr. Pokey,” Dane replied testily as he ripped open the condom package and rolled the sheath onto his whopping big Wonder Wang. “Don’t worry, Cupcake. I’ll take it nice and easy on you . . . this time.”

The big guy leaned down and left a tender kiss on each round of the pleasingly plump posterior before letting his tongue glide downward to naturally lubricate the pretty pink pucker hiding in between those pale cheeks. Brian, meanwhile, slid onto the bed between Justin and the headboard, figuring he could at least distract the kid for a bit since he wasn’t really needed at the other end of the production just yet. Justin didn’t seem to mind getting kissed at both ends at the same time and eagerly joined in with some tongue work of his own as his lips were kept busy by his brunet lover.

Brian let things go on at that slower pace for a good five minutes before he decided it was time to move on. They only had an hour before the next group arrived, after all. And Justin’s ass wasn’t going to fuck itself . . .

“He’s got to be wet enough down there, Big Man,” Brian spoke up. “I think he’s probably ready and I’m not getting any younger here boys. I propose we move on to the main event.” Brian raised Justin’s chin and looked deep into his boy’s eyes to make sure he truly did want this. “Ready?” he asked.

Justin nodded and took a deep breath but didn’t say anything. Brian nodded in turn to Dane who raised up on his haunches with his huge pork poker in hand, quickly applied another palmful of lube and then lined himself up. Then, with exquisite slowness, the Big Friendly Giant pushed himself inside the almost virgin hole.

“Uhhhh,” Justin’s eyes popped wide and he started panting almost at once. Brian figured it was probably nerves as much as anything, but still, Dane was pretty big and he knew it would be a stretch for the younger man. “Fuck, fuck, fuck . . .”

“Shhh! You’re doing fine, Sunshine,” Brian tried to quell any panic before it started. He rubbed Justin’s shoulders and kissed him some more. “Stop for a sec, Dane,” Brian ordered brusquely. “Just relax and push back and you’ll be fine, Sunshine. And tell us when you’re ready for more. You don’t have to rush.”

“Oh, fuck," Dane was panting almost as much as Justin was by that point. “You weren’t fucking kidding about how tight he is. This is fucking amazing.”

Brian kissed the bubblegum pink lips again to reassure both the boy and himself that this had been a good idea. The familiar touch did seem to calm the shaky boy. Within just a few more moments he seemed much more relaxed and ready to try for more. With another nod to the Big Kielbasa, Brian indicated that it was okay to proceed.

Little by little, they worked together - all three of them - until Dane was fully seated and Justin was at least as relaxed and ready as he was going to be. Brian held him firmly by the shoulders and continued kissing him as Dane started to rock slowly in and out of the tightest ass he’d ever experienced. And within just a few minutes, everything seemed to be working perfectly.

With one last, deep, tongue thrusting kiss, Brian got up and moved around to a position behind the other two. His preparations took a lot less time than Dane’s had since he already knew the big bad giant was an experienced bottom boy. Brian slid a condom on his own dick, used a couple of slicked up fingers to shove some lube up the well broken-in butt hole and was inside Dane’s ass in less than a minute. Now it was time for the real show.

With Brian setting the pace everything ran quite smoothly. He made sure he didn’t ram into Dane as hard as he normally would have out of deference for the inexperienced lad on the other end, but he didn’t hold back either. Dane was happily blissed out as the middle part of the fuck sandwich and was grunting and groaning ecstatically as both his prostate and his cock were stimulated at the same time. Justin had adjusted enough by now that he was finally enjoying himself as well. And so the trio merrily bopped along, balls slapping together and moans echoing off the walls in a pornographic symphony of pleasure that was sure to please the online viewers.

When Brian judged that the moaning had reached an expected level, indicating that all parties were ready to wrap things up, he flexed his butt cheeks, adjusted his angle and picked up the pace. The groan of pleasure this elicited from Dane would have been comical if it wasn't so deeply erotic. And, because of Brian's changes, Dane was pushed forward a bit himself, which also altered the angle at which he was entering Justin, engendering a whole new round of moaning from that source as well.

"Music to my ears!" Brian enthused as the erotic chorus doubled in volume. "Now, Dane, if you wouldn't mind reaching around and grabbing Sunshine's dick - I think four or five good strokes should do the trick nicely," Brian directed breathlessly.

Brian, long-time orgy master that he was, was correct in his assessment of the situation. With the addition of Dane's large warm hand running up and down his cock, Justin's stimulation level rocketed off the charts. His consciousness collapsed in on itself until the entire focus of his being was centered on the one tiny spot of electrical fire at the base of his spine. Then, giving in to the pulsing need, his world exploded in a conflagration of zapping jolts of pleasure that threw his body into delicious convulsions. It didn't take long for the wildfire of sensation to spread through his contracting anal muscles to Dane's big Man Meat and thence on to set Brian's nerves alight as well. Finally, with a huge crescendo of passionate groans, they all cascaded over the brink of pleasure and landed in a pile of sweaty, sated, cum-scented, maleness sprawled atop the purple velvet covers of the bed.

Brian came around quicker than the other two. He pulled the full condom off his dick and tossed it aside then shoved and shoved at the giant-sized shoulder still slumped awkwardly across the more delicately framed boy on the bottom of the dogpile. Justin was lying there with his face buried so deeply in the pillows that Brian was worried he wouldn't be able to breathe. He pried the boy's hands away from their death grip on the leather handles of the headboard, rolled the small frame over and then tenderly scooped the boy into his arms. Justin's breath was coming out along with small, whimpering *uhn* noises that could be either pleasure or pain or both.

"Hey, Sunshine," Brian wiped a trickle of sweat off the pale forehead and then let his fingers trail down to rest on the bee-stung lips. "You're okay. Shhh. You did great. You're okay. You're okay." Brian kept repeating this mantra, adding in a comforting kiss every now and then, until the blond-lashed eyelids finally fluttered open and the crystal blue eyes smiled up at him. "There's my good boy. How do you feel, Sunshine?"

"Tired, but good. Really good." Then the blue eyes flickered to the side, catching a glimpse of the larger blond who'd been hovering, a little concerned, on Justin's other side. "AND fucking sore!" He added with a quiet laugh directed at Dane. "But in a very good way," he said to relieve his friend's frown of chagrin. "And hungry. What's for lunch? I'm starving!"

Brian and Justin's second threesome wasn't scheduled until the last slot of the afternoon. That left them with plenty of time to rest up and recuperate. Which, in Justin's case, meant the boy had time to wolf down three of the grilled salmon steaks being offered that day for lunch while being constantly fussed over and coddled by a contrite Dane as well as most of the other residents.

Brian sat nearby and silently watched all the bother with an indulgent smile. They all treated the kid like some pampered pet - and Justin let them - but Brian knew that the waifish-looking blond boy really had a hidden core of steel. Which didn't stop Justin from hamming it up for the benefit of his audience, who doted on him, bringing him desserts and snacks all afternoon, making sure he was comfortably enthroned on the couch with a cold drink and offering to fetch and carry anything the kid needed. It also effectively got the boy out of Blow Patrol duty for the rest of the day. Everyone other than Brian, and maybe Malik, seemed to overlook that fact, though.

Justin's only real non-fan was, of course, Daniel, who'd been silently glowering at the boy all week. There hadn't been any more actual confrontations, but everyone could sense the simmering hatred the man radiated. Today seemed to be especially bad - while everyone else was rushing to cater to Justin's every need, Daniel just stood there scowling at the boy. The look on Daniel's face made Brian more than uneasy but he didn't know what to do about it.

After what he'd heard on Monday, Brian had thought about turning the troublemaker in, but hesitated because he had no real proof of the creep's drug use. All he really had was one overheard conversation and a lot of speculation. Without any concrete evidence, he didn't think Ted would take any action against the guy. And if Daniel wasn't kicked out even after Brian spoke up, it would just make the big brute even more difficult to live with. He was already determined to get revenge on Brian, Justin and Kerek for various real and imagined slights, and that alone was causing huge disruptions for everyone in the Residence. The last thing Brian wanted to do was make things worse.

So Brian wasn't really all that surprised when Daniel approached Justin a couple hours later and demanded a blow job. Justin's expression of utter disgust at the proposition didn't help matters. Nor did the fact that at least two other House Boys immediately jumped up and ran to protect Justin, which just seemed to infuriate Daniel even more.

"You're supposed to be on Blow Patrol today, Bitch," a disgruntled Daniel demanded. "I want blown and it's your job, so get on your knees and start sucking. And if you dare touch me with your teeth this time, Cupcake, I'll knock them out of your skull," Daniel added with a sneering smile, spitting out the nickname as if it burned his tongue.

"Justin's still resting," Malik hopped up and tried to intervene, "but I'll blow you instead."

"Un uh. I want the blond bitch," Daniel insisted, grabbing at Justin's shoulder to pull the boy off the couch and onto the floor at his feet.

Brian started to shield Justin, but once again Kerek was there before him. "I've had just about enough of you, Rice Paddy," the tall, lean black man snarled. "You need to fucking back off and leave Justin alone. He doesn't want anything to do with your weird little winky, and who could blame him. So, you can take Mal up on his rather generous offer, or go take care of yourself, but either way you're not getting anything from my boy here. Got it?"

"Outta my fucking way, Groid!" Daniel growled, bumping his muscle-bound chest against Kerek's taller but leaner frame. "Either the kid sucks me off or he's out of the game. That's the rules. And you've got no say in it so butt the fuck out!"

Brian's hands were already balling into fists as he prepared to step in and back Kerek up. Dane was moving closer as well and Justin himself even looked ready to throw a punch or two. Brian could tell Daniel was itching for a fight though and didn't really care how many he had to take on. He just wanted to hit something. Anything.

"Excuse me, gentlemen," the brawny masked servant interrupted an instant before the first punch was thrown. "We're ready for the next group down in the Passion Pit." He gave a pro forma glance at the clipboard he was holding and then looked back up at the House Boys. "Brian, Kerek and Justin - you're up. Better get downstairs before you're late."

With one last glare at his adversary, Kerek took three wary steps backward before turning towards the stairs. Brian made sure Justin was moving in the same direction and then he too followed. There was a collective sigh of relief from everyone else.

"This isn't over, Sambo!" Daniel called after them, unwilling to let things die down before he'd gotten in the last testosterone-laden word.

"I'm gonna fucking kill him before the end of the summer!" Kerek was still fuming even several minutes after they'd made it down the stairs.

"Yeah, and get yourself tossed out of here in the process?" Brian, the realist, tried to insert some logic.

"It would almost be worth it if I could just land one really good punch and wipe that sniveling, superior look off his smarmy face," Kerek was pacing up and down the hallway outside the Passion Pit while they waited for the servants to finish tidying up the room before their turn started.

"It's not worth it. You know his type. He'd still be a colossal ass afterwards and you'd be out on your broke ass with nothing to show for it," Brian reasoned. "But right now, you need to forget about Daniel and concentrate on the three of us winning this little Challenge. Who knows, maybe the reward will be something you can use to torture the asswipe with tomorrow."

"Shit, it would take an electric cattle prod to get through to that meathead," Kerek opined, but took a deep breath and visibly tried to calm himself.

Just then the door to the Pit opened and Brian quickly ushered them all inside, already so focused on his plans that the Daniel Problem was pushed aside.

"So what exactly are we doing this time, Brian?" The youngest member of the group asked, glad to be moving on from the topic of their resident bully. "You never did get around to telling me what this big plan of yours was. I hope it doesn't have anything to do with my ass, though. I think it's gonna be out of commission for at least the rest of the day."

"No worries, Sunshine. As long as your dick is still functional, I think we'll be fine," Brian reassured the boy. "All you need to do is hop up here, lie down on your back and play with yourself for a minute or two till I've got everything else ready. I think you can handle that, right?"

"And if he can't HANDLE it, I certainly can," Kerek offered as he joined Justin on the bed, reclining next to the blond boy and taking Justin's hefty cock in his own long fingers.

*Mmmmmm* Justin moaned appreciatively as Kerek leaned in and applied his full, dusty rose lips to the task of nibbling and nipping along the length of Justin's long, pale neck. "I think I like this plan of yours, Brian."

"Oh, trust me! It gets even better," Brian grinned as he placed condoms and lube on the purple coverlet next to the recumbent pair then knelt on the bed himself.

Before moving on though, Brian paused and took a moment to admire the sight in front of him. It was quite the picture. Two incredibly beautiful men but each so different. Kerek, with his sinuously long body, his cocoa colored skin and darker, rosy brown genitals was a perfect contrast to Justin's more compact, creamy white and pink incandescence. As Kerek's expressively mobile lips kissed and caressed their way across the younger man's face, Brian was momentarily fascinated by the vision of the dark curly black head juxtaposed next to the bright golden yellow one. Even their underlying bone structures were so different but complementary - both delicate but with different angles and lines. The sight of these two gorgeous specimens kissing, groping, fondling each other was probably the most erotic sight Brian had ever seen.

He wanted them both so bad at that moment he thought his balls might explode from the sight alone.

Stretching himself alongside the pair, Brian let his hand glide down Kerek's long, supple back muscles. His own golden tan coloring added nicely to the palette of skin tones. His fingers curled around Kerek's firm ass cheek and he leaned in to intercept the soft-lipped, wet kiss from Justin's mouth. Rather suddenly it became difficult to remember precisely what he'd planned before he'd joined the couple on the bed. To Brian's overheated brain, just lying there rutting with these two magnificent beauties seemed like a perfect way to spend the rest of the day.

Luckily, Kerek's cool professionalism eventually resurfaced. He picked up one of the condoms and deftly rolled it down the reclining blond boy's now-turgid dick. That action brought Brian back to the present and he quickly assisted by slathering a handful of lube up and down the youth's thick, throbbing shaft. Next, he moved around on the bed until he was kneeling, straddled across Justin's lower legs, with Kerek kneeling directly in front of him, also astraddle the smaller man's frame but higher up his body.  

Brian ran his hands down the length of the strong brown back until his hands rested comfortably on the man's slim hips. "You ready for this?" he asked, leaning in to deposit one small reassuring kiss to the topmost knob of Kerek's spine.

"It's been a long time . . . but, yeah, I'm ready," the deep tenor voice asserted.

Checking over his shoulder to make sure they were properly aligned with the cameras before they got started - fully intending to get the most bang for his buck in this instance - Brian shifted Justin's ass slightly to the left and then helped Kerek to reposition himself as well. Once they were lined up so that the cameras, and therefore the voting viewers, would have a straight shot of all the important action, Brian grabbed ahold of Justin's cock, gave it a couple of rapid strokes for good measure and then held it in place so that Kerek could easily lower his ass onto the pulsing pole. Of course, that was the easy part.

Brian contented himself with rubbing Kerek's back and fondling Justin's balls while those two enjoyed their ride for a couple of minutes. The looser and more relaxed everyone was before they moved on, the better. Besides, he got to spend the time admiring the view from below, enjoying the way the kid's thick, pink cock snaked up into and stretched the dark mahogany knot of Kerek's hole.

Shit! He truly loved men's bodies and all the sinfully nasty things you could do with them.

Before too long though, Brian knew it was time to move on - he didn't want the boys to get too excited and cum before the real action even started. He carefully lifted Justin's legs and repositioned them so that the boy's feet were flat against the bed and spread wide enough so his own body would fit between them. Then, condom in place on his own eager cock, he shuffled up until he was kneeling right behind Kerek's energetically pumping ass. Brian filled his palm with a generous pool of lube and gingerly slipped a finger in alongside Justin's dick on Kerek's next down stroke. Both the boys groaned at the added sensation.

As efficiently as possible, Brian's clever fingers rubbed and stretched the tight ring of muscles, adding fingers as he went until he had three fingers inside Kerek along with Justin's cock. Judging by the glorious groaning he was eliciting, he thought it was good enough. With an added dollop of lube for good measure, Brian lifted up on his haunches, aimed his cock at the widely stretched hole and very slowly inched his way inside.

"Holy fuck!" The unprepared blond tyro exclaimed as he reveled in the sensation of Brian's dick rubbing against his own together inside the warm wet confines of Kerek's straining body. "This feels . . . Shit! . . It's so fucking amazing . . . Holy fucking shit! . . . Ker, you're so fucking amazing . . . Just . . . Fuck! . . . Hey, shhh, you're okay. It's okay. You're amazing and it's gonna be okay."

Kerek had, almost immediately, collapsed so that he was lying prone against Justin's chest as his mind and body strained to accept the added pressure. He was mewling with every panting breath, which is what had inspired Justin's concerned words. But neither the boy's words nor Brian's massaging hands on his lower back were enough, at first, to quell his trembling. His hands convulsively gripped at the bed, the sheets, Justin's arms, anything he could hold onto to steady himself. He didn't start to feel reassured until Justin had grabbed hold of Kerek's flailing right hand and held onto it as tightly as he could. That one small anchor, though, seemed to be enough. Slowly, Kerek's breathing calmed, the shaking stopped and he began to move beyond the pain.

Brian had frozen when he sensed Kerek's initial distress. He just kneeled there, rubbing slow, comforting circles into the man's back, biding his time and letting the little blond say all the right, reassuring things. He trusted that his warm-hearted companion would know precisely what to say and do even though he'd never had to do it in this position before. Justin was simply that kind of guy. And, of course, he managed brilliantly. In practically no time, the shaking and straining young black man had quieted.

"You two ready for more?" Brian asked as soon as  he'd seen his Sunshine's confident smile directed up at him over Kerek's shoulder.

"Ready, Ker?" Justin echoed, adding a gentle kiss to the dark man's cheek.

A shaky *mmmm hmmm* was the only reply but it was enough for Brian.

Brian began to move in and out with long slow thrusts. His cock was rubbing up alongside Justin’s as he moved and the sensation was mind boggling. When he felt that Kerek had relaxed enough, he wrapped his arms around the strong chest and pulled the man’s torso upwards, pulling him vertical and holding him steady despite the natural urge to go with gravity. This gave him a much clearer path of entry and also let Justin’s cock have a little more room for play. The two of them started thrusting in tandem, and Kerek’s cries of pleasure got even louder.

Now for the tricky part. In Brian’s experience, it was almost impossible for a man to come during double penetration. The sensations were just too intense. Even after the recipient had passed through the pain, there was just too much pressure. But Brian wasn’t willing to accept that reality. He intended to make Kerek - as well as Justin and himself - cum and cum hard before his hour here was through. Kerek’s body however, had intentions of it’s own and it was NOT to let the cocoa adonis have his release just yet.

“Justin! You need to touch him,” Brian ordered even as he started to thrust harder, hard enough that Kerek’s body slid along Justin’s cock too, only being towed back down by the force of Brian’s arm across Kerek’s chest, pulling him back into place after each movement. “Stoke him in time with my thrusts. You need to grip hard so he’ll feel it, but not too hard. Now, Sunshine.”

Justin complied willingly. His hand wrapped around Kerek’s long hard length and squeezed tightly as he skimmed up and down, his pace matching Brian’s. Kerek’s head had lollled backwards, lying bonelessly against Brian’s shoulder and his body was so pliant that it barely held the tension needed to keep him erect. Brian kept up his tempo. The long slide and withdrawal, brushing against both Kerek’s walls and Justin’s equally hard cock, was so tantalizingly carnal that it took Brian’s breath away. But he wasn’t ready to give in yet. He WOULD bring Kerek with him if it was at all humanly possible.

“Brian . . .  I can’t  . . . I can’t stop myself,” Justin was gasping, trying to hold back but the stimulation was almost too much.

“Don’t cum yet, Sunshine. We need to help Kerek first. You have to hold on,” he entreated, upping his game yet again and plunging in with even more force.

“You can do it, Kerek. Come on. Come for me, pretty boy! You can do this. I know you can. I want you to come for me. NOW!” Brian had begun whispering into the man’s ear as he fucked him, hoping that that would be the impetus to tow the other man finally over the edge and into the most stupendous orgasm of his life.

Sweat was rolling off the three beautiful bodies in waves and their erotic orchestra increased in volume the closer they got to release. None of them had ever experienced so much sensation at one time. It was staggering. Every nerve fiber in each of their bodies was sensitized. It felt like their skins were thinned to the point that any touch would penetrate to the raw nerves below. Kerek was in an especially hypersensitive state. And, when Brian bent over and bit down into the flesh of his shoulder, it sent him into paroxysms of delighted pleasure. His body shuddered and convulsed. He disappeared. The only part of him that still existed on this plane was his cock, which was lovingly held in a firm embrace by a caring friend who somehow kept him tethered to this existence as his essence pulsed out of his body in streamers of viscous white.

“Yes! Yes! Yes!” Justin’s exclamations were just the icing on the cake to Brian, who’d felt the tremors rushing through the body he held in his arms as Kerek succumbed to his inevitable climax.

Deep inside the quaking tunnel of Kerek’s ass, Brian could feel Justin’s cock twitching against his own as the boy came, and it was more than sufficient to pull him into a mind bending orgasm of his own.

Afterwards, Brain only staved off his own dive into unconsciousness by focusing on his partners. He knew he had to take care of Kerek and Justin. The young black man was a boneless heap in his arms - completely blacked out, his body just a bag of inert flesh that sagged precariously. Brian carefully pulled out and then laid the inert form on the bed next to a gasping, only semi-lucid, blond youth. Brian’s own body gave out on him and he collapsed onto the both of them, his mind drifting in waves of pleasure while his body was held in limbo.

“Fuck . . . He did it AGAIN!” Brian heard the disembodied words drifting through his consciousness but didn’t really feel like bothering to decipher the meaning. “He’s fucking dangerous, man. We need to lock up his dick or something. He can’t be left to roam free with that thing. He fucks everyone unconscious. It CAN’T be healthy!”

“Jealous much?” was the snarky reply.

Which Brian didn’t bother responding to because a nap seemed like a very good idea at this point.

Chapter 36 - Hear Me. (Wednesday, June 22nd)

“Hello?” The familiar voice seemed hesitant to answer the call from the unknown number.

“Hey, Daph! It’s me. Justin!”

“Justin? Wow! I didn’t expect to hear from you for another couple months! How are you?”

“I’m doing great! I won last night’s Challenge and as my reward I get to have a cell phone for the day. Cool, huh?” Justin was so excited to talk to his best friend, you could hear it in his voice. “Of course, I don’t really have anyone to call other than you, but at least I get to actually talk to you instead of just emailing. How’s things out in the real world?”

“Not as exciting as they are in your little porn-dom, I’d expect,” Daphne laughed.

“Yeah, well, what can I say? They ARE keeping me busy here. Not that I’m complaining at ALL, mind you.”

“I should say not. Those guys you’re with are all so fucking HOT! If it were me in there with all of them, naked all the time, I’d be getting busy too!” Daphne raved.

“Daphne, how do you know how hot all the guys are . . . You’ve been watching the site, haven’t you?” Justin was mortified by the idea that his best GIRL friend was spying on him. “I told you not to watch me. I can’t fuck knowing YOU’RE watching. It’s just too . . . ick!”

“Sorry, Jus, but I couldn’t help it. I was curious, you know. I mean, it’s not everyday that the kid you’ve grown up with since you were five becomes, like, a world famous porn star. I just wanted to see what all the hoopla was about,” Daphne confessed, not at all ashamed of her actions. “I can SO see why the show’s such a hit, though. Shit! All of those gorgeous men. And all those huge dicks. Cocks everywhere as far as the eye can see. I really love cock, you know. I would SO make a fabulous gay man.”

“You are a total FREAK, Daph,” Justin had to laugh at his extremely open-minded friend.

“Yeah, well, gay porn just does it for me. I’m probably warped but who cares. I knows what I likes!” Daphne asserted boldly.

“You HAVE to quit watching me though, Daph. I don’t care if you spend the rest of your summer watching gay porn 24/7, just not me. Okay?”

“Sorry, but I’m not making any promises, Jus. What do you care anyway, though? I mean the site’s getting like thousands of hits a day. You don’t mind all of those folks watching you fuck, so what’s the big deal if there’s one more?” Daphne didn’t see the problem.

“I don’t know any of THEM.” Justin tried to explain. “You watching, it’s like having your parents catch you fucking, it’s just too weird. You know?”

“. . .”

“Daph?” Justin was concerned by the silence on the other end of the call. “Daphne, what aren’t you telling me? You’re freaking me out, here.”

“Wellllllllll . . . Speaking of parents catching you in the act, so to speak . . .”

“FUCK! You’re not saying . . . You’re not, are you?”

“Sorry, Jus,” Daphne was hesitant about spilling the beans, but knew she was going to have to tell her friend sooner or later, and it looked like now was the ‘sooner’. “So, I was at the Country Club with the ‘rents for Sunday Brunch, you know, and your parents were there too, of course, like they always are every Sunday. Well, Chris Hobbs and a couple of his cronies apparently got ahold of the remote for the big screen TV in the main dining room . . . I have NO idea how Chris found out about your show or anything - unless you were right and he really IS a closet case, you know, secretly trolling gay porn sites or something. But, anyway, they managed to get the Jerk@work site up on the television screen and well . . . Unfortunately, YOU just happened to be being featured at the moment. . . . It’s a REALLY big screen and all . . . You couldn’t really miss it, especially once they turned up the sound . . .”

“Fuck! You’re telling me that not only my parents but EVERYONE at the club saw ME having anal intercourse? Shit! Shit, shit, shit, shit, shit.” Justin couldn’t come up with anything more appropriate to say at that particular moment. Then he thought of some of the things he’d done over the past couple of weeks and was even more embarrassed - it was bad enough to have your parents see you fucking someone, but some of the shit he’d done . . . his father would have a coronary. ”I wasn’t doing anything . . . well, really kinky or anything, was I?”

“Nah! It was just you and that scrumptious dark skinned kid. I think his name is Malik? God, he’s fucking gorgeous. And you two look so amazing together . . .”

“Focus, Daphne! You can go off on a tangent about how dreamy Mal is later!” Justin ordered - reining in his friend once she was off on one of her flights of fancy wasn’t always easy. “Tell me what happened.”

“Right. So, you were fucking Malik and it was up on the big screen . . .” Daphne was clearly reluctant to go on with the story, but what the hell. “And, well, your Dad got all fucking insane - like that’s a big surprise, right? He really should see a doctor and get his blood pressure checked, though, you know? His face went all purple, like, and that big vein in his temple was pulsing so hard I could see it clear across the room. It can’t be good for him . . . But, anyway, he stormed out of there and you could hear him screaming to the staff out in the hallway. The manager rushed in and pulled the plug on the TV really quickly, but, of course everyone had already seen . . . Um, your mom started crying and then ran out of the room too . . . And . . . Well, let’s just say you’re definitely the talk of the club now . . .”

“Holy fucking shit!” Justin collapsed into the break room chair and scrubbed at his face with the hand not holding up the phone.

“It could have been worse, Jus,” Daphne tried to offer some consolation. “I mean it could have been YOU getting fucked, right? Or, like you said, you could have been doing something really kinky. And now you won’t have to deal with your parents trying to convince you that you’re not really gay and just confused or some shit like that, right? I mean, that’s about the gayest thing you could do. They’ve got to accept it now. Right?”

“If you think my dad’s going to be in an ‘accepting’ mood after that, you don’t know anything about the man,” Justin huffed out a humorless laugh. “But, you know what . . . Fuck it! It doesn’t matter. He already kicked me out of the house. What more can he do to me, right? It fucking serves him right - he didn’t really leave me with many options to support myself and get the money I need for school. So what the fuck did he expect? At least I’m not hustling - which was my next most likely option.” Justin’s simmering anger at his father’s betrayal bubbled up and left him feeling even feistier than usual. “My mom, though - I mean, yeah, she could have stood up for me with my Dad and all, but none of this was HER fault. And, it probably wasn’t the best way to get the news that your son is pursuing a career in pornography. I feel bad for her having to go through that with all her club friends looking on . . .You couldn’t, maybe, go see her and let me know how she’s handling everything, could you, Daph?”

“Of course I can, Justin,” Daphne was more than willing to do anything to help out her friend. “She will try to pump me for info on where you're at though. Good thing even I don't know your actual address - at least there's no way she could guilt that out if me. Do you want me to give her your email addy, though, or keep it to myself?”

“I don’t know. I really don’t want her to worry, but if she has my email she’ll probably try to interfere and make me stop and . . . I just don’t want to deal with that right now. So, I guess, if you can, you should just keep the email to yourself, Daph.” Justin wasn’t as angry at his mom as he was with his father, but he still wasn’t ready to talk to her yet.

“No problem! I’ll just do reconnaissance and then give you an update. If you want to talk to her afterwards that can be your call.” Daphne assured him before cattily changing the subject. “So, other than getting outed to your folks as Pittsburgh’s hottest new porn star, how’s your week going? You don’t have any announcements you want to make about a certain hunky older brunet, do you?”

“You mean Brian? What kind of announcement were you expecting?” Justin was confused.

“Well, if the blogs I was reading on the site aren’t total fantasy, apparently I’ll need to get a 'Maid of Honor' outfit - or would that be a ‘Best Man’ outfit, I don't know - ready for the wedding of the century as soon as summer’s over. Or weren’t you going to ask me to stand up with you?” Justin could hear the teasing tone in his friend’s voice at this pronouncement.

“That shit’s on the blogs? Damn! I hope Brian hasn’t seen it yet - he’ll freak,” Justin mumbled. “You do know that wedding shit’s all just a big joke, right, Daph? Brian was just pulling his buddy’s leg about getting married since the guy was giving Brian a hard time about hanging out with me too much. It’s not serious. We just kid around about it.”

“I don’t know, Jus. From what I’ve seen, the guy looks pretty into you,” Daphne pressed, hoping for a real scoop. “It might not be all that out there, though. Stranger things have happened. I mean, after spending the summer together like you are, with you guys getting so close and all . . .”

“I fucking wish!” Justin had to set her straight. “But that’s NEVER going to happen. Brian’s not the relationship type. I mean, you should hear some of the stuff the other guys have told me about him. He’s like a local legend in the gay community or something. They say he fucks practically everyone but he’s got these strict rules about never doing the same guy twice. Nobody’s even allowed to stay overnight at his place. The only reason he’s broken his rules here is because he doesn’t have a choice since we’re all stuck together for the next three months. But there’s no way he’d be interested in someone like me in the long term, no matter how I feel about him.”

“Hey, don’t be putting yourself down, Jus. You’re a fucking amazing person. Look at how you’re taking charge of your life even after your parents kicked you out? This Brian guy would be fucking LUCKY to have you as his boyfriend.” Daph WAS his staunchest supporter and always had been.

“Come off it, Daph! I’m just this stupid kid who was practically a virgin before this summer. What the hell would someone like Brian see in me? He could have anyone he wanted. ANYONE! Why would he break his rules for me? When the summer is over he probably won’t even remember my name.”

Justin sounded so defeatist - it wasn’t like him and it made Daphne wonder just what was going on in that Fuck Palace. “I don’t believe that for a second, Justin. You’re unforgettable. You just wait and see. I bet, by the end of the summer, you’ll have this Brian character so in love with you that you really will have to start planning that wedding of yours.”

“I wouldn’t hold my breath if I were you Daphne,” Justin replied, wishing that he could believe what his friend was saying but so unsure. “Brian’s not like that. He’s not like anyone I’ve ever met before. He’s just . . .” Before Justin could come up with the perfect way to describe the man he’d been growing so close to over the past few weeks, the door to the Break Room opened and in walked the Stud in question. “. . . Here.”

“Brian’s there? Oh shit! Did he hear you?” Daphne asked from her end of the call, but Justin had already pulled the phone away from his ear.

“Hey, Sunshine. Are you still gabbing on that thing?” Brian approached and left a brief, casual kiss on Justin’s lips as he walked past the boy on his way to one of the Break Room computers. “You know, the only reason to spend THAT long on a phone call is if you’re having really great phone sex.”

“Ha, ha, Brian. And, Ick! I’m talking to my friend Daphne,” Justin explained briefly.

“Well, you’ll have to wrap up the girl talk. You’re up next in the Passion Pit,” Brian was already logging into the computer as he spoke.

“Oh, okay. Who’s my partner?” Justin asked.

“Paal.”

“Cool! Paal’s easy.” Justin turned his attention back to the phone. “I’ve gotta go, Daph. Gotta go have MORE sex. You know how it is,” he teased.

“You don’t have to rub it in, Justin. We all know you’re getting WAY more sex than me. Way more than any teenager deserves, actually,” Daphne tried not to sound too jealous, but it wasn’t easy. “Hey, maybe I could start doing porn too! Then I’d at least be getting some myself.”

“Sorry, Daph. You don’t have big enough tits for straight porn,” Justin laughed at the indignant huff that comment engendered from his friend. ”Anyway, I really gotta go. Take it easy, Daph.”

“Bye, Jus! Play safe and have fun!”

“I will. Bye!”

“So, what’s the exciting news from suburbia, Sunshine?” Brian asked as soon as Justin had terminated the call. “Did they set the date for the next Debutante Ball yet?”

“I don’t know,” Justin replied, just a bit teed off by Brian’s dismissive tone. “But I doubt I’d be invited anyway, especially after the high school jock who spent the last four years bullying me hijacked the big screen TV at the Country Club last weekend during Sunday Brunch and showed live footage of me fucking Malik. While my parents were there, by the way.”

“Ouch! That’s harsh even for the Breeder ‘Burbs!” Brian commented, unable to completely tamp down the chuckle that forced it’s way out at the image his mind conjured up of this no doubt spectacular brunch.

“If I hadn’t already been kicked out by my dad, I definitely would be now,” Justin sighed. “Oh well. I guess there’s no going back now.”

“Yeah, well, join the club, Sunshine,” Brian looked over his shoulder at the boy and was once again uncomfortably reminded of his youth. “You’re out and proud now, whether you like it or not. And at least you came out with a bang. It’s like pulling off a bandage - you’re better off just yanking it off and getting it over with rather than going slow and extending the pain.” Somehow the kid didn’t look convinced by this logic. “My advice, Sunshine - go out there and fuck the shit out of Paal and you’ll forget all about your parents and the fucking country club.”

And Justin conceded that was the best advice he’d had in a long time.

“What the fuck’s up with our Cupcake?” Kerek demanded as he straddled the patio lounger that Brian was lying on and plopped his ass down rather heavily on top of Brian’s groin.

“Ugh! You weigh a fucking ton, you know. AND you’re blocking my sun, Sweetcheeks,” Brian complained, but without any real rancor.

“Just consider this my altruistic attempt to protect you from harmful, cancer-causing UV rays,” Kerek explained, leaning over so even more of Brian was covered by the shade of his body. “Now, answer the question. What’s eating the Cupcake? He’s being all moody and quiet. It’s very un-Cupcake-like and I don’t like it.”

“How the fuck should I know what’s bothering the kid?” Brian replied testily.

“Because you two spend, like, twenty hours a day together, that’s why,” Kerek wriggled his body down into a more comfortable position so that he was lying all the way on top of Brian with his chin resting atop the arms he’d crossed over the annoyed Stud’s chest. “Come on, Brian. You’ve got to know something. He was fine this morning at breakfast. But he’s not usually the brooding type, so something’s got to be bugging him.”

“Why don’t you just ask HIM,” Brian suggested, grabbing onto the waist of his precariously perched visitor while shifting slightly so that Kerek’s bony hip wasn’t digging into his abs quite so much, but not doing anything else to rid himself of the casually intimate embrace. “I’m not a fucking mind reader, you know.”

“I did. He said it was ‘Nothing’. And then he turned down the ham and cheese sub that was being served for lunch saying that he wasn’t hungry.” Kerek stared intently at Brian to see if the older man was as shocked by this action as he’d been.

“Justin turned down food?” Brian asked, his voice laden with disbelief.

“Yep. So, I’m thinking that whatever it is, it must be, like, end of the world bad since that boy usually eats like a fucking horse.” Kerek might sound like he was joking but underneath he really was worried. “You guys aren’t fighting again, are you?”

“No. At least, not that I’m aware of,” Brian’s forehead wrinkled with concern.

The truth was that Brian HAD noticed Justin was more than usually quiet after that phone call he’d had with his friend earlier in the day. But he didn’t think the kid would be that upset over the news of his parents finding out about his summertime shenanigans. Kerek was right that it wasn’t really like Justin to brood about shit like that. Justin was more of the take charge type. If he was upset about something, he either made a plan about how to fix it or, if there was nothing he could do about whatever it was, he just dealt with it. He didn’t agonize over shit like some people would. And since there wasn’t anything he could do about his parents at this point, Brian didn’t think the kid would still be fretting over it. Which meant that it had to be something else that was bothering the boy.

“Hmmm,” Brian had already started thinking of ways to get the pertinent information out of his twink.

“Coolangatta. Thanks, Brian.” Kerek started to get up but Brian held him in place with a firm grasp on the slim hips.

“I didn’t say I’d DO anything.” Brian looked at Kerek with confusion.

“No. But you will,” Kerek asserted with a knowing grin. “It’s your thing. You’re a fixer. Only, you’ll do it quiet-like so nobody knows.” Then the svelte black man leaned in and kissed Brian full on the lips with an easy fondness before he added in a whisper. “Don’t worry. I promise not to tell anyone you’re secretly a big softie.”

Before Brian could raise a protest at the use of the word ‘Soft’ in any sort of conjunction with him or his name, Kerek was halfway across the patio. He sent a glare in the retreating rent boy’s direction anyway, just for form’s sake. What was with the guys in this stupid game, anyway? First it was the two twinks and now it looked like he had himself a pet hustler. Apparently these guys didn’t get the memo that Brian Kinney was a complete asshole who didn’t care about anyone but himself. When did he become the go to guy for solving all problems of a twinkish nature? If this kept up Debbie would have to change his nickname from ‘Asshole’ to ‘Angel’.

Before he could stop it, though, the corners of his mouth curled up in a small, secretly pleased smile. He looked around and was reassured that nobody else was outside right then. It really wouldn’t do to have the general public made aware of the fact that Brian Kinney rather enjoyed his newfound role as protector of twinks and all-around nice guy. Once word leaked out that the former Asshole had gone soft, people would begin to expect him to be nice all the time and then it would be nothing but work, work, work . . .

Well, maybe it wouldn’t be all that bad.

“Now, what to do about the Crestfallen Cupcake,” Brian muttered to himself, already planning how he could fix this little twinkie problem too.  

"The name of tonight’s Challenge, my children, is ‘I Can’t Hear You’,” The Master announced with the same enthusiasm he showed for all of his competitions. “The object of the game is to try NOT to make any sound at all while engaged in a sexual free-for-all. Consider this an orgy of silence. Can you wrestle a moan out of your partners or pleasure them so well that they can’t help but groan with delight? If you make any noise at all you will be out of the competition. And the last to remain silent through it all will win the prize. Have fun boys!”

As Challenges went, Brian didn’t think this one would be all that bad. Basically, all he’d have to do is fuck a series of guys and he’d win. He had no doubt he could make anyone he was fucking squeal like a pig, if that was his goal. And he’d never been the vocal type himself. This should be a piece of cake. So, while the servants were distributing the necessary supplies around the room, making sure there were sufficient quantities of condoms and lube near all the couches and the piles of cushions that had been strewn all over the floor of the Greatroom, Brian looked around in order to determine who would be his first victim.

Justin was probably the obvious choice. The boy had never yet managed to get through a fuck without letting everyone within a three mile radius know exactly how much he was enjoying himself. Truth be told, Brian rather liked the noises his little blond made during sex and it was always kinda fun to see what new noises he could pump out of the kid. But, perhaps that was too easy. He should probably start out, while he was still fresh, with someone who might be a little more work. Then he could pick off the easier targets later even if he got a little winded.

As he was scanning the room and weighing his options, Brian’s eye landed on the little blond he’d just been thinking about. Justin was sitting on one of the chaises, looking distracted and not nearly as fired up about his first real orgy as Brian would have expected. Damn! He still hadn’t managed to figure out what was up with the troubled twink.

“Hey there, Sunshine,” Brian sat down next to the kid and knocked shoulders with him to get his attention. “You’re not worried about this stupid little challenge are you?”

“Huh?” Justin looked surprised to find Brian sitting next to him. “Oh, no. Although I doubt I’ll win this one. You know me - I’m not exactly the quiet type,” the kid chuckled a little but didn’t seem at all ashamed about how vocal he usually was during sex.

"Then why are you sitting over here frowning? You know, if you keep that shit up you'll have more wrinkles than a Shar-pei puppy and you’ll look like crap for the wedding photos," Brian kidded the kid.

Justin looked even more pained at Brian's attempt at humor. "You know, we really should cut it out with all the wedding jokes, Brian. My friend Daphne said some of the blogs she saw are talking about it like it's real. I know you're just doing it to gas your friend, but I think maybe some of the other guys are taking it seriously. You won't want your friends and family giving you shit about it later, after we're out of here and I'm long gone."

"Long gone?" Brian was surprised by the unpleasant jolt this statement gave him. "You planning on disappearing somewhere after the summer's over, Sunshine? I thought you said something about the Pittsburgh IFA? You didn't change your mind, did you?"

"No. I still want to go to PIFA if I can find the money." Justin seemed hesitant to explain further, but Brian was staring at him so intently he felt compelled to continue. "I just meant that . . . well, after the game is over, you'll be going back to your real life and we'll probably never see each other again."

“Why wouldn’t you want to see me again, Sunshine? Am I that boring? Or are you already tired of the endless, mind-boggling sex we’ve been enjoying?” Brian continued to razz the boy in the hopes of lightening the conversation.

“Fuck no!” Justin finally smiled a little at that. “I could never get tired of that. In fact, you might have to take out a restraining order to keep me away from you after the game is done or I’ll probably just keep following you around and drooling after The Magnificent Mr. Pokey for the rest of my life.” Then the tentative smile died away and Justin looked insecure again. “But I’m sure that, once we’re out of here, you’ll be too busy keeping all the rest of the ‘A Gays’ of Pittsburgh entertained to deal with me. And your friends will give you even more shit if you’ve got some stupid, clingy, teenage wannabe stalking you. So, I’ll understand, you know, if you don’t want to be seen with me afterwards.”

Brian noted that the kid had avoided making eye contact with him throughout the whole conversation. The frowning thing had gotten worse, too. Add to that the way the boy's hands were nervously picking at some nonexistent flaw in the stitching on the edge of the leather chaise and Brian began to get a really good idea about just what had been bothering the boy all day.

"Justin, look at me," Brian demanded, helping out the process by lifting the boy's chin with his index finger. "I have no plans to kick you to the curb the moment the game is over. The way I see it, we’ve got a pretty good thing going and I really don’t see any reason it should end anytime soon. And I don't give a flying fuck what Mikey - or anybody else for that matter - thinks about that. So, if you think I’d ever blow you off just because they were kidding me about hanging out with you, you’re dead wrong. The whole reason why I sent out that email to my nosy, interfering friend in the first place is because I didn't like him making assumptions about what I should or shouldn't be doing or who I should be spending time with. It's none of his business what I do with my life. And that includes who I fuck, who I wanna hang out with and even -  no, especially - who I should or shouldn’t care about.” This last comment was uttered softly, Brian’s voice barely within hearing range, and with an intense, penetrating look gleaming out of the piercing hazel eyes.

Justin sat mesmerized by Brian’s sincere look as much as by the heartfelt words. He couldn’t hold back the blindingly bright smile that broke out on his face. Maybe all the rumors he’d heard about Brian WERE wrong. It sounded like Brian really did think that even an inexperienced eighteen-year-old twink like him might have something to offer the Stud of Liberty Avenue. And, at the very least, it seemed like Brian wouldn’t mind having him around sometimes, even after the game was finished. Which was all good in Justin’s book.

“Gentlemen,” the masked servant of the day spoke up in order to gain everyone’s attention. “It’s time for the orgy to begin,” he announced. “Anyone who makes any noise from this point on will be out of the evening’s competition. Now, get busy, Boys!”

Brian was relieved by the timely interruption. It was one thing to do what was necessary in order to reassure his troubled twink, but deep, impassioned, soul-bearing discussions really weren’t his thing. He didn’t regret taking a stand and letting the boy know that he saw this thing - whatever it was - continuing even after they got out of here. He didn’t think that he needed to belabor the point, though. It was definitely time to change the subject. And the commencement of an orgy was a great way to do just that.

Since he was already sitting right next to Justin, Brian figured he may as well start his night off there anyway. With an expressive, but silent, waggling of his brow, Brian reached out with one hand and firmly pushed the boy backwards until he was lying back against the black leather cushions. Justin was grinning up at him expectantly.

Brian lunged at the boy and immediately devoted most of his attention to nipping up the column of the long pale neck, concentrating on just those spots that he knew were most likely to drive the kid crazy. And it looked to be working too. Justin’s eyes had already started to glaze over with that mix of innocence and lust that Brian found so appealing. It was too bad that he didn’t really have the time right then to completely focus on this particular fuck - he really did enjoy making the little nymph squeal. Maybe they’d have a rematch later and play the silence game by themselves.

Just as Brian was starting to get into a groove, confident that he was pushing all the right buttons that would activate his twink’s vocal chords, he felt the kid’s hands beginning to drift  southwards. That was fine with him. Justin could knock himself out playing with Brian’s dick all night, and he wouldn’t get a sound out of him. But, in the meantime, Brian would be happy to let him try.

Only, Justin’s hands didn’t ever make it all the way down to Brian’s dick. They stopped at the level of his belly button. Brian was busy nibbling at that tender spot right behind Justin’s left ear - the one that usually earned him an almost automatic yelp of pleasure - and didn’t take notice of the dangerous detour down below until it was too late. Then, with a swiftness that Brian was utterly unprepared for, Justin’s index finger dug into Brian’s navel, poking firmly and wiggling around and around until it touched the most ticklish spot on the big Stud’s body.

*Ahhhhhnnnnhahahaha* Brian yelped like he’d been skewered with a red hot poker, the sound gradually morphing into a high-pitched giggle reminiscent of a teenage girl.

All the activity in the room came to an immediate halt as all eyes zeroed in on the big bad giggling girly boy who was slapping ineffectually at the little twink’s still tickling fingers and trying desperately to get away. With a complete and total lack of grace, Brian managed to extricate himself from the tickling torture only to fall backwards off the end of the chaise, landing in a heap on his ass. If the rest of the house hadn’t been required to maintain total silence the laughter would have been deafening. As it was, you could see several of the contestants struggling to keep their mouths shut.

“Fuck! You fucking tickled me?” Brian stood up and practically screamed at the boy who was lying on the chaise alone now, hands clamped over both nose and mouth, writhing with hilarity as he shook with suppressed laughter. “You little shit! You are SO going to pay for this later, Sunshine!” Brian threatened right before he stomped off in a snit in the direction of the kitchen.

After waiting a minute or two for the merriment to die down, the House Boys returned to their silent orgy, with Justin moving over to join another couple on the big pile of floor cushions, and the rest of the evening passed in a much more gleeful tone.

Chapter 37 - Real Life Invasion. (Sunday, June 26th)

"Shit, Sunshine. We're going to have to change your name to Sunburn after this," Brian commiserated with the burned beauty, grabbing the aloe vera lotion and gingerly applying more cream to his lower back. "I gotta say, though, red really isn't your color, kid."

"Not funny, Brian. Fuck! This is gonna fucking hurt so bad by tomorrow." Justin squirmed and whined even at Brian's lightest touch.

"How bad is it?" Dane asked as he came in through the patio door with Malik at his heels.

"BAD!" Justin snarled.

"Ouch!" Dane sympathized as he examined the shoulder closest to him. "You know, if you would have let me fuck YOU, like I'd offered, you would have been lying on your back, protected from the sun, and it woulda been my ass that looked like a boiled lobster right now."

"Yeah, sorry BFG, but I've been there, done that, got the t-shirt and had to sit on an ice pack the whole rest of the night afterwards. I think I'll pass for now. It's going to take me quite awhile before I save up enough courage to try THAT again."

"Wuss!" Malik jokingly added his two cents. He then picked up the tube of aloe cream that Brian had been using and started in on Justin’s other side. “Shit, Cupcake. You’re even burned clear down in your ass crack. How the fuck did you manage that?”

“Damn it! I have no idea . . .” Justin was twisting to try and look over his shoulder in order to assess the full damage, but really couldn’t see anything that way and eventually gave up. “So, I get that the theme is Sunday IN THE SUN. But, really, if they expect us blond boys to fuck - naked - in the full sun for almost five hours, they should have given us more frequent sunscreen breaks. I look ridiculous!”

“That’s what you get for being a member of a pigment-challenged race, Cupcake,” Malik replied, with a big grin, as he started to administer the cream in a place where the sun wasn’t supposed to shine. “Hey! Hold still so I can get this shit down in your crack. If you keep moving around I’ll miss a spot and you’ll be out of commission for days.”

The razzing of the raspberry-colored twink might have gone on indefinitely if the group hadn’t been interrupted by the crashing of the patio door as it was forcefully pulled open, sliding so hard that it crashed into the backstop of the frame.

“I’m going to fucking kill that asshole!” Kerek came barging inside followed shortly by a very concerned looking Paal. “I don’t care who the fuck he thinks he is, I did NOT agree to that kind of shit! Nobody gets to do that to me. You hear me. NOBODY!”

Kerek tore into the middle of the room, his hands clenched into tight fists looking like he was liable to hit anything that came into his direct line of sight. Luckily, the small side table that sat at the end of the couch ended up being the most convenient target at hand and Kerek vented at least some of his pent up anger by kicking it over, causing the lamp sitting on it to crash to the floor and shatter into pieces. However, it didn’t look like that was going to be enough to quell the man’s rage, so Dane jumped over the back of the couch and wrapped his long arms around Kerek from behind, holding him in a restrictive but caring embrace.

“Shh, Baby. It’s okay. I’ve got you,” Dane hummed consolingly into the enraged man’s ear. “I won’t let him fucking near you again, okay? You’re okay.”

“What did the fuckwad do now,” Brian asked, assuming like all the rest that Kerek was referring to Daniel.

While the rest of the group had fallen into something of a routine whereby they managed to get along pretty well on a day to day basis - fucking as directed or needed to fulfill their responsibilities in the game or as their personal inclinations dictated - Daniel continued to cause problems. It had gotten so bad that only Paal would willingly have anything to do the the big bully boy. Everyone else pretty much shunned him unless they were forced to interact with Daniel because of one of the daily Challenges. And, while he was a regular pissant to everyone in the Residence, Daniel seemed to direct the majority of his harassment at either Kerek or Justin. But, while Justin had several protectors who always tried to look out for him, everyone assumed that Kerek was strong enough to stand up for himself. Unfortunately, that didn’t seem to be the case this afternoon.

“He . . . He tried to . . . He tied me up . . .” Kerek choked out the words, seemingly on the verge of breaking into tears, and turned so that his head was nestled under Dane’s chin. “I don’t do that. You know I don’t do that. NEVER!”

“Shit! That damned fucker!” Dane, who almost never cursed, was cursing up a blue streak as he held on tightly to Kerek’s shaking shoulders. “It’s okay, Baby. It’s over. I won’t let him do that again. Come on. Let’s go upstairs until you’re better. Okay?" Step by step, Dane gently coaxed the distraught Kerek towards the stairs.

“What the fuck happened out there,” Brian turned towards Paal and demanded an explanation since the tall Indian seemed to have been the only other person who’d been outside while whatever it was happened.

“Daniel and Kerek were taking their turn for the Challenge. Kerek did not want to go with him, of course, but I think he did not want to waste his breath arguing either so he agreed to bottom for Daniel,” Paal started to explain. “I was not nearby. I was talking with one of the servants and did not see exactly how things came about. But eventually both the servant and I heard Kerek shouting and we all came over to see what was the matter. Daniel had used the rope that usually divides up the pool into swimming lanes to tie up Kerek’s hands. He had managed somehow to loop the rope around the upright support to the pool ladder so that Kerek was unable to move his hands at all. And, by the time that I got there, Daniel looked like he intended to penetrate Kerek with this.”

Paal tossed one of the plastic ‘Torpedo’ pool toys that were kept in a basket out near the pool onto the cushion of the couch.

“Shit! Where the hell is that fucker. I’ll kick his ass myself,” Malik was livid at the sight of the almost ten inch long pool toy that was still glistening with a sheen of lube.

“He is out with the two servants,” Paal explained, sitting down on the couch and looking absolutely exhausted. “He did not actually DO anything with the toy, so I do not know if they will take any action against him. He claimed that he was only joking around and would not have done it unless Kerek agreed. But, in my humble opinion, that was a falsehood.”

“Of course he’s lying. He’s a fucking psychopath,” Malik picked up the offensive toy and threw it out the still open patio door, then collapsed onto the couch next to Paal. “This is really bad. I mean, REALLY bad. Kerek told me he doesn’t do bondage. Ever. I think he had a really bad experience with it one time and . . . well, he just doesn’t do that shit. Daniel tying him up, even without threatening to fuck him with that thing, is going to fucking freak him out. Big time.”

“Damn! Poor Ker . . . Should we go see if there’s anything we can do to help,” Justin asked, worried about his friend but unsure what, if anything, he could do to help.

“I think Dane will take care of him for now,” Brian cautioned. “We need to figure out what we’re going to do about Daniel, though. That guy is a fucking time bomb waiting to explode. He’s fucking dangerous. But I really doubt that the guys running this show will do anything to get rid of him. At least not yet. I know Ted. He’s too fucking cautious to kick the guy out without real evidence. He’d be afraid of a lawsuit or something, and knowing Daniel, that asswipe is just the kind of guy who’d sue over shit like that.” Brian moved around and sat on the edge of the coffee table so he was face on to the rest of the crew sitting along the long arm of the couch. “Which means, we have to figure out what to do on our own.”

“We kick his ass. That’s what we do,” Malik sounded blood thirsty and just foolhardy enough to do it.

“And how do you propose we do that and not get kicked out of the game ourselves?” the always realistic Brian responded. “I’m not sacrificing my chances of winning for fucking Daniel.” Brian looked around, reassured himself that neither Daniel nor any of the servants were close by and then turned back to his audience. “Break Room! Now. And somebody go get Dane,” Brian said as softly as he could so that, hopefully, none of the mics in the room would pick up his voice.

Ten minutes later the entire group - Brian, Justin, Malik, Paal and Dane - were all reassembled in the camera-free environment of the Break Room.

“How’s Kerek?” Brian asked before anyone said anything else.

“Okay. I made him lay down although I doubt he’ll get any rest. He’s pretty upset and ready to eviscerate Daniel the first chance he gets, but otherwise he’s okay. He’s a strong little fucker,” Dane didn’t even try to mask the affection in his tone as he said this. “So, what exactly are you guys thinking of doing? I want to get that cretin out of here as much as everyone else, but how do you propose we do it?”

“I’m not completely sure,” Brian confessed. “But it won’t happen by any of us using our fists. We have to use our brains. That’s definitely Daniel’s weak spot.” Brian shot a tongue-in-cheek smile around at his assembled henchmen. When Brian got a round of nods and smiles in agreement, he continued. “So, like I said before, I know Ted Schmidt, the owner of the website, and I know what makes him tick. He’s an accountant at heart. Super cautious. He won’t act on ANYTHING without concrete evidence. Which means, if we want to get rid of Daniel for good, we need to get proof that he’s breaking the rules. Accusations alone aren’t going to cut it though. We need real, hard proof.”

“Like what?” Justin asked. “He practically raped poor Adrien and now he’s trying non-consensual bondage and unwanted penetration on Kerek too. All of that was caught live on camera, I assume. So what more proof can we provide?”

“How about proof that he’s using illegal drugs?” Brian offered, looking around at all of them with an expectant glare.

“Are you sure? Is this something we CAN prove?” Dane asked.

“I don’t know. I’M one hundred percent sure, myself, but I have no idea if we can prove it.” Brian started to explain. “I don’t have any evidence, but I’m pretty confident he’s using AAS . . .” When Brian saw a couple of blank stares he went on to explain. “Steroids. He’s a fucking juice pig. He’s showing all the signs. He’s way more cut than is normal for someone of his build. Plus, he’s irritable, aggressive, moody, occasionally manic. We’ve all noticed that he sometimes has trouble performing sexually, but he usually masks it by getting angry and claiming it’s his partner’s fault. Not to mention the fact that his balls are fucking weirdly small for his size.”

Brian looked around and saw that all his listeners had seen the same signs and were in total agreement. He hesitated a moment before proceeding. He didn’t know if he should mention what he’d overheard. But, in for a penny, in for a pound . . .

“Plus, the other day when The Master had the stylists and the waxing guys in, I kinda overheard part of a conversation . . .” Brian thought he sounded paranoid, but he figured he owed it to the others to give them all the facts. “It SOUNDED like he was arranging for the delivery of more steroids. I only heard part of the conversation, so I’m not sure, but I think he was trying to arrange for the waxing guy to supply him with more juice. I don’t know for sure that he delivered, but based on Daniel’s behavior the past week or so, I’d say it’s more than likely.”

Brian looked around and noted that he now had a rapt audience, so he continued. “Unfortunately, the conversation I listened in on was whispered and it happened out in the upstairs hallway, so I doubt that Ted’s mics caught the whole thing. Even if someone saw him talking with the waxing tech, that’s no proof of any wrongdoing. And, if they delivered the drugs, I haven’t seen them. I don’t have a clue where Daniel’s hiding the stuff either. Considering that we’re all on camera almost 24/7 I don’t know how he’s hiding them, but if I know addicts, where there’s a will, there’s a way.”

“So, what you’re suggesting,” Justin spoke up, the gears in his intelligent mind spinning so fast you could almost see them whirling, “is that we spy on Daniel, find his stash, and THEN report him to the game administration. Right?”

“Precisely, Sunburn!” Brian flashed his quick-witted boy a praised-filled look. “But, since the asswipe pretty much has it in for all of us except for, perhaps, Paal . . .”

“You want me to be your spy,” Paal stated, looking worried but resolute.

“You do share a room with him,” Malik reasoned. “And you’re pretty much the only one of us that Daniel hasn’t tried something nasty on.”

“Which is because I have tried not to antagonize him,” Paal offered resignedly. “But I agree that Daniel has finally gone too far. I saw what he was doing to Kerek this afternoon and I know that he was not being truthful about his intentions with that toy. I will not condone violence of any kind. Obviously, it is past time that we took some type of action in this regard. So, yes, I will do what I can to help find any drugs that Daniel may have hidden. Although, I must caution you that I have not seen any evidence of this supposed drug use so far, in spite of the fact that we are sharing a room.”

“I know he’s using,” Brian assured the gathering. “I just don’t know how he’s getting away with it. But I do know that no addict will quit until he’s forced to and that we’re all at risk until we find a way to stop him.”

Their impromptu strategy meeting in the Break Room had just broken up when the House Boys were all summoned back to the Greatroom for the end of the day announcements. Everybody trooped up the stairs - Brian, coming last, got to enjoy the view of all those perfect asses preceding him - and marched over to the usual area around The Master’s portrait. Kerek came down from the bedroom a minute later. He still looked pissed off, but the underlying hint of panicky distress was now gone.

They all stood around waiting for several minutes before the patio door opened and the two masked servants finally entered, followed by Daniel. If anyone had been expecting the big bruiser to look apologetic, they’d have been disappointed. If anything, Daniel had an even more defiant air about him as he sauntered into place at the end of the lineup of contestants. Brian wasn’t the only one who failed to control a quiet hiss of anger at this cocky entrance.

The announcements were short and to the point since it was Sunday and the Boys had the rest of the evening off. The winners of the Sunday in the Sun competition were announced - apparently Paal and Malik had done something ridiculously athletic in the last round of the day’s games that tipped the odds in their team’s favor. By this point, all of them had mostly gotten over their initially strong competitiveness, which meant that nobody really cared that much anymore who won the day-to-day challenges. It was going to be staying power that won the big prize, and who the daily winners were really didn’t matter much.

Next, the Blog Bitch award was presented to Dane. Again. So far the big giant had won the award every single week. It seemed that the rough and tumble construction worker was really a poet at heart. Brian made a mental note to check out his writing sometime. You never knew - if Brian won this stupid Summer of Sin and started his own agency, he might just need a copywriter with a poetic bent and a fresh, queer, eye.

Finally, The Master announced a special week-long challenge: ‘Look, No Hands!’. Each of the House Boys was being directed to create a painting using whatever media they preferred, with the only catch being that they could use any body parts they wanted to paint it other than their hands. Apparently Ted had even arranged with some local gallery to have the artwork displayed and the owner - some guy named Sidney Bloom, whose name sounded vaguely familiar to Brian - would serve as the judge of who won the Challenge. Obviously, Brian thought, it was just another publicity stunt to get the word out to even more people about the game. Ted was definitely proving to be a marketing whiz when it came to promoting his reality show baby. Brian was impressed. And this Challenge would definitely stretch Brian’s limits seeing as he could barely manage a believable stick figure when using his hands. Oh, well. He’d do his best and then move on to the next challenge. Hopefully it would involve him doing something more enjoyable with his dick than just sticking it into jars of paint, though.

That was all for that day’s announcements. There was no discussion of the incident between Kerek and Daniel. Brian wondered what, if anything, Ted and the Mysterious Master, would do about the situation. He hoped that someone would take notice and do something and take the burden of getting Daniel ousted out of his hands, but he wouldn’t hold his breath in the meantime. He figured that he and his gang would just have to keep going with their own plan of finding Danny Boy’s steroid stash and getting him kicked out that way.

After the group broke up, Brian decided to head back down to the Break Room and take his hour of down time. It had been a long day of fucking out in the sun and he wasn’t feeling especially sociable right then. He really could use some time alone. That really had been one of the toughest adjustments he’d had to make since he’d been here. By nature he was a bit of an introvert. Not that he didn’t enjoy being social sometimes, but he preferred it to be on his schedule and to have a nice, secluded, private place to retreat to afterwards. Here in the Residence, though, he was pretty much surrounded day and night by other people with very little alone time. He would happily take any opportunity he could get to get away from everyone else. So, while the rest of them plodded off in a gaggle to console Kerek and chatter, Brian snuck off to the Break Room all by himself.

The first thing Brian did was log into his email. He’d kind of neglected it lately because he was fed up with the overly-solicitous missives from Michael and the worrisome notes from his work about the way his temporary replacements were screwing up his accounts while he was gone. It was so much easier to just to ignore the emails, forget all that shit and enjoy his time here in this idyllic little bubble of summer where his only responsibility was fucking a series of beautiful men on a daily basis. THAT was a job he was imminently qualified for and thoroughly enjoyed! But, he knew he couldn’t ignore the real world forever, so it was probably time to face the onerous job of wading through the email he’d been trying to avoid.

Although Brian doubted the wisdom of this action as soon as he saw the very first email.

To: BAK@Ryder.net

From: CEM@Ryder.net

Re: Shitstorm approaching - Grab your waders!

Hey, Boss:

Sorry to be the bearer of bad tidings - please don’t kill the messenger - but Ryder seems to have figured out that your summer sabbatical, which you said you needed in order to take care of some ‘personal matters’, is being used instead to launch your newfound career in pornography. Apparently this was pointed out to him by one of YOUR clients, who wasn’t happy that Brad and Bob have been fucking up his account while you’re away fucking. I could hear Ryder screaming clear down at my desk at the other end of the hall while he was yelling at his assistant to get HR on the phone.

I haven’t yet found out what Ryder thinks he’s going to do. Just thought you’d want a head’s up. I’ll keep pumping his assistant, Marge, for more info and let you know as soon as I hear something.

Good Luck!

Cynthia

P.S. Love the show! Thought you should have won the last Fetish Friday competition. Brilliant work with that riding crop.  ;P

To: CEM@Ryder.net

From: BAK@Ryder.net

Re: Shitstorm approaching - Grab your waders!

Fuck Ryder! He approved the sabbatical. I’ve got it in writing and the authorization doesn’t specify anything about what I should or shouldn’t be doing while I’m off. He’s got no fucking leg to stand on if he tries to fire me and I’ll sue his ass if he tries. Besides, who I’m fucking IS a very ‘personal matter’. And it’s his own fault he hired idiots like Bob and Brad in the first place. But thanks for the head’s up. Glad you’ve got my back.

Brian.

P.S. You’re right - I should have won that last Fetish Friday competition. I was robbed. But, I would have thought that you’d already had more than enough exposure to my naked ass over the years and wouldn’t be wasting your time watching porn just to see more of it. Also, if you can afford the online viewing fees to watch this show, I’m probably paying you too much. Get back to work already!

Fucking Ryder! And fucking Brad and Bob. Why the fuck Ryder couldn’t seem to manage his own agency for even one full month without Brian was a mystery. Well, maybe not so much of a mystery seeing as he was letting those two unimaginative fuckwads muddle up his accounts. Brian really needed out of there. He couldn’t stand being surrounded by that much incompetence. And the way Marty Ryder had been stringing him along all these years with promises of a partnership that never seemed to materialize was pathetic. Brian knew that if Marty really was shopping around for a buyer for the agency, any chance he might have of making partner would disappear for good. This really was the perfect time for Brian to break off and head out on his own. If he only had the money. Which was exactly the reason why he was here in the first place.

Brian figured that Ryder could wait though. By the time he’d checked with the lawyers and HR and discovered that he didn’t really have recourse to fire Brian for using his summer off to star in a pornographic internet reality show, hopefully he would have cooled off. And Brian could most likely fix anything ‘Bobrad’ had screwed up on his accounts when he got back. In the meantime, he didn’t want to deal with all of that shit.

Brian didn’t really want to deal with any of the other shit in his inbox either, but felt he didn’t have a choice. He quickly scanned through the listings and deleted about half the nearly one hundred unread messages without bothering to read them. He intentionally skipped over the ten new emails that had arrived from Michael in the past two days - he’d have to work up to them. There were a few more work ones that he would look at later, after his anger at Ryder had cooled off a little. That left only one new email from Lindsey, which he thought would probably be safe to read.

To: BAK@Ryder.net

From: Blondewasp@dykemail.net

Re: Concerns

Hey, Bri:

I'd usually start this off by asking how you're doing, but this time I don't have to because it seems like everyone I've met in the past week has already told me how you are, as well as who you're fucking, in what positions and how often.

Far be it from me to judge you, Brian. You know I've always been the first person to defend you whenever someone attacked you or your lifestyle. In fact, your devil-may-care attitude towards life has always been one of the things I like most about you. I admire your free spirit. And I'd never try to dictate to you how you should live your life,  provided that whatever you're doing isn't hurting anybody else.

Unfortunately, I'm afraid that's what's happening now.

I admit that this Summer of Sin thing seemed like harmless fun at first. Mel and I even checked out the website once just for kicks. I didn't really see that it was much different from your usual carefree promiscuity. But that was before the show's popularity took off and your exploits became quite so well known. Now, it's practically impossible to go within ten blocks of Liberty Avenue without someone commenting to me about you and the show. It's actually become a real problem.

This morning we were out to brunch with a few friends - you remember Dusty & Marie and Sandy & Alice - and it seemed like your antics were the only topic of conversation. I don't have to tell you that Mel was more than a little ticked off having to sit there and listen to everybody razzing us about your rise to pornographic stardom. And, as if that wasn't bad enough, some strange man came over to our table, patted Gus on the head and asked if he was going to grow up to follow in his porn star Daddy's footsteps. Then, in a voice so loud that everyone in the restaurant heard, he said - and I quote - "that's a pretty big condom to fill for such a little guy!" Everyone was laughing. Thank goodness that poor Gus is too little to understand what that creep said, but still, it was so embarrassing. We had to leave the restaurant. Mel was mortified!

You have to realize that, the Internet being what it is, the stuff you're doing now is going to be out there FOREVER. Right now Gus is too little to understand what's being said to him but as he gets older, this stuff could make a huge impact on his life. He'll never be able to escape from the knowledge that his FATHER was a porn star. He's already going to have to deal with being a bit of an outsider seeing as he has gay parents. I'm worried, though, that this will truly stigmatize him. So now I have to ask if the money you think you might win in the game is really worth the potential trauma to your friends and your son that this is causing.

Mel and I have discussed matters at length. We agree that your participation in this game has become a huge problem. I assured Mel that I would talk to you about everything and I was confident you'd be reasonable about things, but she's seriously considering taking steps to limit your future access to Gus if you continue with the show. I don't want to go there, of course, but I can't say she's wrong about the negative impact this could have on our son.

I'm asking that you seriously reconsider whether or not your participation in this Summer of Sin game is a good idea. I don't think it's worth possibly traumatizing your son for life, is it? Please think it over, Brian. I don't want to have to do anything drastic, but you understand I'll do whatever I think is best for Gus.

I'm sorry to have to do this via email. I really would have preferred to discuss matters in person, or at least by phone, but since Ted refused to tell me how to contact you, this was the best I could do. Please think things over and let me know what you decide as soon as possible.

Love you,

Lindsey.

*Aaarrrrrgggghhhhh!* Brian barely finished reading the entire email before the flood of rage engulfed him. Without thinking, he grabbed hold of the computer monitor, yanked it so hard the cords were torn out of the wall and threw the entire thing across the room. The monitor smashed into the wall, exploding into a million little plastic and metal pieces, about two feet from where Justin was standing having just opened the door. The shocked and frightened look on the boy’s startled face only exacerbated Brian’s fury.

“Damned sanctimonious, judgmental, hypocritical BITCH! Who the fuck does she think she is? Thinking they can take my son away from me! No fucking way!” Brian screamed at the disarticulated pile of scrap that used to be a computer.

“Brian? What happened?” Justin cautiously approached the seething tower of crazy that used to be his lover.

“Fuck off!” Brian roared at the unprepared boy, shoved past him running out the door of the Break Room and disappearing up the stairs without further comment.

“Brian has a son?” Malik, who had been right behind Justin, asked as he stepped into the room and began to survey the destruction.

“Apparently,” Justin replied absentmindedly as he nudged at the remains of the computer monitor with his toe. “This is going to be bad, Mal. Really bad. I mean, really, really, really, monumentally bad.”

“No shit, Sherlock!” Mal joined Justin and the two of them fell silent as they stared down at the the former computer and contemplated just exactly how their world was likely to change.

There was no sign of Brian anywhere when Justin and Malik came back upstairs into the Greatroom. Since it was Sunday, they’d been allowed to order out for dinner and the rest of the crew was already sitting around the coffee table chowing down on the wonderfully aromatic Indian food that Paal had chosen for them. Everything in here seemed calm at the moment.

“If you’re looking for the Incredible Hulk, he ran out there,” Dane offered, intuiting what the two shocked-looking twinks were seeking. “I think he’s hitting a tree or something. It looked painful. Luckily he’s not wearing any clothing that will be destroyed when he mutates into a big green monster. But he appeared to have already become completely non-verbal so I wasn’t able to figure out what was eating his ass. Did you guys have a fight or something?”

“It wasn’t us,” Malik said as he grabbed a bowl and started dishing out a hefty serving of rice and curry sauce for himself. “He was already busy destroying one the computers downstairs when we arrived. I’d say either he got inordinately pissed off when the computer froze up on him or he got an email he didn’t care for.”

“Maybe I should go out there and see if he needs anything?” Justin wondered aloud, standing in front of the glass patio door and looking out at the yard.

“If I were you, Cupcake, I’d let the man cool off a while first. He practically bit your head off downstairs,” Mal sat down with his bowl and looked up worriedly at his friend. “Dude has some serious anger management issues. Why don’t you sit, eat and then if he’s still out there mutilating innocent foliage when you’re done you can try to get through to him then.”

“This is REALLY bad,” Justin intoned once again.

“Yeah . . . You already said that, Jus. Now, come sit down and eat something. You’re not going to try and conquer Brian Kinney’s demons on an empty stomach, are you?” Mal held out a second bowl he’d filled for Justin and waved it back and forth enticingly.

Justin reluctantly moved away from his vantage point at the patio door, took the proffered bowl and sat on the floor at Malik’s feet.

“Shall I put in the movie now. Or would it be better to wait until Brian returns?” Paal asked, holding up the DVD he’d selected.

Everyone agreed that the movie should be started immediately. Nobody knew when Brian was likely to return and the movie wasn’t likely one that Brian would have much interest in anyway. The rest of the group got comfy and Paal hit the ‘Play’ button on the remote. Only Justin seemed too distracted to thoroughly enjoy the movie Paal had chosen - Mike Myers’ ‘The Love Guru’ - which Paal claimed was one of his all-time favorites in spite of the fact that it poked fun at his native culture. He claimed that Myers’ character reminded him of an uncle that lived in Mombai and the Ballywood dance scene was spot on.

They were only about halfway through the movie though when the big front door of the Residence opened unexpectedly and a troubled looking Ted Schmidt walked into the main room.

“Hi everybody!” Ted waved in greeting as he neared the couch where they were all congregated. “Sorry to interrupt your dinner and movie night. Um, Dane, could I have a word?”

Chapter 38 - Dealing With The Doldrums. (Monday, June 27th)

*Ring, ring . . . Ring, ring . . . Ring, ring*

"Em? What the fuck are you doing here at three am? Are you okay? Is somebody hurt? Or . . . dead?" A bleary-eyed Ted fumbled with the latch as he opened the door to find his best friend crying on his door step.

"Oh, Teddy! Tell me it isn't true! Not him. He can't be gone. Not HIM!" Emmett was so distraught that Ted thought someone really might be dead.

Ted quickly ushered his sniffling friend into the condo and then wrapped his arms around the tall, gangly drama queen.

"Tell me it isn't true, Teddy! It can't BE!" Emmett was still wailing.

"Shhhh. Calm down, Em. I don't know what you're so upset about and I can barely understand you. Just come over here, sit down on the couch and tell me what happened, okay?" Ted led his hysterical friend to the seating area.

"Okay. Okay. *oooohhhhhhh* Okay," Em grabbed at the tissue Ted held out for him, dabbed at his wet eyes and then slowly pulled himself together enough to begin his tale. "So, I just got home from the club, right - where I met the most dreamy Stud named Nicholas who had all these piercings in the most unusual places, and . . . - well, I'll tell you about that later, I guess. Anyway, I just got home and I went to log on to the site to check up on my boys like I do every night before I go to bed. I like to just peek in briefly and make sure everyone's okay and check the highlight videos from earlier in the day in case I've missed something, you know. But when I got online tonight I saw that my favorite wasn't where he was supposed to be. Which didn't make ANY sense because those two have been getting so close and they're always tucked up in bed together by the time I get in - they're so adorable together. So I went through the site and checked all the views but he wasn't anywhere to be found. Then I went to the highlight videos and I saw you there, at the Residence, and . . . and . . . and . . . He's GONE, isn't he?"

"Oh, Em, honey . . . I'm sorry, but yeah . . . He's gone."

"Nooooooooooo! It's not fair. Why him? Why? I LOVED him!" Em had broken out into a fresh spate of tears and Ted had to resort to another handful of tissues before they could go on. “He didn’t break any of your rules did he? Oh, oh! If he DID, please tell me it’s because he took out that shithead, Daniel, for daring to mess with his boy. I could at least live with that.”

“No, no! It was nothing like that,” Ted was patting Emmett’s arm soothingly and it seemed to be working to calm the man just a little bit. “And what do you mean, ‘mess with his boy’? I know Daniel’s been a total jerk to everyone from Day One, but did he do something new I don’t know about?”

“Weren’t you paying attention yesterday, Teddy? This IS your show, you know. You need to keep a closer eye on things,” Em chastised. “But anyway, yesterday, at the end of the Sunday in the Sun challenge, Daniel actually tied Kerek up with that rope thingy they use in the pool and he was going to . . . oh, it was just too scarey. I don’t want to even say the words. But let’s just say that if your servants and Paal hadn’t stopped him I think he would have done something unspeakable. I just figured that Dane might have decided to go all Chuck Norris on Daniel’s ass, cause you know him and Kerek have become quite the item already.”

“Hmmm. I wasn’t at the Residence yesterday so I didn’t see the Daniel incident. I was off doing another interview - this one is for a nationally syndicated talk show, can you believe it? I did get a message from Sam, although I haven’t had a chance to deal with it yet. I suppose it’s about this deal with Daniel. That boy certainly has been a pain in my ass,” Ted looked worried, obviously mulling over what his options were with regard to his most troublesome contestant. “But, no, it wasn’t that. I got a call at the office last night just before I was about to leave. I’m afraid that Dane’s grandmother had a stroke. From what I understand, it’s not good. It sounded like she might not make it. And the grandmother was taking care of Dane’s little brother while he was in the show, so Dane’s going to have to drop out and go home to take care of the kid.”

“Oh! That totally sucks for him! Poor Dane. And I was totally rooting for him, too. He really needed the money. Damn, Teddy. This game of your’s is killing me!” Emmett was moving back towards distraught again, but then his usual indomitable spirit kicked in and he rallied. “Shit! I’m going to miss seeing that huge schlong of his every day . . . Oh well! At least there’s always the digital copies I’ve downloaded of some of the better challenges. That way my Dane fantasies can live on forever on my computer screen. Don’t you just LOVE modern technology!”

“Here, here!” Ted would be the last one to dismiss the wonders of the computer age, especially since it was making him rich. “And who knows. Maybe I’ll talk Dane into doing an appearance or two for Jerk@work with Adrien.”

“Oooooo! You could also do a ‘Best Of’ video with highlights of all the best challenges!” Emmett was already enthusiastically running with this new idea. “Maybe a set of videos - one for each of the House Boys with their personal best moments. Or a ‘couples’ edition, featuring the best of one specific pair. That would be so romantic.”

“Not a bad idea, Em. But, can we please put all these on the back burner . . . at least until morning?” Ted responded, looking pointedly at the clock on his mantle which had just ticked past three-thirty.

“Oops. Sorry, Teddy. Drama Queen moment over - I promise,” Em bounced up off the couch and blew a kiss over his shoulder at the weary Internet mogul. “Nite, Teddy!”

“Nite nite, Em!”

“If even one more person comes up and asks me if I’m alright, I swear I’m going to go Postal on all your asses,” Kerek warned as Brian walked up to the the kitchen table where Kerek was trying to eat his breakfast.

Brian set down the large mug of coffee he’d been carrying and raised both hands in a gesture of surrender. “Hey, wouldn’t dream of it. Not my style really. I’m just here to drink my coffee.”

Brian slid into the seat next to Kerek. The way they were both scowling into their coffees, you’d think the creamer had been switched out with rat poison. The rest of the House Boys were huddled at the far end of the kitchen table or seated on one of the stools at the island, trying to stay as far away from the morose pair as possible for fear of having their heads bitten off. On top of the pall spread by the two angry coffee scowlers, the mood was further dampened by the absence of their favorite Big Blond Giant. Needless to say, breakfast was rather quiet that morning.

Finally, Daniel got fed up with the lot of them and stood up from his place at the kitchen island, pushing his half-eaten plate of eggs away. “You’re all a bunch of namby-pamby wusses! What the fuck are you all so sad about? You guys act like your puppy just got run over by a truck or something. I say it’s a good thing Dane’s gone. That’s one less person competing for the prize in this stupid game show. Am I right?”

“Shut the fuck up, Daniel!” Malik was the first to speak up. “Dane’s our friend and not only are we going to miss him around here, but we’re all worried about him and how his Oma’s doing. It’s called compassion. I know you probably can’t feel that kind of human emotion, but you might at least shut the hell up and try to pretend you’re not a total douchebag.”

“Yeah, well, the only thing about the big dolt I’m going to miss is his always accommodating asshole. Although, he was a bit loose for my taste,” Daniel’s comment earned him a growl from several sources around the room but otherwise nobody was stupid enough to take the bait. “But now that he’s gone, and the field is narrowed a bit more, I’m thinking we’re all much more likely to get a taste of something a lot more snug. Isn’t that right, Cupcake?”

“Wow! Those drugs you’re doing must be seriously warping your mind, Daniel. ‘Cause, if you think you’re getting anywhere NEAR my tight, hot ass, you’re completely delusional,” Justin zinged back at him.

Daniel had eyed Justin with some concern when the word ‘drugs’ was first spoken, but by the end of the boy’s comment he seemed reassured that the reference was merely made in passing. “We’ll see, won’t we, Cupcake. We’ll see,” Daniel replied with a smirk that seemed to say he knew something the rest of them didn’t.

“No we WON’T see,” Kerek jumped out of his chair and was up in Daniel’s grill before anyone could intervene. “You’re going to keep your pitiful prick to yourself, Daniel. If you or your nasty little dick come near ANYONE without an engraved invitation and written prior authorization from the President, you won’t HAVE a dick to worry about come morning.”

“Oooo! Big words coming from a pansy-assed little bottom boy like you, Boy! Especially now that your muscle-bound boyfriend isn’t around anymore to protect you,” Daniel jeered back, visibly puffing up his chest like a territorial gorilla.

“You do NOT want to mess with me today, Pussybreath!” Kerek straightened up his own spine, topping Daniel’s height by a good few inches and clearly not in a mood to back down. "I've taken out johns that were a fuckload more intimidating than you. You're nothing but a pathetic playground bully. So, do not fuck with me, Daniel, unless you really do have a death wish. I've long passed the point where I care what happens so long as I take you down with me."

Instead of raising his voice in anger, Kerek's voice had dropped in volume as he spoke. Which only served to amplify the venom in his words. There was no question at all that he was dead serious about what he was threatening - this wasn't mere posturing or empty bravura. This was the real thing and even Daniel knew it.

"Don't confuse ME with one of your johns, Groid," Daniel's manner had lost much of its confidence, but the boys could see he didn't want to just back away without at least some show of machismo. "I'd never be desperate enough to pay for that saggy ass. In fact, if it weren't for this stupid game, YOU couldn't pay ME to tap it."

"Fine with me, Dickwad. Now, how 'bout you just slink off like the pond scum you are and leave the rest of these nice people to finish their breakfast in peace?" The sickly sweetness of this question wasn't any more reassuring than his bare threats had been a minute earlier.

Daniel seemed to teeter on the brink of indecision for several seconds, but in the end it was clear that he wasn't going to win this war of words. Instead, he wisely opted for a strategic withdrawal. "Whatever. Didn't plan to spend my day hanging out with you sorry losers anyway," he muttered and then turned and padded out of the kitchen with Kerek still staring him down every step of the way.

“Fucker!” Kerek growled as soon as Daniel’s back had disappeared through the kitchen door. “What the little pissant doesn’t seem to get is that Dane was the one holding ME back from beating the crap out of him. But now that Dane’s not here, there’s nothing holding me back anymore. Daniel better watch his fucking ass from now on or his days are numbered.”

Nobody really had anything to add after that ominous proclamation. The other House Boys turned back to their breakfasts or coffees, mostly avoiding eye contact. Kerek seemed to subside into a low simmering anger that was still visible under the surface but no longer boiling over anymore. After another fifteen minutes or so of silent breakfasting, Kerek refilled his coffee and left via the patio door. As soon as he was gone the whole room seemed to sigh a collective breath of relief and normal conversation slowly resumed.

“Hey, Brian,” Justin planted himself in the chair vacated by Kerek and turned towards the man who was still deeply committed to the contemplation of his now-cold coffee, “I’ve got another appointment with the waxing guy this morning. Any chance we could make use of your Tenga again to, you know, make the experience more enjoyable?”

“It’s in the drawer in the bedroom where it always is. Knock yourself out, Sunshine,” Brian replied without even bothering to look up at the twink trying to tempt him.

“Don’t you want to come administer it . . . personally?” the flirtatious fellow offered with a suggestive grin.”

“I know you’re young, Sunshine, but I figured you were old enough to jerk off by yourself without a babysitter being present,” Brian gnarled, still without even looking up from his coffee.

Everyone around the table turned at the same time and stared at Brian. Yeah, he could be gruff and short with people sometimes, and he’d always had a cutting sense of humor, but they’d never heard him go off on Justin like that. The words were bad enough, but the vehemence in his tone was even more startling.

“Fuck you, Brian!” Justin growled back as soon as he’d recovered from his own shock. “If anyone here needs to grow up, it’s you. You’re a bit long in the tooth to throw a temper tantrum like this, don’t you think?”

Justin scraped his chair back from the table and stood up so fast that the chair fell over backwards. With a scathing look down his nose at the beetle-browed, hunched-over brunet brooding into his morning cup of caffeine, the imperious young blond turned and tramped out of the kitchen. Nobody else in the room said a word while they watched him walk out with his head held high and his expression stormy. Brian kept his head down but you could see he wasn’t pleased that Justin’s retort had hit so squarely.

“Shit! You guys are fighting AGAIN?” Malik questioned the steamed stud. “Damn. Guess I better go see if I can bunk with Kerek tonight.”

After starting off on such a sour note, the rest of the day continued along in the same vein. Everybody seemed to be in an equally foul mood. Luckily, since it was Monday, they weren’t required to interact much. Kerek, who had won Saturday evening’s competition and been rewarded with a new vibrating dildo that he was supposed to be using to keep the pornographic tone of the day on a high note, disappeared into his bedroom for the rest of the day and neither he nor his dildo were seen again. A few of the boys availed themselves of the services of the spa treatments being offered. The more athletic members of the household spent time out on the patio using the weights and exercise equipment. Everyone else seemed to just loll around doing not much of anything. It didn’t look like it was going to be a very good day for Ted’s online viewers.

Just after noon, several servants began lugging large boxes of supplies up into the Greatroom, which provided a momentary distraction. It wasn’t until they started unpacking several large easels and canvases though, that at least Justin finally started to feel more cheerful. He eagerly towed Malik over to the area where the equipment was being set up and was practically bouncing with excitement when he saw the pile of stuff that he’d requested being set aside.

“Milk Paint? What the fuck is Milk Paint?” Malik asked as he picked up one of several cartons containing powdered paint pigments.

“It’s great stuff,” Justin assured him, rifling through the piled up cartons to make sure all the colors he’d requested were there. “It’s made with actual milk protein instead of oil as the binding agent for the pigments. That means it’s totally natural and nontoxic. You could actually eat this stuff and it wouldn’t do you any harm. And since we’re supposed to be doing art using our bodies, it’s really the least dangerous paint to use.” Malik thought Justin had never sounded more excited about anything - not even sex - than he did while he was going through the heaps of art supplies. “I have the perfect painting all planned out in my mind. It’s going to be so cool! Andy Warhol better watch out. When MY cum painting goes on the market, his is going to look like child’s play.”

“Cum painting? That’s not a real thing. Is it?” Malik sounded incredulous.

“Oh yeah, it is! Back in the seventies, Warhol jacked off on a canvas and then fucking sold it as art. He didn’t even use any paints. Just a few months ago it came up for auction and it went for $40,000.” Justin explained as he started to remove all the paints from their paperboard cartons. “It’s really not art, if you ask me. Just sensationalism. But I do like the idea. Of course, I can definitely improve on the original using these.” He’d already set up his canvas on the easel and was arranging the jars of pigments on a nearby table. “There’s this one artist named von Ostrowski, who does tons of semen art. He even did a self portrait all in semen. They say he has to jack off over 40 times for each painting he does - although he uses a paintbrush to apply the semen to the canvas. I’m going to do it ‘au naturel’ and use these pigments as well. It’s going to be a fucking masterpiece by the time I’m through. But, if I’m going to get it done in only a week, on top of my other duties here, I guess I better get started, right?” Justin grinned at his friend with an almost maniacal gleam in his eye.

Malik was still standing there looking dumbfounded by this flood of unbelievable information when Justin picked up a regular drinking straw, placed it between his lips and then sucked up a quantity of light blue pigment. With a series of carefully aimed puffs of air, Justin blew a swath of the color in a sweeping arc across the canvas. Then, without any delay at all, he grabbed his dick and started stroking it rapidly until, only a few short minutes later, he managed to shoot out several nice thick ribbons of cum that providentially landed in splatters all through the area of blue pigment.

“Hah! See! This is going to look so incredible by the time I’m done!” Justin practically crowed with delight over his initial attempt and immediately dove back into the jar of paint with his straw.

Malik backed slowly away from the crazy artist holding the paint blow gun and his still dripping dick at the ready.

More than three hours later, when Malik came back into the Greatroom, Justin was still at it behind his easel. By this time, he was covered pretty much head to toe in layers of blue and green paint, along with a healthy amount of his own jizz. Malik watched with a combination of horror and amusement as the crazy kid jerked himself off one more time and then immediately used his still pulsing dick to swirl around the colors on the canvas. Apparently not yet completely satisfied with the effect, he turned around and rubbed his ass across the lower left hand corner of the picture a couple of times and then took a step back and smiled glowingly. It was no fucking wonder he was covered in semen and paint if that was his technique.

“Hey, Picasso! You’ve got thirty minutes to get cleaned up before the evening Challenge,” Malik announced as he neared the corner where Justin had set up his studio. Justin jumped, seemingly surprised by the presence of another human, and rushed to drape a piece of fabric over his canvas. When he smiled guiltily up at his friend, Malik broke out laughing since Justin’s entire mouth and all his teeth were stained an excruciatingly vivid combination of blue and green. “You DEFINITELY will be wanting a shower before then, Cupcake!”

Justin looked down at his stomach and grimaced. Malik was right. He was a total fucking mess. But he had really, REALLY, enjoyed himself this afternoon, so it was probably worth the mess. And the sore dick from jacking off about ten times in a matter of just a few hours. He just hoped whatever the evening’s Challenge was it wouldn’t involve further abuse of his cock.

Trotting up the stairs, trying not to touch the walls or anything else, Justin quickly made his way to the big master bathroom on the side of the house next to his bedroom. He heard the water running before he even got into the room, but didn’t really think anything about it since the showers were communal and you were likely to meet up with just about anyone in any shower no matter what time of day or night you entered. He took a moment to survey himself in the big mirror behind the sink as he passed by and giggled at the sight. He looked like a Smurf - covered almost completely in blue-green pigments with only his blond mop of hair showing, mostly untainted, at the top. Of course, he didn’t think that any of the Smurfs had ever smelled quite so pungently of cum.

He was still giggling when he made his way into the large multi-headed shower stall. As soon as he rounded the corner he saw that the current occupant of the shower was one Brian Kinney, who was slouched down against the tile wall, huddled in a small ball on the floor of the shower with his chin resting on his drawn up knees while the water pelted down relentlessly on his head. Brian looked so beaten down. Not only by the water but by the weight of whatever had been hounding him since the night before. The sight tore at Justin’s tender heart and he immediately forgave his lover for the outburst at breakfast. Whatever was wrong with Brian, it was something serious, and Justin knew he would do anything to help this enigmatic man.

The click of the shower door as Justin pulled it open finally roused Brian. He looked up, started to look away again and then turned back to stare at this multi-hued replica of his twink. Brian hadn’t thought that anything could have cheered him up considering his current mood, but this unexpected sight - his very own Little Boy Blue - actually coaxed a hint of a smile out of him.

“What the fuck have you been doing, Sunshine,” Brian couldn’t help but ask. “You look like you’ve been rolling in paint all afternoon.”

“Actually, I have. Well, paint AND cum. It’s quite the potent combination. Wanna come smell me before I step under the water? I’m trying to figure out if the correct adjective to describe it would be ‘piquant’ or ‘pungent’. Or maybe tangy? The paint I was using adds a nice savory undertone to the cum, don’t you think?”

“Has anyone told you that you’re a complete freak?” Brian asked, shaking his head in wonder at the audacity of this kid.

“No . . . At least not today,” Justin giggled again and moved over so he could slide down the tile wall next to Brian.

Brian bent his head to the side and took a long sniff before the water had made much of an inroad into the boy’s coating. “I’m not much of a cum sommelier, Sunshine. But, if I had to describe your particular aroma right now, I’d say it has a sweet, sticky body with underlying hints of natural muskiness . . . but, um, why do you smell like milk?”

Justin’s only answer was to burst out into uninhibited laughter and splash Brian with a handful of blue-tinged water. Brian smiled back at him for a brief moment before he remembered he was supposed to still be upset. His smile dripped off his face along with the water droplets, leaving him staring once again at the floor tiles with a glum expression.

“Brian,” Justin started to ask - again - what was bothering the crabby and dejected man, but hesitated, knowing he’d only be brushed off once more. But, after sitting there silently for another couple minutes with Brian still just staring at the tiles, Justin changed his mind and decided to press the issue. “Okay, Brian. Here’s the deal. We COULD play this ridiculous game where I ask you what’s wrong a million times and you do the whole Sulking Stud thing and either blow me off or, worse, attack me for daring to care. But we both know I’m too fucking tenacious to give up no matter how many times you try that shit. Eventually I’ll just wear you down and you’ll tell me anyway, but not till after you’ve said some nasty shit that really pisses me off and which you’ll totally regret after the fact. So, let’s just pretend we’ve already done that whole song and dance and you just tell me what the fuck’s the matter without all the hassle. Okay?” Brian hadn’t changed his position or looked up but there was something in his posture that told Justin that he might have finally gotten through to the moody grump. “Exactly who is the ‘Judgmental Bitch’ and how is it that he or she thinks they can take your son away from you,” Justin asked pointedly.

“His mother. Or rather, mothers - plural,” Brian answered after only a very brief pause. “They think the exposure from my appearing as part of the Summer of Sin is going to traumatize him and they’re threatening to do something so I won’t have access to him unless I drop out of the competition,” Brian confessed, his head slumping melodramatically back down onto his knees once more.  “Oh, and my boss also found out about it and wants to fire me.”

“Fuck! That totally sucks. But they can’t do that can they - the mothers, I mean. Or your boss either. Can they?” Justin asked apprehensively. “I mean, you’re his father, right. They can’t just say you can’t see him.”

“They can if I signed away my parental rights already,” Brian sighed.

“Fuck!” Justin restated his opinion.

“Yeah.” Brian replied.

It took a little bit more prodding on Justin’s part while they went through the motions of showering, but eventually he got Brian to relate the entire story of his son, Gus, how the child was conceived and what had happened since his birth about ten months earlier. Brian told him how he’d agreed to sign away his parental rights as an additional incentive to try to keep the boy’s lesbian mothers together - mostly because Brian was convinced that his son needed a stable, two-parent family. He said repeatedly that he would do anything in his power to make sure his child had the best life possible, including giving up his rights as a father, if that’s what it took to make sure Gus would be happy. He even alluded to the fact that this had something to do with his own, unhappy, childhood.

The unfortunate repercussions of that decision were that Lindsey and Mel now had the ultimate means of control over him. All they had to do to keep Brian in line was threaten him with loss of visitation with his son and they automatically had him over a barrell. From the sounds of it, Justin thought they were extremely good at that particular form of emotional blackmail. And Brian seemed more susceptible to it than most.

While nothing was resolved by the time their shower ended, Brian had to admit that he felt just a little bit better after having shared his troubles with the supportive younger man. He still didn’t know what the fuck he was going to do about Lindsey’s demands, but promised Justin not to make any decisions right away. Justin convinced him that they had plenty of time to think about it a little more and that he shouldn’t just react without a well thought out plan. If nothing else, it felt really good to have at least voiced all his worries rather than just letting them circle around and around inside his brain on an endlessly circular track of dread.

And, for some strange reason, Brian felt like the eighteen-year-old neophyte was the perfect person to have in his corner in this - or almost any other - crisis.

When the lights in the bathroom began to flicker telling them it was time to assemble downstairs for the night’s challenge, Brian was almost ready to face the world again. Or at least the rest of the House Boys and the thousand or so online viewers. And, as he walked out to deal with the next challenges The Master - not to mention the Real World - were about to send his way, he didn’t mind that there was a feisty golden-haired gladiator masquerading as your typical twink by his side.

Chapter 39 - The Quarrelsome Cupcake. (Saturday, July 2nd)

The thirty inch long, flexible silicone, double-headed dildo was so deeply embedded in Paal's ass that Justin wondered if there was actually going to be enough left for him. Paal himself didn't seem too worried about that, or anything else, as he lay there with his legs spread wide, his long snake-like cock slithering up his taut well-muscled belly and the thick, lube-slathered dildo stretching the darker skin around his hole. If he wasn't already horny as hell, that image alone would have done it for Justin.

Quickly squirming around so that his own ass was only a few inches from Paal's, he draped his legs over the top of the big Indian's much longer legs and then relaxed back against the pile of pillows he'd assembled earlier. Positioned like this, both of them propped up with lots of pillows behind their backs, their two bodies formed a 'V' with Paal's feet tucked under Justin's shoulders and his reaching to about Paal's waist. With their knees falling outward and their assholes almost touching, there was just enough space for Justin to reach down, grab ahold of the free end of the dildo and slowly insert it into his own hungry hole.

It took a while to get the length of the dildo well inside him. Justin had never tried this kind of toy before so he was a little tentative in his movements. It was also really big. But it felt amazing. So Justin persevered, feeding the sinuous silicone inch by inch, deeper and deeper, taking the time to enjoy the burn as it stretched his tissues and put pressure on new and interesting places inside him. The dildo was much less firm, more directionless, than Brian's dick, so the feeling was different, but good nonetheless. He wanted to take his time playing with it so as to fully appreciate the experience. And Paal seemed fine with the slow pace as he lay back against his own pillows, casually playing with himself as he watched Justin's explorations while sporting an amused grin.

When the head of the dildo finally brushed against his sweet spot, Justin gasped. The slippery lube-slicked silicone felt so different than a good hard cock and the fact that he could tell the difference amazed him. Just so he thoroughly appreciated the sensations, he spent a good amount of time playing with the toy, rubbing it back and forth across the sensitive bundle of nerves and getting himself really rather worked up while he languidly stroked at his swollen cock with his free hand. Being ambidextrous really did have it’s advantages sometimes.

It was a bit unwieldy though. It was difficult, in this position, to get a really good rhythm going with the dildo at the same time as he was stroking himself. He also worried that he wasn’t paying his partner, Paal, sufficient attention. It felt more like tandem masturbation than sex per se. It just didn’t feel like it was a fuck worthy of the Saturday Sexcapades in Justin’s opinion. However he couldn’t quite figure out how to manage it better.

About the time he was getting frustrated to the point of giving up, Justin heard the door to the Passion Pit creaking open. He looked over and was relieved to see a smirking Brian coming into the room with a lustful leer on his handsome face. Thank fuck! Brian would know what to do to save this fuck from utter failure.

“You’ve got a great start here, Sunshine,” Brian smiled down on the entwined pair on the bed and then reached out his hands so that he could run his fingers down the chests of each man as he brought his hands together. “But I thought, maybe, you could use a hand?”

Justin’s bright Sunshine smile was the only response Brian needed. The more experienced man quickly climbed aboard and sat tailor fashion beside the conjoined pair, lifting Paal’s knee so he could scoot as close as possible. Once Brian was comfortably situated within easy reach of the small section of the dildlo that was visible between Justin’s and Paal’s bodies, he grasped it firmly and began to expertly manipulate the flexible toy. With a small, upward tug, the dildo slid out of the two mens’ bodies an inch or so and then, with a downward push, it slid back in, effectively fucking them both at the same time with the one motion.

It was sheer bliss as far as Justin was concerned.

After that it took only a few short minutes for both Justin and Paal to stroke themselves off while Brian fucked them with the dildo at a steady but relentless pace. Just as they were both ready to cum, Brian released his hold on the dildo and grabbed both men’s cocks in his hands, raising them both upwards and aiming so that, when they did both ejaculate at almost the same time, their cum shot up at reciprocal angles that very prettily arced across, painting each man with the cum of the other. It was a truly artistic ending. Very Brian Kinney.  

Brian seemed very pleased with his accomplishment. He gave both cocks a few short, affectionate, farewell strokes and then shimmied out from under the tangle of legs. With a slow, careful movement he extracted the dildo and tossed it aside onto a nearby table. Then, bending down, he left a polite but sincere kiss on Paal’s rosy brown lips. A minute later he was leaving a second kiss on Justin’s cherry blossom pink lips, but this kiss was a little more than simply polite and lasted quite a bit longer than the first.

“Thank you, Justin. Brian. That was most enjoyable,” Paal, polite as always, formally thanked them both with a small bow of his head as he also left Justin with a kiss and then made his way out of the room.

Justin was still struggling a little to regain his breath so he was a bit slower to start moving. Brian reached out with the middle finger of his right and swiped it through the last little pearl of cum that was still glistening at the tip of Justin’s cock. While Justin watched, Brian held the hand up the light where he seemed to be examining it closely.

“Just FYI, I suggest that next time you use a rigid dildo if you want to try that particular position. These flexible ones don’t work that well for what you were trying to go for. With a rigid dildo you can both just fuck your selves silly on it and not worry about having your hands occupied.” Brian was always a good source of future fuck educational material.

“Thanks, Brian. And thanks for saving the day. AGAIN.” Justin was sincerely grateful for the assistance.

“Anytime, Sunshine,” Brian responded, still so seemingly fascinated by the drop of cum on his finger that he didn’t even look up. “Can you please just tell me one thing, though? Why the fuck  is your cum green?” He turned his hand so that Justin could now see the shamrock green tint to the pearl of liquid.

*Hehehe* “Oops. I thought I got all the color out already,” Justin giggled and wiped the droplet off Brian’s hand. “It’s a new technique I was trying for the painting competition. Instead of just putting the pigment on the canvas and then ejactulating onto it, I thought it would work better if I put the paint powder on the tip of my dick before I shot. That way the splatter would be pre-mixed and the color would be more vibrant and less smeared looking.” Justin was blushing as he explained, a little unsure whether Brian would disapprove of his experimentation. “It worked great. So great that I tried putting a little bit of it actually inside, which was even better, but . . . well, I haven’t figured out how to get it all out of there yet.”

Brian’s face scrunched up in an ‘Ick’ look. “Just so you know, I’m not sucking you off until the fucking painting challenge is over, Sunshine,” he said emphatically, then slapped Justin’s thigh and got up off the bed in one graceful motion. “Come on. The next pair is probably already waiting for the bed and I’m sure it’s past your lunchtime.”

After lunch, Justin took the time to head down to the Break Room. As he opened the door the surprised faces of both Malik and Kerek popped up from behind one of the overturned recliners. Once they’d seen it was only Justin, they both seemed relieved and ducked down back out of sight.

“Hey, Guys. What’s up,” Justin asked, coming around to see what they were looking at behind the toppled chair.

“We’re searching for Daniel’s drug stash,” Malik explained as he tugged at the fabric of the chair looking for holes or places it might have become detached from the frame. “Kerek figured that the Break Room was the best place for him to hide the stuff since this is the only room where there’s no cameras.”

“Sorry, guys, but Brian and I already searched down here. We had the same idea. Didn’t find anything though,” Justin offered, moving away towards the computers and leaving them to their likely fruitless search.

“Where the fuck is he hiding the stuff, damn it!” Kerek stood up and slammed the chair back into its upright position, almost mangling Mal’s toes with the chair foot in the process. “If we don’t find a way to get that pumped up gym bunny out of here soon, I’m going to break his dick in two and shove the long half down his fucking throat.”

Mal looked over at Justin with a pained look on his face. “Kerek and Daniel got paired up again this morning for a session in the Pit. It . . . it wasn’t pretty,” he explained.

“Shit! Sorry about that Ker,” Justin sympathized. He wasn’t sure how it was possible that he’d so far escaped a similar fate, but the gods of the Bingo Ball Machine had been good to him.

“With there only being the six of us now, it’s bound to happen more and more,” Malik reasoned. “And there’s only so long we’re going to be able to force Daniel to agree to only hand jobs. Eventually there’s going to be a Challenge where we can’t avoid fucking him.”

They both watched as Kerek angrily shoved the second recliner over onto it’s side and started searching it’s underside. Justin was just as eager as the rest to find a way to get rid of Daniel. The laughable ‘punishment’ Daniel got for his last attack on Kerek - another day as the Residence’s slave - had done nothing but increase the animosity between the bully and the rest of the House Boys. So far, though, no one had had any luck finding his drug stash - not even Paal who was still rooming with him. Maybe Brian had been wrong about the steroids?

Justin figured that there was no use fretting about it now, though. Besides, he had another matter he was working on that required more urgent attention. He turned his focus back to the computer and finished logging into his email, pleased to see a reply in his Inbox from Daphne.

To: Seuratbrat@mymail.net

From: LaughyDaphy@mymail.net

Re: Re: Detective Skills

You SOOOOO owe me, Justin!

Do you know how tedious it is searching through YEARS worth of skanky nudey mags looking at naked women doing all sorts of nasty shit that I DON’T want to see. How would YOU have liked it? You’d probably have gone blind by now having to see that many tits and twats. It would have been a whole different story if you’d asked me to look at naked MEN. But ewwwwww! That was just way too many shaved pussies and fake boobs for any straight woman to have to endure. I may be forced to contemplate a sex change operation just so I don’t have to look at my OWN body anymore, now that I’ve been so grossed out by all those magazines.

But, anyway . . . You were right. I FINALLY found what you were looking for in a magazine called ‘Oui’. The pics you were looking for were published in 1992. And actually, considering some of the crap I had to look at, this stuff is pretty tame and not too skanky. But, still, talk about being a total hypocrite! Once I knew what to look for, I was able to find the same images on the internet - just like you’d hoped.

I attached copies of everything. Here’s the link to one of the sites where the pics can be found, although since this is the internet, the pics are pretty much everywhere now.

Hope this helps! Let me know if there is anything more I can do - OTHER than looking at more naked women, that is.

Daph.

“Yes! Take that you hypocritical bitches!” Justin laughed as he opened up a new, anonymous, email account. “Fucking amateurs! Let’s see how you like it when the emotional blackmail is turned around on you.”

“What the fuck are you babbling about over there, Cupcake?” Malik asked from where he was now crawling around on his hands and knees examining the undersides of the bookshelves in the corner.

“Nothing. Just got an interesting email is all,” Justin replied and quickly sent off the missive that he hoped would get rid of Brian’s biggest cause of anxiety.

To: MMarcus@BDMLaw.com

Cc: Blondewasp@dykemail.net

From: TheShadowKnows@mymail.net

Re: HYPOCRITE!

Poor Gus! He must be so traumatized by having one of his Mothers being a former porn star! And, you know, once something’s posted on the internet, it’s out there FOREVER! Hope this doesn’t get around. What would the family and all the neighbors think? Or your boss?  

The Shadow.

Justin was chuckling evilly as he hit the ‘Send’ button and watched the icon on the screen that showed the email was flying off into cyberspace. He waited five minutes to make sure there were no problems with delivery of the message - he’d peeked over Brian’s shoulder while the other man was rereading the note from Lindsey the other day so he was sure of that address, but he wasn’t one hundred percent sure of the email address he got from Melanie’s law office’s web site. Once he got confirmation that the message had been delivered, though, he efficiently deleted the profile and email address for TheShadowKnows.

Pleased with himself and what he’d accomplished, Justin got up from the computer, stretched and decided to reward himself with another hour or two of painting. He might even be able to finish up his Challenge entry this afternoon, provided that he didn’t get selected for another bout in the Passion Pit. Of course, if he did get picked for another Sexcapades session, maybe he’d just bring along his paints and see what he could do with them on a different type of canvas . . .

The evening Challenge that night was called ‘Third Time’s The Charm’. The first man to come three times with three different partners in three different positions would be the winner. The game was set up outside on the patio for a change, with the ubiquitous black leather chaise lounge chairs reappearing as well as piles of cushions. The lighting out on the patio was dimmer than inside, and the area of play was more spread out, so there would be more of a mysterious air to the event than was typical. It sounded like a fairly straight forward challenge though, so nobody was too stressed out about it. It was basically just a race to see who could come three times and even Justin thought he had a pretty good shot at winning this one.

When the servant announced it was time to ‘Go’, Justin happened to be standing next to Malik. The two boys grinned at each other, by this time so familiar with each other’s habits that they didn’t even need to talk about what to do or what position would work best. They just ran hand in hand over to the nearest pile of cushions. Mal kneeled down and Justin moved quickly into place right behind him, rushing as fast as he could to get the condom on with one hand while he perfunctorily fingered Mal in preparation with the other.

It was a fast and furious fuck, but satisfying nonetheless. Mal started to cum after only about five minutes or so and his orgasm triggered Justin’s own. They were both breathless but happy when they climbed off the cushions, kissed once in lieu of other thanks, and then moved away in opposite directions in order to find their next partners.

Brian and Kerek seemed like they were still busy on one of the nearby chaises, so Justin passed right on by. Unfortunately, that left only Paal and Daniel as possible secondary targets. But when Justin found them, off on the far side of the patio near the showers, he saw that Malik had arrived there first. With only the six of them left, Mal had been right earlier that their choices about who to pair up with were limited. It also meant that one of them would probably be forced to pair up with Daniel.

In any case, both Malik and Justin had to cool their heels for a couple of minutes while they waited for the others to finish. Daniel was fucking Paal standing up with the taller Indian leaning over the back of the tiled wall that edged one side of the shower area. It looked like Paal had already cum, but Daniel seemed to be having some difficulty getting off himself. From the look on poor Paal’s face, it wasn’t a very pleasurable experience hanging on to the wall while Daniel continued to pummel into him long after he’d passed from the realm of pleasure after an orgasm, into that area of almost pain when you were just too overstimulated. The stoic Indian man hadn’t said a word though - he just held on tighter to the wall while he gritted his teeth and bore it. That sight, as much as anything else, pissed Justin off even more.

Finally, after what seemed like ages, Daniel managed to come and released his hold on Paal’s hips. Paal was quick to pull off Daniel’s flaccid dick and move away. Both the waiting boys followed him towards another area of cushions. Neither wanted to be the one sacrificed as Daniel’s next victim. But when they got to the cushions, the two younger boys looked at each other in silent debate. Just as it was getting awkward, they heard a very vocal groan from the chaise where Brian and Kerek were finally finishing up. With a quick nonverbal exchange, Justin agreed to stay with Paal and let Mal take his pick between Brian and Kerek. At least neither of them would be forced to seek out Daniel after all.

Justin thought that after that last experience with Daniel, Paal would probably rather not be fucked again immediately. So he proposed a sixty-nine, which Paal gratefully agreed to. Paal laid back on the pile of pillows with Justin straddling his head and then quickly moving to engulf his long, thin dick. Paal was always a challenge to suck off because of the length of his cock, but Justin was getting pretty damn good at it, even if he did say so himself. It was all about the preparation, he’d discovered. He spent a good amount of time licking and gently nibbling along the shaft and sucking at the bulbous head, building up a good amount of stimulation, before trying to deepthroat that long. sinuous ankle spanker. Since this was the second fuck for both of them, they were both a little slower on the arousal side of things - Paal more so than Justin for obvious reasons - so it took Justin more than ten minutes before he thought Paal was ready for more. He himself was already close to his second orgasm, but was too considerate to cum before he got his partner at least most of the way there as well.

Right as he decided that Paal was ready and he started to work that long, slinky cock deeper and deeper down the back of his throat, taking his time the way Brian had taught him in order to avoid gagging, Justin was surprised by the feeling of another body moving up behind him. The lighting was dim enough, and he’d been distracted enough focusing on Paal, that he hadn’t really seen who’d approached him. And with Paal’s dick all the way down his throat he couldn’t even turn his head at the moment. But, when ungentle fingers, barely slicked enough with lube to get inside him without tearing, breached his hole, Justin almost choked. Only Brian had an open invitation to his ass and those fingers definitely were NOT Brian’s. Nobody else got to fuck him without his explicit permission. NOBODY!

Jerking his head back and spitting out Paal’s cock, Justin craned his neck around and was appalled to see Daniel with his dick in hand, already lining up to ram into him. Justin tore his own cock out of Paal’s mouth, wincing as it was inadvertently dragged across the startled man’s teeth, and crawled away so fast that Daniel lost his balance and actually fell forward onto a gasping Paal. As soon as he could he stood up and spun around, enraged, ready to confront the man who’d dared to take advantage of him in such a despicable manner.

“WHAT THE FUCK DO YOU THINK YOU’RE DOING!” Justin screamed at the man who was just now starting to disentangle himself enough to get to his own feet.

“What do you mean, ‘what am I doing’? This IS a fucking sex game. We’re supposed to fuck each other,” Daniel glared defiantly back at the much smaller and younger man. “Isn’t that the whole point of this damned Summer of Sin? Fucking? You signed up for this. Nobody forced you to come here, Cupcake.” Rather than being at all chagrined, Daniel looked like he was enjoying provoking the little blond spitfire. “Come on. We all know by now that you love a good stiff prick up your ass as much as the next Bottom Boy. So what are you complaining about?”

“Fuck you, Daniel! Just because I signed up for this game, and even if DO I like getting fucked occasionally, it doesn’t mean I want to be fucked by a shithead like YOU! And nobody gets to fuck me - NOBODY - without my permission! NOBODY!”

Justin had reached that stage of furious where he seemed oblivious to the fact that he was at least a couple inches shorter than Daniel and weighed at least fifty pounds less than the big bruiser. He’d moved closer to his adversary as he harangued him, demonstrating every point he made by poking one long thin finger into Daniel’s burly chest. It was a testament to exactly how intimidating the boy was in his anger that Daniel was actually forced back several steps by this tactic before he dug in his heels and refused to move further.

“Oh yeah? And who’s going to fucking stop me . . . Cupcake?” Daniel sneared at the compact ball of umbrage that dared to stand up to him, drawling out the boy’s nickname with such vicious contempt that it sounded like a curse, and grabbing ahold of the arm Justin was using to poke at his chest.

By this point the argument had drawn the attention of everyone else on the patio. The other House Boys had abandoned the game and were all running towards the combatants. The Master’s two masked servants, who had been supervising the game from the doorway to the house, had also been alerted by the noise and were moving to intervene. The first person to get to the embattled pair, however, was a seething Kerek who came barrelling up out of nowhere at lightning speed.

“Don’t you fucking touch him, you limp dicked juice pig!” Kerek screamed as he rushed to Justin’s aid, reaching out to pull off the hand that was holding the smaller man’s wrist with what looked like a painful grip.

“Get your filthy hands off me, Groid,” Daniel snarled at Kerek, letting go of Justin long enough to fling his hand out to the side in order to shake off the tainted touch.

Unfortunately, Kerek was so close to the dueling duo at this point that Daniel’s uncontrolled gesture resulted in Kerek getting backhanded in the face. The blow only glanced across Kerek’s cheekbone but it was more than enough to cause the already enraged young black man to completely lose control. With an infuriated roar, Kerek lowered his head like a battering ram and plowed into Daniel’s torso, taking the bully completely by surprise and throwing him utterly off balance. The two of them staggered backwards for several steps and then toppled ass over teakettle into the deep end of the swimming pool with a splash that soaked everyone in the vicinity.

“Well, at least that ought to cool them BOTH off,” was Brian’s sarcastic comment as he came up next to Justin and slung his arm protectively around the young man’s still angrily heaving shoulders.

Chapter 40 - A Bright Sunshiney Day. (Sunday, July 3rd)

Ted hesitated to ring the door at Mel and Lindz’ house. Even with the door closed he could hear the yelling coming from inside. It sounded like there was serious discord at the Munchers’ abode and he really didn’t want to get caught up in the middle of it. But he really needed some urgent legal advice and Mel was the only bull dyke lawyer he knew, so . . .

*Rinnnnnnnggggg*

The background yelling immediately hushed as soon as he rang the bell and then all Ted could hear were shushing noises as someone came to the door.

“Ted? What the fuck are you doing here at . . . seven am on a Sunday morning?” Mel asked immediately after opening the door.

“I know it’s early but I’m in a shitload of trouble. Please, do you have a minute. I’m desperate.”

Ted must have looked as pathetic as he felt because it worked. With a resigned sigh, Mel stepped back and held the door open for her long time friend. From the entry hall, Ted could see Lindsey standing in the living room, fuming, and shooting daggers with her eyes at Mel. Whatever they’d been arguing about must have been serious since neither her WASP training nor her innate need to play the perfect hostess was enough to quell her anger even long enough for her to greet Ted. She rose to her feet, her imperious blond beauty towering over the two shorter, darker heads, slammed the laptop she’d been using closed and picked up both it and a magazine that had been lying on the table next to the computer.

“We’re not done talking about this, Mel. I don’t appreciate being made to look like a fool AND a hypocrite. I can’t believe you didn’t tell me about this before I went out on a limb and sent that email to Brian . . .” Lindsey sniped, apparently too overcome by fury to stop arguing even in front of Ted.

“Lindz! Not now!” Mel tipped her head to where Ted was waiting beside her, indicating that she didn’t want to air their dirty laundry in front of a witness.

The incensed prima donna huffed another infuriated snort of anger, turned on her heel without another word and plowed through the free-swinging kitchen door so forcefully that it slammed into the wall behind her

Mel sighed and then turned back to Ted. She led him over to the dining room table and offered him a seat before encouraging him to start in on what was bothering him. It took a while for Ted to fully explain the situation at the Residence. Mel seemed distracted and not really inclined to care too deeply about the mess Ted found himself in. By the end of Ted’s story, she looked pretty disgusted with the whole situation, him included.

“So, the bottom line is that I’ve got two contestants who are threatening to press criminal assault charges against each other and a third who’s alleging rape. And they’re all three saying they’re going to sue me. I was over at the Residence until after midnight last night trying to placate them all but unless I get rid of Daniel the other two won’t relent and if I do get rid of Daniel he’s going to sue me . . . And, from the look on your face, I’d say I’m probably totally screwed,” Ted slumped in the dining room chair where he’d been sitting while he related the woeful tale.

Mel rolled her eyes and shook her head at the mess Ted had gotten himself into. It wouldn’t do any good to lecture him now though. Instead she put on her professional face and went into Lawyer Mode.

“Did they all sign the Waiver forms I drafted for you,” Mel asked brusquely.

“Yeah. Yes, of course. I personally watched every single contestant sign all the paperwork,” Ted assured her.

“Well, then, you’re fine. They can’t sue you,” Mel asserted with certainty. “I made those Waivers completely airtight. They agreed to assume all risks related to any activities dealing with the competition, and specifically, any risks, regardless of the nature, related to any sexual contact with the other contestants. So, your ass is covered legally. You can’t stop them from pressing criminal charges against each other, of course - and seeing as the whole fucking thing was caught on camera it sounds like there’s tons of evidence against all three of them if they wanted to pursue reciprocal assault charges - but I doubt you’d find a Pittsburgh judge who’d bother with the case. I mean, no judge I know is going to touch a case of multiple gay porn actors suing each other for sexual assault. Evidence or not.”

*Whewwww* Ted was so relieved that he felt like he’d just lost ten pounds. “So, then, what SHOULD I do? They haven't exactly broken any of the explicit contest rules but I can't let Daniel get away with this after I've already warned him twice. I mean, I can’t just ignore it all. Can I?” Ted pressed.

"How the fuck should I know what you should do with your harem," Mel's lawyerliness slipped a little. "Frankly, Teddy, I don't know why you seem so surprised. With that many macho males holed up together in one place for weeks on end, what the hell did you expect? I wouldn't be surprised to walk in there and see testosterone dripping from the ceiling and oozing out of the walls. Of course they're acting like a bunch of stupid men, beating their chests, strutting around and marking their territory. Isn't that what the males of the species do?"

"Gee, Mel. Don't hold back. Why don't you tell us how you REALLY feel about men," Ted joked, a little offended but not at all surprised by the militant dyke's opinions on men in general.

"I have no problem with men individually - well, not most men - Brian Kinney being the main exception," Mel's scowl of anger at the mere idea of Brian was more than usually vehement, Ted thought. "But, as a group, you've got to admit that men are idiots. Your little game is a case in point. They're all acting like a bunch of overgrown children. If you want my advice, I'd say give them all spankings and send them to bed without their suppers."

"Yeah, thanks Mel. That's lots of help!" Ted bitched back at her, not caring much to have been lumped in with the rest of the mass of idiot men in his friend's opinions.

"Anytime, Teddy!" Mel quipped back, standing up and gesturing towards the door. "Now, if you don't mind, Lindsey and I were kind of in the middle of something when you barged in here demanding free legal advice . . ."

"Oh, right. Sorry. Wouldn't want to interrupt another estrogen-laden, emotional, bitch-fest with all my aggression-causing testosterone, now would I?" Ted retreated out the door, glad to be escaping before Mel's nasty mood was turned directly on him.

"Fucking men," Mel muttered under her breath as she waved goodbye and slammed the door behind her.

"Damned dykes," Ted muttered to himself as he trotted down the walk towards his car.

Ted looked at the three men facing him and sighed, heavily, for about the tenth time that morning. They were all completely intransigent. He briefly contemplated following Mel’s advice about giving them all spankings and sending them to their rooms. But, unfortunately, he didn’t think that would solve his problems.

“So, that’s where the website and producers stand on this matter,” Ted concluded, waving the stack of Waivers demonstratively in the the air. “We’re not going to kick anybody out because none of you have broken any of the explicit contest rules - although in hindsight I probably should have included some provision that allowed me to kick out anyone who was a whiny pain in my ass even without other provocation - and, since you all signed Waivers, none of you are going to sue me.”

The mood in the Break Room - where Ted had chosen to have this little meeting, since it was the only truly private location in the Residence - was restive. Kerek and Justin both glowered at him over that pronouncement but they said nothing. Daniel looked smugly around at everyone with a snooty demeanor that showed how superior he thought he was for getting away with all his shit. Ted couldn’t stand the guy and wished that HE could punch the asshole’s lights out himself. Which only made Ted’s next announcement all the sweeter.

“That being said, I’m not going to just sit back and let you get away with more of your shit, Daniel,” The way the brute’s face fell secretly thrilled Ted. “I’ve gone over the tapes of all the incidents and it’s pretty clear that the one common factor in every case was that you were clearly inciting the others and picking fights. So, after discussing it with The Master, we’ve decided that, since your big mouth seems to be the primary problem, we’re going to alleviate that source of conflict.” Ted reached into the leather carryall at his feet, brought out a brand new leather and rubber ball gag that he’d picked up at the store on his way to the Residence this morning, and plopped the device onto the table next to him. “Since you can’t mind your manners or your tongue, you’re going to be wearing THIS from now on. You can take it off only for meals and at night while you’re sleeping. That should solve the problem of you and your racially bigoted slurs and trash talking.” Ted beamed his most demeaning smile at the now gobsmacked bully boy.

“You can’t make me wear that shit!” Daniel insisted once he got over his initial shock and moved on to outrage.

“No, I can’t,” Ted was quick to respond. “I would never try and make you do anything you didn’t want to do. Unlike you, apparently. But I’m not going to MAKE you do anything. You have a choice. You can wear this and follow the rules or you can leave. I hope to hell you take the second option because I would LOVE to see you gone. But, it’s your call.”

If looks alone could kill, the glare Daniel sent Ted’s way right then would have flayed all the skin off Ted’s bones, burned the bones to a crisp and then baked the ashes into a brick. Ted just looked back with his own brand of smug self-satisfaction and waited until the arrogant little asswipe made his decision. A half a minute later, with incredibly poor grace, the savage brute grabbed the ball gag off the table, shot Ted with yet another piercing look and then stomped out of the room.

“Now, you two . . .” Ted turned his attention toward Justin and Kerek who were waiting apprehensively for their own punishments. “I want you to know that even though I’m not kicking Daniel out, I don’t condone what he did. I know you were provoked. But, even so, I can’t have you getting physically violent.” Ted looked specifically at Kerek, whose belligerent body language didn’t change in the least. “If you have a problem with anything Daniel does, you need to go get one of the servants - it’s their job to protect you. You can’t just take matters into your own hands. Do you understand?” Ted waited patiently for more than a minute until Kerek conceded and nodded his agreement. “Good. Well, that being said, I completely understand where you’re coming from and I might have even done the same thing - especially if I’d just been backhanded in the face by that bastard. So, what can I do to help make it up to you for having to continue to deal with him?”

Kerek looked surprised at this turn of events. He had been sure that there was some other punishment in Ted’s bag destined for him. But instead he was being offered something to appease him. it took him several minutes to come up with something.

“I want a phone. And not just for a day or two - for the rest of the summer. That way, if Daniel tries something again, I can call the cops. And my lawyer - your fucking Waivers be damned. And the press, too.” Kerek looked defiantly back at Ted, who merely pursed his lips and nodded.

“I think that’s reasonable,” Ted agreed easily, secretly thrilled that it was going to be that easy to placate the man. “I’ll have one brought over later today.”

Ted turned next to Justin. “Same goes for you. Not that I blame you, seeing as I wouldn’t want the likes of Daniel anywhere near my ass either, but all you needed to do was tell him ‘no’ and then, if he persisted, go get one of The Master’s servants. Taking him on yourself is just fucking stupid. He outweighs you by fifty pounds and I don’t want to see anyone getting hurt,” Ted watched as Justin’s only response was a sort of grudging, obstinate, shrug. “Then again, you have to remember that this game IS all about fucking and I can’t bend the rules for any one person. Things around here are likely to get even hotter before very much longer. The challenges aren’t going to get any easier. It’s probable that at some point you’re going to be paired up with Daniel again and maybe even have to bottom for him. You can still say ‘no’ of course, but if you do you’ll be out of the game. Same goes for you, Kerek,” Ted warned them and watched the unpleasant realization pass over both their faces.  

“I’ve got no problem with the Challenges,” Justin piped up, feisty as ever. “I don’t have a problem bottoming, even for Daniel, I guess, if that’s what’s called for. But I’m not going to let him abuse the situation either. He’s a fucking terrible lover, not just inconsiderate but downright mean sometimes. Did you see the way he was pounding into Paal yesterday? Paal was in actual pain. Daniel might like that shit, but I DON’T. I didn’t sign on for that. And game or no game I won’t let him do that to me. If I say no to a challenge, well, then, I would expect to be out of the contest. But, if I agree to whatever the challenge is and Daniel abuses the situation, I don’t think it’s right that you would kick me out, or anyone else, if someone told him to stop and refused to continue. Is that acceptable?”

Ted mulled the matter over in his mind for a second but, really, he thought the boy had a very good point. Ted, who’d dabbled in the realm of BDSM himself on occasion, was probably even more adamant than most about the issue of choice versus abuse. He knew he would be just as unyielding about things as Justin was being, were he in the same situation.

“Agreed. I’ll talk to The Master about it, but I’m sure he’ll agree, and we’ll announce that as a new rule before the next Challenge,” Ted easily accepted that stipulation. “And I’m also making sure the servants all know to keep a closer eye on things from here on out - Daniel in particular. Is there anything else you need in order to feel secure, Justin?”

“A chastity belt for my asshole that only I have a key to is probably out, right? But a canister of pepper spray wouldn’t hurt,” Justin offered, only half joking.

“I’m not sure that’s a good idea,” Ted chuckled. “Let me think about that one a little more.”

“How about a butt plug with a built in alarm so if anyone tries to get at your ass it goes off,” Kerek suggested, a smile finally playing across his face for the first time in more than a day.

“Ooooo! Or like in those cartoons, I could have a bear trap implanted so that if any unwanted fingers try to invade they get snapped in the trap,” Justin proposed, the two men getting up out of the recliners they’d been sitting on and heading out through the door as they continued to come up with even better Daniel Deterrent Systems.

By the time Justin and Kerek made it back upstairs, it was almost time for the morning’s announcements. There had been a LOT of activity in the backyard starting very early that morning, which probably meant that today’s Sunday in the Sun would be more than usually eventful. Justin really hoped that Ted’s warning about having to bottom for Daniel in the near future didn’t mean today. He might have been a bit placated by Ted finally seeming to take their concerns seriously, but he was still angry and didn’t think he could deal with Daniel this soon.

When they didn’t see anyone in the Greatroom, the two padded around the downstairs for a couple of minutes alone until a servant came to usher them outside. The yard beyond the patio had been miraculously transformed in just a few short hours by the addition of tons of sand covering almost all the area that used to be grass. At the center of the sandy swath, there was a volleyball net set up.

“Damn! I hate sand,” Kerek complained, the frown on his face evidence that he wasn’t joking. “It gets fucking everywhere.”

The announcements went off as usual, with the only addition being The Master adding in his new rule forbidding any type of abusive sex and giving all participants the right to stop in the middle of an event if they felt this rule was being violated. Daniel, who was already sporting his lovely ball gag, looked more put out than ever, but nobody paid him any mind. Since the previous night’s event had been interrupted by the big Daniel/Justin/Kerek bruhaha, there was no prior day’s winner to reward. So they just proceeded with the current day’s agenda and the Bingo Ball machine was put into use selecting the day’s teams: Brian, Justin and Kerek versus Malik, Paal and Daniel.

The first event of the day was a simple game of Musical Towels - well, simple except for the Summer of Sin twist where there were only four towels laid out for the six guys and the two men who didn’t get to a towel when the music stopped had to fuck to see who got to stay in the game. The first man to cum carried on and the other was out. It was quite the rousing way to start the day. It was a gloriously sunny summer day. Everyone seemed to be in good spirits and enjoying themselves, except for Daniel of course, which meant that there was a lot of laughter throughout the Musical Towels game.

The last two men in the game turned out to be Malik and Daniel. Very magnanimously, Malik consented to letting Daniel fuck him to determine who the overall winner would be. The rest of the House Boys stood around the pair, all eyes watching intently to make sure that the Bully Boy wouldn’t be using this opportunity to take out his frustrations. Their worries were baseless, however, since not only did Daniel seem nervous about playing by the rules today, but he actually looked like he was having trouble maintaining an erection. In the end, Malik had to pretty much jerk himself off in order to cum. Daniel never did get off, which meant that Mal was the clear winner of the first game.

The second event - Fill the Shot Glass - ended up being more difficult than the boys would have thought. Each team was given a large double shot glass with a cute little beach scene embedded in the bottom. There was a line drawn around the top about a centimeter below the rim. The goal was to be the first team to fill the glass past the line. The glasses were set in the sand about ten meters away and the guys would have to run up, fall to their knees, jerk off into the glass and then run back to tag the next man in the relay line. They weren’t supposed to touch the glass itself in the process.

It all went smoothly at first, although the guys were a bit discouraged by how little each trip to the glass seemed to fill it. When you’re lying in bed covered in your partner’s cum, it feels like there’s pints of the stuff coming out, but in reality, each orgasm only produced maybe a teaspoon of jism at most. Which meant a LOT of trips back and forth to fill up the two ounce shot glass. Malik and Paal were even more vexed than everyone else since their other teammate, Daniel, seemed to be having an inordinate amount of trouble getting ANYTHING to come out. The game was therefore all but decided even before Malik, running up to the glass on his sixth turn, tripped and stumbled, tipping over their glass so that a good half an ounce spilled out. It only took Brian one more trip to the glass after that to bring their volume up over the line so his team won. And, not only was their glass full, but its contents were tinted a lovely shade of aqua blue - thanks to Justin’s weird painting techniques - which went very well with the beach theme for the day. Daniel, who wasn’t able to verbally vent his anger at losing because of the gag, took his wrath out on the shot glass, which he maliciously kicked so hard that it flew right through the side window of a van parked in the yard that the servants had been using to transport the day’s equipment.

Thankfully for all their raw-rubbed dicks, there was a little break in the action with the next competition. This particular event was a sand sculpture contest that didn’t involve their flesh-and-blood cocks, just sand cock creations. Each team had one hour to create the best replica of a cock they could. The two teams were sent off to separate corners of the yard and bamboo screens were erected so that neither team could see what the other was working on. Justin, the artist, immediately took control of his team and mercilessly drove them with their shovels and buckets of water until his vision was realized in a work of astonishing sandy magnificence.

The final result was an artistic and slightly abstract representation of a man’s crotch, showing the top of his legs with a full ball sack below and a large, free-standing, monolithic penis. Brian and Kerek had to admit it was pretty magnificent and did - mostly - justify all the hard work they’d been forced into carrying buckets of water and sand back and forth at Justin’s direction. When the other team’s creation was revealed to be a cartoonish mound of sand, the disparity between the two was laughable. Justin’s team won, hands - or was that dicks - down.

The next event was more athletic: The Big Bottom Boys Beach Slide. It was basically just a big boys, x-rated, version of a child’s Slip ‘n Slide game. Only, in this version, the slide was made out of a 30 meter long plastic tarp and the challenge was that the guys had to slide through wickets made up of their fellows’ wide spread legs. Whoever could glide through the most wickets would be the winner. The teams flipped a coin to see who would go first and each team picked one champion for this competition. It ended up being Brian versus Paal with Paal going first.

With the slide well lubricated using a combination of water and soapsuds, the four non-competing House Boys were lined up standing on top of the slide starting about five meters from the beginning and spaced about a meter apart, with their legs spread wide, making a tunnel of sorts under which the sliders were supposed to glide. The sliders were only given three steps in which to build up speed so it wasn’t as easy as you’d expect. However both Brian and Paal were tall and had long legs so their three steps were pretty substantial. Paal made it through all four men/wickets without any problem at all. Brian did likewise. In order to increase the difficulty, the servants were called in one by one to help add to the number of manly wickets. Both Paal and Brian sailed through the five-man and six-man set ups. In order to increase the challenge after that a seventh man was added and all of them were moved so they were spaced a little further apart, creating a tunnel of more than fifteen meters in length. Paal took a run at the line up and dove onto the slide, floating along almost to the end of the tunnel before he careened into the legs of the seventh man - who didn’t seem to mind in the least when he fell into Paal’s arms and the two ended up rolling in the suds for a few moments. Brian only had to beat Paal’s last length in order to win. He took his three giants steps and flung himself at the slide with all his momentum, sliding and sliding under all those beautiful naked asses all the way to the last man . . . but no further. Brian ended up losing momentum right as his head ended up underneath the legs of the seventh man.

“Hmmm. Nice view!” Brian commented dryly as he gazed up at the well-endowed package of the servant who’d volunteered for this position, and who was likewise grinning down at him.

In the end it was decided that this contest was a tie and everyone got to spend the next quarter of an hour sliding around and playing on the big slide in order to cool off.

The final event of the day was a good old fashioned, two-man, Beach Volleyball game - only naked, of course. Justin, who wasn’t really athletically inclined, offered to sit out the game on the sidelines for his team, only venturing onto the court when someone needed a breather. Paal did likewise for the other team. Justin figured he really got the better deal since he got to watch the others jumping around and flexing all their lovely muscles while all their fun bits bounced around in a wonderfully erotic fashion. Paal seemed likewise to be enjoying the view, especially when one of the players would bend over, resting his forearms on his thighs while waiting for the next serve and giving the two subs a perfect peek at their asses. Before long, Justin and Paal had each begun to play with themselves without even realizing they were doing it. When Justin did look over and noticed that Paal had the same idea he had, he figured what the hell, scooted over closer to the other man and before you knew it, they were companionably jerking each other off to the erotic sight of the four well-endowed men jumping around on the court in front of them. It was really a good thing that none of the players needed a sub since they were really too busy to get up after that.

When Brian and Kerek won the match with a score of 21-16, Justin and Paal both came loudly in a dead tie, winding up the Sunday tournament on a decidedly pleasant note.

Chapter 41 - Fireworks. (Monday, July 4th).

Brian woke up and rolled over with his eyes still closed, grabbing the warm body next to him and pulling the boy in close. He was still only half awake as he started to nuzzle along the first patch of skin his lips came into contact with. The happy *Mmmmm* his ministrations caused somehow didn't sound quite right, though. The moaning was about half an octave lower than he'd expected. And, now that his brain was waking up, he realized that the bundle of boy in his arms didn't smell the way Brian had expected either. This scent was muskier, deeper, more spicy and less sunshiney. Brian cracked open one eye and despite being blinded by the too bright sunlight already streaming through the bedroom windows, he noted that his armful of pleasingly warm flesh wasn't the pale ivory he'd come to relish.

"Either Sunshine got himself a really dark tan overnight or I've got the wrong twink," Brian croaked, his voice still hoarse from sleep.

"Doesn't mean you have to stop what you were doing back there with Mr. Pokey," Malik's voice was low and sultry sounding and he emphasized his point by wiggling his ass provocatively against Brian's morning woody.

"That's 'The MAGNIFICENT Mr. Pokey', Mal. Don't be forgetting the 'magnificent' part or he won't come out and play at all," a lightly teasing voice in a slightly higher timbre commented from the far side of the twink in Brian's arms.

Brian ignored the teasing twinks’ words. “Musical beds again?” he asked instead.

“You know it. Seems The Master took away Daniel’s bed yesterday while we were busy outside. So, Daniel took Paal’s bed. And Paal moved in with Kerek so . . . you get me back here again! Aren’t you two lucky!” Malik explained with a wisecracking note to his voice.

“And here I thought it was Independence Day and I’d be able to free myself from Twinkie Tyranny,” Brian quipped with his tongue in his cheek.

“You know you love it, Brian. Two hot, eager twinks in your bed, both just dying to serve your every sexual fantasy,” Justin jested, climbing over the Brian/Malik mountain so he could cuddle up against Brian’s backside and therefore pester him more efficiently. “Hey, maybe we can make our own fireworks right here in bed, in honor of the 4th of July.”

“Well, yeah, fireworks are okay . . .” Brian drawled, and Justin could tell from the mischievous tone he got that things were about to get fun. “But you know what I always liked best about the Fourth of July? The Rodeo!” Brian had scooted up towards the headboard of the bed while he spoke, but still keeping ahold of his armful of chocolate twinkie in the process. “Yep. When I was a kid, every year on the 4th my parents would drag me and my sister up to the Big Butler County Fair and we’d go to the rodeo. In fact, up until I was about ten I had planned to be a cowboy myself. And I used to dream about riding the broncos.”

*Mmmmmm* “Cowboys . . . the hats and all that leather everywhere,” Justin sounded dreamy at just the idea.

“Yes indeed-y!” Brian intoned with a hint of a southern drawl in his voice. “Of course, once I figured out I was gay, my fascination with the Big Butt-ler fair made a whole lot more sense. But, I still love a good rodeo.” Brian rolled himself and Malik over so he was lying on his back, propped up on the pillows, with Mal now sitting straddled across his abdomen and facing Brian’s bent knees. “How about you, Mal? You ever been to the rodeo before?”

“Nope. Never. I’m a city boy,” Mal replied with a squirm to make himself even more comfy on his Brian perch. “Besides, short, gay, black boys kind of stand out at county fairs, you know. It’s not really my scene.”

“Oh, that’s where you’re wrong. The rodeo is the perfect place for a gay boy. I’m sure you’d love it. You’d be a natural. Can’t you just see yourself, riding on a big old horny bull,” Brian demonstrated by bucking his hips up a few times and almost throwing Malik. “What do you say? Wanna ride, little boy?”

“Hell, yeah! I’m sure I could take on a horny bull this morning,” Mal replied exuberantly.

Brian saddled up with a fresh condom and then, with Justin’s assistance, the rider was seated on the big horny steed in a reverse cowboy position that promised to provide a fireworks-worthy ride for the brand new rodeo fan. Malik did indeed prove to be a very good bull rider right out of the chute. No matter how much his mount bucked and writhed, he didn’t lose his seat once. Justin of course was of invaluable assistance - acting as Mal’s Flankman, he positioned himself on his stomach between the bucking bull’s knees and, in lieu of other riggin’ to anchor the rodeo rider, he offered up his mouth, clamping his lips firmly around Mal’s bouncing and bulging erection. Of course, with that big horned beast between his butt cheeks and the warm, wet, riggin’ below, it was a real challenge for the rider to cover his mount for the full time required by the event. Who knew eight seconds could feel so long? But Mal was a rough rider and he held on until the bitter end, only dismounting once both he and the bull had shot their loads and the bucking calmed.

“Yeeeeee Hawwwww!” the rodeo champ crowed as he fell to the bed in a sated heap, happy to let Justin the Bullfighter corral the big beast off to the shower. “Guess rodeos ARE for gay boys, after all.”

By the time Big Brian’s Naked Bull Riding Rodeo Posse made it downstairs the rest of the crew was already assembled in the kitchen getting their chow. The Posse received a fair bit of razzing upon their arrival - apparently the ‘Yee Haw’s and shouts of ‘Ride ‘Em, Cowboy’ had been a little loud. Big Brian took it all in stride, as usual, and merely smirked at the hecklers without taking the bait. His Independence Day Rodeo had been a big hit with the rowdy twinkie cowpokes and that was all he cared about.

Normally, they’d have Monday off, but today seemed like it was going to be busy even without a regularly scheduled daytime trial. First off, the Look No Hands painting challenge was due to be judged today - all of the boys’ creations were already set up on easels in the Greatroom, ready to be displayed, but still covered with fabric until the judge arrived. Later in the day, they were being treated to a traditional Fourth of July Barbeque. Plus, there was always the Evening Challenge - with today’s theme being a scary sounding “Big Red, White & Blue”.  It sounded like there'd be little or no rest for those in the Residence even if it was technically a holiday.

After breakfast, most of the House Boys were lounging around out on the patio, soaking up the heat of the gloriously bright summer morning. Brian and Justin were sharing a pool lounger, the smaller man comfortably situated between his companion's longer legs and leaning back against the lean yet strong chest, while he idly thumbed through a magazine. In spite of all The Master's plans for the day, the two of them were feeling lazy and would have liked nothing better than to go back to bed for a few hours. The only thing really keeping them from pursuing that plan was Justin's eager anticipation of the painting challenge conclusion. But, in the meantime, he was more than happy to just hang out and let his mind vegetate.

"Holy Fucking Flaming Dildos!" Malik came tearing out of the house a minute later destroying everyone's calm morning. "You guys won't believe this. The art guy finally got here and he brought a WOMAN with him!"

"A woman?" Justin and several others echoed disbelievingly all at the same time.

Justin had unconsciously moved to shield his crotch with the magazine as soon as Mal's news registered. The unthinking show of modesty elicited a chuckle from Brian, who reached around the boy's slender frame, snatched away the magazine and used it to smack the idiot kid upside the head. Justin ducked and shot Brian a dirty look.

"Stupid twat!" Brian threw the mag back at the silly boy but his amused smile took most of the sting out of the words. "We've been traipsing around here buck naked for more than a month now while thousands of people watch us fucking all day, every day, and you're feeling embarrassed by the presence of one woman? Get a grip, kid."

Justin looked even more chagrined at Brian's words, but he did make a conscious effort not to bow to instinct and cover his genitals with his hands. One glance around at the rest of the House Boys showed that Justin wasn't the only one feeling uncomfortable at the mere suggestion of a woman's presence. Brian shook his head at the bunch of big silly pussies. He snorted with laughter over the pathetic queens.

"Shut up, Brian! It's not funny," Justin's temper flared. "I mean, it's one thing to know a bunch of guys are watching me, but it's different knowing a woman's going to be looking at me naked now too. And in person. It's just much more . . . Ick!"

If anything, this explanation caused Brian to laugh even harder. "Sunshine, sorry to break it to you like this," Brian said when he finally managed to stop laughing. "But, I have it on good authority that a hefty proportion of the hits on any gay porn site come from straight women. Usually rather horny, straight women."

The way Justin's face crumpled up in disgusted surprise was enough to set Brian off laughing uproariously again.

"No fucking way! You're making that up, Brian. That can't be . . ." huffed the incredulous twink.

"I'm afraid so, Sunshine. I've seen the marketing numbers that prove it," Brian assured him, still chuckling. "And didn't you say your little fag hag was watching too? You didn't think she was the only one, did you?"

"Why the fuck would a bunch of straight women be watching gay porn? That's fucking sick," Kerek voiced what several of the others obviously thought.

"Well, from what I understand - and, mind you I have very little personal experience in the matter, myself - but I've heard that occasionally straight women like a good hard prick up the ass almost as much as you do, Ker," Brian replied and then sat back for a few minutes to enjoy the outrage and disgust his statement engendered. After a couple of minutes, though, Brian had to wade back into the conversation. "Fuck, you guys! After some of the shit we've done, how the hell can you be offended by that? Get a grip! It's hardly a news flash that straight women like cock too, is it? What's the big deal?"

There was a lot more discussion from the boys after that, but Brian wasn't ready to listen to such silly drivel. He pushed Justin off his chest and got up out of the lounger. Then, with a condescending shake of his head, he started to walk towards the patio door.

"Fuck it! I doubt one straight woman, more or less, seeing you guys naked is going to make a difference. She probably doesn't bite - unless you ask her to nicely, of course. But, if you're so worried about it, I'll go check it out and let you wusses know if it's safe to show your peckers or not."

Brian strode confidently through the patio door into the Greatroom . . . and then froze. He figured he might have been wrong when he said the woman probably wouldn't bite. He happened to have personal knowledge that this particular woman could be downright, albeit politely, vicious.

"Well, well, well, if it isn't Lindsey Peterson. In the flesh," Brian announced loudly as soon as the shock of seeing the mother of his child in such an incongruous setting had worn off.

His greeting caused the tall, stylishly dressed blonde to spin around and gape at him. "Brian! Hello . . ." For once the pushy socialite who seemed to always know the proper etiquette for any situation, appeared at a loss for words.

"What the fuck brings a morally upstanding WASP like yourself to such a den of iniquity?" Brian couldn't help but rub it in. "Considering the way you and your ‘husband’ went off on me not so long ago, you're the last person on Earth I'd expect to see involved with such puerile dross as a pornographic reality show that showcases not only rampant nudity but even, gasp, gratuitous, raunchy, man-on-man sex!"

Brian got a thrill out of seeing the prim little frown his words brought to Lindsey's face, even though her eyes were still hungrily devouring his naked body. Brian rolled his own eyes. He'd long known that he was practically irresistible to gay men and straight women alike, but now dykes too? Time to nip this in the bud.

"Careful Lindz," Brian moved over so he could drape an arm around the gaping woman's shoulders and then used his hold to turn her so she was facing directly into one of the ever-present cameras with its blinking red activation light. "Don't forget all the cameras. You'll lose your membership card to the Super Dykes Club if they catch you checking out my package like that. And don't forget, once it's on the Internet, it's there forever."

"Stop it, Brian," Lindsey hissed as quietly as she could while trying not to show her agitation in front of the cameras. "I'm only here because of work. I told you I got that job as a gallery manager? Well, my new boss, Sidney Bloom, asked me to come help judge Ted's painting challenge. Don't make this personal, Brian."

"Of course it's fucking personal, Lindsey! After what you said in your last email, giving me all that shit, I can't believe you have the gall to show up here . . ." Brian wasn't even trying to keep his voice down.

"Not here, Brian!" Lindsey spat furiously, looking over her shoulder to make sure her boss was still on the far side of the room and too busy talking with Ted to notice what was going on with his assistant. "I'm working. We'll talk about this later."

"Brian? Everything okay?" asked a soothing, light tenor voice from behind him.

Brian turned to see a concerned Justin framed in the patio doorway with most of the rest of the house's denizens waiting behind him.

"Yeah, it's fine," Brian answered, quickly pulling himself together. "You're in the clear guys. You don't have to worry about some horny straight woman eyeballing your goods. This one's a dyke. Your dicks are safe from her evil clutches - well, mostly," Brian smirked at both the hesitance of the gay men sidling into the room as well as the self-affirmed lesbian who was nonetheless busy ogling the decidedly yummy panoply of gorgeous naked men.

As the men shuffled in and began to assemble in their usual spot for announcements, Lindsey moved off towards where her boss and Ted were still chatting. She pointedly did NOT make further eye contact with Brian. Brian sighed heavily, The last thing he wanted to do today was have a confrontation with Lindsey. He was still so pissed off at her he didn’t think he’d be able to have any kind of reasonable discussion. Plus, he still hadn’t really figured out exactly what he was going to do about the munchers’ little ultimatum. It didn’t look like he had much choice though - as soon as the judging was over he was going to have to have it out with her. Without a lot of enthusiasm, Brian moved over to join the rest of the House Boys.

While they’d been outside, the Greatroom had been transformed into a mini-art gallery. The six pieces of art created by the contestants were set up on their easels, which had been arranged in a semicircle along the long wall flanking the entry door, and finally uncovered. The level of artistic skill between the various entries varied greatly. At one extreme was Brian’s submission - a comically crude cartoon depiction of a dick that looked like it had been daubed on using his dick and which couldn’t have taken him more than sixty seconds. In the middle of the range there were a few paintings that looked like they might have been done by reasonably creative but untrained high schoolers. But, by far, the piece de resistance was clearly Justin’s cum painting masterpiece.

Now that Brian finally got to see the thing, he understood exactly why his boy had been covered in blue and green paint for the past week. It was an amazing work of abstract art. There were so many layers to the color, and each helped to draw the viewer in deeper. The blues and greens seemed to swirl nebulously around a much lighter center that focused the eye and made you feel like you were in a primeval forest right when a beam of sunlight illuminated the gloom. The splattering of pigment-coated cum specks added incredible dimension - just like the dappling that would be felt when standing under a tree whose leaves were swaying in a light breeze. It was so incredible that Brian didn’t have the words to thoroughly describe it.

Everyone in the room was awed by the piece to the point that all conversation stopped.

Since the works were all unsigned because of the competition, ostensibly no one was supposed to know who did which painting. Of course, they’d all seen Justin covered in blue paint for the majority of the past week, so there was no doubt in anyone’s mind who the winning painting belonged to. It didn’t take Sydney Bloom, Lindsey, and Ted more than a minute and a half to confer and then place the big blue ribbon indicating First Place on the easel with Justin’s painting.

“Will the winning artist please step forward,” Sydney asked, and then smiled quizzically when the youngest of the House Boys bounced to a stop in front of him, pride and excitement clearly showing through in his signature Sunshine Smile. “This is  . . . well, I don’t know what to say. This is truly amazing art, young man. What the fuck are you doing wasting your time here?”

“Trying to get together enough money to pay for art school, actually,” Justin responded with just a hint of derision at the inane question.

“Well, if you don’t win the money here, call me,” Sidney said, handing Justin one of his cards. “Actually, call me even if you do get the money. I can’t imagine I’d have any trouble selling this painting, even if you weren’t a celebrity because of the Summer of Sin. In fact, I could sell ten more just like this if you had them. Any chance I could talk you into painting a few more for me?”

“Sorry, Syd,” Brian stepped up and interrupted at this point, slinging a possessive arm around the younger man’s waist. “Sunshine’s going to be a little busy using his dick for much more creative things for the rest of the summer. Besides, he’s forbidden to put any more paint up his wang until further notice; I can’t take anymore of that milk paint shit mixed with his cum when I suck him off.” Brian was gratified by the shocked looked he managed to procure even from a fairly worldly man like Sydney Bloom. “But, I’m sure Justin would be happy to oblige you once the summer’s over. Which, since you seem so confident in his marketability, gives you roughly two months to get started on arranging a show for the boy. Once you’ve got it all set up, give me a call and I’ll donate my time and talent on the publicity side of things. Lindsey will give you my contact info and I’ll make sure Justin gets any messages you want to leave him, too.”

Both Sydney and Justin stared at Brian, minds boggling at his automatic assumptions but slowly coming to the conclusion that he just might have something. Sydney nodded and assured them he’d ‘look into it’. Justin simply beamed with pleasure at the incredible turn of events.